HomeMy WebLinkAboutR-2012-012 Naches River Water Treatment Plant Filter Backwash Lagoon Improvements Contract with POW Contracting, Inc.(Vol 2)CITY OF YAKIMA
NACHES RIVER WATER TREATMENT PLANT
FILTER BACKWASH LAGOON IMPROVEMENTS
City of Yakima Project No. 2259
HLA Project No. 11108
DWSRF Project No. DM11-952-038
Volume 2
Technical Specifications: Divisions 11-16
Appendix A -D
Construction Contract Specifications & Bid Documents
JUNE 2013
Water & Irrigation Division
2301 Fruitvale Boulevard
Yakima, WA 98902
Phone (509) 575-6020
Fax (509) 575-6238
HLA
Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc.
Civil Engineering • Land Surveying • Planning
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
SECTION 11061 — SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment
required to supply and test the pumps and appurtenances as specified in this section.
The scope of work shall also include delivery, installation assistance, inspection,
certification of installation, functional testing, startup and job site training.
1 02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision.
C. Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
D Section 02607 — Manholes and Covers
E. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
F. Section 09900 — Painting
G. Section 15050 — Basic Materials and Methods.
H Section 15060 — Pipe and Fittings
Division 16 — Electrical
103 GENERAL
A. Manufacturers shall be of established good reputation regularly engaged in the
fabrication of such equipment. Unless otherwise noted, any equipment offered shall be
current models which have been in successful regular operation under comparable
conditions.
B Each type or style of pump shall be by one manufacturer only. Manufacturer shall have a
parts warehousing facility and persons qualified in problem troubleshooting and repair of
pumps permanently located within 250 mile radius of the City of Yakima.
C All electrical panels, equipment, devices and wiring shall comply with Division 16,
Electrical, and all mechanical components shall comply with Division 15, Mechanical.
104 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B Operation and Maintenance Information shall be furnished in accordance with Section
01730, Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Where additional, more detailed submittals
are necessary, those requirements are included in this section.
C. Shop Drawings. Submit shop drawings of all pumps and appurtenances for approval in
accordance with Section 01300 Shop drawing submittals shall be complete with one
submittal for each model of pump. Individual manufacturer's submittals for portions of the
pump unit will not be accepted. Shop drawings shall also include the following features
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11061-1
1 Performance curves showing capacity in GPM, NPSH, head, and pump
horsepower from 0 GPM to 110 percent of design capacity. For variable speed
pumps, a family of curves shall be provided for 150 RPM increments.
2 Submittal data on motors.
3 Drawings showing general dimensions of the pumps and accessories and
confirming the size of the pump, openings, connections, construction details of
the equipment, panel (interior, exterior, bill of materials, and functional
description), wiring diagrams, piping drawings, and weights of major
components.
1 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver equipment to the job site by the required delivery date as specified in Division 1
and the manufacturer's manuals
B Equipment shall be stored, shipped, and handled as specified in Division 1 and in the
manufacturer's manuals
1 06 SPECIAL TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts kit. There shall be furnished the following minimum spare parts for each
pump model
1 Two sets of wear rings.
2. Two sets of impeller clearance adjustment shims.
3 Two sets of bearings
4 Two sets of mechanical seals.
B Spare parts shall be packed in a hinged wooden or metal box with clasp The box shall
be clearly labeled with the contents
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2 01 SUBMERSIBLE NON -CLOG CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
A. General Pumps will be located as shown on the plans. Submersible non -clog centrifugal
pumps and guiderail system shall be as manufactured by ABS, or approved equal
B Operating conditions. Pumps shall have capacity, head, and motor characteristics as
follows.
Pump model AS 0841 D
Number of pumps 1
Capacity 100 GPM
Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 16 feet
Shutoff Head 22 feet
Minimum Hydraulic Efficiency 41%
Minimum Spherical Solid Size 3 inches
Motor Speed 1,800 rpm
Minimum Motor Horsepower 2 HP
Discharge Size 3 inch
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11061-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C Pump Construction.
1. Impeller Impeller shall be one-piece, single suction, cast iron construction
Impellers shall designed to prevent clogging by stringy or fibrous materials and
shall be dynamically balanced. Impeller shall be secured to the shaft by a key
and fastener, and shall be readily removable without the use of special tools.
Impeller waterways and clearance between the pump's full diameter impeller
periphery and volute cutwater shall be capable of passing a solid sphere of the
size listed The impeller shall be adjustable by the use of shims to restore the
wear ring clearance in the field
2 Volute: Volute shall be one-piece, ASTM A48 cast iron construction with smooth
fluid passages Targe enough to pass any size solid that can pass through the
impeller The volute shall have an integral tapered suction inlet area to direct
flow to the impeller eye and shall have a centerline flanged discharge Volute
discharge shall be the minimum listed diameter as measured on the inside
diameter of the discharge flange opening Volute shall be fitted with a bronze
wear ring
3 Guide Rail/Bracket: The sliding bracket assembly shall be part of the pumping
unit constructed so that when lowered to the discharge base/elbow, seal provides
a self-cleaning, non -clogging, watertight, non -sparking UL listed explosion proof
contact.
Rails shall be provided to guide the pump when being raised or lowered in the
wet well and mounted on the discharge base/elbow The rails shall extend from
the top of the wet well to the discharge connection There shall be no need for
personnel to enter the wet well. Cable guide systems are not acceptable. The
rails shall align the pump with the discharge elbow as it is lowered into place. An
upper rail guide bracket shall be furnished to support and align the rails at the top
of the wet well. Guide rail system, including pipe, shall be stainless steel.
Each pump shall be fitted with a minimum of 20 feet of lifting chain or stainless
steel cable. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50 percent greater
than the pump unit weight.
4 Discharge Base. The installation shall include a rigid discharge base -elbow to
support the total weight of the pumping unit. The base is to be bolted directly to
the floor with the 90 degree elbow having a 125 pound ANSI flange discharging
vertically. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the sump floor.
5 Motor: Motors shall be completely sealed, electric submersible squirrel cage
induction motors with a minimum NEMA design B nameplate rating for the listed
horsepower, 1 15 service factor, 460 Volts, 3-phase, 60 Hertz. The motor
nameplate horsepower rating shall be adequate so that the pump is non -
overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut-off through
run -out. The motor shall have a minimum full load efficiency of 84 percent.
Motor shall be housed in an air filled, water tight enclosure
Stator -winding and lead shall be insulated with moisture resistant Class F
insulation rated for 155 degrees Celsius The motor shall be designed for
continuous duty handling 40 degree C ambient wastewater and with a
temperature rise not to exceed 80 degrees Celsius The motor shall have a
voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10 percent. The motor shall be designed for
continuous duty capable of ten (10) starts per hour. Automatic reset, normally
closed thermal overload switches shall be imbedded in the stator windings to
G:\PROJECTS 12011111108\11108 Specs.docx
11061-3
provide overheating protection. At 125 degrees Celsius, the thermal switches
shall open, stop the motor, and activate an alarm. Motor winding thermostats
shall be connected to control panel per local and state codes and the National
Electric Code.
6. Shaft: Pump and motor shaft shall be one unit. Motor shaft shall be one-piece,
430F or 420 stainless steel. Rotor is to be dynamically balanced to meet NEMA
vibration limits, all external hardware is to be stainless steel
7. Power and Control Cables. Cable entry seal design shall insure a watertight and
submersible seal Cable leads are to enter at the top of the motor, and are to
allow cable -to -motor connection to be accomplished in the field without soldering.
All power and control wires are to be double sealed as it enters the motor in such
a manner that cable -wicking will not occur The cable entry sealing system shall
consist of an elastomer grommet followed by epoxy that is high in adhesive
qualities and has a low coefficient of expansion. In lieu of providing the epoxy
seal, the cable entry junction chamber and motor shall be separated by a stator
lead sealing gland or terminal board A cable strain relief mechanism shall be an
integral part of this sealing system. Cable sealing system shall be capable of
withstanding an external pressure test of 1200 PSI as well as a cable assembly
pull test as required by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Motor shall be supplied
with submersible power cable and control cable suitable for submersible pump
applications. Cable sizing shall conform to NEC and ICEA specifications and
shall be UL listed Power cable shall be of sufficient length to reach the
connection point (i.e. junction box, disconnect switch, control panel) without any
need of splices.
Power and control leads shall be terminated on a sealed terminal board The
terminal board and its bronze lugs shall be 0 -ring sealed.
8 Mechanical seals: Pump(s) shall be provided with two separate tandem -
mounted mechanical seals to prevent the pumped liquid from entering the
rotor/stator cavity area. The upper and lower seals are mounted to rotate in the
same direction.
The upper seal is to be completely immersed in an oil bath and seals the oil
chamber and motor housing. The lower seal mating surfaces are to be
immersed in the oil bath sealing the pump volute and oil chamber. Each seal
shall be held in contact by its own spring system and require neither
maintenance nor adjustment, but shall be easily inspected and replaceable. The
lower seal spring shall be protected from trash in the pumped fluid by a spring
cover that extends over the entire length of the compressed seal spring
Seal materials for the upper seal shall be stainless steel and Buna-N
components, tungsten carbide rotating ring and tungsten carbide or Ni -Resist
stationary ring. Lower seal construction shall be stainless steel and Buna-N
components, tungsten or silicon carbide rotating ring and tungsten carbide
stationary ring
Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing
system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and to
provide lubricant expansion capacity The drain and inspection plug, with
positive anti -leak seal shall be easily accessible from the outside. The seal
system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication The motor shall be
able to operate dry without damage while pumping under Toad
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11061-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
Moisture Detection Probe(s)* Moisture detection probe(s) shall be installed to
detect moisture in the seal or stator cavity. Moisture detection probes shall be
one small float switch or two voltage sensitive solid state sensors. Probes shall
be connected to relays in the control panel. When activated, an alarm will be
activated in the control panel.
9. Bearings: The pump shaft shall rotate on two bearings. The pump shall rotate on
a permanently grease lubricated thrust bearings and oil lubricated radial bearings
with a minimum B10 life of 50,000 hours. Lower shaft bearings, if required, shall
be locked in place to compensate for radial and axial thrust loads.
10. Data plates: Data plates shall be of stainless steel suitably attached to the pump.
Data plates shall contain the manufacturer's name, pump size and model, serial
number, speed, impeller diameter, capacity and head rating, identification of
frame and bearing numbers.
11. Hardware. All machine bolts, nuts, and capscrews shall be of the hex head type.
Hardware or parts requiring special tools or wrenches shall not be used All
exposed nuts or bolts shall be 304 stainless steel
12. Vibration. No centrifugal pump shall exceed the acceptable field vibration limits
established by the Hydraulic Institute Standards at any speed throughout the
operating range
13 Pump Control: The pump will be controlled by a local control station and
disconnect installed near the pump station manhole as shown on the Plans.
Pump power will be fed from the filter -to -waste and recycled backwash water
pump station Alarm signals generated by the thermal overload switches in the
motor stator windings and by the moisture detection probes shall be accepted by
the PLC located in the pump building See the electrical plans and specifications
for additional information
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 INSTALLATION
A. All of the above equipment shall be installed by the Contractor in strict accordance with
the manufacturer's recommendations, drawings, and/or specifications.
B All work performed under this section shall be carefully inspected by the Contractor and
Engineer for rejections or flaws to be corrected and for proper compliance with plans and
specifications.
C. The Contractor shall employ qualified competent personnel for the installation, testing,
and start-up of all pumps and controls. Contractor shall include as part of the contract,
the services of a field representative from the firm supplying the pump system to
supervise the installation and start-up of the system
D. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall submit a certificate from the
Manufacturer stating that the installation of the pumps is satisfactory, that the pumps are
ready for operation, and that the personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation,
lubrication and maintenance of each unit.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11061-5
3 02 SHOP PAINTING
A. The equipment, unless otherwise specified, shall be shop primed and painted in
accordance with Section 09900, Painting, or according to the manufacturer's standard, if
not included in 09900.
3 03 TESTING
A. Prior to pump submergence and field testing, the Contractor shall at a minimum check all
power cables, seal lubrication, rotation, power supply voltage, motor operating load and
no load current.
B Each pump shall run submerged in water Motor and cable insulation shall be tested for
moisture content or insulation defects.
C. In addition to testing that may be required by codes and requirements to verify proper
installation and operability, the Contractor shall perform a test duplicating all normal
operating modes. The motor service factor shall be checked during the test. All pump
tests shall be included in the contract price for the particular pump system.
D The Contractor shall notify the Engineer or Owner a minimum of 5 days in advance of
running any tests unless otherwise specified and no tests shall be accepted unless the
Engineer or a representative of the Owner is present, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer Should test indicate unsatisfactory operation, conditions shall be corrected
and test repeated at Contractor's expense
E. Prior to delivery, the pump and motor shall be given an operational test in accordance
with the standards of the Hydraulic Institute, including, but not limited to. Head capacity
curve, shaft brake horsepower curve, and pump bowl efficiency. Recordings of the test
shall substantiate the correct performance of the equipment at the design head, capacity,
suction lift, speed and horsepower as herein specified. Certified copies of the tests shall
be provided to the Engineer at the time of shipment.
E. Upon completion of the installation of the pumps, the Contractor and manufacturer's
representative shall conduct, in the presence of the Engineer, such tests as are
necessary to indicate that pump efficiency and discharge capacity conform to the
specifications. The Engineer shall be notified of such testing a minimum of 5 days in
advance, unless otherwise specified
If the pump performance does not meet the Specifications, corrective measures shall be
taken by the Contractor, or the pump shall be removed and replaced with a pump that
satisfies the specified conditions. A 24-hour operating period of the pumps will be
required before acceptance During this 24-hour operating period, the Contractor shall
supply alt personnel, power, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary. This operating
period and pump acceptance, in no way relieves the Contractor of the warranty period
specified in 1-05.10(1) of the Special Provisions, oras specified herein
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docc
11061-6
F Upon completion of successful performance testing by the Contractor/Manufacturer's
representative, a written report of the in -field performance test results shall be submitted
to the Engineer for review and approval. The report shall include the manufacturer's
published performance data and indicate any deviations from in -field test results.
Recorded test data shall be included in both tabular format and plotted against the
manufacturer's performance curve. Both electrical and hydraulic test results shall be
included in the report.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 11061
11061-7
SECTION 11215 — VERTICAL PUMPS AND MOTORS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment
required to furnish, install, and test the vertical pump, motor, bowl assembly, and
appurtenances as specified in this Section The scope of work shall also include delivery,
installation, inspection, certification of installation, functional testing, startup, and job site
training
1 02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure
B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision
C. Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
D. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete.
E. Section 09900 — Painting.
F. Section 15047 — Coding and Identification.
G. Section 15050 — Basic Materials and Methods.
H. Section 15060 — Pipe and Fittings.
Division 16 — Electrical.
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The Manufacturer shall be of established good reputation regularly engaged in the
fabrication of such equipment. Any equipment offered shall be current models which
have been in successful regular operation under comparable conditions.
B. Manufacturer shall have a parts warehousing facility and persons qualified in problem
troubleshooting and repair of pumps permanently located within a 300 mile radius of the
City of Yakima.
104 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B Manufacturer's Certification. Submit manufacturer's certification that products meet or
exceed specified requirements, and are suitable for the intended use. Pump and motor
combinations are specified for variable speed operation through a variable frequency
motor controller and shall be capable of operating at a low reduced speed for extended
periods of time without overheating, and to operate without excessive vibrations or
harmonics at any speed.
C. Warranty: Submit specified warranty data.
G:\ PROJECTS \2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11215-1
D. Performance Curve Data: Submit performance curves showing capacity in GPM, NPSH,
head, and pump horsepower from 0 GPM to 110 percent of design capacity. Submit a
variable speed family of curves in 150 RPM increments.
E. Motor Data: Submit motor performance data and curves.
F Shop Drawings* Submit shop drawings showing general dimensions, confirming the size
of the pump, openings, connections, construction details of the equipment, wiring
diagrams, piping Drawings, and weights of major components.
G Test Curves: Following pump construction, but prior to shipment, submit certified factory
pump performance curves as specified.
H. O&M Manuals. Submit pump O&M and maintenance data in accordance with Section
01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pumping equipment to the job site at the appropriate time for installation
Equipment items shall be crated or affixed to pallets with protective wrappings. Exercise
care to prevent damage from handling
B Store mechanical and electrical components off the ground in weather -tight enclosures.
Keep equipment dry at all times
1 06 SPECIAL TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts kit. The following minimum spare parts shall be furnished for each pump
supplied
1 One set of packing, packing gland, all gaskets, and bearing for packing
container
2 Additional parts as recommended by manufacturer
107 WARRANTY
A. All equipment furnished under these specifications shall be guaranteed against defects in
material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial
completion Submit a copy of the manufacturer's written warranty for the pump, bearings,
seals assembly, and motor In the event any equipment is found defective, the
Contractor shall furnish and install replacement equipment including removal,
reinstallation, start-up, testing and calibration, as necessary
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2 01 VERTICAL PUMPS
A. General: The pumps shall be water lubricated vertical turbine or mixed flow type, with
open line shaft and above ground discharge, specifically designed for pumping water. All
vertical pumps and pump components of this section shall be supplied by a s single
manufacturer, and include the motor, base, bowl assembly, column assembly, discharge
head assembly, and all required appurtenances. Pumps shall be as manufactured by
Peerless Pump Company, or Engineer approved equal.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11215-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
B Pump Performance: The pumps shall operate under the following conditions and have
the following minimum characteristics
Vertical Turbine Pump
Peerless Model 12MB
Number of pumps 2
Temperature of water 35°F to 70°F
Design Point A
Capacity/Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 650 gpm/40 feet
Design Point B
Capacity/Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 496 gpm/47 feet
Design Point C Pump
Capacity/Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 744 gpm/35 feet
Minimum Bowl Efficiency at Design Point A 83%
Minimum Bowl Efficiency at Design Point B 78%
Minimum Bowl Efficiency at Design Point C 83%
Motor speed (maximum) 1,200 rpm
Motor horsepower (minimum) 10 HP
NPSH required at Design Point A 7.8 feet
Column and discharge size 8 inch
Vertical Mixed Flow Pump
Peerless Model 16MF
Number of pumps 2
Temperature of water 35°F to 70°F
Design Point A
Capacity/Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 3,800 gpm/13 feet
Design Point B
Capacity/Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 3,475 gpm/15 feet
Design Point C
Capacity/Total Dynamic Head (TDH) 4,226 gpm/11 feet
Minimum Bowl Efficiency at Design Point A 85%
Minimum Bowl Efficiency at Design Point B 84%
Minimum Bowl Efficiency at Design Point C 81%
Motor speed (maximum) 900 rpm
Motor Horsepower (minimum) 20 HP
NPSH required at Design Point A 13 feet
Column and discharge size 14 inch
C General Pump Construction
1 Design General: Each piece of equipment furnished shall be of the most recent
proven design as approved by the purchaser The pump shall be a vertical
turbine or mixed flow type
2. Materials: At a minimum, the pump bowl assembly shall be furnished in
materials based on the material Table 4 in the ANSI/AWVVA E101-88 standard
All materials used and not specified herein shall be the best available of the
purpose intended as dictated by the best engineering practice and shall be within
this limitation conform to the latest Standard of the American Society for Testing
Materials, so far as practical.
D. Pump Bowl Assembly:
1 The pump cases (bowls) shall be made of Cast Iron, Grade A48 -C130 with
minimum physical properties as follows:
G:IPROJECTS12011111108111108 Specs.docx
11215-3
Tensile Strength
Brinnell Hardness
30,000 PSI
210
2 The castings shall be smooth, sound, fine grained, high density, and free of sand
pockets, blowholes, and all other detrimental flaws and defects.
3 Bowls are to be coated inside with a smooth vitreous enamel to reduce friction
losses, corrosion and sand wear in the water passages to increase efficiency
4. Each intermediate bowl shall be constructed by using a bronze bearing and a
neoprene bearing to support the impeller shaft to increase life and abrasion
resistance, based on the widest range of pump conditions. Pumps utilizing only
bronze intermediate bearings shall not be considered equal.
5 The bowl shall provide a side seal at the impeller skirt and in addition, a resilient
neoprene ring reinforced with an imbedded steel core, shall be installed in the
bowl directly below the impeller skirt. To reduce the wear of the impeller skirt and
protect the bowl from damage, this field replaceable "lateral seal ring" is required.
6 Original capacities and efficiencies are to be maintained by adjustment of the top
shaft nut at the top of the motor The impeller shaft shall be supported by a
combination of water lubricated, fluted rubber and bronze bearings. Discharge
and suction cases shall both be fitted with steel sand collars. All bowl bolting
shall be of stainless steel.
7. Impellers. Impellers shall be of the closed type, made in aluminum bronze
material meeting ASTM B148. The impellers shall be mounted to the pump shaft
and held rigidly in place with either taper collets or split rings and keys. Impellers
shall be accurately machined and dynamically balanced as required
E. Column Assembly.
1 The friction loss in the column shall not exceed 5 feet per 100 feet of column,
based on the rated capacity of the pump. The weight and size of the column shall
be no less than required in AWWA spec El 01-1 and shall be furnished in
interchangeable sections.
2. The line shafting shall be a minimum of 1 00 inch diameter The pump shaft shall
be pickled, annealed, turned, ground, and polished corrosion resistant 416
Stainless Steel or better. The shaft, at a minimum, shall be based on a diameter
as listed in the standards of ANSI/AWWA E101-88 and the requirements of
ASTM -A582. The shaft shall be coupled with AISI 410 stainless steel coupling.
3. Column design: An 8 inch nominal size threaded open line shaft column shall be
provided for the vertical turbine pump. A 14 inch nominal size flanged open line
shaft column shall be provided for the vertical mixed flow pump Contractor shall
provide the necessary number of column segments to set the pump bowl
assembly at the elevations shown on the Plans.
F Strainer
1. For vertical turbine pumps only, the suction bell shall be fitted with a stainless
steel Vortex Breaker Strainer that has a minimum area of 4 times the area of the
pump suction. The openings in the strainer shall be of proper size to exclude
anything large enough to clog the impeller
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11215-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
G. Discharge Head Assembly.
1 Discharge head shall be a cast iron, class 30 surface discharge head with 150 Ib
dimension discharge flange and shall support the motor, column, shaft, and
pump assembly. The discharge head shall be mounted to a sole plate atop the
pump pad as shown on the Plans. The bottom surface of the head shall be
machined smooth and the connection of the column to the discharge head shall
be with a top column flange Threading column directly into head is not
acceptable A tapped drain line connection shall be provided for the removal of
the excess water to a drain.
2. A cast iron stuffing box shall be provided with a bronze removable stuffing box
bushing, galvanized split gland, T -bolts with stainless steel clips and brass nuts.
Stuffing box shall utilize a minimum of five 100% Graphite 33O0G Slade flushless
packing rings, compressed around the pump shaft and lubricated by the pumped
water. A collecting plate on the discharge head shall collect all packing assembly
leakage The Contractor shall provide piping from discharge head packing drain
to trench drain, as shown on the Plans.
3. Two-piece top shaft shall be threaded and coupled just above the stuffing box.
H. Coatings.
1. The assemblies indicated shall be coated with a fusion bonded epoxy level 2 with
a dry film thickness of 10-12 mil. All surface preparation shall be in accordance
with the coating manufacturer's recommendations Reference Section 09900 —
Painting for additional requirements.
' a. Bowl unit Inside vitreous enamel and outside surface fusion bonded
epoxy coating
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
b. Column inside and outside surface: Fusion bonded epoxy coating
c. Discharge head exterior surfaces. Manufacturers standard air-dry
enamel
d. Discharge head inside surfaces. Fusion bonded epoxy coating.
Factory Pump Tests:
1. All vertical pumps shall be factory performance tested by the pump manufacturer
in accordance with Hydraulic Institute standards.
2. Certified performance curves shall be submitted, including head, capacity, and
brake horsepower, for each pump supplied.
3 Prior to conducting a pump test, notification of such test and a list of test
equipment and test procedures shall be forwarded to the Engineer at least ten
working days before the scheduled test date All electronic transducers, meters,
gauges, and other test instruments shall be calibrated in accordance with the
requirements of Hydraulic Institute standards. Copies of calibration data shall be
submitted.
4. Pumps shall be tested at full speed and complete staging through the specified
range of flow, and head/capacity/efficiency curves plotted at maximum output
speed. During each test, the pump shall be run at each head condition for
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11215-5
sufficient time to accurately determine discharge, head, power input, and
efficiency
5. If any pump tested fails to meet any specification requirements it shall be
modified until it meets all specification requirements. If any pump tested fails to
meet the efficiency requirements at any of the listed flow or head conditions listed
and all reasonable attempts to correct the inefficiency are unsuccessful, the
pump(s) shall be replaced with units(s) which meet the specified requirements
2.02 VERTICAL PUMP MOTOR
A. Motors shall be 3-phase induction type, NEMA Design B, Weather Protected Type 1
(WP1), Vertical Hollow Shaft (VHS), connected and rated for operation on a 480 -volt,
60Hz, AC power supply Conductors shall be copper Motors shall be of the NEMA
"Premium Efficient" type. Premium efficient motors shall meet or exceed the published
guaranteed minimum efficiency value and the tested efficiency shall be in accordance
with IEEE Standard 112, test method B
B. The motors shall be designed and manufactured to meet all applicable sections of NEMA
MG1, current edition. Specific reference is to Part 30 and Part 31, as applicable
C. Motors shall be capable of operating at 1 0 service factor on inverter power. Nameplate
sinewave service factor shall be 1.15 or greater.
D Motors shall be rated for continuous operation in a 50° C ambient temperature 1,000 feet
above sea level.
E. Motors for vertical pumps shall have Class F insulation, rated on a Class B temperature
rise, and shall suitable for use with a VFD (Inverter Duty) The motor service factor shall
be 1 0 minimum. The allowable temperature rise shall conform to NEMA standard MG1.
F. Motors shall be nameplated for 30-60 hertz operation. The motor shall be capable of
operating a variable torque load over 2.1 speed range. The pump/motor combination
shall be capable of operating continuously at 30 hz without overheating.
G. Motor frames for vertical end suction centrifugal pumps shall conform to the latest NEMA
standard MG1 for Type P frames. Frames shall be constructed of cast iron End shields
and conduit boxes shall be cast iron or cast aluminum.
H. Bearing and Lubrication All bearings shall be anti -friction type AFBMA standard sizes.
Bearings shall be selected to provide L10 rating life of 17,500 hours minimum for belted
applications and 100,000 hours minimum for flexible and direct coupled applications. All
motors shall have thrust ratings not Tess than the combined static and dynamic loads to
be imposed. The bearing house shall be large enough to hold sufficient lubricant to
minimize the need for frequent re -lubrication, but facilities shall be provided for adding
new grease and draining out old grease without major motor disassembly. The bearing
housing shall have long, tight, running fits or rotating shields to protect against the
entrance of foreign matter into the bearings, or leakage of grease out of bearing cavity.
Balance and vibration:
1 The vibration in any direction, as measured at the bearing housings, when tested
in accordance with the latest NEMA Standard MG1, shall be within the limits
established as follows:
SPEED
(INCHES)
G.\PROJECTS\2011\11108111108 Specs.docx
11215-6
MAXIMUM AMPLITUDE
3000 to 4000
1500 TO 2999
1000 TO 1499
999 TO BELOW
0.001
0 0015
0.002
0.0025
2. If balance weights are added to the rotor, they shall be permanently secured by
welding, peening, or other approved methods.
J. Motor leads into conduit box shall have the same insulation class as the winding. Leads
shall be marked throughout the entire length to provide identification after terminals are
taped or clipped Leads insulated with glass braid shall be furnished with a metal marker
on the lead
K. Motor nameplates shall be stainless steel. Nameplates shall be engraved or stamped
and shall be fastened to the motor frame with stainless steel screws or drive pins
Nameplates shall indicate clearly all items of information enumerated in NEMA standard
MG1 Connection diagrams shall also be permanently attached to the motor, either
inside the conduit box or on the motor frame in a location readable from the conduit box
side.
L. Motors shall be primed and painted to match pumps. Refer to 3.02 of this section for
additional information. All external motor hardware shall be corrosion resistant.
M Each motor shall be tested to determine that it is free from electrical or mechanical
defects and to provide assurance that it meets the specifications. The routine test(s)
shall conform to applicable NEMA and IEEE standards. Copies of test reports will not be
required unless actual operation after installation suggests the motor's performance
should be verified, in which case certified copies of the test report shall be submitted
upon the Engineer's request.
N. Subject to compliance with these specifications, motors shall be as manufactured by
Baldor, US Motors, TECO, GE, or approved equal.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 INSTALLATION
A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations in the locations shown on the Plans. Installation shall include
furnishing the required grease and/or oil for initial operation The grades of grease and/or
oil shall be in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. Anchor bolts shall
be set in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations.
B The Contractor shall provide all connections to piping as shown on the Plans and
specified herein. The pump and support base shall not be used to support piping
C. The pump and motor shall be realigned by the Contractor and/or manufacturer's
representative in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and according to
the standards of the Hydraulic Institute, following grouting of the pump base and all
connections to piping.
D. The Contractor shall employ qualified competent personnel for the installation, testing,
and start-up of all pumps and controls. Contractor shall include as part of the contract,
the services of a field representative from the firm supplying the pump system to
supervise the installation and start-up of the system.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108111108 Specs.docx
11215-7
E. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor shall submit a certificate from the
Manufacturer stating that the installation of the pumps is satisfactory, that the pumps are
ready for operation, and that the personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation,
lubrication and maintenance of each unit.
3.02 SHOP PAINTING
A. Before exposure to weather and prior to shop painting, all surfaces shall be thoroughly
cleaned, dry, and free from all mill -scale, rust, grease, dirt, and other foreign matter
B All exposed portions of pumps and motors shall be shop primed and finish painted with
type and color of paint as specified in Section 09900 — Painting and Section 15047 —
Coding and Identification.
C All nameplates shall be properly protected during painting.
3 03 TESTING
A. Prior to field testing, the Contractor shall at a minimum check all power cables, seal
lubrication, rotation, power supply voltage, motor operating load and no load current.
B In addition to testing that may be required by codes and requirements to verify proper
installation and operability, the Contractor shall perform a test duplicating all normal
operating modes. The motor service factor shall be checked during the test. All pump
tests shall be included in the contract price for the particular pump system.
C The Contractor shall notify the Engineer or Owner a minimum of 5 days in advance of
running any tests unless otherwise specified and no tests shall be accepted unless the
Engineer or a representative of the Owner is present, unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer Should test indicate unsatisfactory operation, conditions shall be corrected
and test repeated at Contractor's expense
D Prior to delivery, the pump and motor shall be given an operational test in accordance
with the standards of the Hydraulic Institute, including, but not limited to. Head capacity
curve, shaft brake horsepower curve, and pump bowl efficiency. Recordings of the test
shall substantiate the correct performance of the equipment at the design head, capacity,
suction lift, speed and horsepower as herein specified. Certified copies of the tests shall
be provided to the Engineer prior to shipment. Refer to paragraph 2 01 I. for additional
requirements
E. Upon completion of the installation of the pumps, the Contractor and manufacturer's
representative shall conduct, in the presence of the Engineer, such tests as are
necessary to indicate that pump efficiency and discharge capacity conform to the
specifications. The Engineer shall be notified of such testing a minimum of 5 days in
advance, unless otherwise specified.
If the pump performance does not meet the Specifications, corrective measures shall be
taken by the Contractor, or the pump shall be removed and replaced with a pump that
satisfies the specified conditions A 24-hour operating period of the pumps will be
required before acceptance. During this 24-hour operating period, the Contractor shall
supply all personnel, power, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary. This operating
period and pump acceptance, in no way relieves the Contractor of the warranty period
specified in 1-05 10(1) of the Special Provisions, oras specified herein
F Upon completion of successful performance testing by the Contractor/Manufacturer's
representative, a written report of the in -field performance test results shall be submitted
to the Engineer for review and approval. The report shall include the manufacturer's
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11215-8
published performance data and indicate any deviations from in -field test results.
Recorded test data shall be included in both tabular format and plotted against the
manufacturer's performance curve. Both electrical and hydraulic test results shall be
included in the report. Results from the full range of testing conditions/scenarios shall be
included. If requested to be used, the Contractor shall coordinate retrieval of recorded
PLC data with the Engineer.
G; PROJECTS12011111108k1 1 1 0S Specs. docx
END OF SECTION 11215
11215-9
SECTION 11325 — POLYMER FEED SYSTEM
PART 1 — GENERAL
1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The polymer dilution/feed unit shall be capable of automatically metering, diluting,
activating and feeding a liquid polymer with water.
B Supply and installation of a liquid polymer storage tank, tank stand, and electric mixer
shall also be included in the work of this section
C The Contractor shall furnish the services of an authorized factory representative of the
equipment manufacturer to provide installation assistance, inspection, certification of
installation, functional testing, startup and job site training. A minimum of two trips, one
1 -day minimum trip to the site to provide installation assistance, inspection, certification,
and functional testing, and one 1 -day trip to the site for start-up and training, shall be
included in the scope of work for this section
1 02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision.
C. Section 01730 — Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
D Division 15 — Mechanical.
E. Division 16 — Electrical
1.03 GENERAL
A. All manufacturers shall be of established good reputation regularly engaged in the
fabrication of such equipment. Unless otherwise noted, any equipment offered shall be
current modifications that have been in successful regular operation under comparable
conditions.
B. Manufacturer shall have persons qualified in problem troubleshooting the equipment
permanently located within 350 mile radius of the City of Yakima.
C. The "or equal" clause shall be defined as a system which has a minimum five (5) years
proven track record of providing performance at least equal to the specified equipment
with the types of polymers specified below, as proven by actual field trials, a design which
inherently provides an equal level of reliability and quality compared to the system
specified; the general design of the system as it relates to maintenance accessibility of
parts and operation
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B Operation and Maintenance Information shall be furnished in accordance with Section
01730, Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Where additional, more detailed submittals
are necessary, those requirements are included in this section
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-1
C Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of equipment for approval in accordance with
Section 01300 Shop drawing submittals shall be complete with one submittal for the
entire system. Individual manufacturer's submittals for portions of the unit will not be
approved. Contractors shall submit the following minimum information with their Shop
Drawings:
1 Manufacturer's catalog information, physical and operational description, and
specifications.
2. Drawings showing the general dimensions of the equipment and confirming the
size of the unit. Drawings shall also include size and location of required piping
connections, structural supports, construction details, list of input/output signals
for control panels, wiring diagrams, weights of major components, and utility
connection requirements.
3. List of any design modifications to accommodate the equipment proposed.
4. Information and location of nearest parts, service crews, and repair facilities to
the City of Yakima.
5 Installation list for installations in the U.S. with location, contact names, and
phone numbers (only if an alternate manufacturer is proposed).
6 List of all variances from Technical Specifications. (Note: Failure to specifically
list and fully explain all variance will be cause for rejection of submittal).
7. Any other required information to clearly and readily demonstrate compliance
with all parts of the Technical Specifications.
8 Design calculations.
1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre -assemble and factory test system to ensure compliance with pressure and
operational requirements
B The approved system shall produce a completely homogenous polymer and water
solution free of visible polymer agglomerations, or "fish -eyes."
106 WARRANTY
A. The system shall be covered by a conventional one-year limited warranty against defects
in materials and workmanship. In addition, system installation shall be subject to the
following provisions:
1. Polymer feed system shall be warranted for a period of 12 months from the date
of final project acceptance by the Owner. In addition, supplier shall warrant the
system to operate in accordance with Owner's expectation and performance If
dissatisfied with system performance for any reason, the Owner shall have the
right to return the system to vendor for a refund of vendor's sale price any time
during the first 30 days following start-up.
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-2
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 POLYMER FEED SYSTEM
A. General.
1 The Polymer Feed System shall be capable of automatic preparation of polymer
solution from liquid concentrate (neat or emulsified polymer) and automatic
metering of the polymer solution to the application point. The preparation system
shall feed polymer solution to the backwash waste pipes located in the filter pipe
gallery, as shown on the Plans.
2. Electrical wiring and equipment with electrical connections, including the motors,
and control and safety devices, shall be Recognized Electrical Testing
Laboratory (RETL) listed and labeled, or the Contractor shall obtain approval
from the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries for the electrical
portions of the equipment.
3. Polymer, activation, dilution, and feed system shall be dynaBLEND model L4S-
120-0 24PS-I3-3, as manufactured by Fluid Dynamics, Inc. of Boulder, CO, or
Engineer approved equal.
B. Multi -Zone Mixing Chamber.
1 A non-mechanical, hydrodynamic, blending device specifically designed to dilute
and activate emulsion, dispersion and solution type polymer with viscosities up to
75,000 cps. and active contents up to 75 percent, shall be provided. Systems
without a proven track record with all types of polymers described above will not
be considered
2. The liquid polymer activation chamber's mixing energy shall be staged such that
it provides for high, non -damaging mixing energy over the full operating range of
the system which then dissipates through concentric chambers. The integral
water control device, which shall also produce mixing energy by creating a
pressure drop across its orifice, shall be constructed of PVC body with stainless
steel internals and shall be designed to allow orifice replacement without
disassembly of any other part of the system. The system shall be designed for
use with either potable or non -potable dilution water.
3. A mixing chamber drain valve with %-inch fitting shall be provided and plumbed
to the nearest floor drain The mixing chamber shall have a maximum rated
pressure of 150 psi.
4 Provide a bronze, adjustable -range pressure relief valve on mixing chamber with
a range of 50 to 175 psi.
5. At no time shall polymer, be exposed to excessive shear Systems which are
"retention time dependent" - a system which is prone to induce insufficient or
excessive mixing energy depending on flow rate and the subsequent retention
time in the mixing chamber, or which utilize conventional static mixers, mixing
blocks, eductors or flash mixers, shall not be considered. All components that
require periodic maintenance shall be readily accessible
C Provide a neat polymer check valve specifically designed to isolate neat polymer from
dilution water. The valve shall be designed with an open, unobstructed path to the valve
seat. The valve body shall be constructed of Teflon. The ball shall be stainless steel.
The spring shall be covered with a PVC boot, to prevent polymer from passing through
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-3
the spring. The valve shall be readily accessible for cleaning and shall be easily
disassembled. Conventional check valves, and or check valves that are installed inside
the mixing chamber, or which require mixing chamber disassembly for servicing will not
be accepted.
D. Dilution Water Control:
1. The dilution water flow rate shall be monitored by a Rotameter type flow meter
Unions shall be provided on the inlet and outlet of the Rotameter to allow easy
removal for cleaning.
a. Materials of Construction: Metering Tube - Machined Cast Acrylic;
Internal Components - 316L Stainless Steel; Fitting — PVC, Elastomers -
Buna-N
2 Unit shall have an electric solenoid valve for on/off control of total dilution water
flow.
a. Materials of Construction: Brass body, NBR Seal.
b Manufacturer. Parker Skinner Valve or equal.
c. The valve shall be rated NEMA 4X.
3. The dilution water flow rate shall be manually adjusted through a flow control
valve connected directly to the mixing chamber Valve shall be constructed of
PVC body, SS needle, and brass seat.
4. Dilution water differential pressure shall be monitored by an industrial duty
differential pressure switch rated NEMA 4X with a range of 0-90 psid. Pressure
switches with plastic construction or fittings and mechanically actuated switches
shall not be acceptable United Electric model J21 K -254-M900 or equal.
E. Polymer Metering Control:
1 Unit shall have a neat polymer metering pump. Pump shall be a four (4) stage
positive displacement, progressing cavity type Rotor shall be 316 SS. Stator
shall be fluoroelastomer. Pump shall have a packing seal.
2 Pump shall be driven by a 1/4 HP (minimum), TEFC, 0-90 volt DC motor
Variable speed capability shall be provided by an SCR controller. Maximum
speed of the pump shall not exceed 650 RPM.
3. Provide a metering calibration assembly rigidly mounted to the system frame and
sized to provide a one -minute drawdown at 100 percent pump capacity. The
column shall be graduated in increments of 0.1 gallons/1OmL. Supporting the
calibration column with the polymer piping is not acceptable
4. Each metering pump shall be protected with a thermal type Toss of flow sensor,
rated NEMA 4 with local and remote indication of alarm on low/loss of flow.
Pressure switches or mechanical or reed type switches shall not be acceptable
IFM Efector model SI -1000 or equal.
G\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-4
F. Polymer Solution Control:
1 The unit shall be supplied with two (2) electric solenoid valves for on/off control of
polymer solution discharge to two separate injection points as shown on the
Plans.
2. Valves shall be constructed of PVC with electric actuators similar to those
specified for the dilution water valves
3. Control of the discharge solenoid valves shall be coordinated with dilution water
valve and polymer feed unit operation, and shall be integrated into the feed unit
control panel logic.
G. Controls.
1. A control panel affixed to the system's frame shall be provided, rated NEMA 4X
and constructed of FRP The control panel shall consist of all switches, relays,
indicator lights, digital displays, and controllers as required herein. The control
panel components shall be NEMA 4X. Switches and indicator lights shall be Allen
Bradley series 800E. All skid -mounted electrical components interconnected to
control panel shall terminate on terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be sized
for 14 ga wire with terminal block numbers and a legend Wires shall be neatly
run through wire race -way and numbered with adhesive type labels.
2. Control Devices:
a. Main Power / System ON - OFF — REMOTE selector switch
b. NEMA 4X, panel -mounted potentiometer for local control of pump speed
c. Alarm reset Push -Button
3 SCR Controller
a. Input Voltage: 115/230 VAC.
b Output Voltage: 0-90 VDC or 0-180 VDC.
c. HP Rating: 1/8-1 @ 90 VDC, 1/4-2 @ 180 VDC
d. Signal Input: 4-20mA or 0-10VDC, selectable
e Max Output Current: 10 Amps.
f. Adjustable min speed, max speed, current limit, IR compensation and
signal input adjust.
g. 3 percent linearity through 60:1 speed range
h. Manufacturer Minarik, model PCM23001A.
4. Indicators:
a. System Running indicator, white full voltage pilot light.
b. Low water differential pressure alarm.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-5
c. LCD displayy of pump rate
d. Low polymer flow alarm.
5. Inputs (by others).
a. 4-20mA metering pump pacing signal.
b. Contact Closure (maintained) for remote starting/stopping of polymer
system.
6. Outputs.
a. System "Running" status, dry contact.
b. System in "Remote mode" status, dry contact.
c. Low Water Pressure Alarm, dry contact.
d. Low Polymer Flow Alarm, dry contact.
7. Alarms.
a. Loss of Dilution Water Flow Alarm, Differential Pressure Type Metering
pump goes to stand-by mode when low dilution water pressure occurs.
The pump automatically restarts when pressure returns.
b Loss of Polymer Flow Alarm, thermal sensor type System goes on
standby when low/loss of polymer flow occurs, requires manual restart.
An adjustable 0 to 60 second time delay relay shall be provided to
prevent nuisance alarms from occurring.
H The valves, equipment, materials of construction and controls specified under this section
supersedes valves, equipment, materials of construction and controls specified
elsewhere in the contract documents
Maintenance:
1. Unit shall be open frame design to allow easy access to all components.
a. Mixing chamber shall be easily disassembled and reassembled to allow
access to all parts exposed to neat polymer.
b. Polymer check valve shall be readily accessible. Check valves installed
inside mixing chamber shall not be acceptable.
J. Material Specifications*
1. Connections — Plumbing
a. Dilution water inlet, 1 inch FNPT
b Neat polymer inlet, 1 inch FNPT
c. Solution discharge, 1 inch FNPT
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-6
2. Connections — Electrical:
a. Standard, grounded male plug - 120/1/60, 15 amps max.
b. Terminal blocks for interconnecting all skid -mounted electrical devices.
c. Terminal blocks for all remote input and output signals.
3 Dimensions. Frame, 24 inches wide x 24 inches deep x 68 inches high (62 x 62
x 175 cm).
4. Feed Unit Construction:
a. The system's frame shall be of rugged 304 stainless steel construction
No mild steel shall be used The skid shall be constructed of 3/16 inch
minimum 304 stainless steel. The frame shall be constructed of 3/16 inch
angle or structural stainless steel tubing The panel supporting the
control panel shall be a minimum of 12 -gauge. Vertical frame members
shall be gusseted. All pipe supports shall be stainless steel. The skid
shall be designed for fork -lifting and shall have holes for mounting to
concrete pad The systems frame shall be designed for an integral
dilution water booster pump in the event the plant's hydro -pneumatic
system is incapable of providing sufficient dilution water. Maximum
system dimensions shall be per schedule above. Control panel shall be
mounted in vertical position and at 60 inch high. Pump suction shall not
exceed 18 inch from the skid.
b Piping and valves shall be mounted with rigid pipe clamps. Fasteners
required to mount components to system frame shall be minimum 1Y4-20.
c. Dilution water plumbing shall be schedule 80 PVC Hose shall be braided
vinyl Hose fittings shall be schedule 80 PVC No nylon fittings shall be
used
d Mixing chamber — PVC sch 80
5 Polymer Feed Accessories:
a. Provide metering pump suction assembly including hose, stainless steel
hose clamps, valve and quick disconnect fittings for use with polymer
storage tank specified.
b. Provide suction pipe assembly for use with specified polymer tank.
Suction tubing shall be constructed of clear PVC pipe and shall have
check valve on the bottom of the suction pipe to prevent Toss of prime
2 02 POLYMER STORAGE TANK AND ACCESSORIES
A. The polymer storage tank shall be a one-piece molded heavy -walled, flat bottom, open
top tank, constructed of linear polyethylene (PE). The nominal tank volume shall 15
gallons. Tanks and accessories shall be as manufactured by Chem-Tainer Industries,
Inc., or Engineer approved equal
B Provide one-piece molded polyethylene tank lid and fabricated steel support stand with
optional mixer post and bracket. The tank support stand shall be hot -dip galvanized or
primed and finish painted in accordance with Section 09900 The height of the tank stand
and mixer support bracket shall be coordinated with the specified mixer type and size
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-7
2.03 POLYMER MIXER
A. A polymer mixer shall be provided for continuous mixing of liquid polymer emulsion. The
mixer shall be Neptune Series JG, or approved equal, with grease filled gearbox, TEFC
motor, cast aluminum housing, and stainless steel shaft and propeller. The mixer and
impeller size provided shall be appropriate for mixing polymer within the specified tank
size. Coordinate the mixer mounting hardware supplied with the specified tank stand
support.
B
C. The mixer shall be capable of operating from a 115 volt AC power source Provide and
install power cord as required and shown on the electrical plans.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 INSTALLATION
A. All above equipment shall be installed by the Contractor in accordance with the
Manufacturer's 'recommendations, approved shop drawings, and these specifications
Equipment shall be located as shown on the Plans, or as approved by the Engineer.
Layout of equipment and appurtenances within the allocated area shall be submitted by
the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
B. Check out of final station, start-up, calibration, and instruction of operating personnel
shall be performed by an authorized representative of the manufacturer These services
shall be an integral part of providing this equipment.
C. This Specification describes a complete operational polymer preparation system. Unit
shall have been totally assembled and shop tested as a complete system prior to
delivery. Systems requiring field assembly and construction shall not be considered as
complying.
3 02 TESTING
A. In addition to testing that may be required by Codes, the Contractor shall employ the
services of a factory trained representative to perform all tests specified in this section
and shall furnish and pay for all material required for tests.
B The Contractor shall notify the Engineer or Owner a minimum of 5 days in advance of
running any tests unless otherwise specified and no tests shall be approved unless the
Engineer or a representative of the Owner is present. Should test indicate unsatisfactory
operation, conditions shall be corrected and test repeated at Contractor's expense
C. The tests shall duplicate all normal operating and failure modes All system components
shall be operated in manual and automatic modes to verify that all components meet the
specified performance parameters. The system shall also be tested to ensure that the
system is capable of providing the specified range of polymer concentrations at the
specified feed rates.
3 03 START-UP
A. Upon completion of the installation of the equipment, the services of the above service
representative shall be provided to check the completed installation, make any required
adjustments, initiate a trial run, and place the system in satisfactory operation
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
11325-8
3 04 TRAINING
A. In addition to the above, the manufacturer shall provide the services of the above
representative for instructing the operating personnel on operation and maintenance of
the system.
3 05 CERTIFICATION
A. The manufacturer's representative shall provide written certification that the system is
properly installed according to manufacturer's directions and recommendations for the
intended operation of the equipment, and that the system is operating satisfactorily
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 11325
11325-9
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
G:IPROJECTS12011\11108111108 Specs.docx
SECTION 15000 — GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. This section is an extension of General Requirements and contains items of a common or
administrative nature that pertain to all mechanical work.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B. Section 01400 — Testing, Inspections, Supervision.
C. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
D. Division 15 — Mechanical.
E. Division 16 — Electrical.
1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. References: Comply with reference standards as listed in the specifications.
1 American Water Works Association (AWWA)
2. Hydraulic Institute (HI).
3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
4. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE).
5. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA).
B. Codes: Comply with the latest edition of all applicable codes, rules and regulations.
1 National Electrical Code (NEC).
2. International Building Code (IBC)
3. International Mechanical Code (IMC).
4. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B. Contractor shall investigate the capacity and space requirements of the proposed
equipment before submitting shop drawings.
C. Fees and permits. Obtain required permits necessary to execute the work under this
division. See Section 01025 — Special Provisions and Section 01400 — Testing,
Inspections, Supervision for additional information related to permits.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15000-1
D. Submit operation and maintenance data and written warranties in accordance with Section
01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All pressure vessels, safety devices, and appurtenances shall comply with standards of
and bear stamp of ASME.
B. All electrical devices and wiring shall comply with standards of NEC. All devices shall be
UL listed and so identified
1 06 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Contractor is responsible for protection of all material, equipment and apparatus provided
under this section from all damage both in storage and when installed, until final
acceptance.
B Provide temporary storage facilities for material and equipment. Provide heat for
equipment storage as recommended by manufacturer
C. Any material, equipment or apparatus damaged because of improper storage or
protection will be rejected and any repair or replacement will be at no cost to the Owner.
PART 2 — MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. The materials required for all mechanical work are specified in the individual sections.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 GENERAL
A. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations
unless specifically directed by the Engineer otherwise.
3.02 PLANS
A. Plans are diagrammatic and show the general design, arrangement and extent of the
systems. Do not scale Plans for roughing in measurements, nor use as shop drawings
Make field measurements and prepare shop drawings as required. Coordinate work with
shop drawings of other specification divisions.
3.03 SLEEVES AND INSERTS
A. Contractor shall be responsible for locating and installing sleeves, inserts and supports,
including pipe supports, as required during the construction
3.04 REVISIONS DURING INSTALLATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for making minor changes in the piping, ductwork and
equipment locations due to structural obstructions or conflicts with work specified in other
divisions.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15000
15000-2
a
1 1
1
1
i
t
s
t
1
I
1
SECTION 15020 — TESTING
PART 1 — GENERAL
101 GENERAL
A. It is the intent of the Owner to have a complete and operable facility. All facilities shall be
tested during construction and/or during the Contractor's operational period to insure the
facility is complete, is operable to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and meets the design
performance requirements.
B. General test requirements are specified in this section. Additional test requirements may
be specified in other divisions of these Specifications and in other sections of this
division. In submitting a proposal for this work the Contractor agrees that any specified
performance requirements, testing procedures, leakage allowances, or other
requirements are fair and practicable and that he guarantees to secure the results
specified
C. All costs for power, gas, water, labor and material (including chemicals) required for
testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
D. Defective items revealed by the testing shall be removed and replaced or otherwise
corrected as directed by the Engineer, and the system again subjected to the same test.
All cost for power, gas, water, labor and material (including chemicals) required for re-
testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
1.02 TESTING
A. Equipment and Systems: All equipment and systems shall be tested by the Contractor
under the review of the Engineer, to verify the proper operation thereof in accordance
with these Specifications.
B. Pipe and Fittings. After completion of the installation, the Contractor shall test all piping
and pipe work as specified herein. The Contractor shall furnish all material, equipment
and labor for testing and re -testing the piping systems.
Each system may be tested as a unit or in sections, but each complete system shall
successfully meet the requirements specified herein before acceptance by the Engineer
Should any defects appear in the pipe or fittings, the necessary repairs shall be made
and the line re -tested until it shall meet the requirements
The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent any joints from
withdrawing while the pipelines and their appurtenances are being tested, and he shall, at
his own expense, repair any damage to the pipes and their appurtenances or to any other
structures resulting from or caused by these tests.
C. Water Main Piping. All pressure water main piping shall be hydrostatically pressure
tested in accordance with Section 7-09 3(23) of the WSDOT Standard Specifications
supplemented with the following:
Replace the first sentence with:
All water mains and appurtenances shall be tested under a hydrostatic
pressure of 150 psi
D Refer to Section 02667 — Site Water Piping, for additional pipe testing requirements
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
15020-1
E. Connections to the existing water mains shall be tested following the testing of all new
piping per the above test requirements. The Engineer shall be notified immediately if any
leaks are detected in existing piping outside of the project limits. The Contractor shall be
responsible for repairing and retesting leaks at the connection points
F. Process Piping. All pressure process piping shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance
with the requirements for water main piping, unless otherwise specified.
G Gravity Pipe Lines (PVC, DI, cast iron, and concrete drain and sewer). AH gravity pipe
lines shall be tested in accordance with Section 02732 — Site Sanitary Sewerage
Systems.
H Building Plumbing- All plumbing shall be tested in accordance with applicable state and
local codes and as specified.
1. Before final connections are made to main sewers and prior to backfilling of
trenches or connecting of fixtures, all drainage piping shall be hydrostatically
tested All openings shall be capped or plugged and the system filled with water
to the top of a vertical section of pipe ten feet high, temporarily connected to the
highest point of the underground system. The water shall be allowed to stand in
the system for at least 30 minutes prior to inspection. If the water level remains
constant and no leaks are found during the period of inspection, the water shall
be drained from the system Final connections shall then be made to the main
sewers and the trenches backfilled.
2. Before any fixtures are connected, all water piping shall be hydrostatically tested
and proven tight at a pressure of not less than 150 psig at the lowest point in the
system The pressure shall be maintained for at least one hour for inspection. If
the pressure remains constant and no leaks are found during the period of
inspection, the water shall be drained from the systems and final connections
shall then be made to the fixtures.
3. Should any leaks, flaws or defective materials or equipment be found during the
testing operations, such Teaks or flaws shall be corrected and effective materials
and equipment replaced After corrections have been made, tests shall be
repeated until all systems are proven tight. All corrections and re -tests shall be
made without additional cost to the Owner.
Water Containing Structures. Water retaining structures shall be tested for water-
tightness and repaired in accordance with Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15020
15020-2
SECTION 15047 — CODING AND IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 — GENERAL
1 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, and
equipment required for the color coding and identification of mechanical and electrical
systems as shown on the Plans and as specified in Divisions 15 and 16, including but not
limited to the following*
1 Identification of all exposed piping, panels, equipment cabinets, and mechanical
equipment.
2. Locating devices for concealed controls and equipment and buried piping and
utilities
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure
B. Section 09900 — Painting.
C Section 10400 — Identification Devices.
D Division 14 — Conveying Systems.
E. Division 15 — Mechanical.
F. Division 16 — Electrical
1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
C National Electric Code (NEC).
104 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedures for general submittal requirements.
B. The Contractor shall submit product data and samples of legend markers, valve tags, and
plastic plates, indicating all materials and colors prior to painting and installation
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 COLOR CODING OF PIPELINES
A. Piping shall be painted in colors as selected by the Owner to match existing piping color
coding system Refer to Section 09900 — Painting for specified paint materials and
application requirements
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15047-1
2.02 PIPING IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
A. General: All exposed piping, and appurtenances shall conform to an identification
system Items shall be considered exposed unless buried or concealed in the
construction Insulated pipe shall be identified as required for the carrier pipe. The
Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of all color coding and identification prior
to application.
B. Standards: Identification markers for piping shall have background colors as specified
herein All identification shall be in accordance with the following standards unless
otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer•
1. ANSI/ASME A-13 1 for identification sizes and background coloring
C Manufacturers.
1. Subject to compliance with the specifications, equivalent products by the
following manufacturers are acceptable.
a. Brady Worldwide, Inc., 6555 W Good Hope Rd, Milwaukee, WI 53223,
Phone: (800) 250-3082, Fax: (800) 292-2289; www.bradyid.com
b Seton Identification Products, 20 Thompson Rd , Branford, CT 06405,
Phone: (800) 571-2596, Fax: (800) 345-7819, www.seton.com.
D Identification Materials:
1 Legend markers Provide self -sticking vinyl labels or snap -on type markers with
legends and/or symbols with borders as approved by the Engineer Arrows
indicating direction of flow shall point away from legend If flow may be both
ways, use double -headed arrows.
2 Self -sticking labels shall be equal to Brady material number B-946, suitable for
temperature ranges of -40 °F to 180 °F (-4 °C to 82 °C) Snap -on type markers
shall be equal to Brady material number B-915
3 Self -sticking markers for piping 3 inches in diameter to 6 inches in diameter shall
be Brady Style 1, piping less than 3 inches in diameter shall be Brady Style 4 and
piping 8 inches in diameter and larger shall be Brady Style 1HV. Snap -on or
strap -on markers shall be in a style appropriate for the size of piping
2 03 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
A. Plastic -laminated plates for equipment identification shall be made of engraving stock,
melamine plastic laminate punched for mechanical fasteners. Thickness shall be 1/16
inch for signs up to 20 square inches and 1/8 inch for larger signs. Engraved legend shall
be white letters on black face. Use self -tapping stainless steel screws or no. 10 stainless
steel machine screws with nuts, flat washers, and lock washers.
B. Refer to Section 16050 — Basic Electrical Materials and Methods for additional electrical
equipment and cabinet identification material requirements.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15047-2
1
i
I
1
1
1
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 PIPING SYSTEMS
A. All exposed piping in rooms, vaults, and outdoors shall be painted in accordance with
paragraph 2.01A of this section
B Identify piping by legend markers and arrows to show pipe contents and direction of flow.
Legend markers and arrows shall be provided at the following locations.
1 Behind every access door or panel.
2. At each valve
3. At each "T" joint.
4 At each point of entry or exit where pipe passes through walls, floors or ceilings.
5. At intervals not exceeding 50 feet apart on long runs.
6. On overhead piping, provide legends on the lower portion of the pipe where view
from the floor is unobstructed.
C The number and location of the markers shall be sufficient to readily identify each pipe
along its entire exposed length In general, legend markers and directional arrow
markers shall be placed at the inlets and outlets of equipment, both sides of valves, into
and out of walls, at each riser and tee joint, and at 10 -foot intervals of long runs, or as
determined by the Engineer
D. Where two or more pipes run parallel, markings shall be applied in the same relative
location on each side so as to be in vertical or horizontal linearity as the case may be,
and present a workmanlike appearance
E. Where numerous fittings occur close together, as in manifolds and around equipment, the
above Specifications as to location of markers shall be modified as indicated by good
judgment to prevent a cluttered appearance
3 02 EQUIPMENT
A. All equipment, including apparatus cabinets, switchgear, panels, dampers, fans, pumps,
etc., shall have identification consisting of plastic -laminated plates as approved by the
Engineer showing equipment number, nature, and function of each piece of equipment,
and a designation corresponding to control diagrams and directions. Voltages shall be
indicated where applicable.
1. Plates shall be on outside of boxes, cases, motor control centers, control panels,
etc.; except panel cabinets, which shall be identified on the inside of the doors
unless otherwise indicated
2. Fans and air supply units shall be identified with the following information after
the fan systems have been adjusted
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
Unit Number Running Current
Fan RPM Starting Current
Static Pressure CFM
Motor HP Direction of Fan Rotation
15047-3
B Refer to Section 16050 — Basic Electrical Materials and Methods for additional electrical
equipment and cabinet identification requirements.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15047
15047-4
1
t
1
SECTION 15050 — BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work of this section describes the materials and methods common to all sections of
Division 15 and 16 Mechanical materials specified under other sections of Division 15
shall meet the requirements of this section, unless part of larger factory assembled
equipment.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
C. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals.
D Section 09900 — Painting.
E. Division 15 — Mechanical.
F. Division 16 — Electrical.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
B American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)-
1 ANSI/ASME B1.20 1 — Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)
2. ANSI/ASME B16 1 — Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
C. Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA).
104 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B Submit product data for all materials and equipment used on the project, including
drawings, catalog -cuts, etc. Indicate model numbers and specified options and
accessories that are proposed for use.
C Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance information for gauges and control
devices in,accordance with Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals
D. The Contractor shall verify all actual conditions and shall refer to architectural, structural,
piping and electrical Plans. Rerouting of pipe from that shown on construction Plans due
to interferences, types of material and equipment submitted that are different from those
originally shown on Plans and/or specified, Contractor's convenience for construction that
does not compromise functional intent, etc., will be permitted only after review by the
Engineer In this case, shop drawings shall be submitted consisting of plan and section
views clearly showing all pipe, fittings, valves, pipe hangers, supports, and mechanical
and electrical equipment. Shop drawings shall be completely dimensioned and labeled,
G:IPROJECTS12011\11108111108 Specs docx
15050-1
and reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to beginning construction
1 05 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Electrical requirements
1 Starters. Except for starters specifically included in Division 16, furnish all starters
for motors in this division.
2. Disconnects. Except for disconnects factory mounted on mechanical equipment,
or in combination with starters, motor disconnects are specified in Division 16
3 Power wiring Except for factory wiring on mechanical equipment, power wiring is
specified in Division 16 Equipment devices and wiring shall comply with NEC.
4 Provide controls, controllers, transformers, and switches required by the work of
this section.
5 Factory wired assemblies and panels shall be prewired to numbered terminal strips
for connection to field wiring
6 Provide disconnect switch for each control circuit connection to prewired
assemblies and control panels.
7. Provide approved wiring diagrams for work as specified in Division 16
8 Provide weatherproof devices and installations for out of doors or as specified in
Division 16
9 Install wiring as specified in Division 16
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 FLANGES AND PIPE THREADS
A. Unless otherwise noted, all flanges on equipment and appurtenances provided under this
section shall conform in dimensions and drilling to ANSI/ASME B16 1, Class 125. All
pipe threads shall conform in dimension and limits of size to ANSI/ASME B1.20.1, Class
2 NPT, Taper Pipe Thread
B Grooved pipe connections shall be Victaulic or equal.
2.02 GUARDS
A. All exposed moving parts shall be provided with guards in accordance with the
requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Guards shall be fabricated of
12 gauge steel and expanded metal screen to provide visual inspection of moving parts
without removal of the guard Guards shall be galvanized after fabrication and shall be
designed to be readily removable.
2.03 BEARINGS
A. Unless otherwise specified, all equipment bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated, ball
or roller anti -friction type of standard manufacture. Bearings shall be conservatively
designed to withstand all stresses of the service specified. Each bearing, except when
G.\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
otherwise noted, shall be rated in accordance with the latest revisions of AFBMA
Methods of Evaluating Load Ratings of Ball and Roller Bearings for one of the following
classes of B-10 rating life: Class M1, 8,000 hours of operation; Class M2, 20,000 hours
of operation; Class M3, 50,000 hours of operation; of Class M4, 100,000 hours of
operation Bearings shall be not less than Class M3 unless otherwise noted
All grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be factory lubricated for life,
shall be fitted with easily accessible grease supply, flush, drain and relief fittings
Extension tubes shall be used when necessary Grease supply fittings shall be the
standard hydraulic type
Oil lubricated bearings shall be equipped with either a pressure lubricating system or a
separate oil reservoir type system Each oil lubrication system shall be of sufficient size
to safely absorb the heat energy normally generated in the bearing under a maximum
ambient temperature of 60°C and shall be equipped with a filler pipe and an external level
gauge.
2.04 V -BELT DRIVES
A. Unless otherwise noted, V -belt drives shall be Dodge Dyna -V belts with matching Dyna -V
sheaves and Dodge Tapper -lock bushes, Woods' Super -V belts with matching Sure -Grip
sheaves and Woods' Sure -Grip bushes, or Eaton Hy -T wedge with Eaton High Torque
QD sheaves, or equal.
Pulleys and bushes shall be dynamically and statically balanced. Pulleys shall be
separately mounted on their bushes by means of three pull-up grub or cap tightening
screws Bushes shall be key -seated to the driver shaft.
Belts shall be selected for not less than 150 percent of rated driver horsepower and,
where 2 pulley sizes are specified, shall be capable of operating with either set of pulleys.
Belts shall be of the anti -static type where flame -proof equipment is specified
Each belt -driven unit shall be furnished with a complete set of spare belts. Spare belts
shall be properly identified as to design, horsepower speed, length, pulley size and use
and shall be packaged and stored as specified for spare parts storage and marking.
Where 2 or more belts are involved, matched sets of belts shall be provided.
2.05 SHAFT COUPLINGS
A. General. Shaft couplings for direct connected electric motor -driven equipment 1/2 HP or
larger shall be Type I or Type II as specified herein. Type I couplings shall be utilized for
all reversing drives, positive displacement pumps or high torque loads. Type II couplings
shall be employed on all other drives. Where requirements of the equipment dictate
specialized features, the manufacturer may substitute the coupling normally supplied for
the service. All couplings shall be non -lubricated type, designed for not Tess than 50,000
hours operating life
Coupling sizes shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application,
considering horsepower, speed of rotation and type of service. The use of couplings as
specified herein shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for precision
alignment of all driver -driven units
B Type I couplings: Positive displacement pumps and reversing equipment or equipment
where sudden torque reversals may be expected shall be connected to their drivers by
flexible couplings which can accommodate angular misalignment, and end float, and
which cushion shock loads and dampen torsional vibrations. The flexible member shall
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-3
consist of a built-up elastic member comprised of synthetic rubber, duck and wire
reinforcement with synthetic tension members bonded together in rubber The flexible
member shall be attached to flanges by means of clamping rings and cap screws and the
flanges shall be attached to the stub fit. There shall be no metal -to -metal contact
between the driver and driven unit.
C Type II couplings shall be employed on normal torque, non -reversing applications. Type
II couplings shall be of the pin and preloaded neoprene cylinder type, designed to
accommodate shock loading, vibration and shaft misalignment or offset. Stub shafts
shall be connected through collar or round flanges, firmly keyed to their shafts, to
neoprene cylinders held to individual flanges by through pins. Couplings with cylinders
pinned to both coupling flanges will not be acceptable
2.06 ELECTRICAL DEVICES
A. All electrical motors, starters, controls and other devices furnished with mechanical
systems shall be UL labeled or furnished with other certification satisfactory to the
administrative authority. In addition, electrical components shall comply with Division 16
of these specifications. See diagrams on electrical plans
2 07 EQUIPMENT PADS
A. All mechanical equipment shall be installed on a concrete pad with a minimum height
above the floor of 4 inches. Details for a typical concrete pad are included in the Plans
2.08 PIPE SUPPORTS
A. Pipe supports shall conform to the Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS)
Standard Practice Manual SP -69 (Selection and Application), SP -58 (Materials, Design
and Manufacture); SP -89 (Fabrication and Installation Practices). MSS Standard
Practice Manual SP -90 contains Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and
Supports
B Pipe supports shall be manufactured by competent and reputable companies
experienced in the application of pipe hanger and support systems. Pipe supports shall
be constructed of hot -dip galvanized steel or stainless steel, as called out on the plans.
Fasteners and/or anchor bolts shall be stainless steel.
C Pipe stands shall be supported by Schedule 40 pipe of the diameter required for
adequate support, or as shown on the Plans, whichever is more conservative. Pipe
stands shall include either pre -manufactured or shop formed pipe cradles and base
plates. Pipe supported on stands that are greater than 4 feet 0 inches above the floor
level (CL) shall have hold-down straps or clamps.
D All piping shall be properly supported by anchors, brackets or hangers. Supports shall be
placed at a maximum spacing of 10 feet, unless otherwise specified and at all other
locations needed to facilitate take-down of pipe and equipment removal. Maximum
horizontal pipe hanger and support spacing shall not exceed distances as herein
specified, as shown on the Plans, or as shown on Table 3 of MSS SP -69
E. Overhead piping shall be supported with acceptable hangers as shown on the Plans, of
the standard manufacture of a reputable manufacturer Fastening of supports to
structural components shall be in accordance with methods approved by the structural
component manufacturer and the Engineer. Provisions shall be made to distribute pipe
loads over the proper, structural components of the building with approved fastening
devices
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F. The following pipe support equipment and practices will not be acceptable.
1 Use of wire or perforated straps.
2. Hanging from unreinforced roof decks or any portion of structure not approved by
the engineer.
3 Hanging from grating or other removable walkways or structural components.
2.09 PRESSURE GAUGES
A. General. Provide a pressure gauge on the suction and discharge side of each pump and
at all other locations shown on the Plans. The range of all gauges shall be approximately
2 times the normal system pressure so that when the system is operating, the pressure
gauge will read near center scale or as indicated on Plans. Gauges on suction side of
pumps shall be compound direct reading type Anticipated required gauge pressure
ranges shall be as follows -
Location
Service Type
Pressure Range
Filter -to -waste pump
discharge
Clean Water
0-15 psi
Filter -to -waste pump
discharge header
Clean Water
30" (vacuum) -0-15 psi
Recycled backwash water
pump discharge
Clean Water
0-60 psi
Recycled backwash water
pump discharge header
Clean Water
0-60 psi
B Gauges and appurtenances specified herein shall be by Ashcroft, Marsh, or equal.
C. Clean Water Gauges. Gauges for clean water service shall be 4Y2 -inch dial; stem
mounted black phenolic case, high impact, non -cracking plastic lens, bourdon tube
assembly; glycerin -filled gauge mechanism and case, suitable for temperature range of 0
to 150 degrees F; white dial background with black numerals and gradations, accuracy of
+ 0.5 percent of full scale; %-inch NPT connection, pulsation dampener; maximum
pointer; red set hand, and under/overload stop protection
D Sewage/Sludge Gauges Gauges for sewage, sludge and scum service shall be the
same as specified above for clean water gauges, except they shall be provided with a
300 series stainless steel clean out type diaphragm with a Y2 -inch NPT female process
connection and '/-inch NPT female gauge connection Diaphragm shall have a 1h -inch
NPT female flushing connection. Diaphragm shall be Mercoid® Type MGHX or equal
Tubing between diaphragm and wall -mounted gauge shall be flexible spiral armor,
stainless steel capillary tube. Entire diaphragm, tube and gauge assembly shall be
assembled and fill with liquid at the factory. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
to provide the gauge supplier with necessary data on individual locations for length of
tube, pressure range, etc.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-5
2.10 FLOAT SWITCHES
A. Liquid level switches shall be hollow -body, hermetically sealed, rigidly molded in abrasion
and corrosion resistant polypropylene, with a mercury free SPDT switch. The switch shall
be cushioned and mounted along the main axis at about a 65 degree inclination A three -
conductor oval cable of sufficient length shall serve to convey electrical signals and
provide support for the unit. The cable shall be heavily sheathed in PVC for resistance to
immersion, corrosion and abrasion The cable shall be assembled into the small end of
the sensor The sensor body shall also contain and eccentric metal weight to cause
pivoting of the sensor body between two stable positions, with the sensor immersed or
non -immersed Switches shall be as manufactured by Dwyer Instruments, Inc., SJE-
Rhombus, Gems Sensors and Controls, or approved equal.
B. The elevation of liquid level switches shall be adjustable without special tools The liquid
level switches shall be suspended within the vault/wet well so that they do not interfere
with access to the vault/wet well floor, other equipment, or the operation of other
instruments
C A float mounting bracket shall be provided as shown on the Plans. Provide strain reliefs
that support and hold the level control cables. The cables shall be continuous to the
control junction box. No splices shall be made in the wiring inside the vault/wet well.
Sufficient cable length shall be provided to allow for full adjustment of the floats for the
entire vault/wet well depth
2.11 ULTRASONIC LEVEL TRANSMITTERS
A. Ultrasonic level transmitters shall be two -wire, short-range, analog output instruments
with a 10 -inch to 20 feet measuring range (0.25 to 6 meter), 10 degree beam angle, and
suitable for use in ambient temperatures ranging from -40 to 176 °F, Siemens Probe LU,
or approved equal
B. The level transmitter enclosure shall be IP65/NEMA 4X rated, constructed of PVC with a
PVDF copolymer transducer and 2 -inch NPT process connection Provide flange adapter
and connection accessories as shown on the Plans.
C. Transmitters shall operate off of a 12 to 30 volt DC power supply Output shall be 4 to 20
mA.
D Transmitter level data shall be based on sonic intelligence echo processing algorithms
with a filter to discriminate between true echo and false echoes from acoustic or electrical
noises. The transmitter shall have built in temperature compensation capability and meet
the following performance criteria.
Accuracy (% of measuring range, in air) 0.15%
Resolution less than 3 mm (0 12 inch)
E. The Contractor shall provide the services of a factory trained representative for on-site
transmitter calibration and startup as well as one additional site visit as required for
additional transmitter calibration Transmitters shall be warranted for a minimum of one
year from the date of substantial completion
F One (1) spare transmitter assembly, with the same specifications as those installed, shall
be supplied to the Owner
G.\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-6
t
f
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Belt driven equipment: Mount with motors on common steel base with adjustable motor
mount.
B Locate and install sleeves, inserts and supports as required at proper stage of
construction.
C Install equipment so nameplates are visible
D Basis for equipment and material installation is the published recommendations of
manufacturer Submit such recommendations for review
3 02 TESTING BUILDING SYSTEMS
A. Contractor shall notify Engineer at least one week prior to testing. Provide tests
specified. Provide all test equipment including test pumps, gauges, instruments, and
other equipment required Pressure gauges used shall be graduated in increments
suitable for magnitude of test pressures specified and shall have range of approximately
twice test pressure Use only gauges and instruments recently calibrated
Where testing is specified, completed installation shall comply with designated
requirements. Provide replacement materials as may be required to accomplish this
compliance.
C Piping
1. Remove from systems, during testing, all equipment which would be damaged by
test pressure. Replace removed equipment after testing. Systems may be
tested in sections as work progresses, however, any previously tested portion
shall become a part of any later test of composite system. Correct leaks by
remaking joints with new material; makeshift remedies will not be permitted. Test
time will be accrued only while full test pressure is applied to system
2. Do all testing before backfilling, concealing, insulating, or painting.
3 Tolerance shall be no pressure drop, except that due to temperature change or
as specified in test procedure Perform tests in accordance with requirements in
sections 15020 and 15060.
D Valves
1 Test valve bonnets for tightness Test operate valves from closed -to -open -to -
closed position while valve is under piping test pressure.
2 Test automatic valves by actuating from fully open to fully closed.
E. Piping Specialties
1 Test pressure gauges for accurate indication.
2. Test all other piping specialties for proper operation
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11106\11108 Specs.docx
15050-7
F. Hangers and supports. With systems in normal operation, test hangers, supports and
rods to ensure they are plumb and supporting proper share of Toad Additionally support,
as required, systems and equipment that sway, crawl, or vibrate
G Other materials and equipment: Test other materials and equipment as specified, as
recommended by equipment manufacturer, or directed to assure they are complete,
operable and ready for use
3.03 CLEANING
A. During progress of work, keep premises reasonably free of debris, cuttings and waste
material Upon completion of work, and at other times as directed, remove all such
debris from premises
B. Clean equipment and materials. Remove foreign materials including dirt, grease,
splashed paint and plaster Restore to original condition any damaged finish
C. Clean, by flushing, interior of water piping after pressure testing Upon completion of
flushing, completely drain systems at all low points, remove, clean and replace all strainer
baskets and refill systems
3 04 START-UP PROCEDURES
A. General. Provide material and labor required to perform start-up of each respective item
of equipment and system prior to beginning of test, adjust and balance procedures.
Provide information and assistance required, cooperate with test, adjust and balance
services
1 Comply strictly with manufacturer's specified procedures in starting up
mechanical equipment.
B. Bearings.
1 Inspect for cleanliness, clean and remove foreign materials
2. Verify alignment.
3 Replace defective bearings and those which run rough or noisy
4 Lubricate as necessary and in accord with manufacturer's recommendations
C Drives.
1. Adjust tension in V -belt drives and adjust varipitch sheaves and drives for proper
equipment speed
2. Adjust drives for alignment of sheaves and V -belts.
3. Clean, remove foreign materials before starting operation
D Motors.
1. Check each motor for amperage comparison to nameplate value at full
equipment Toad
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-8
2. Correct conditions which produce excessive current flow and which exist due to
equipment malfunction.
3. Check for proper rotation before running equipment.
E. Pumps:
1 Check mechanical seals for cleanliness and adjustment before running pump.
2 Inspect shaft sleeves for scoring
3. Inspect mechanical faces, chambers and seal rings, replace if defective.
4 Verify that piping system is free of dirt and scale before circulating liquid through
the pump.
F Control Valves.
1 Inspect both hand -operated and automatic control valves, clean bonnets and
stems.
2. Tighten packing glands to assure no leakage, but permit valve stems to operate
without galling.
3. Replace packing in valves to retain maximum adjustment after system is judged
complete.
4 Replace packing on any valve which continues to leak.
5. Remove and repair bonnets which leak.
6. Coat packing gland threads and valve stems with a surface preparation of "Moly-
Cote" or "Fel-Pro" after cleaning.
G. Verify that control valve seats are free from foreign material and are properly positioned
for intended service
H. Tighten flanges and couplings after system has been placed in operation
1 Replace all gaskets which show any sign of leakage after tightening
Inspect screwed and welded joints for leakage.
1 Promptly remake each joint which appears to be faulty, do not wait for rust to
form.
2. Clean threads on both parts, apply compound and remake joints.
3 Cut out welded joint and replace with new section of pipe and new couplings.
J After system has been placed in operation, clean strainers, dirt pockets, orifices, valve
seats and headers in fluid systems to assure system is free of foreign materials
K. Remove rust, scale and foreign materials from equipment and renew any defaced
surfaces.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15050-9
L. Inspect fan wheels for clearance and balance.
1 Provide factory -authorized personnel for adjustment when needed.
M. Check each electrical control circuit to assure that operation complies with specifications
and requirements to provide desired performance.
N Inspect each pressure gauge and thermometer for calibration
1 Replace items which are defaced, broken, or which read incorrectly
0 Repair damaged insulation
P. Vent gases trapped in any part of systems.
1 Verify that liquids are drained from all parts of gas or air systems.
Q. Check piping for leaks at every joint, and at every connection, using "Leak -Tek" or other
approved compound.
3 05 CONTINUING ADJUSTMENTS
A. Provide such periodic continuing adjustment services as necessary to insure proper
functioning of mechanical systems after occupancy of the project and for warranty period
stated in Section 1-05 10(1) of the Special Provisions
G \PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15050
15050-10
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 15060 — PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work included in this section consists of furnishing and installing pipe, fittings and
related items, complete as specified herein and as indicated on the Plans. Special pipe,
fittings or installation requirements may be specified with the particular equipment
involved
B. Any pipe and fitting materials in substantial contact with drinking water shall be NSF 61
approved
C Not all the pipe and fittings listed in this section are used in this project.
1 02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B Section 02667 — Site Water Piping.
C Section 02732 — Site Sanitary Sewerage Systems
D Section 09900 — Painting.
E. Division 15 — Mechanical.
F. Division 16 — Electrical.
1 03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Water Works Association (AWWA)
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
104 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittal Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B. Product data in the form of drawings, catalog cuts, etc. shall be submitted for all items
proposed for use on the project.
C Submit shop drawings of all exposed interior piping.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2 01 PIPE MATERIALS
A. General. All pipe and fittings shall be of the type and size indicated on the Plans. All pipe
of each type shall be of the same manufacturer.
Pipe shall be grooved piping system, flanged, mechanical joint or push -on joint as
required or as specified. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans or specified herein, the
following shall apply:
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15060-1
1 Mechanical joint with mechanical restraints shall be used for all buried ductile
iron fittings.
2. Fused connections shall be used on all buried HDPE pipe
3 Regarding joint restraint, it is the intent of the Plans and Specifications to use
"Grip Ring" or "Meg -a -Lug" type mechanical restraints in lieu of thrust blocking
4. All exposed piping shall be flanged or Victaulic type grooved pipe connections.
B Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the provisions of ANSI
A21 51/AWWA C151. Ductile iron pipe thickness shall conform to provisions of ANSI
M1 50. All pipe and fittings shall be cement -mortar lined and seal coated in accordance
with ANSI 21 4 Thickness class for all pipe and fittings shall be as follows:
Use
Required Class
General Use, 12 inch Diameter and
Smaller
52
General Use, Over 12 inch Diameter
50 or 51
Threaded Taps
52
Threading, for Threaded Flanges
53
Ductile iron pipe shall be furnished with mechanical joints, flanged joints or push -on joints
as specified and shall conform to ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111 and ANSI A21.15/AWWA
C115. Flanges shall conform to ANSI B16 1, Class 125 drilling.
Fittings shall be ductile or cast iron unless otherwise shown on the Plans, and shall
conform to ANSI 2153/AWWA C153 or ANSI A21.10/AWWA C110 and ANSI
A21 11/AWWA C111 Where taps are shown on fittings, tapping bosses shall be
provided.
Where restrained joints are required, provide locked -type mechanical retainer glands with
mechanical joint fittings, "Grip Ring", "Meg -a -Lug" or approved equal. Push -on joints shall
be supplied with "Field -Lok" gaskets or approved equal.
Grooved pipe shall conform to AWWA Standard C606, or the coupling manufacturer's
recommendations for rigid grooving dimensions Flexible grooves shall be provided as
necessary for settlement or expansion only where shown on the Plans or as approved by
the Engineer.
C Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings. Cast iron pipe shall conform to the current provisions of the
ANSI A21 1, A21 7, and A21 10. Cast iron pipe shall be Thickness Class 22.
Flanged pipe shall be flanged in accordance with ANSI B-16 1, with Class 125 drilling
and fullface gaskets. Rubber gasket joints shall conform to ANSI 21.11.
All cast iron pipe shall be cement lined and seal coated in accordance with ANSI 21.4,
unless specified otherwise
D. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings: See Section 02667 — Site Water
Piping for HDPE material specifications.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15060-2
1
1
r
1
1
f
1
a
1
1
E. Cross -Linked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Fittings: PEX pipe shall conform to ASTM
F876/F877 and AWWA C904 PEX pipe fittings/adapters shall be brass crimp type
fittings, compatible with the piping used
F. PVC Pipe and Fittings. Unless otherwise shown, PVC pipe shall conform to the
requirements of the "Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inch through
12 inch for Water," (AWWA C900) or "Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Water
Transmission Pipe, Nominal Diameters 14 inches through 36 inches (AWWA C905) and
shall be furnished in cast iron equivalent outside diameters. Pipe shall be Pressure Class
150 Pipe fittings shall be Class 150 cast iron, mortar Tined, and meet the requirements of
the "American National Standard for Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings, 3 inch through 48
inch, for Water and Other Liquids," (ANSI 21 10/AWWA C110) and the "American
National Standard for Cement Mortar Lining for Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Pipe and
Fittings for Water," (ANSI A21.4/AWWA C104), respectively.
Unless otherwise shown or specified, PVC pressure pipe 3 inches and smaller shall be
Schedule 80, Type 1 and shall conform to ASTM D 1785 Buried pressure fittings 3
inches and smaller may be rubber gasket or solvent weld joints Fittings shall conform to
ASTM D 2467, Schedule 80 for solvent weld joints Threaded joints shall be provided
where connecting to unions, valves and where future disassembly may be required.
PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be as specified in Section 02732 — Site Sanitary Sewerage
Systems.
G Copper Pipe and Fittings Copper pipe shall conform to ASTM B-88, Type K. Fittings
shall be wrought copper solder joint fittings conforming to ASA -B16 22.
Copper piping shall be silver -soldered with minimum 45 percent silver content; Handy
Harman, Easy -Flow, or equal with flux as recommended by manufacturer In making
screwed joints, tin male threads with soft solder. Epco or equal dielectric unions shall be
used for all connections between copper and ferrous piping
H Brass Pipe and Fittings: Brass pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM B43 and AWWA
C800
Galvanized Steel Pipe and Fittings: Galvanized steel pipe and fittings shall be provided
in accordance with ASTM A120, ASTM A197, or ASTM A47. The minimum wall thickness
shall be Schedule 40. 2% inch or smaller pipe shall have screwed couplings. 3 inch and
larger pipe shall have grooved mechanical joint couplings or flanged couplings
J. Welded Steel Pipe and Fittings. Welded steel pipe and fittings shall be manufactured of
steel plate of thickness not less than 3/16 inch for pipes 12 inches in diameter and
smaller, and not less than % inch for larger sizes. Pipe materials, fabrication, and shop
testing of straight pipe shall conform to the requirements of the AWWA C200 All outlets,
4 inch diameter and larger, shall be provided with reinforcing designed for the water
working pressure specified or shown Shop drawings of all welded steel pipe and fittings
8 inches in diameter and larger shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01300
Steel pipe and fittings shall be lined with cement mortar in accordance with AWWA C205
K. Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings: Stainless steel pipe shall be Type 304/304L, Sch 40S,
conforming to the requirements of AWWA C220 Stainless steel fittings shall be Type
304/304L, conforming to the requirements of AWWA C226, with flanged connections
meeting the requirements of AWWA C228, Class SD minimum thickness, or grooved
pipe connections conforming to AWWA C606 Stainless steel pipe and/or fittings passing
through concrete structures shall be Type 316/316L and the exterior surfaces shall
receive two coats of epoxy after fabrication, in accordance with AWWA C210 Fittings
located within sewage wet wells shall also be Type 316/316L. Flange bolt isolation kits
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15060-3
shall be provided in all locations where stainless steel piping is connected to dissimilar
piping materials.
L. Miscellaneous Pipe and Fittings. Where indicated on the Plans, the Contractor shall
furnish and install miscellaneous piping and fittings as required for the service indicated.
All material shall be first class and suitable for the indicated service.
1. Wrought Steel Pipe, Black and Galvanized ASTM A120
2. Wrought Iron Pipe, Black ASTM A72
3 Cast Iron Screwed Fittings ASTM A126
4 Malleable Iron Screwed Fittings ASTM A197
5 Welding Fittings, Black ASTM A234
2.02 GASKETS
A. Gaskets for mechanical or push -on joints shall be rubber, conforming to ANSI
A21 11/AWWA C111.
B Gaskets for flanged fittings shall be full -face neoprene rubber.
C Gasket material shall be suitable for use in sewage, irrigation, or potable water lines.
2.03 BOLTS AND NUTS
A. Flange bolts and nuts connecting pipe and fittings shall be of a similar material to the pipe
and fittings being connected, unless otherwise specified At a minimum, carbon steel
bolts shall be in accordance with ASTM A307 grade B, and stainless steel bolts shall be
in accordance with ASTM F593 Stainless steel bolts and nuts shall be used for all
underground or submerged connections Flange bolt isolation kits shall be provided
where dissimilar materials are being connected Length, size, and strength of bolts and
nuts shall be in accordance with applicable AWWA standards.
2.04 COUPLINGS
A. Grooved Mechanical Joint Couplings. Grooved -end couplings shall conform to the
requirements of AWWA C606 and shall be suitable for the pipe being joined Depending
on the piping requirements, the coupling shall either provide a rigid joint or controlled pipe
movement (for deflection and/or thermal expansion) Pipe grooving shall be in
accordance with the coupling manufacturer's specifications Couplings shall be Victaulic
System by Victaulic Company or approved equal.
B. Flexible Pipe Couplings. Flexible couplings are required on all pipes less than 36 -inch
diameter, wherever a pipeline penetrates a structure or, where shown on the Plans.
Couplings shall be of the gasketed bolted sleeve type with diameter to properly fit the
pipe, as manufactured by Romac, Smith -Blair, Dresser, or approved equal Couplings
shall be assembled on the job in a manner to insure permanently tight joints under all
reasonable conditions of expansion and contraction Gasket and 0 -ring material shall be
as recommended by manufacturer for intended service Buried or submerged couplings
shall be provided with Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts. Couplings shall have an
epoxy coating finish Couplings for stainless steel piping shall be fabricated of Type 316
stainless steel and be provided with stainless steel bolts.
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs docx
15060-4
C Threaded Joints. Threaded joints shall be made of clean-cut threads to standard lengths,
so made up that joint leaves not more than three threads exposed Apply approved pipe
compound to male threads only.
2.05 BURIED PIPE RESTRAINT
A. "Grip Ring" or "Meg -a -Lug" type mechanical restraints shall be used for buried pipe
restraint in lieu of thrust blocking.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. Pipe shall be installed in accordance with good trade practice and in strict accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions. The methods employed in handling and placing of
pipe, fittings and equipment shall be such as to insure that after installation and testing
they are in good condition.
B Refer to Section 02667 — Site Water Piping, for installation of piping outside of building
limits.
3 02 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Enter and exit through structure walls, floors, and ceilings by using penetrations and
seals as shown on the Plans.
B When entering or leaving structures with buried piping less than 36 -inch diameter, install
a flexible pipe coupling when shown on the Plans.
C. When entering or leaving structures with pipe 36 inches or larger, install a joint within 2
feet of point where pipe enters or leaves structure and install second joint not more than
6 feet nor less than 4 feet from first joint.
D Install expansion devices as necessary to allow expansion and contraction movement.
E. Underground Pipe Anchorage.
1 Provide restrained joints unless shown or specified otherwise to prevent
movement of piping caused by forces in or on buried piping tees, wye branches,
plugs, or bends valves and plugs as shown and/or specified.
2 Place concrete blocking when shown or specified so that it extends from fitting
into solid undisturbed earth wall. Concrete blocks shall not cover pipe joints.
3. Provide bearing area of concrete in accordance with drawing detail.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15060-5
4. Restrain pipe joints within minimum distance from restrained fitting joints as
shown below
Pipe Size
(inches)
Length of Restrained Pipe (feet) Each Side of Bend or Valve*
Fitting
Angle
Plug or Valve
0° to 45°
46° to 90°
6
5
12
46
8
7
16
60
10
8
20
71
12
9
22
78
16
11
27
98
18
12
30
110
20
14
34
121
24
16
38
138
Listed lengths are based on a test pressure of 100 psi. To compute the length for a
different test pressure use the following equation: Length = (Test Pressure/100) x
(Table Value)
F Install insulating components where dissimilar metals are joined together
G. Underground Pipe Locating System
1 Install over all underground piping and utility systems installed per this contract.
2. For pipes greater than 6 -inch diameter install magnetic tape or tracing wire 6
inches above the top of the pipe center
3 For pipes less than 6 -inch diameter, install warning tape 24 inches above the top
of pipe.
H All above ground pipe shall be secured in place by use of pipe restraints or other
approved methods as shown on the Plans.
Provide floor stands, wall bracing, concrete piers, hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., for all
pipes running near the floors or near walls and which can be properly supported or
suspended by the walls or floors. The weight of above ground piping shall be carried
independently of equipment. Pipelines near concrete or masonry walls may also be hung
by hangers carried from wall brackets at a higher level than pipe. Hanging of any pipe
from another is prohibited. Special hangers and supports shall be as shown on Standard
Details or on the Plans. See Section 15050 for additional pipe support requirements.
Equipment shall be so positioned and aligned that no strain shall be induced within the
equipment during or subsequent to the installation of pipe work.
J In erecting the pipe, a sufficient number of screwed unions or flanged joints shall be used
to allow any sections or run of pipe to be disconnected without taking down adjacent
runs
K. Flexible couplings shall be installed where shown on the Plans and at such other points
as may be required for ease of installation or removal of the pipe, subject to approval of
the Engineer Flexible couplings shall be of the positive lock type where necessary to
prevent separation of pipe due to internal pressures.
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
15060-6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
3 03 INSTALLATION AT CONCRETE WALLS AND FITTINGS
A. Whenever a pipeline of any material terminates at, or extends through, a structural wall or
sump, the Contractor shall install, in advance of pouring of concrete, the fittings or special
casting required for the particular installation.
B. Ductile iron or steel pipe to be cast in water bearing walls, or more than two feet below
grade, shall have seep rings
G:\PROJECTS12011\11108\11106 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15060
15060-7
SECTION 15101 — VALVES, GATES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all valves, gates, and controls as shown and
specified. In addition, valve -operating units, stem extensions and other accessories shall
be furnished and installed by the Contractor where shown, or where required in the
opinion of the Engineer, to provide for convenience in operation. Where buried valves
are indicated, the Contractor shall furnish and install valve boxes to grade. All valves and
gates shall be new and of current manufacture. All exposed shut-off valves, 6 inch and
larger, shall have operators with position indicators. Where buried valves call for position
indicators they shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing position
indicators.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B Section 02667 — Site Water Piping.
C. Section 09900 — Painting.
D Division 15 — Mechanical
E. Division 16 — Electrical.
103 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B Submit product data for all valves, operators, and controls (if applicable), including wiring
diagrams and electrical data.
104 APPLICABILITY
A. Inclusion of products in this Specification section does not necessarily indicate that the
particular product is installed for this project. If the product is used, it shall be furnished in
accordance with this specification section unless otherwise approved by the Engineer
B. Costs for all valves, gates, operators and appurtenances shall be included in the cost of
applicable bid items as described in 1-09 3 of Section 01025, complete and operable, and
painted in accordance with Section 09900.
C Valves and gates in piping systems shall be adequately supported to prevent their load
from being imposed on any operating equipment, and in accordance with best practices to
resist dislocation when adjacent piping or support is removed for maintenance, and to
prevent injury to operation or maintenance personnel.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The flanges of valves may be raised or plain faced Flanges of valves for water working
pressures of 175 psi or less shall be faced and drilled to 125 pound American Standard
template. Flanges of valves for water working pressures greater than 175 psi shall be
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-1
B.
C
D
E.
faced and drilled to 250 pound American Standard template. Valves installed in grooved
(VictaulicTM) piping system shall be groove joint, or may be flanged with adapter flanges
Unless otherwise specified, each valve body shall be tested under a test pressure equal
to twice its design water working pressure.
Unless otherwise specified, all interior bronze parts of valves except gate valve stems
shall conform to the requirements of the "Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce
Metal Castings", (ASTM B62). Gate valve stems shall be of bronze containing not more
than 5 percent zinc nor more than 2 percent aluminum, and shall have a minimum tensile
strength of 60,000 psi, a yield strength of 40,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10
percent in 2 inches, as determined by a test coupon poured from the same ladle from
which the valve stems to be furnished are poured.
Except where otherwise provided, the exterior surfaces of all submerged valves shall be
epoxy coated with 8 mils of "Scotchcoat" or Miccrow 650 or approved equal.
Where designated, certain valves and gates shall be furnished with electric operators
provided by the valve or gate manufacturer All operators of a given type shall be
furnished by the same manufacturer. Where these operators are supplied by different
valve manufacturers, the Contractor shall coordinate their operator selections to provide
uniformity of each type of electric operator Electric operators shall be of the same
manufacturer to the extent possible, and shall conform to the applicable section of these
Specifications. Care must be taken to assure that electric operators and controls for
valves located in Classified Areas conform to restrictions to be explosion proof if required
F Valves and operators in particular locations may require a combination of units, sensors,
limit switches and controls specified in this or in other divisions of these Specifications It
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to properly assemble and install these various
items so that all systems are compatible and operating properly The relationship
between interrelated items shall be clearly noted on shop drawing submittals Care must
be taken to assure that electric operators and controls for valves located in Classified
Areas conform to restrictions to be explosion proof if required
G Unless specifically required to be equipped with other types of operators, all valves with
centerline more than 6 feet above the operating floor shall be equipped with chain wheels
and operating chains. Each chain wheel operated valve shall be equipped with a chain
guide which will permit rapid handling of the operating chain without "gagging" of the
wheel. A hanging bracket or hook shall be provided on an adjacent wall or structure to
provide for securing the chain out of the walking area.
2 02 PVC VALVES
A. PVC Ball Valves PVC ball valves shall be rated for 200 psi service with lever handle,
Vitron® seals and threaded double union body (True Union) that can be removed from
the line without disengaging the end connections. PVC ball valves shall be Chemtrol®
(NIBCO), Spears®, or approved equal
B. PVC Ball Check Valves. PVC ball check valves shall be rated for 200 psi service with
PVC body, Viton® seals and union -type end connections. PVC ball check valves shall be
Chemtrol® (NIBCO), Spears® or approved equal.
C. All ball valves and ball check valves used for chlorine solution and chemical solution
piping shall be PVC.
D. Socket weld PVC valves may be used in lieu of true union valves if unions are installed
on either side of the valve for easy removal.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-2
2.03 GATE VALVES
A. Gate valves 2'/ inches and under with screwed ends shall be, 200 pound WOG with
bronze body and trim, union bonnet, rising stem and solid wedge disc. NIBCO, Crane, or
equal.
B Gate valves 3 inches and over with flanged ends shall be 200 pound WOG with iron
body, bronze trim, resilient seal or resilient wedge gate valves, non -rising stem, by Clow,
or equal Valves located below the operating surface shall have Engineer approved
extension stems with operating nut located at approximately the walking level, and stem
mounted in suitable stem guides.
C Gate valves for buried service shall be per Section 02667 — Site Piping.
2 04 BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. Butterfly valves shall conform to the "Standard for Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valves"
(AWWA C504), subject to the following requirements. Valves shall be of the class
shown. Flanged valves shall have 125 pound American Standard flanges, and unless
otherwise shown may be either short -bodied or long -bodied Shaft seals shall be
designed for use with standard split V type packing. All corrosive ferrous surfaces of
valves, 4 inch and larger, which will be in contact with water, shall be epoxy -coated.
B. Operators shall conform to the above -referenced AWWA Standard, subject to the
following requirements Unless otherwise shown, all manually operated butterfly valves
shall be equipped with hand wheel or 2 -inch square operating nut, and position indicator.
Screw-type operators will not be permitted for valves 30 inches in diameter and larger
The Contractor shall furnish a written certification from the valve manufacturer stating that
operator torque has been computed and operators have been sized in accordance with
the method described in Appendix A of the above -referenced AWWA Standard Valves,
6 inches and larger, as well as all submerged valves, shall be equipped with gear
operators, lubricated and sealed to prevent entry of dirt or water into the operator
2 05 PLUG VALVES (STANDARD, 3 -WAY, V -PORT)
A. General: All plug valves of the same type and size shall be furnished by single
manufacturer Valves shall be of the non -lubricated, eccentric -type with screwed, flanged
or mechanical joint ends as shown on the Plans or as required for the application.
B. Construction: Bodies shall be semi -steel with raised seats except V -port which shall be
Ni -Resist. Seats in 3 inch and larger valves shall have a welded -in overlay of high nickel
content on all surfaces contacting the plug face. Valves shall have permanently
lubricated stainless steel bearings in the upper and lower plug stem journals All valves
shall be of the bolted bonnet design All 4 inch and larger valves shall be designed so
that they can be repacked without removing the bonnet, and the packing shall be
adjustable. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and washers shall be zinc plated. Flanged
valves shall be faced and drilled to ANSI 125/150 pound standard Valves in piping runs
using grooved pipe couplers may have grooved ends, or may utilize adapters for coupling
to adjacent piping
C. Plugs: Standard and 3 -way plug valves shall have resilient faced plugs Resilient plug
facings shall be of neoprene suitable for use with sewage, sludge or scum V -port plug
valves shall be Ni -Resist metal plugs. Port areas of valves shall be at least 80 percent of
full pipe area. Valves installed in sludge lines shall be installed with the seat on the
upstream side Three-way plug valves shall have separate screw-type operators for
unseating and seating the plug, and for turning the plug while unseated.
G:\PROJECTS12011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-3
D Operators. Plug Valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches, extension
stems, floor stands, chain -wheels, etc., as required or indicated on the Plans. Valves 4
inches or less may have lever or t -wrench operators Valves greater than 4 inches shall
have gear operators. All gearing shall be enclosed in a semi -steel housing and be
suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of dirt
and water into the actuator. The actuator shaft and the quadrant shall be supported on
permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall clearly indicate valve position,
and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. All exposed nuts, bolts
and washers shall be zinc plated. Type and position of operators shall be approved by
the Engineer for each valve. Chain hangers shall be mounted near all valves with chain
wheel operators to allow hanging the chains out of operating areas.
E Valves and gear actuators for buried or submerged service shall have seals on all shafts
and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent the entry of water Actuator
mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally enclosed and shall
have gasket seals. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and washers shall be stainless steel.
F Valves installed in grooved (VictaulicTM) piping systems shall preferably be grooved joint,
but may be flanged with adapter flanges to piping with approval of Engineer
2.06 VALVE BOXES FOR BURIED SERVICE
A. All buried valves shall be furnished with a cast iron valve box and steel extension stem as
required Valve boxes shall be adjustable and shall be finally adjusted before project
close-out to be flush with the operating surface. Valve boxes for buried valves shall be
as specified in Section 02667 — Site Water Piping
2.07 SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Swing check valves shall be swing -type, external lever check valves. The valve shall
have a cast iron body and disc, bronze seat, rubber seat ring and 303 stainless steel
shaft. The external lever shall have an adjustable weight. Swing check valves shall be
Mueller, Kennedy, Victaulic or equal
B. Where called for on the Plans, including electrical or instrumentation Plans, valves shall
be equipped with position sensor switches. Switches shall be mounted on approved
stainless steel brackets located to not interfere with valve or adjacent equipment
operation Switches shall be micro -limit switches DPST or proximity switches. Switch
actuation shall be for "non -closed" position indication
2.08 SILENT CHECK VALVES
A. Silent check valves shall be globe style with 125 pound flanges, consisting of a heavy
cast iron body, bronze seat, bronze disc and stainless steel spring APCO Series 600,
Cla-Val Series 581, or approved equal. The valve disc must be center divided at both
ends with an integral shaft and shall be spring loaded for guaranteed silent shut-off
operation Valves springs shall be helical or conical and the seat and disc shall be field
replaceable for ease of maintenance.
B Silent check valves shall be capable of silent operation when installed in vertical or
horizontal positions with flow either up or down. The flow area through the valve body
shall be equal to or greater than the cross-sectional area of the equivalent pipe size
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs docx
15101-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ii
II
ii
2.09 PRESSURE -REGULATING VALVES
A. Pressure -regulating valves shall be full line size indicated with adjustable range to suit
the installation Valves shall have a stainless steel seat ring and cast bronze body
2.10 BACKFLOW PREVENTER VALVES
A. Backflow preventer valves 2 inches and larger shall be reduced pressure type approved
by the State of Washington Department of Health Units shall be complete with inlet and
outlet valves. Maximum pressure loss through the valve shall be 10 psi Valve must be
equipped with resilient seated shutoff valves and test cocks Drain lines with air gaps
shall be provided with piping to a floor sump Backflow preventer valves shall be Clayton
Model RP or equal
B Backflow preventer valves smaller than 2 inches shall be a reduced pressure -principle
device meeting State of Washington Department of Health requirements Backflow
preventer valves shall have bronze bodies and bronze trim, 175 psi working pressure,
300 psi hydrostatic test pressure, and screwed ends. Backflow preventer valves shall be
supplied with isolation gate valves of the same size as the RPBP valve, test cocks and
threaded drain connection Size shall be as shown on the Plans
2.11 SOLENOID VALVES
A. Solenoid valves shall be the same size as the lines in which they are installed and shall
be suitable for the intended service. All solenoid valves shall have explosion -proof,
watertight enclosures and manual operator.
2.12 CORPORATION STOPS
A. Unless otherwise shown, corporation stops shall be Ford Meter Box Company, James
Jones, Mueller or equal
2 13 FREEZE PROOF HYDRANTS
A. Yard hydrants shall have built in drain port and stop -and -waste capability to prevent
freezing Hydrants shall be installed in a 1.5 cubic foot gravel sump with drain valve 3 -
foot minimum bury depth Hydrants shall have 3/ -inch inlet and 3/ -inch hose connection
unless otherwise called out. Operation shall be by lockable lift handle Installation shall be
according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be Zurn model Z-1395
or approved equal
B. Wall hydrants shall be anti -siphon, automatic draining type with integral backflow
preventer, bronze casing and interior parts, 3/ -inch inlet and hose connection, stainless
steel face and operating key, Zurn model Z-1310 or approved equal.
2.14 HOSE BIBBS
A. Interior wash down hose bibbs shall be cast bronze with 3/4 -inch inlet and outlet,
Zurn/Wilkins model 195, or equal Where called out on the Plans, a hose rack shall be
installed next to each hose bibb, Dixon model DHR2 or equal.
2.15 WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A. Small pressure relief valves shall be bronze body with cadmium plated steel springs.
Valves shall be sized for the pressure and discharge services for the areas in which they
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-5
are required. Pressure setting shall be adjustable over a 1 to 250 psi range Valves shall
be as manufactured by Lunkenheimer, Watts or approved equal
2.16 STRAINERS
A. Strainers shall be provided ahead of any control valves, regulators and where shown
They will have cast iron or bronze body, stainless steel screens, and screwed ends for
size 3 inch and smaller, and flanged ends for size greater than 3 inch They shall be
designed for 250 psi working pressure in sizes 3 inch and smaller, and 125 psi working
pressure in sizes over 3 inches Strainers shall be Y -pattern, Armstrong Figs. 6 and 7, a
similar item manufactured by Crane, or equal
2 17 AIR RELEASE AND AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVES
A. Air valves for this project shall be provided with optional low-durometer seating materials
to allow for drip -tight closure below 10 psi and prevent leakage in low pressure pumping
applications
B. Combination Air and Vacuum Valve*
1 Combination air release valves shall allow escape of small quantities of air while
under pressure. AirNacuum valves shall allow large quantities of air to enter or
escape. The valve body and cover shall be cast iron and the float and stem shall
be stainless steel Valve seat material shall be as specified above
2 Air and water from the outlet of the combination air release valve shall be
plumbed through galvanized iron piping to drain at the floor or to the floor drain
system as shown on the Drawings. Unions shall be placed in the drain line to
allow disassembly of the valve and plumbing for valve maintenance.
3 Combination air release valves shall be APCO Series 140C or Val -Matic 200C
Series, in size called out on the Plans
4 All internals shall be easily removed through the top cover of the valve without
removing the valve from the line
5 Air valves shall be equipped with NPT inlet and outlet in the size called out on the
Plans. Valves shall be equipped with inlet shutoff valve
C AirNacuum Valve for Vertical Pumps
1 Air valves for vertical turbine pumps shall be provided with a double acting
throttling devise to allow unrestricted venting of air through it during pump startup
or air inflow when pump stops, preventing air being forced into piping on startup
or vacuum when the pump is stopped. Where called out on the Plans, the air
valve shall also be equipped with air release valve which shall allow small
accumulations of air to escape during pressurized operation to prevent vacuum
or air bubble build-up The valves shall be APCO Series 140DAT or Val -Matic
100ST, with optional air release valve, in the size called out on the Plans.
2. The entire float and baffle assembly must be shrouded with a water diffuser to
prevent water from slamming the float shut.
3 All internals shall be easily removed through the top cover of the valve without
removing the valve from the line.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-6
4 Air valves shall be equipped with NPT inlet and outlet in the size called out on the
Plans. Valves shall be equipped with inlet shutoff valve.
5. Valve body and cover shall be cast iron Internal components, including float,
shall be stainless steel. Valve seat shall be as specified above.
6. Air valves for vertical turbine pumps shall be mounted between the pump
discharge and check valve, or where shown on the Plans.
7. Air and water from the discharge orifice of the throttling device and air release
valve shall be plumbed through galvanized iron piping to drain at the floor or to
the floor drain system as shown on the drawings. Unions shall be placed in the
drain line to allow disassembly of the valve and plumbing for valve maintenance,
or where shown on the Plans.
2.18 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES
A. Where indicated on the Plans, Contractor shall furnish and install miscellaneous valves.
Valves shall be first class and suitable for the indicated service
B All valves not designated on the Plans as to type, shall be subject to approval of the
Engineer.
2.19 STAINLESS STEEL GATES
A. Stainless steel slide, weir, and sluice gates shall be provided as shown on the Plans. The
gates shall be either self-contained or non -self-contained as called out on the Plans. All
gates shall be supplied by a single manufacturer with a minimum of five years of
experience in the production of similar equipment. Gates shall be as manufactured by
Golden Harvest, Inc., Fontaine, or Engineer approved equals
B. Gates and operators shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C561 Submit complete
engineering design calculations in compliance with AWWA standards
C. All gates shall be constructed of stainless steel, and all gate components shall have a
minimum material thickness of inch.
D. Frame: Gate frames shall be a rigid, welded unit, composed of the guide rails, and cross
bars, with a clear opening the same size as the waterway, unless otherwise specified.
Frames shall be flatback, spigotback, or embedded type as shown on the Plans.
E
Guides. Guides frames shall be fabricated of stainless steel and incorporate a dual slot
design The primary slot will accept the plate of the slide (disc) and the secondary slot
will be sufficiently wide to accept the reinforcing ribs of the disc. Guides shall be provided
with ultra high molecular weight (UHMW) seats on both sides of the slide The guides
shall be designed for maximum rigidity, having a weight of not less than 13 pounds, per
foot. The guides will be of sufficient length to support at least two-thirds (2/3) the height of
the slide, when the gate is fully open.
F. Slide The slide shall be plate reinforced with structural stainless steel shapes welded to
the plate. The slide shall not deflect more than 1/360 of the span of the gate under
maximum head. Reinforcing ribs shall extend to the guides so that the seating surface of
the guide is reinforced The stem connection shall be either the clevis type, with structural
members welded to the slide and a bolt to act as pivot pin, or a threaded and bolted (or
keyed) thrust nut supported in welded nut pocket. The pocket and yoke of the gate shall
be capable of taking at least twice the rated thrust output of the operator at 70 pounds
pull.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-7
For tapered -wedge sluice gates the head guide angles shall be attached to the slide in
such a way to place the slide in an angle corresponding to the seating surface of the
spigot.
G Seal. Gates shall be furnished with a flush bottom seal arrangement. A resilient
neoprene seal with a minimum width of exposed face of 3/4" shall be securely attached to
the frame along the invert and shall extend to the depth of the primary slot.
Gates shall be provided with "J" bulb seals along the sides, and across the invert (weir
gates) or top (standard upward opening) of the gate. When seals are required
completely around opening, a flush bottom closure shall be used on the invert. Seals
shall be frame mounted and shall not protrude into the specified opening of the gate.
The seating face of the frame for tapered -wedge sluice gates shall be oriented at an
angle to the plane of the mounting flange to effect a wedging action upon closure
H Stem. Stems shall be type 303 or 304 stainless steel of suitable length and ample
strength for the intended service The stem diameter shall be capable of withstanding
twice the rated output of the operator at 70 pound pull, and shall be supported such that
L/R ratio for the unsupported stem length shall not exceed 200.
Stem guides shall be fabricated of stainless steel. Stem guides shall be equipped with a
UHMW bushing Guides shall be adjustable and spaced in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendation The L/R ratio shall not be greater than 200
Yoke and Pedestal Self-contained gates shall be provided with a yoke to support the
operating bench stand. The yoke shall be formed by two structural members welded at
the top of the guides to provide a one piece rigid frame. Non -self-contained gates shall be
provided with pedestal mounted lifts The pedestal shall be fabricated of stainless steel A
fabricated stainless steel pedestal support wall bracket shall be provided, and shall have
a horizontal plate to allow for top of wall anchorage in addition to wall anchorage.
2.20 GATE OPERATORS
A. Except where motorized operators are specified, all slide gates and sluice gates shall be
equipped with geared operators as shown on the drawings or in the gate schedule and as
detailed. Geared operators shall be the crank operated type and shall have either a
single or double gear reduction, depending upon the lifting capacity required Operators
shall be furnished with a threaded bronze lift nut to engage the threaded portion of the
stem The lift unit shall be flanged and supported on non-metallic thrust washers, ball or
roller bearings to take the thrust developed during opening and closing of the gate.
Pedestals, where used, shall be of high grade cast iron or fabricated steel with ample
base area. The gear and driving unit case shall be of high grade cast iron or cast steel.
Pedestal and gear unit driving case shall be water and dust tight.
B. Gears shall be provided with machine cut teeth designed for smooth operation. The
gearing and lift nut shall be mounted in a housing which shall be separately supported on
another structure or pedestal. Lubrication fittings shall be provided to permit lubrication
of all gears and bearings.
C. Gates which have a width exceeding twice the slide height shall be furnished with tandem
interconnected operators with a single input crank.
D. All operators shall be finished with either a graduated, clear plastic stem cover or a
galvanized pipe stem cover with a counter type position indicated to show the position of
the gate in tenths of an inch unless otherwise called out.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15101-8
E. Gates where the operator is not mounted at a walking surface shall have extended crank
stems and supports at the walkway where operation is intended, as shown on the Plans.
F Gates where the operating level is outside of the tank wall from the gate shall have
geared bench -stand type operators at the top of the wall on top wall mounting brackets,
with the operating shaft extended to outside of the wall. There the extended shaft shall be
operated by either.
1. Two right angle gear boxes to a hand crank shaft lower on the wall; or by.
2 An enclosed chain drive with sprockets on the upper and lower shafts, with the
lower chain sprocket driven by a horizontal crank shaft.
Crank shafts shall be located a minimum of three feet above the walking surface at the
lower outside wall location, or as shown on the Plans. The shaft shall be suitable for
operation by portable electric operator. Grease fittings for each of the operators shall
have extended grease tubes and zirks extended to an operator accessible location
outside of the basin wall.
G Extended shafts for special lift variations shall have universal joints, as appropriate, to
accommodate slight misalignment between geared operators and or right angle gear
boxes
PART 3 — PERFORMANCE
3 01 INSTALLATION
A. All valve, gate, and control installations shall comply with the manufacturer's
recommendations
G.\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15101
15101-9
SECTION 15120 — FLOW METERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Flow Meters shall be furnished and installed on various pipe lines as shown on the
Drawings, complete, pretested, and operable. Cost for meters and meter installation
shall be included in the lump sum price for the area or system where they are installed.
B The meters shall be located in the positions indicated on the Drawings. Electrical and
Instrumentation and Control connections shall be in accordance with the Drawings and
Divisions 15 and 16 of these Specifications.
C The equipment and the work shall include but not be limited to the following:
1 Flow meters.
2. Flow transmitters
3 Signal converters.
4. Flow totalizer and display.
D Electrical wiring and equipment with electrical connections and control and safety devices
shall be Recognized Electrical Testing Laboratory (RETL) listed and labeled, or the
Contractor shall obtain approval from the Washington State Department of Labor
1 02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure
B Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
C Section 15050 — Basic Materials and Methods
D. Section 15060 — Pipe and Fittings.
E. Division 16 — Electrical
103 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B Submittals shall include the following, and shall be provided to the Engineer for approval
prior to construction.
1. Flow meters. A complete description of the flow devices including specification
sheets for construction and operation
2. Signal converters/transmitters and flow and total flow indicators (displays). A
complete description of signal converters and how they will be integrated with the
flow meters and how they will be coordinated with inputs to other devices.
C Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manuals
shall be provided in accordance with Section 01730 of these specifications.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs docx
15120-1
D. Submit copy of the manufacturer's written extended warranty as specified
104 MANUFACTURER
A. Manufacturer for the flow meters shall be as specified in the respective section of these
specifications, and as approved by the Engineer.
B. All flow meters of a single type shall be furnished by a single vendor and shall be product
of the same manufacturer
1 05 SPARE PARTS
A. Spare parts shall include the following.
1 Flow meter manufacturer's recommended spare parts.
1.06 START UP SERVICE
A. The vendors for the meters shall provide at least one day service to inspect installation of
all components, to calibrate flow meters and instruct owner and installer in calibration,
conduct a trial run under normal operating conditions and to instruct the Engineer and
Owner in operation and maintenance of the meters and signal converters One additional
service for recalibration, operation observation, and training shall be provided 11 months
following initial startup and acceptance of the metering systems
1.07 WARRANTY
A. All workmanship and materials shall be warranted by the contractor as provided in the
General Requirements of these Specifications. Notwithstanding, the manufacturers of
the flow meters and signal converters shall provide an 18 -month minimum extended
warranty on all flow meter components.
PART 2 — EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
2.01 FLOW METERS
A. The following flow meters shall be furnished and installed:
Meter Type
Size
Material/Location
Electromagnetic Flow
12 Inch
Pump Building Recycled Backwash
Water Discharge Pipe
2.02 MAGNETIC FLOW METERS
A. Magnetic type flow meters shall be provided and installed in piping as specified and
shown on the Drawings. The anticipated range of flows for the 12 inch flow meter is 0 to
1,300 gpm, but the flow meter shall be calibrated for the range 0-2,000 gpm.
B. Meters shall have standard 150 pound drilled, flanged connections to adjacent piping, or
installed with the use of grooved mechanical joint pipe fittings.
C Provisions for grounding to the liquid and to a positive ground shall be provided and
installed with each meter. Stainless steel grounding flange shall be provided for
grounding to the metered liquid and to a positive ground. When providing startup service,
the Manufacturer's representative shall confirm adequate grounding, and shall so certify
to the Engineer in writing
G'\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15120-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D All materials in contact with the potable water shall be corrosion -resistant and NSF 61
approved The metering tube shall be constructed of stainless steel. The liner shall be
polyurethane or another material as approved by the Engineer, suitable for the medium
being metered.
E. Meters shall have 0 stability and high accuracy (0 5 percent). Meters shall be of the
pulse DC type, volumetric liquid flow rate detector. Magnetic flow meters shall be of low
frequency electromagnetic induction type and shall produce a DC pulse signal directly
proportional and linear to the liquid flow rate The meter shall be designed for operation
on a 120 V ac (10 percent), 60 Hz (5 percent) with a power consumption of less than 15
watts.
F Accuracy shall be 0 5 percent of the flow rate between 10 percent and 100 percent of the
range setting Below 10 percent of the range setting, accuracy shall be diminished no
more than a flow rate equal to 0 1 percent of the range setting.
G. The electronics portion of the magnetic flow meter shall be a Microprocessor Based
Signal Converter, and shall include a magnetic driver to power the magnetic coils and a
signal converter. Each signal converter shall be provided with two liquid crystal displays;
one showing gallons per minute and the other showing cumulative gallons per each
meter. The gallons per minute display will be scaled in gpm for the meter calibration
range.
H Each signal converter shall produce a 4-20 MA dc signal proportional to flow through the
meter for transmitting to the PLC and other receivers as shown on Drawings.
Flow meters shall be clearly marked with engraved tags connected to the meters
indicating the meter number, and the source of the water flowing through the meter.
Tags shall be attached to the meters by adhesive or screws and shall be visible and
readable from at least a distance of 10 feet.
J The flow meter signal converter shall be remote mounted on the wall adjacent to the flow
meter at a location and height as directed by the Engineer Provide the manufacturer's
optional wall -mount bracket and terminal box for installation. Route conduit overhead
from meter terminal box to wall mounted signal converter terminal box location. Provide
sufficient interconnecting cable to run from the meter flow tube to the signal converter
without splicing
K. Flow meters (flow tube, signal converter/transmitter and display) shall be the product of a
single manufacturer Flow meters shall be as manufactured by Siemens.
L. Each flow meter transmitter shall produce a pulse for every measured flow of a
preconfigured volume These pulses shall be suitable for use with the discrete cards
used in the PLC provided for this project and shall be configured so that the minimum
pulse width is at least 100 ms.
M The flow meter signal converters shall be designed to operate from a 120v AC, 60 Hz,
single-phase power source.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION
A. Construction and installation of equipment shall be in conformance with these
specifications and Drawings, and with manufacturer's directions. Location of facilities in
the field shall be as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15120-3
B All construction, including testing of meter systems shall be complete and ready for
operation. A manufacturer's representative shall provide one day of on site testing for
each of the meter, signal converter, and meter readout systems provided by each
separate vendor. Manufacturer's representative shall provide instruction for the Engineer
and owner on operation and maintenance of the components.
C. After 11 months of operation of the meter system, the manufacturer's representative shall
provide one day of additional service for meter recalibration, operational check of all
system components, and additional operator training Time for 11 month service shall be
coordinated with the City Cost for 11 month service shall be included in initial cost for
construction.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15120
15120-4
SECTION 15800 — HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work included: Provide heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems where shown
on the Plans, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation
including, but not necessarily limited to
1 Heating and cooling units
2 Heating and cooling controls.
3 Ductwork, registers and grilles.
4. Exhaust Systems.
5. Permits.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure.
B. Section 01730 — Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
C Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete
D Section 04200 — Masonry Units.
E. Section 05500 — Miscellaneous Metals.
F Section 07620 — Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim
G Section 08100 — Steel Doors and Frames.
H. Division 16 — Electrical
103 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 01300 — Submittals Procedure, for general submittal requirements.
B. Product data. Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice
to Proceed, submit:
1 Manufacturer's catalogs, samples, and other items needed to fully demonstrate the
quality of the proposed materials and equipment.
C. Record Drawings.
1 Comply with provisions of Division 1
2. Include a copy of the record drawings in each copy of the operation and
maintenance manual described below.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-1
D Upon completion of this portion of the work, and as a condition of its acceptance, deliver to
the Engineer six copies of an operation and maintenance manual compiled in accordance
with the provisions of Section 01730 of the Specifications.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced
in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements
and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section
B Codes and regulations.
1. In addition to complying with the specified requirements, comply with pertinent
regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction
2. In the event of conflict between or among specified requirements and pertinent
regulations, the more stringent requirement will govern when so directed by the
Engineer
C. Without additional cost to the Owner, provide such other labor and materials as are
required to complete the work of this section in accordance with the requirements of
governmental agencies having jurisdiction, regardless of whether such materials and
associated labor are called for elsewhere in these Contract Documents.
D The material specified shall be furnished by reputable manufacturers, qualified and
experienced in the manufacture of such equipment. All equipment specified shall be
designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the best practices and methods of
the trades involved.
E. Electrical wiring and equipment with electrical connections, including the motors, and
control and safety devices, shall be Recognized Electrical Testing Laboratory (RETL)
listed and labeled, or the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Washington State
Department of Labor and Industries for the electrical portions of the equipment.
1 05 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with provisions of Division 1 and manufacturer's recommendations.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2 01 DUCTWORK — LOW VELOCITY
A. , Material. Galvanized steel or aluminum sheet; steel of following gauges when longest
dimension of duct cross section is stated
Under 12 inches
13 inches to 30 inches
31 inches to 60 inches
B Hangers and Joints
26 ga.
24 ga.
22 ga.
1. Rectangular Ducts. Longitudinal joints at corners Pittsburgh Lock or double
seam, longitudinal joints in flat surface double break.
2. Over 15 Inches. Sides, top, bottom diamond break stiffening
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-2
3. Up to 24 inch width: Transverse joints in wide surface 11/4 inches standing seam
or button punched every 6 inches or "S" cleat, seams not over 36 inches apart;
transverse joints on narrow surface same as wide surface except drive cleats
instead of "S" cleats, hanger 1 -inch x 1/8 -inch strap iron screwed to duct or
saddle type hanger of 1 -inch x 1 -inch x 1/8 -inch angle with 3/16 -inch rods.
4 Plenum Changers. Joints, seams and stiffening same as ductwork of equivalent
dimensions.
5. Ductwork: Made as airtight as possible.
C Mitered elbows shall have turning vanes as manufactured by Barber -Colman Co. or
equal.
2 02 FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT
A. All types of fan units, unless specifically detailed otherwise, shall be isolated from the
ductwork with flexible connections. Connections shall have at least 4 inches of flexible
material between the metal parts being isolated and shall be installed with approximately
1 inch of slack flexible material. Flexible connectors shall be of canvas cloth and carry
the UL label and be approved by the State of Washington Fire Marshal with a copy of the
approval enclosed with submittal.
2 03 DUCT SEAMS
A. Seal all duct seams, transverse and longitudinal, air tight with 6 ounce canvas secured in
place with "EC800" or equal duct sealing compound, an approved lagging adhesive, or
duct tape.
2 04 BALANCING DAMPERS
A. Provide balancing dampers, splitter dampers, or adjustable turning vanes as indicated on
the Plans
2.05 INSULATION
A. General:
1. Provide materials complying with NFPA Bulletin 90-A, as determined by UL
method NFPA-ASTM E84, and complying with the governing code, with flame
spread rating under 25 and smoke developed rating under 50
2 Where vapor barriers are used, provide intact and continuous throughout.
3. Acceptable manufacturers.
a. Owens/Corning Fiberglass
b Johns -Manville
c. Certainteed
B. Application
1. Provide duct insulation as required per table 5-11 of Washington State Energy
Code, latest revision
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-3
2.06 AIR OUTLETS
A. Ceiling diffusers: See Schedule on Plans.
B Round Sidewall Diffusers Round diffusers shall be double -deflection type, constructed
of heavy gauge aluminum with individually adjustable airfoil blades, 1 inch maximum
blade spacing, and foam gasket, Shoemaker 1201 Series, Kees model ARDD, or
approved equal Color: White. See Plans for required sizes.
C Return Air Grilles. Unless otherwise specified or called out on the Plans, return air grilles
shall be '/2 -inch aluminum or stainless steel lattice (egg crate) with 20 gauge minimum
extruded aluminum or stainless steel frame, 90 percent free area, Shoemaker 600
Series, Kees model SSEC, or approved equal Color: White See Plans for required
sizes
D Registers See Schedule on Plans.
E. Provide factory -applied or site -applied black coating on the inside of all air outlets and
connecting plenums.
2.07 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A. At duct connection to equipment, provide vent -fabric, approved by the governmental
agencies having jurisdiction, flexible connections with a minimum of 6 inches full length
Vent -fabric, Duro Dyne or equal.
B. Support all compressors or other motor bearing equipment via vibration isolation pads,
unless noted otherwise Place pads under equipment in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations. Amber/Book "Ampad" type NR pad or equal.
C. Provide additional sound isolation as required to limit the noise level in conditioned space
to a maximum of NC -40
D Mount larger vibrating equipment when so noted on "ThyCurb Vibrocurbs" with a
minimum static deflection of 1 inch.
E. Isolate piping from the structure in a manner to prevent transmission of vibration.
2.08 SIDEWALL PROPELLER FANS
A. Sidewall propeller fans and accessories shall be the product of a single manufacturer,
and shall be direct drive or belt drive axial type, as called out on the Plans. Provide
motor -side guard on all fans. Provide wall collar or wall housing as called out on the
Plans
B Fan Propeller: Propeller construction shall be of die formed aluminum blades riveted to a
steel hub Set screws shall securely lock the propeller to the shaft. Propellers shall be
statically and dynamically balanced.
C Motors. Unless otherwise specified, motors shall be an electronic commutation (EC) type
specifically designed for fan applications, Greenheck Vari-Green, or approved equal. AC
induction type motors are not acceptable. Motors shall be permanently lubricated with
heavy-duty ball bearings to match the fan load and prewired to the specific voltage and
phase Internal motor circuitry shall convert 120V, single phase, 60 Hz AC power supply
to DC power to operate the motor. Motor shall be speed controllable down to 20 percent
of full speed (80 percent turndown). Speed shall be controlled by a potentiometer dial
mounted on the motor. Motor shall be a minimum of 85 percent efficient at all speeds.
G iP ROJ ECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-4
Motors shall be mounted on vibration isolators and be out of the air stream Explosion -
proof motors shall be provided where required by code.
D. Drive Frame Assemblies. Drive frame assemblies shall be formed galvanized steel
construction. Drive frame shall have welded wire or formed channels and fan panels shall
have pre -punched mounting holes, formed flanges and a deep formed one piece inlet
venturi.
E. Finish Factory coat all steel and galvanized steel fan and housing components with a
baked -on polyester powder coat finish in the manufacturer's standard color, Greenheck
PermatectorTM or equal
F. All fans shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for air and sound performance
G Sidewall propeller fans and accessories shall be as manufactured by Greenheck Fan
Corporation, Schofield Wisconsin, or Engineer approved equal.
2.09 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS
A. Backdraft dampers shall be suitable for mount inside fabricated wall collar or for direct
mounting in wall with louver assembly.
B Exhaust dampers shall be Greenheck Model WD -300 series for sidewall fans and WD -
100 series for roof mounted fans
C Supply dampers shall by Greenheck Model VCD-23 series low -leakage dampers with
115 volt motor packs. Motor pack torque and model selection shall be based on the
damper size Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Plans, damper motors shall
operate on a power open and spring return principle to assure damper closure in the
event of an electrical failure.
D Materials.
1 Frame. 18 gauge galvanized steel.
2 Blades: 0 025 roll formed aluminum with felt seals.
3. Axles: 3/16 -inch zinc plated steel with acetal bushings.
4. Tie Bar: 0 064 aluminum.
E. Finish. Factory coat all steel and galvanized steel components with a baked -on polyester
powder coat finish in the manufacturer's standard color, Greenheck PermatectorTM or
equal
2.10 LOUVERS
A. Wall louvers shall be extruded aluminum stationary louvers, Greenheck Model ESJ-401
B Materials.
1. Frame: Heavy gauge 6063T5 extruded aluminum, 4 -inch x 0 081 -inch nominal.
2 Blades. J style, 6063T5 extruded aluminum, 0 081 inch nominal thickness,
positioned at 45 degree angle, 4 -inch centers.
3 Birdscreen. 3/ -inch x 0.051 -inch flattened expanded aluminum.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-5
4 Louvers shall be installed flush to exterior wall surface with internal clip angles, or
other means of attachment to masonry wall. Exterior perimeter flanges will not
be allowed.
5. Finish' 2 -coat 70 percent Kynar 500® factory finish, color as selected by the
owner from submitted samples.
C. Performance
1. Static Pressure Drop, Intake 0.04 inch WC at 530 fpm free area velocity.
2. Static Pressure Drop, Exhaust: 0 04 inch WC at 500 fpm free area velocity
3 Water Penetration. 0 02 ounce per square foot at 705 fpm free area velocity.
D. Door louvers shall be as specified in Section 08100 and as called out on the Plans.
2.11 UNIT HEATERS
A. Unit heaters shall be of the capacity shown on the Plans, 480 V, 3-phase, wall mounted
unit heater with remote thermostat control, integral disconnect, internal control power
transformer, and wall mounting brackets.
2.12 THERMOSTATS
A. Unless otherwise specified, a single wall -mounted thermostat shall be provided in each
room to control all heaters, air conditions, and supply and exhaust fans. Thermostat
locations shall be as shown on the Plans.
B Thermostats for rooms with packaged HVAC or make-up air units shall be as specified
elsewhere within this section
C Thermostats for all other rooms shall be digital, non -programmable, 24V AC, with large
LED display and battery backup, Honeywell model TH5110D, or approved equal The
temperature control range shall be 40°F to 99°F
2.13 PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONER UNITS
A. Packaged terminal air conditioner units shall be provided at the locations shown on the
Plans and shall provide combination heating and cooling
B. Units shall be model AZ61H15D, as manufactured by the General Electric Zoneline®,
with the following standard and optional features.
1 Voltage. 230/208V, single-phase, 60 Hz.
2 Nominal Cooling Capacity: 14,800 BtuH
3 Cooling Fan Output (rated) 370 cfm.
4. Electric Heat: 10,600 BtuH (reverse cycle)
5 Low Ambient Control (LAC)
6 Evaporator and condenser coils shall be constructed of copper tubing and
aluminum plate fins to achieve EER rating of 12.0.
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs docx
15800-6
7. High -Temperature styrene cabinet.
C Provide heavy -gauge galvanized steel insulated wall case with optional drain kit. Extend
drain to exterior of building
D Provide optional molded polycarbonate architectural exterior grille to match profile of
building louvers Paint grille to match louvers, refer to Section 09900 for additional
requirements. Unit grille shall be flush with exterior of building. Provide additional
support for unit inside building as required by the manufacturer
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3 01 GENERAL
A. All equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications.
B Openings required in building construction for heating and ventilation work shall be
provided by the General Contractor Locations of all openings shall be as shown on the
Plans, and required for the installation of the equipment and systems, and verified by this
Contractor
3 02 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed.
Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not
proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3 03 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the
work of those trades for interface with the work of this section
B Coordinate installation of factory assembled fan and air handling units and accessories
with louver, damper and duct installations The contractor shall provide all additional
materials required for a complete installation as specified and shown on the Plans.
C Louvers, wall collars, dampers and wall openings shall be coordinated with the
requirements for fan installation.
D. Provide sufficient wall collar length to meet minimum distance recommended between
damper and fan
3 04 EQUIPMENT INTERFACE
A. For electrically operated equipment, verify the electrical characteristics actually available
for the work of this section and provide equipment meeting those characteristics
3.05 EQUIPMENT
A. The exhaust fans shall be mounted and flashed as shown on the Plans Care shall be
taken to ensure a watertight installation Backdraft dampers shall be installed so there is
free movement and air does not leak back in the wrong direction
G:\PROJECTS12011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-7
3 06 PAINTING
A. Touchup scratches and abrasions to be invisible to the unaided eye from a distance of 5
feet 0 inches.
3 07 INSULATION
A. Wrap insulation firmly around all ductwork, covering all surfaces including seams, and
with all joints lapped at least 2 inches
B. Securely fasten the insulation in place with 16 gauge soft annealed black or galvanized
wire, spaced approximately 12 inches on center for straight runs and 3 inches on center
for elbows and fittings.
C. Take special care to avoid excessive stretching and compressing, and to achieve
securing at lapped sections where possible
3.08 TESTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Test and adjust each piece of equipment and each system as required to assure proper
balance and operation
1 Test and regulate ventilation systems to conform to the air volumes shown on the
Plans or specified herein
2. Make tests and adjustments in apparatus and ducts as required to provide proper
volume and face distribution of air for each grille and ceiling outlet.
3 Where required, at no additional cost to the Owner, provide pulleys, belts etc as
required to set fan drives at the speed needed to give the indicated volume
4 For each system, record the following data in tabulated form that is applicable to
equipment and systems installed on this project:
a. Air volumes at all supply, return, outside air inlets, and exhaust outlets
b Total CFM supplied
c. Total CFM returned
d Total CFM exhausted
e. Total static air pressure across fan
f. Motor speed, fan speed, and input ampere load for each fan motor
g.
Air/water temperature entering and leaving for heating and cooling
cycles.
h Compressor ampere loading.
Temperature/pressure readings across any heat exchangers, including
any that may be located in packaged equipment.
B Submit test and balance reports to the Engineer for review in accordance with Section
01300.
G.\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
15800-8
C Eliminate noise and vibration, and assure proper function of all controls, maintenance of
temperature, and operation in accordance with the approved design
D Secure required approval from governmental agencies having jurisdiction
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
END OF SECTION 15800
15800-9
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
SECTION 16010 – BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes.
1 General requirements for electrical work.
a. Systems Descriptions
b. Area classifications
c Submittals
d. Records
e. Coordination
B. Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to.
1. General Conditions
2. Division 1 - General Technical Requirements.
3. Division 2 - Site work.
4 Division 3 - Concrete.
5 Division 11 - Equipment.
6 Division 13 - Special Construction
7 Division 15 - Mechanical.
C Installation of systems and equipment is subject to clarification as indicated in
reviewed shop drawings and field coordination drawings
1.3 WORK DESCRIPTION
A. Provide the labor, materials, and equipment necessary to furnish, install, and
place into operation the power, lighting, instrumentation, control, alarm, and
associated electrical systems of this Contract.
B Provide functioning systems in compliance with manufacturer's instructions,
performance requirements specified or indicated, and modifications resulting
from reviewed shop drawings and field coordinated drawings
C Provide electrical connections to motors, instrumentation, controls, meters, and
any other electrical device installed or provided as part of the project.
16010-1
D. Test, adjust and calibrate equipment and start-up all electrical equipment,
instrumentation equipment, and its associated mechanical attachments as
necessary to place the project into operation
E. Mark and identify circuits, equipment, and enclosures with wire numbers,
nameplates, and warning signs
1.4 SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
A. Provide complete 480Y/277 and 208Y/120 volt power distribution systems
including raceways, wiring, and power supply to equipment:
B Provide complete interior lighting system including all lighting equipment,
raceways, wiring, and switching/control equipment.
C Provide complete building exterior lighting including all lighting fixtures,
raceways, wiring, photoelectric and switching/control equipment.
D Provide complete process control systems including programmable logic
controllers (PLCs), individual controllers, monitoring and/or metering equipment,
instrumentation equipment, and associated raceways, wiring, control panels,
enclosures, and similar items.
E. Provide a complete communications system including raceways, conductors,
cables (copper), fiber optic cables, and associated enclosures
1.5 AREA CLASSIFICATIONS
A. Areas of the project are classified as "damp" or "wet" as defined in Article 100 -
Definitions of the NEC. For the purposes of this specification, areas considered
as damp under the NEC shall be considered wet. Areas are also classified as
wet as listed below.
1 Areas outdoors or underground.
2 Areas in below grade vaults, manholes, or pullholes.
3 Areas in buildings or structures that are below grade.
B Process Areas
1 Pump Building
2 Operations Building
C Finished Areas: Areas that will require concealed construction in walls and
ceilings. Finshed areas are generally indicated on the drawings and/or noted in
these specifications. The following shall be considered Finished Areas.
1 Control Room in Operations Building
1.6 DEFINITIONS
A. Outdoor Areas.
1 Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally
exposed to wind, dust, rain, snow, or similar natural environmental
conditions.
16010-2
B Indoor Areas:
1. Those locations on the Project site where the equipment is normally
protected from wind, dust, rain, snow, and similar natural environmental
conditions by a building or structure with a complete floor-wall-
roof/ceiling enclosure.
C Shop Fabricated.
1. Manufactured or assembled equipment for which a NRTL test procedure
has not been established
D NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory
E. NEC: National Electrical Code
F NFPA. National Fire Protection Association
G NECA. National Electrical Contractors Association
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910 7, or a full member
company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA)
1. Testing Agency Field Supervision: Use persons currently certified by
NETA or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering
Technologies, or equal, to supervise on-site testing specified in Part 3
2. Comply with NEC for components and installation
3 Comply with WAC and RCW requirements
B. Listing and Labeling Provide products specified in these specifications that
are listed and labeled
1 The Terms "Listed and Labeled As defined in the NEC, Article 100
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized
Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910 7.
3 Comply with WAC and RCW requirements.
C Electrical Component Standard. Provide components that comply with NFPA 70.
D When a specific code or standard has not been cited, the applicable codes and
standards of the following code -making authorities and standards organizations
apply.
1 American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO).
2. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI).
3 American National Standard Institute (ANSI)
4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
16010-3
5. ETL Testing Laboratories, Inc (ETL)
6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
7 Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
8 Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES).
9 Instrument Society of America (ISA)
10 Joint Industrial Council (JIC).
11. Lightning Protection Institute (LPI)
12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
13 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
14 Occupational, Health and Safety Administration (OSHA)
15 Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
E. In case of conflict or disagreement between codes, standards, laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations, plans and specifications, or within either document itself, the
more stringent condition governs
1.8 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01300.
B Make submittals as soon as practicable after the date of notice to proceed, but
prior to purchase, fabrication, or installation of materials or equipment Make
submittals as a single package for each specification section or group related
sections in one submittal, with proposed products and materials grouped
according to the sections specified in Division 16. Do not split submittals having a
common bill of materials. Group Division 16 submittals with Division 13
submittals where submittals have related items
C Submit short circuit report, harmonic analysis studies, or arc flash studies with or
after the submittal information for switchboards, motor control centers,
panelboards, variable frequency drives and circuit breakers and similar items are
approved that may affect each study
D Product Data
1 Provide manufacturer's product technical data, including, but not limited
to'
a. Identification of the manufacturer.
b Manufacturer's product descriptive bulletin
c. Current, voltage, nameplate, Toad, impedance, and other
electrical data pertinent to the Project and necessary to assure
compliance with the Specifications and Plans.
d Equipment weights and dimensions
16010-4
1
1
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
1
f
2. Clearly indicate by using arrows or brackets precisely what is being
submitted on. Designate optional accessories, which are being included
and those which are excluded in the submittal
E. Shop Drawings Submit Shop Drawings containing detailed drawings, diagrams
and instructions for installing, operating and maintaining the material and
equipment proposed for installation in the electrical work.
1 See individual Division 16 sections for specific additional requirements
2. Prior to submittal, coordinate the electrical equipment (particularly
switchgear, motor control equipment, switchboards, control panels, and
instrumentation) and materials, with other applicable equipment and
systems of the contract documents, particularly process equipment and
systems. Any modifications to the electrical equipment or other
equipment, due to the use or submittal of process or other equipment
which is different from that specified, shall be reflected in the submittal of
the electrical equipment so affected (Refer also to section 01300, 1 1
SCOPE and Section 01300, 3 5 PREQUALIFICATION AND
SUBSTITUTION.)
a Where electrical equipment submitted by the Contractor is a
different size than the scaled dimensions shown on the plan,
section or elevation drawings of the Contract Documents or
requires clearance (for Code compliance, ventilation or other
reasons), the Contractor shall mark and submit copies of the
Contract Documents (or provide a modified AutoCAD drawing)
showing the actual size of the proposed equipment, its
placement drawn to scale in red pencil on the copies and any
necessary clearances which demonstrate the suitability of the
proposed equipment for the conditions of installation i.e
adequate space, clearance etc.. Submittals which do not meet
this requirement will be rejected as incomplete.
b Where equipment dimensions, layout, conduit connection
routing, or conductor and conduit quantities, sizes or types are
required to be different than indicated on the contract plans to
accommodate the submitted equipment, the submittal shall
clearly indicate the required changes (increased sizes, ratings of
equipment or devices) and shall note that they are being
provided to accommodate the submitted equipment without
additional cost. The submittal shall indicate increased ratings,
sizes. Submittals which do not meet this requirement will be
rejected as incomplete
c. Enclosures for equipment submitted by the Contractor shall be
able to accept the quantities and sizes of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans Submittals which do not meet this
requirement will be rejected
d. Lugs or connections for equipment submitted by the Contractor
shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as
shown on the Contract Plans. Submittals which do not meet this
requirement will be rejected
3 Provide technical drawings as follows:
16010-5
a. Provide diagrams and drawings similar to the contract plans and
named in a similar fashion for all technical drawings submittals.
b. Use diagrams and symbols for shop drawings that conform to
Joint Industry Conference (JIC) Electrical Standards for Industrial
Equipment and/or NEMA, Industrial Control Systems, ANSI and
IEEE standards, latest revisions. Prepare drawings on size A, B
or D sheets in a format similar to the Contract Documents or
other nationally recognized drawing standard.
c. Provide electrical elementary wiring diagrams for the electrical
control systems showing the wiring of electrical control items,
such as starters, control systems, interlocks, switches,
programmable controllers, microprocessor controllers, and
relays
d Provide scaled and dimensioned panel or enclosure face layout
drawing, panel/subpanel material of construction, dimensions,
and weight; conduit and wiring access locations, and material
wiring and terminal block drawings for each control panel.
e Provide schematic interconnection diagrams and/or Process
Instrumentation Drawings (PID) diagrams for each separate
control system or control panel Each control diagram shall
show a schematic representation of process equipment and
locations of switches, meters, automatic valves, and indicators,
controllers and recorders. Correct operating settings and ranges
for each control instrument shall be marked on these diagrams
F Clearly indicate on submittals that equipment or material is NRTL listed or is
constructed utilizing listed or recognized components. Where a NRTL standard
has not been established clearly identify that no NRTL standard exists for that
equipment.
G. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
1 See specific sections for information specific to each type of equipment
which is to be included in O&M manuals
2. Provide preliminary manuals of each equipment item to the Owner for
review no later than when the electrical equipment is submitted and final
copies before the equipment is shipped to the job site Drawings and Bill
of Materials included in final manuals shall show "as shipped" wiring and
components. Provide updates to the final manuals with Record
Drawings of the work upon completion of the work, folded and punched
for insertion into the manual after they are reviewed by the Owner
3. Clearly indicate by using arrows or brackets precisely what has been
provided Designate optional accessories, which are being included and
those which are excluded in the manual.
4. Final manuals for the electrical system shall consist of 3 -post,
expandable metal hinge binders labeled with the job name and the
Contractor's name with tab dividers for each major type of equipment.
16010-6
a. Provide manufacturer's installation, operation, maintenance, and
service information for each item of equipment furnished under
Division 16.
b Assemble and index each section listing the contents individually
on the tab divider for that section.
c. Compile a spare parts list and a suppliers index for each section
and assemble in the section provided.
d. Assemble records of tests, measurements, and calibration
settings made for each device. Provide Record Drawings of the
work upon completion of the work. Fold, punch, and insert these
records into the manual after they are reviewed by the Owner
H Certified short circuit report.
1.9 RECORDS
A. Maintain and annotate on the job at all times a separate set of Record Drawings
in accordance with the General Conditions Show changes from the Contract
Documents plan drawings including. routing of raceways, stubups, actual
equipment and fixture locations, equipment sizes and dimensions and building or
structure outline changes Review the drawings with the Owner as the work
progresses whenever requested and provide color copies of record drawings
when requested At the end of the end of the project, forward to the Owner a
complete set of drawings marked in red pencil in a manner consistent with the
Contract Plans, indicating the changes made on the job Equipment furnished
under this Contract for use on future work and all concealed materials, including
conduits, shall be dimensioned from visible and permanent building/structure
features or drawn to scale on the record drawings
B. Record voltage, current, and megohmeter and ground ohmer resistance test
measurements made on the electrical work, the size, type and settings of trip
units, fuses, and overload relay elements installed in the equipment. Record the
setting of all pressure, temperature, level, and similar instrumentation and control
devices When the project is operating, turn over these records to the Owner
C Digital Record Photographs
1 Requirements for the Photographs
a. Digital photographs shall be at the native resolution of the
camera. The file format of the photographs shall be JPEG using
the modest compression (Where the compression levels are
described, the typical description of the compression level might
be "good" )
b. JPEG files shall be stored so that the EXIF (Exchangeable
Image File Format) data is maintained. Prior to taking any
photographs, the camera time should be set so that EXIF data
includes the time and date of the photograph. The JPEG files
shall be stored so that the creation (or modification) time and
date of the file also reflect the time and date of the photograph
(The EXIF data should be viewable under Windows XP.)
c. The camera shall have a native resolution of at least 3 3
megapixels.
d Photographs of signs, nameplates, or labels shall be taken using
macro modes The photographs shall be taken so that text is
legible If required, the photographs of reflective items may be
taken at an angle to the item to reduce glare.
2 Take photographs of electrical equipment possibly requiring coordination
when the equipment arrives on site The photographs shall include
nameplates and labels if available. The equipment shall include but not
necessarily be limited to, the following
a. 480 VAC Motors
b HVAC equipment
c Control Panels
3 Take photographs of conduits prior to concealing them The photograph
files shall be labeled with location or shall contain adequate context to
determine location The photographs shall include the following:
a. Conduit placement prior to pouring concrete or backfilling
b Conduit placement prior to covering walls
c. Stub up locations prior to placing equipment such as Switchgear,
Switchboards or Motor Control Centers.
4 Take photographs of electrical equipment following installation or
modification The photographs shall include nameplates, labels, and
similar identifiers. The equipment shall include but not necessarily be
limited to, the following
a. Motors and motor drive equipment.
b Control Stations
c. HVAC equipment
d Motorized actuators
e. Control Panels
f Instrumentation providing electrical signals including
transmitters, sensors, and switches.
g Switchgear
h Motor Control Centers
Panelboards
j. Safety Disconnect Switches
5 Photographs shall be supplied to the Owner at least once every two
weeks Photographs shall be supplied to the Owner no later than one
week after they are taken Photographs will be supplied on optical media
16010-8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(CD -R, DVD -R, or DVD+R) or by another method by prior arrangement
with the Owner
1.10 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate and schedule connecting electrical systems with exterior
underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of
governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies.
B. Coordinate the interruption of electrical systems to any part of the facility in use
by the Owner at least 48 hours before interruption of the system.
C Coordinate the cutting of existing structures with the new and existing electrical
systems. Identify, locate, and protect existing and underground, underslab or
embedded conduits/cables where excavation or cutting of existing structures is to
be performed
D Coordinate installing electrical identifying devices and markings prior to installing
acoustical ceilings and similar finishes that conceal such items.
E. Coordinate installing electrical identification after completion of finishing where
identification is applied to field -finished surfaces.
F Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where electrical items
requiring access are concealed by finished surfaces.
G Coordinate the electrical work with the requirements of equipment provided
under other Divisions. Portions of the electrical design are based upon the
equipment specified in other Divisions Where modifications to the specified
electrical systems or equipment devices or materials are required to
accommodate actual electrical requirements of equipment which is specified
under other Divisions of the Contract but which has electrical requirements
different from those specified under those Divisions for the equipment, make
modifications to the electrical system or systems required to accommodate the
equipment, and pay for all such changes. No additional payment or "extras" are
allowed for changes required to accommodate substitutions or changes
proposed by the Contractor
H. Where changes in the work, or substitutions in material or equipment specified
under this Division are proposed, ensure that sizes, weights, openings, etc., are
provided that do not require changes in the work outside this Division. If changes
to work outside this Division are required to accommodate substitutions or
changes proposed by the Contractor, submit, complete descriptions of these
changes for approval by the Owner, and pay for all such changes. No additional
payment or "extras" are allowed for changes required to accommodate
substitutions or changes proposed by the Contractor.
Coordinate the installation of electrical equipment with other trades:
1. Arrange for the building -in of equipment and materials during structure
construction Arrange for the building in of anchors, supports, sleeves,
or other equipment and materials during concrete placement, framing,
precasting or other structure construction Coordinate installing required
supporting devices and set sleeves in poured -in-place concrete and
other structural components as they are constructed. Install sleeves for
cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls, except
where core -drilled holes are used Install for cable and raceway
16010-9
penetrations of masonry and gypsum walls and of all other fire -rated floor
and wall assemblies. Install sleeves during erection of concrete and
masonry walls Gypsum wall sleeves may be cut -in after erection if
desired
2. Where equipment or materials cannot be built-in during construction,
arrange for chases, slots, box -outs or other openings in the structure, as
required to allow installation of equipment after structure construction is
complete.
3. Where penetration of completed or permanent construction elements
such as walls, beams, ceilings, floors, etc. is required, obtain approval
from Owner for penetration (drilling, cutting, shooting, punching) of
structural components prior to penetrating the element or component.
4 Accurately locate panelboards, outlets, switches, control stations and
similar devices with respect to equipment and the finished work of
others. Verify dimensions and locations with the general, civil, structural,
mechanical, process, architectural and other Contract plans as well as
shop drawings/supplier's drawings and trades
5 Coordinate installing large equipment requiring special access openings
or positioning prior to closing in the building
J. Coordinate electrical work with work under other Divisions Sequence,
coordinate, and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient
flow of the Work. Cooperate in locating equipment to avoid interference with
work of others, and plan this work to harmonize with the work of other trades so
that all work may proceed as expeditiously as possible. No extras are allowed
because of moving work required to avoid interference with work of other trades
or contractors.
K. Coordinate connecting electrical circuits to components furnished under other
Divisions Coordinate the location of motors, switches, panel connections and
other points of connection with the equipment manufacturers or vendors prior to
conduit installation, and route circuits to the actual connection point. Remove
and reinstall conduit, outlet boxes and other electrical connections, even if
removal and reinstallation of building materials is necessary, where electrical
connections are not made to the appropriate equipment location
1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. See Section 01600
B. Receive, handle, and store electrical materials and equipment in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions
C. Protect materials and equipment from damage, corrosion, or disfiguring; protect
nameplates on electrical equipment from defacing Deliver equipment to their
final locations in protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will
exclude dirt and moisture and prevent damage from construction operations.
Remove protection only after equipment is safe from such hazards Field repair
of material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction
damage by other trades is not acceptable
D. Repair, restore, or replace damaged, corroded and rejected items at no
additional cost to the Owner.
16010-10
E. Provide dry, heated storage for materials and equipment intended to be installed
indoors which is not protected by packaging suitable for outdoor storage by the
manufacturer and for equipment that requires an electrical connection or heater
to mitigate water condensation and like hazards.
F. Keep electrical equipment rooms clean and vacuumed after each day when work
is performed in the area Do not place electrical equipment rated for indoor
installation into its final location until this location is weathertight and heated with
openings to the outside closed with temporary weather barriers or with the
installation of permanent doors, fans, and ducts. (The final location shall be the
electrical equipment location shown on the Contract Plans or otherwise
described in the Contract Documents.)
G. Ensure that equipment is not used as steps, ladders, scaffolds, platforms, or for
storage - either inside or on top of enclosures.
H Protect nameplates on electrical equipment from defacing.
Repair, restore, or replace damaged, corroded and rejected items at no
additional cost to the Owner
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Refer to individual Division 16 sections.
1 Provide equipment, which is of a similar type, made by one manufacturer
throughout the project unless otherwise noted in the Specifications.
B Submit requests for substitution in accordance with Specification Section 01300
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide new materials and equipment which are
standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such
equipment. Provide similar items of equipment of the same manufacturer and
quality Where systems are specified, provide components of the system from
one manufacturer
B Trade names and catalog numbers may be used in the Plans or Specifications to
establish quality standards and basis of design
1. Other listed manufacturers in the applicable specification sections with
equal equipment may be acceptable
2. If no other manufacturer is listed then any manufacturer of equal
equipment may be acceptable.
C Provide material or equipment approved and labeled for the purpose for which it
is to be used by a nationally recognized electrical testing laboratory (NRTL) or
other organization acceptable to the State of Washington Department of Labor
and Industries.
1. Where NRTL test procedures have been established for the product
type, provide electrical equipment approved under that procedure and
bearing the NRTL label.
16010-11
D Where voltage, current, power, temperature or other ratings are specified that do
not correspond to standard ratings of the manufacturer selected by the
Contractor, furnish the next rating level which increases the capacity of the
device or material in question.
E. Furnish materials, devices, equipment or supplies of materials that are inherently
non -corrosive or are coated or covered in a manner, acceptable to the Owner,
which renders them non -corrosive Do not provide materials which contain
polychlorinated biphenyls, asbestos or other hazardous or detrimental materials.
Do not install materials in a manner, location or construction that produces
galvanic action or any other materials corroding or eroding action Material that
may cause rusting or streaking on a building/structure surface shall not be used.
F. Fabricate equipment or devices in the field equivalent in every respect to
manufactured items used for the same purpose Where cutting, drilling, grinding,
or similar actions are performed on galvanized or painted metal, regalvanize or
repaint, respectively, to match original finish.
G. When equipment is shop fabricated for the Project, use electrical devices and
enclosures which are NRTL listed and labeled or recognized.
2.3 SHORT CIRCUIT REPORT, HARMONIC ANALYSIS, AND ARC FLASH STUDY
A. Create reports for existing, new and modified electrical distribution equipment.
Distribution equipment shall include panelboards and motor control centers.
B Short circuit report, harmonic analysis studies, or arc flash studies shall be
stamped and signed by an electrical engineer registered in the State of
Washington
C As a minimum, include the following in the report:
1. Utility source information including primary system & service transformer
impedance, X/R ratio, symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents for 3
phase, line -to -line and line -to -neutral faults.
2. Equipment manufacturer's information used to prepare the study
3 Assumptions made during the study
4 Short circuit calculations listing short circuit levels at each bus
5. Evaluation of the electrical power system and the model numbers and
settings of the protective devices associated with the system.
6 Time -current curves including the instrument transformer ratios, model
numbers of the protective relays or trip devices, and the relay or trip
device settings associated with each breaker
7 Comparison of short circuit duties of each bus to the bracing and
interrupting capacity of the equipment connected to that bus
D Elements of Short Circuit Study
1. One -line Diagram
a. Location and function of each protective device in the system,
such as relays, direct -acting trips, fuses, etc.
16010-12
b Type designation, current rating, range or adjustment
manufacturer's style and catalog transformers
c. Power, voltage ratings, impedance, primary and secondary
connections of all transformers.
d Nameplate ratings of all motors and generator with their
subtransient reactances.
e. Transient reactances of generator and synchronous reactances
of generator
f Sources of short circuit elements such as utility ties, generators,
and induction motors
g All significant circuit elements such as transformers, cables,
breakers, fuses, reactors, etc.
h. Standby as well as normal switching conditions.
2. Impedance Diagram
a. Available MVA or impedance from the utility company
b. Bus impedance.
c. Transformer and/or reactor impedances.
d Cable impedances
e Equipment impedances
f. System voltages.
g. Grounding scheme (solid grounding, resistance grounding, or no
grounding).
3. Calculations.
a Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents
are the greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the 3-
phase and line -to -ground short circuits of each case
b. Calculate the maximum and minimum ground -fault currents.
E. Harmonic Analysis
1 Prepare a report summarizing the power system total harmonic distortion
at the Utility Service Switchboard and at the Motor Control Center
2. For each building equipment or location, evaluate total harmonic
distortion assuming the IEEE 519 point of common coupling is at the
main entrance to a location. Analyze the effect of the line reactors and
harmonic filters supplied with the VFDs at each location
F. Arc Flash Study
16010-13
1 Prepare a report summarizing the arc flash study and conclusions or
recommendations which may affect the integrity of the electric power
distribution system
2 Determine the incident energy, arc flash boundary, and minimum PPE
requirements for locations throughout the studied portions of the power
system Arc flash warning labels are to be produced and attached to the
electrical equipment. These labels must indicate approach boundaries,
incident energy level, and the minimum PPE that is required when
servicing the equipment within the arc flash boundary.
3. As a minimum, include the following in the report:
a. Assumptions made during the study.
b Reduced copy of the one line drawing.
c. Arc flash evaluations summary spreadsheet
1) Bus name.
2) Upstream protective device name, type, settings
3) Bus line to line voltage.
4) Bus bolted fault.
5) Protective device bolted fault current.
6) Arcing fault current.
7) Protective device trip/delay time
8) Breaker opening time.
9) Solidly grounded column.
10) Equipment type.
11) Gap
12) Arc flash boundary.
13) Working distance
14) Incident energy
15) Required protective fire rated clothing type and class
d Arc flash warning labels printed in color on adhesive backed
labels
4 Provide the arc flash warning labels containing information required by
NFPA 70E and affix warning labels to each piece of electrical equipment
evaluated in the Arc Flash Study.
16010-14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
1
1
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Make arrangements for and pay for necessary permits, licenses, and inspections.
B Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the National
Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, and applicable state and local
regulations and ordinances.
C. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the
NECA "NEIS" (National Electric Installation Standards).
D. Provide on-site testing as listed in individual specification sections. Test results
shall be in writing.
E. Equipment Dimensions and Clearances:
1. Dimensions indicated for electrical equipment and dimensions indicated
for the installation of electrical equipment are restrictive dimensions.
Verify that equipment will fit within the indicated locations and spaces
Do not use equipment that impinges upon the required clearance,
reduces actual clearance, or exceeds the indicated dimensions:
a. Except as approved in writing by the Owner
2. Do not use arrangements of equipment that impinge upon the required
clearance, reduce actual clearances or exceed the space allocation.
F Equipment Access:
1. Install equipment so it is readily accessible for operation and
maintenance
2. Access to equipment shall not be blocked or concealed by conduits,
supporting devices, boxes, or other items.
3 Do not install electrical equipment such that it interferes with normal
maintenance requirements of other equipment.
G. Install materials and equipment in a manner, location and construction that does
not produce galvanic action or any other materials corroding or eroding action
Equipment fabricated from aluminum shall not be placed in direct contact with
earth or concrete
H Screen or seal all raceways and openings into equipment to prevent the entrance
of moisture, rodents and insects.
Plans indicate the approximate location and arrangement of electrical equipment
and the approximate location of other equipment requiring electrical work. The
general arrangement of panelboards, outlets and other equipment is
diagrammatic and approximate as to locations. To avoid interference with
structural members and equipment of other trades, it may be necessary to adjust
the intended location of electrical equipment. Where minor changes are required
because of structural or finish conditions or for the convenience of the Owner,
provide such changes without additional expense to the Owner Unless
specifically dimensioned or detailed, the Contractor may, at his discretion, make
16010-15
minor adjustments in equipment location without obtaining the Owner's approval.
Minor adjustments are defined as a distance not to exceed:
1. 1 FT at grade, floor and roof level in any direction in the horizontal plane
2. 1 FT for equipment other than lighting at ceiling level in any direction in
the horizontal plane
3. 1 FT for lighting fixtures at ceiling level in any direction in the horizontal
plane.
4 1 FT on walls in a horizontal direction within the vertical plane
5. Changes in equipment location exceeding those defined above require
the Owner's approval.
6 Particular attention shall be paid to door swings, piping, radiation,
ductwork, and structural steel:
a. In general, waste and vent lines and large pipe mains and
ductwork shall be given priority for the locations and space
shown.
b. Electrical lighting fixtures shall, in general, be given priority for
ceiling space.
c. No additional compensation will be allowed for the moving of
misplaced outlets, wiring, or equipment.
3.2 DEMONSTRATION
A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 01800
B. Demonstrate to the Owner that the electrical installation is working by operating
all electrical systems and equipment. Simulate control and emergency
conditions, artificially where necessary, for complete system tests Adjust
installed equipment for proper operation of all electrical and mechanical
components.
3.3 ASSISTANCE
A. Provide assistance to the Owner during the demonstration or testing of
equipment by operating devices and equipment, during construction observation
by opening enclosures for inspection, checking record drawing information, and
similar tasks, as necessary, in the Owner's judgment to verify all work provided
END OF SECTION
16010-16
SECTION 16050 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following.
1. Supporting devices.
2. Electrical identification.
3 Electrical demolition.
4 Cutting and patching
5 Cleaning and finish touchup painting.
6. Testing
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submit each item in this section according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Test reports
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Provide tubing, channel and angle support systems, hangers, sleeves, brackets,
fabricated items, and fasteners for secure support of electrical equipment,
devices, components and materials.
1. Material
a. Wet locations (including outdoors and in below -grade structures)
Stainless steel or hot -dipped galvanized
b Class I Hazardous locations and/or Corrosive areas: 304
stainless steel or 40 mil PVC coated galvanized steel.
c. Other locations: Steel, except as otherwise indicated, protected
from corrosion with zinc coating, cadmium plating, or with
treatment of equivalent corrosion resistance using approved
alternative finish or inherent material characteristics.
B Conduit clamps: one hole or beam clamps
16050-1
1. Rigid Steel Conduit: cast iron hot dipped galvanized clamps with cast
iron hot dipped galvanized clamp back (AKA foot or spacer)
2. PRMC: cast iron PVC coated or stainless steel clamps with cast iron
PVC coated or stainless steel clamp back (AKA foot or spacer).
3 EMT: stamped steel clamps — cad plated or galvanized.
C Anchors' stainless steel in wet, hazardous or corrosive areas, cadmium plated or
galvanized steel in dry areas
1. lag screws or Type A tapping screws -for wood.
2. Toggle bolts with springhead for light Toads in masonry.
3. thru-bolt with fender washers for loads in masonry.
4 toggle bolts with springhead for hollow partitions
5 epoxy set or self drilling anchors with threaded studs for concrete
6 clamps or U -bolts for structural steel.
7 Epoxy set or self drilling anchors with extension rods for hollow tile over
concrete
8. hanger rods 1/4 -inch diameter or larger threaded steel, except as
otherwise indicated
D Sleeves
1 Wet, hazardous or corrosive areas.
a. ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, hot dipped
galvanized steel, plain ends.
b. Hot dipped galvanized cast iron, with weep rings.
2. Dry Areas'
a. PVC, schedule 40
b 0 0276 -inch or heavier galvanized sheet steel, round tube,
closed with welded longitudinal joint.
2.2 ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES
A. Enclosures for use with Electrical Equipment:
1 Standards:
a. NEMA ICS -6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems
b UL 508, Industrial Control Equipment.
c UL 698, Industrial Control Equipment for Use in Hazardous
Locations.
16050-2
2. Provide NEMA enclosure types as indicated on the Contract Documents.
Where the enclosure type is not indicated by the Contract Documents
provide enclosures as follows
a. NEMA 1. Use in electrical rooms and in dry indoor finished
areas.
b. NEMA 12: Use in unclassified (non -hazardous and non-
corrosive) indoor locations which are neither wet nor damp
c. NEMA 4X. Use in all non -hazardous wet or corrosive locations.
d. NEMA 7: Use in all hazardous locations.
B Shop or Factory Finishes:
1 Exteriors of painted enclosures shall be ANSI gray
2 Interiors of painted enclosures shall be either white or light gray
2.3 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Manufacturer's Standard Products. Where more than one type is listed for a
specified application, selection is Contractor's option, but provide single type for
each application category Use colors prescribed by ANSI A13 1, NEC and
these Specifications.
B Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-
adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 inch wide
C Underground Line Warning Tape: Permanent, bright -colored, continuous -
printed, vinyl tape with the following features'
1 Size. Not less than 4 mils thick by 6 inches wide.
2 Compounded for permanent direct -burial service.
D Color -Coding Cable Ties. Type 6/6 nylon, self-locking type. Colors to suit coding
scheme.
E. Engraved, Plastic -Laminated Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plates. Engraving
stock, melamine plastic laminate punched for mechanical fasteners 1/16 inch
minimum thick for signs up to 20 sq in , 1/8 inch thick for larger sizes. Engraved
legend in white letters on black face.
F. Fasteners for Plastic -Laminated and Metal Signs: Self -tapping stainless-steel
screws or stainless-steel No. 10/32 machine screws with nuts and flat and lock
washers
G Wire markers. machine printed, black ink, alpha -numerical identifiers on yellow
polyolefin shrink tubing. Kroy K4350 Shrink Tube, or approved equal.
1. Where it is not possible to use shrink tubing (i e. on pre -terminated
cables) it is acceptable to use the following:
a. Tape Markers: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive, wraparound
type with preprinted numbers and letters
16050-3
2.4 TOUCHUP PAINT
A. For Equipment: Provided by equipment manufacturer and selected to match
equipment finish.
B For Non -equipment Surfaces: Matching type and color of undamaged, adjacent
finish
C For Galvanized Surfaces. Zinc -rich paint recommended by item manufacturer.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA's "Standard of Installation "
B. Install the equipment and materials in a neat and workmanlike manner employing
workmen skilled in the particular trade and in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions and industry standards. Maintain adequate supervision of the work
by a person in charge at the site during any time that work under this division is
in process or when necessary for coordination with other work.
C Install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom
where mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated. Mount
enclosures for individual units at fifty-four inches above floors to centerline of
controls.
D Install items level, plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components, except where otherwise indicated.
E. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference with
other installations.
F. Give right of way to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope.
G. Make all penetrations of electrical work through floors, walls and roofs water,
rodent, insect and weather -tight.
3.2 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING METHODS
A. Support electrical equipment, devices and materials from framing members or
structure with sufficient clearance for maintaining and servicing.
1 Provide backing plates, and/or framing material to support equipment,
devices and materials which are located between the framing members
which are part of the building or facility structure
2. Provide metal structure fabricated of structural shapes such as C -
channel or square tubing (not strut channels, unistrut, b -line, etc.) for
mounting cabinets, panelboards, disconnects, control enclosures, pull
boxes, junction boxes, transformers, and other equipment and devices
except where components are mounted directly to structural features of
adequate strength
B Fastening and Supports. Unless otherwise indicated, securely fasten electrical
items and their supporting hardware to the building/structure/support.
16050-4
1. Use supports as detailed on the Plans and as specified.
a. Where not detailed on the Plans or specified, use supports and
anchoring devices rated for the equipment load and as
recommended by the manufacturer.
2. Attach enclosures mounted on equipment with machine screws or
clamps as required. Do not drill equipment frames or sheets without
permission of the equipment supplier/manufacturer and the Owner Do
not mount safety switches or external equipment to other equipment
enclosures, unless enclosure mounting surface is adequately reinforced
structurally to accept mounting of external equipment.
3 Base rating and size of supports and anchoring devices on dimensions
and weights verified from approved equipment submittals Attach wall
mounted enclosures with a minimum of three fasteners, and more if the
manufacturer so recommends.
4. Stand off outdoor wall -mounted equipment and indoor equipment
mounted on earth or water bearing walls a minimum of one-quarter inch
where enclosures are mounted on walls in wet areas (outdoors, below
grades, etc.). Use corrosion resistant spacers such as neoprene, or
fiberglass or plastic shim washers to maintain 1/4 IN separation between
the equipment and the wall
5 Do not cut, or weld to, building structural members without permission of
the owner. Welding to steel structure may be used only for threaded
studs, not for conduits, pipe straps, or any other items.
6 Select fasteners so the load applied to any fastener does not exceed 25
percent of the proof -test Toad.
C. Raceway Supports: Comply with NEC and the following requirements:
1 Conform to manufacturer's recommendations for selecting and installing
supports.
2. Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to
support raceways Provide U bolts, clamps, attachments and other
hardware necessary for hanger assembly and for securing hanger rods
and conduits
3. Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze- or
bracket -type hangers
4 Spare Capacity. Size supports for multiple conduits so capacity can be
increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future
5. Support individual horizontal raceways with separate, malleable iron pipe
hangers or clamps.
6. In vertical runs, arrange support so the load produced by the weight of
the raceway and the enclosed conductors is carried entirely by the
conduit supports, with no weight load on raceway terminals.
7. Use double nuts or jam nuts with regular nuts on threaded rods and
bolts.
16050-5
8. Trim rod ends to within 1/4 inch after installation of last nut, clamp or
similar hardware, smooth cut ends or install cap nut.
D Provide concrete foundations or pads required for electrical equipment:
1 Floor -mounted equipment shall be mounted on a concrete base except
the concrete base shall be shortened in height by the thickness of the
channel base when the equipment is provided with channel bases such
as can be provided with control panels, motor control centers and
switchboards. Pad shall be poured on top of the finished floor or slab
2. Install concrete pads and bases according to requirements of Division 3
and per structural plans and specifications.
E. Install hangers, inserts, supports, and anchors prior to installation of fireproofing.
F. Cable supports - provide cable ties and straps for clamping, tying, securing and
banding wires and cables in all junction boxes, panelboards and terminal
cabinets Support each circuit independently; group phases of three phase
circuits.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labels where indicated and at locations for best convenience of viewing
without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.
B Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used for
electrical identification with corresponding designations indicated on the Plans or
required by codes and standards Use consistent designations throughout the
Project.
C Self -Adhesive Identification Products. Clean surfaces of dust, loose material,
and oily films before applying.
D Tag or label power circuits in enclosures using tags or adhesive marking tape.
Identify source and circuit numbers in each cabinet, pull box, pull hole, vault,
maintenance hole, junction box, and outlet box. Color coding may be used for
voltage and phase indication.
E. Identify Paths of Underground Electrical Lines During trench backfilling, for
exterior underground power, control, signal, and communication lines, install
continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above power and
communication lines. Where multiple lines installed in a common trench or
concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of 16 inches, use a single line
marker.
F Provide engraved phenolic name plates (white with black background) on
equipment enclosures giving the name and circuit identification
(Panel/MCC/Enclosure served from and circuit location or ID) of the enclosed
device/equipment in one-quarter inch letters.
G For panelboards, provide framed, typed circuit schedules with explicit description
and identification of items controlled by each individual breaker.
H Provide electrical danger, caution, warning or safety instruction signs including
arc flash signs in accordance with WAC/RCW, WISHA/OSHA and other
applicable state/federal safety requirements
16050-6
3.4 DEMOLITION
A. Demolish all existing electrical devices and circuits which are noted for
demolition. Demolition includes, but is not limited to.
1. Remove all conduit, conductors, fittings, device boxes, hangers, panels,
devices, etc., which are not concealed in the building structure or below
grade/slab.
B Do not remove or damage fireproofing materials. Repair or replace fireproofing
removed or damaged
C Locate, identify, and protect electrical equipment and materials to remain Where
existing work to remain is damaged in the course of the work, remove damaged
portions and install new products of equal capacity, quality, and functionality at
no additional cost to the Owner.
D Remove existing conductors from conduits or other enclosures, unless otherwise
indicated, where existing work is to be abandoned in place. Cut and remove
buried cable or raceway indicated to be abandoned in place at the point where it
stubs up or emerges from burial 12 inches below the surface of adjacent grade or
construction; cap and patch surface to match existing finish
E. Remove demolished material from the Project site and legally dispose of
demolished material by wastehaul to approved landfill or recycling facility
F Remove, store, clean, reinstall, reconnect, and make operational components
indicated for relocation and/or reconnection Coordinate the process,
mechanical, HVAC, and other equipment scheduled to be relocated and/or
reused with other Divisions, and disconnect the equipment from and reconnect
the equipment to the electrical systems
3.5 TEMPORARY POWER
A. Provide temporary power to existing branch circuit panels, branch circuits, and/or
directly to electrical devices as required to keep all portions of the existing facility,
which are occupied by the Owner, or required for facility operation, in operation
at all times. Obtain approval by all appropriate code authorities, including the
Department of Labor & Industries Electrical Inspection Department, for any
temporary connections provided.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces
necessary for electrical installations Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of the
trades involved.
B Repair disturbed surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces.
3.7 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING
A. Clean dirt and debris from all surfaces. Thoroughly vacuum the interior of
enclosures to remove dirt and debris.
B. Replace nameplates damaged during installation.
C Apply touch-up paint as required to repair scratches, etc. Field paint in
accordance with Section 09900. Thoroughly clean damaged areas and provide
16050-7
primer, intermediate, and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each
location. Follow paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation
and for timing and application of successive coats
3.8 TESTING
A. Testing shall be performed by a person currently certified by the InterNational
Electrical Testing Association
B. Additional testing requirements specific to other sections are specified in those
sections.
C Test electrical equipment as described in individual specification sections after
installation but before it is energized and placed in service All equipment shall be
tested as recommended by the manufacturer Report all test results in writing
Where tests disclose a defect in the work, rework or repair equipment which
performs unsatisfactorily during or as a result of system testing at no additional
expense to the Owner and retest to confirm the rework or repair until retesting
confirms that the defect has been corrected. Test in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation and testing instructions and the applicable electrical
standards (i.e., NEMA, IEEE, ISA, ANSI, or other) for the class of equipment. If
equipment or system fails retest, replace it with products which conform with
Contract Documents. Continue remedial measures and retests until satisfactory
results are obtained. Remedial measures and retests will be done at no cost to
the Owner
D Test motor driven equipment motors before energization Insulation test shall
consist of megohmeter check phase—to—ground, per IEEE Standard 43, and
polarization index test manufacturer's recommendations.
1 Perform load tests of each motor and prepare a written report of the
findings showing the following.
a. Nameplate Ratings (horsepower), (speed), (voltage), (phase),
(ampere rating of motor at full load)
b Measured Load in amperes on each phase at full speed
2. For load tests for each pump/blower/ process equipment motor
a. Note the operating conditions at the time of the test.
b Note the suction and discharge conditions (pressure, water level,
temperature, humidity, where such conditions affect load)
3.9 DEMONSTRATION
A. Demonstrate equipment in accordance with Section 16010.
END OF SECTION
16050-8
SECTION 16060 – GROUNDING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment and basic
requirements for grounding for protection of life, equipment, circuits, and
systems. Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be
supplemented in other Sections of these Specifications.
B Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section
1 Section 16120 for grounding conductor requirements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submit each item in this Section according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
1 Field tests and observation reports certified by the testing organization
and indicating and interpreting the test reports for compliance with
performance requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance
B. Comply with UL 467, "Grounding and Bonding Equipment'
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
A. Governing Requirements: Where types, sizes, ratings, and quantities indicated
are in excess of NEC requirements, the more stringent requirements and the
greater size, rating, and quantity indications govern.
2.2 WIRE AND CABLE GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. Comply with Section 16120 Conductors and Cables." Conform to NEC Table 8
(Conductor Properties), except as otherwise indicated, for conductor properties,
including stranding.
B Equipment Grounding Conductors: Insulated with green color insulation.
C Grounding -Electrode Conductors. Stranded cable, bare or varnish coated.
D Ground Rods. '/ inch diameter, 10 foot long, copper clad steel.
16060-1
2.3 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A. Pressure Connectors High -conductivity -plated units.
B Bolted Clamps. Heavy-duty type.
C. Exothermic -Welded Connections. Provided in kit form and selected per
manufacturer's written instructions for specific types, sizes, and combinations of
conductors and connected items. Burndy, Thermoweld, or Cadweld
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Equipment Grounding Conductors. Comply with NEC Article 250 for types,
sizes, and quantities of equipment grounding conductors, except where specific
types, larger sizes, or more conductors than required by NEC are indicated
1 Install insulated equipment grounding conductor with circuit conductors
for the items below
a. Service and Feeders.
1) Bond the conductor full size to the equipment to which
the circuit connects and to any portion of the raceway
where it is metallic. Provide boxes or fittings suitable for
connecting equipment grounding conductors where
metallic conduit transitions to non-metallic.
b Single or three-phase motor or appliance branch circuits.
c. Flexible raceway runs.
2. Nonmetallic Raceways Install an equipment grounding conductor in
nonmetallic raceways unless they are designated for telephone or data
cables. Bond the conductor at each end of non-metallic raceway to
grounded metallic raceway or equipment.
3 Provide boxes or fittings suitable for connecting equipment grounding
conductors where metallic conduit transitions to non-metallic.
B Separately Derived Systems: Where NEC requires grounding, ground according
to NEC Paragraph 250-30
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Ground electrical systems and equipment according to NEC
requirements, except where Plans or Specifications exceed NEC requirements
B Ground the secondary electrical system to the building structure, metallic piping
systems and supplemental grounding electrodes. Coordinate grounding
connections made to the water system with the mechanical work and install
bonding jumpers wherever deemed necessary.
16060-2
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. General. Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is
minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection
methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible
1 Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to assure high conductivity
and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series
2 Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
3 Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to
prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces
B. Exothermic -Welded Connections. Use for connections to structural steel and for
underground connections, except those at test wells Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions. Clean all varnish, oxide, scale, concrete, etc.
from conductors before firing joints. Welds that are puffed up or that show
convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are not acceptable.
C Equipment Grounding -Wire Terminations. Make the grounding conductor
connections to motors or equipment ten horsepower and above, or twenty
amperes and above, with conductor termination and a 5/16 inch minimum bolt
tapped to the motor frame or equipment housing. Ground connection to smaller
motors and equipment may be made by fastening the conductor termination to a
connection box.
D. Noncontact Metal Raceway Terminations Where metallic raceways terminate at
metal electrical enclosures without mechanical and electrical connection to
electrical enclosures, terminate each conduit with a metallic, insulating grounding
bushing. Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to
grounding bus or terminal in electrical enclosures Bond electrically
noncontinuous conduits at both entrances and exits with grounding bushings and
bare grounding conductors, except as otherwise indicated
E. Connect discontinuous sections of metallic raceway using grounding (bonding)
connections at each end of metallic raceway with equipment grounding
conductor in the non-metallic portion of the raceway
F. Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals
according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where these
requirements are not available, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B
G Compression -Type Connections. Use hydraulic compression tools to provide
correct circumferential pressure for compression connectors Use tools and dies
recommended by manufacturer of connectors. Provide embossing die code or
other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been
adequately compressed on grounding conductor
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Independent Testing Agency. Engage an independent electrical testing
organization to perform acceptance tests described below
B Acceptance Tests.
16060-3
1 Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and
electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 13 Certify compliance with
test parameters Maximum grounding resistance value shall be 3 ohms
2. Measure ground resistance not less than 2 full days after the last trace of
precipitation, and without the soil being moistened by any means other
than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or
other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance
3 Measure resistance of equipment grounding connections for service,
feeder and motor circuits to ground at the load end with a Biddle ground
ohmmeter
C Excessive Ground Resistance. Where resistance to ground exceeds specified
values, notify Owner Check connections of affected equipment and conductors.
Replace, repair, or correct defective connections or conductors. Provide
additional ground rods or larger grounding electrode where the grounding
electrode resistance is higher than specified. Revise and retest until resistance
is within specifications
D Report: Prepare test reports, certified by the testing organization, of ground
resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other
phenomena that may affect test results Describe measures taken to improve
test results.
END OF SECTION
16060-4
SECTION 16120 – CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes building wires and cables and associated connectors,
splices, and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
1. Field Test Reports Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES
A. UL -listed building wires and cables with conductor material, insulation type, cable
construction, and rating as specified in Part 3 "Wire and Insulation Applications"
Article.
B Thermoplastic Insulation Material: Comply with NEMA WC 5
C. Cross -Linked Polyethylene Insulation Material. Comply with NEMA WC 7
D Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulation Material Comply with NEMA WC 8
E. Conductor Material. Copper
F. Stranding.
1. Class B for power applications.
2. Class C for control applications
G. Size and Type*
1 Solid or stranded conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller gauge 120 VAC
branch power circuits;
2. Stranded conductor for 277 or 480 VAC power circuits, and for any
power circuit larger than No 10 AWG
3 Stranded conductors for control circuits.
16120-1
4. Grounding conductors. solid conductor in sizes No. 6 AWG and smaller
gauge; stranded in No 4 AWG and larger gauge
H Cords. Type SO, size No. 14 AWG or larger
2.2 INSTRUMENTATION AND SPECIALTY WIRE
A. Low voltage instrument cable 600 volt rated, multi -conductor cable with overall
neoprene or PVC jacket. Individual conductors PVC or polyethylene insulated,
with or without nylon overcoat.
1 Unshielded instrument cable Belden 9486 (18 gauge), 9488 (14 gauge)
or equal, Alpha or NEC.
2 Shielded single pair instrument cable (2/C#18) Belden 9341 or equal,
Alpha or NEC
3 Shielded three conductor instrument cable (3/C#18) Belden 1121A or
equal, Alpha or NEC
4 Shielded multi -pair (#18 gauge) instrument cable Belden 1048A (2 pair)
or equal, Alpha or NEC
B VFD Cable Low voltage, shielded power cable Three conductor copper cable
rated 600 volt, with cross linked thermosetting polyethylene insulation on each
conductor, three bare grounding conductors (one in each interstice), with a
corrugated copper shield and overall PVC jacket. Cables shall have the following
maximum nominal outer diameter (OD) and minimum bend radius.
Conductor Size
#16
#14
#12
#10
#8
#6
#4
#2
#1
#1 /0
#2/0
#3/0
#4/0
Nominal OD Minimum Bend
(Inches) Radius (Inches)
0 40 4
0.45 4 5
0 50 5
0.60 6
0 70 7
0 80 8
0 90 9
1 05 10.5
1.20 12
1.30 13
1 40 14
1.55 15.5
1.70 17
1 VFD cables with nominal outer diameters and minimum bend radiuses
that are greater than shown in the above table will be rejected.
2. Belden VFD Power Cable Model numbers 29520C through 29532C
(depending on cable size).
16120-2
C. Category 5e Cable: Provide Category 5e cable as shown on drawings Cable
shalt be UL Type CMP (plenum) For plenum cable, all 4 cable pairs shall be
insulated with FEP. Cables shall be field connectorized and tested by the
Contractor unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Cable shall be
manufactured by.
1. AMP
2. Berk -Tek
3. Approved equal
D. Category 5e OSP Cable Provide Category 5e Outside Plant cable as shown on
drawings. Cable shall be rated for indoor / outdoor use and rated for extended
exposure to water. Cable shall be rated CM or CMX per NEC
E. Fiber Cable. Indoor/outdoor riser rated, all dielectric, 0M3 grade multimode, 850
nm, laser optimized, plenum rated, water blocking fillers encased in a buffer tube
surrounded by water blocking strength members, meeting or exceeding
ANSI/TIA/EIA standards for 10 Gigabit Ethernet for at least 300 meters. Cables
and fanout kits shall be manufactured by the selected CSCS and be provided in
the strand counts shown in the Plans.
1 Berk -Tek
2. Approved equal.
2.3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Provide UL -listed, factory -fabricated wiring connectors and splices of size,
ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated
B Conductor Connections, Splices or Taps:
1. Solid Conductors size 18 through 10 AWG Twist on insulated spring
connectors.
2. Stranded Conductors size 18 through 6 AWG: insulated, solid barrel,
crimp type plated copper alloy connectors.
3 Conductors size 4 AWG and larger- plated copper alloy compression
splicing sleeves installed by high pressure compression tools and
insulated with heat shrink Raychem sleeves.
4. Outdoors or wet areas- wire splice kits, epoxy resin, hardener, and mold.
3M Scotchcast or equal.
C. Terminations: suitable for 75 degree Celsius rated copper conductor.
1 Service and feeder circuits compression indent barrel connectors with
one or two hole spade lug ends.
2. Conductor size 18 through 10 AWG insulated, solid copper barrel, crimp
type, plated copper alloy spade tongue terminal, made for the wire size
and terminal on which they are installed and crimped with an approved
plier or tool for the connector.
16120-3
3 Conductor size 8 AWG and larger compression, indent, solid copper
barrel, one or two hole lugs.
D. Motor connections: insulated, solid barrel, crimp type, ring tongue plated copper
alloy
2.4 INSULATING MATERIALS
A. Fillers: Scotchfill, or equal
B Tape. 7 mil vinyl plastic tape, logo bearing, Scotch 33+, or equal
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXANIINATION
A. Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions
affecting performance of wires and cables. Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
3.2 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
A. Service/Feeders: Type USE/RHW/RHH insulated, stranded conductors, in
raceway.
B. Branch circuits. Type USE/RHW/RHH insulated, stranded conductors, in
raceway except Type THHN/THWN insulated, solid or stranded conductors, may
be used indoors, above grade only, for 120 volt lighting and receptacle branch
circuits in sizes #12 AWG and #10 AWG
C Equipment Grounding Conductors Same type insulation and conductor as the
circuit conductors supplying the equipment to be grounded
D Grounding Conductors (other than equipment grounding conductors) bare
copper with varnish coat.
E. Class 1 and 2 Control Circuits. Type USE/RHW/RHH, size #14 AWG or larger,
in raceway; Type MTW/THWN, size #14 AWG or larger, in raceway may be used
indoors above grade or above above grade in weatherproof enclosures.
F Instrumentation Circuits Shielded or unshielded instrument cable, as indicated
on the Contract Plans.
3.3 INSTALLATION
1 Install wires and cables in raceway system, according to manufacturer's
written instructions and NECA's "Standard of Installation", after raceway
system is complete, and following "Examination" article of this section
Where existing conductors or cables are removed and later repulled
through new or existing conduits, test the conductors after each pulling
operation, and replace the conductors or cables with new conductors or
cables if the test results are not acceptable per NETA standards
B Provide individual neutral conductors for each 120 volt or 277 volt circuit.
Common neutral conductors for multi branch circuits are not permitted unless
specifically noted and shown on the plans
16120-4
C Install service, feeder, motor, control, instrumentation, communication and
signaling circuits continuously without splices from equipment terminal to
equipment terminal or motor lead. 120 and 277 volt single phase branch circuits
may be spliced or connected at taps or connection for outlet devices Do not
splice circuits at other locations without written permission from the Owner
D Color code conductors as follows:
1. Grounding conductors: Green
2. 480/277 volt, three phase systems.
a. Phase A - brown
b Phase B - orange
c Phase C - yellow
d. Neutral - gray
3 208Y/120, three phase systems:
a. Phase A - black
b. Phase B - red
c. Phase C - blue
d. Neutral - white
4. Use control wiring of colors different than power wiring or supplied with a
trace of color in addition to the basic color of the insulation Number
control wiring individually to match equipment number and terminal
numbering or use wires of different colors with equipment number for
each node or different function in each circuit but use the same color
scheme throughout each system for any control or signal wires
performing the same function
5 Use wire with insulation of required color for conductors of No 8 AWG
and smaller. For wire larger than No.8 AWG which is not available in
specified colors, use self-adhesive, wrap-around cloth type markers of
solid colors to code the conductors. When conductors are marked in this
manner, mark each conductor at all accessible locations such as
panelboards, junction boxes; pullboxes, pullholes, auxiliary gutters,
outlets, switches, and control centers
6 Do not use white, gray, or green color for any power, lighting, or control
conductor not intended for neutral or grounding purposes
a low voltage control circuits, or 18 AWG or smaller control
conductors, may use gray, green or white singly or as part of a
trace color in addition to the base color
7. Connect power circuit conductors of the same color to the same phase
throughout the installation. Viewing all equipment from the front, make
connections so phase color sequence is in the same order as that for
panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, etc. If the phase
order of the wires must be reversed to accommodate motor rotation, the
16120-5
adjustment shall be made at the motor terminal box or for cord
connected equipment only, at the load side of the safety disconnect
switch Reversing the phase order at the motor controller or disconnect
switch is not acceptable
8 When connecting or reconnecting low voltage (600 volts or Tess)
switchboards, motor control centers, and panelboards which serve
existing Toads, verify the phasing and rotation prior to the connection,
and make connections to maintain the same phasing and rotation to the
new switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, and existing
loads as existed prior to removal of the loads from the original (or
temporary) distribution system. Verification of rotation alone is not
acceptable Phasing must also be verified. (This may be done by
checking for presence of AC voltage between analogous phases of
different devices/equipment. Presence of nominal AC voltage between
analogous phases of different devices/equipment indicates incorrect
phasing.)
E. Install wiring to equipment neutral and grounding blocks on the bottom or furthest
back row first. Leave unconnected blocks accessible for future neutral or
grounding connections.
F. Leave six inches or more of free conductor at each connected device or
equipment terminal and nine inches of free conductors at each unconnected
outlet. Tape free ends of conductors at unconnected outlets and coil neatly in
outlet box.
G. Install wires neatly in enclosures. Bend or form wires in neat runs from conduits
to terminals. Arrange wires so that they may be grouped by conduit or function in
the enclosure Install cable ties and straps to support and bundle wires in
enclosures. Arrange wires to allow wire tags and numbers to be easily read
without bending or flexing wiring
H Install grounding conductors according to Section 16060.
Pulling Conductors.
1 Make all cable pulls by hand. Use pulling means, including fish tape,
cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, or wrapping extra
conductor into an eye, that will not damage cables or raceway
2. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where
necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.
Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions
and sidewall pressure values. Install pullboxes or pull fittings where
necessary to prevent exceeding manufacturer's recommendations.
3 Cut cable or conductor ends off after pulling and clean all lubricant
and/or pulling compound from conductors before terminating
J Support cables according to Section 16050
K. Identify wires and cables according to Section 16050 "Basic Electrical Materials
and Methods and as follows:
1. For power circuits
16120-6
a. At each connection, except at motors, tag for phase rotation and
circuit number.
b At each motor tag for winding lead numbers. Make all phase
rotation changes for motor direction changes at the motor to
maintain correct color phase sequence in equipment.
c. In each enclosure or box where more than one ungrounded
power conductor is spliced or connected, tag for panelboard
identification and pole number
2. For control circuits:
a. Tag at ends of wire
3 Labels shall be identified as follows unless otherwise noted in the
specifications:
a. Wires from motor control centers to devices shall be labeled with
the device tag (MCC terminal #)(device terminal number) — for
example, 05SV01(8)(3) - would reference solenoid valve
05SV01 landed on terminal 8 in the motor control center and
landed on terminal 3 at the solenoid valve (the device end may
not have a terminal number, in that case the wire label would
only have one terminal label).
b Wires from control panels to devices shall be labeled with the
device tag (CP terminal #) — for example, 05MFM01(0501)(1) -
would reference magnetic flow meter 05MFM01 landed on
terminal 0501 in the control panel and terminal 1 at the
flowmeter.
c. Wires from motor control centers to control panels shall be
labeled with device tag (MCC terminal #) (CP terminal #) — for
example, 03CS01(8) (0301) - would reference control station
03CS01 landed on terminal 8 in the motor control center and
continued to terminal 0301 in the control panel.
d 2 -conductor and 3 -conductors cables to devices shall be labeled
with the device tag located on a label on the outer insulation
The individual conductors will have only the motor control
center/control panel terminal and the device terminal As an
example for a flowmeter circuit, "05MFM01" would be located on
the outer insulation of the 2 -conductor cable to flowmeter
05MFM01 and (S140)(1) would be located on one of the
conductors, which would represent terminal S140 in the control
panel and terminal 1 at the flowmeter
e Wires from motor control center I/O or PLC sections to individual
MCC units shall be labeled with the MCC equipment tag (MCC
terminal #)(I/O terminal #) — for example, 03TWP01(5)(C140) -
would represent pump 03TWP01 MCC unit wire landed on
terminal 5 in the MCC and landed on terminal C140 in the motor
control center I/O section
16120-7
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Use the proper high pressure compression tool for terminating indent type
compression connectors or terminations on conductors of size #8 AWG or larger
gauge Use an approved pliers or tool for crimping connectors for conductors of
size #10 AWG or smaller gauge
B Make splices or tap connections with filler, and tape that possess equivalent or
better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors being
connected. Insulate to same thickness as connectors being spliced or
connected
C Shielded cables used for analog signals shalt be terminated with not greater than
1 inch of conductor left outside the shield This applies to field wires entering the
panel for termination, and to panel conductors. Conductor twist shall be
maintained over the unshielded length to as close as possible to the point of
termination. Where the overall jacket is cut back to expose the individual
conductors, provide a heat shrink sleeve over the jacket, the signal, and the
shield (drain) conductors. Insulate the shield (drain) conductor where not
covered by the jacket or the sleeve Where shield (drain) conductors are not
terminated, cut the conductor even with the jacket so that it is covered by the
sleeve to prevent inadvertant contact with other devices, terminals, or conductors
in the panel.
D Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and
instructed by manufacturer, and in compliance with other Sections of Division 16
E. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform field quality -
control testing
B Test installation of wires and cables before electrical circuitry has been
energized
1. Test wire and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours
prior to energization of the system
2. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and
electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 3 2 Certify compliance
with test parameters.
3 Remove and replace conductors with visible damage on conductor
insulation ends due to installation in an incomplete or damaged conduit
system such as, but not limited to, missing bushings or burrs on conduit
ends.
C Correct malfunctioning conductors, cables, and connections at Project site,
where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and
replace with new materials and retest.
D Test Category 5e Horizontal UTP Cable for compliance to ANSI/TIA/EIA 568A,
ANSI/TIA/EIA TSB67, and ISO/IEC 11801 standards. Test with building electrical
systems powered on (i.e Lights, HVAC, etc.)
16120-8
1 Test each end-to-end link, utilizing 100Mhz sweep tests, for continuity,
polarity, NEXT, attenuation, installed length, wire map, impedance,
resistance, and ACR. Each cable shall be tested in both directions.
2. Testing device shall be a Level 2 testing instrument, re -calibrated within
the last six months, with the most current software revision based upon
the most current EIA/TIA testing guidelines, 100Mhz rated, capable of
storing and printing test records for each cable within the system.
Device shall be a LANCAT, Microtest, Fluke, or equal
3 Tests shall be conducted on cables terminated on a patch panel.
E. Test fiber cable on the reel upon delivery to the job site, again prior to installation,
and again after installation
1. Test all strands using a bi-directional end-to-end Optical Transmission
Loss Test Instrument (OTDR) trace performed per ANSI/TIA/EIA 455-61
or a bi-directional end-to-end power meter test performed per
ANSI/TIA/EIA 455-53A, and ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B.
2. Test at both 850 and 1300nm.
3 Test results shall conform to:
1) The criteria specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B
2) The criteria specified in IEEE 802 3z (1000Base-X
Gigabit Ethernet)
END OF SECTION
16120-9
SECTION 16130 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for
electrical wiring.
1. Raceways include the following
a. RMC.
b PRMC
c. EMT
d FMC.
e. LFMC.
f PVC
g. RTRC
h Wireways.
Surface raceways.
2. Boxes, enclosures, and cabinets include the following.
a. Device boxes
b Outlet boxes.
c. Pull and junction boxes.
d. Cabinets and hinged -cover enclosures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 16050 for raceway and box supports.
2. Section 16120 for conductors installed in raceways and boxes
3 Section 16140 for devices installed in boxes.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT Electrical metallic tubing.
B FMC Flexible metal conduit.
C LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
16130-1
D RMC: Rigid metal conduit.
E. PRMC PVC coated rigid metal conduit.
F PVC Rigid polyvinyl chloride conduit.
G RTRC. Reinforced thermosetting Resin Conduit (Fiberglass).
H NPT. National Pipe Thread
NEMA. National Electrical Manufacturers Association
J ANSI. American National Standards Institute
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 Paragraph 1 7
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction
elements to ensure adequate headroom, working clearance, and access.
B Coordinate conduit stub up locations with approved equipment shop drawing
submittals prior to locating conduit stub ups in the slab Locate conduit stub ups
per equipment manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of the
Plans and Specifications
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A. RMC'
1 Conduit: Hot dipped galvanized steel with threaded ends meeting ANSI
C80 1
2. Couplings. unsplit, NPT threaded steel cylinders with galvanizing equal
to the conduit.
3 Nipples. same as conduit, factory made through eight inches, no running
threads.
B PRMC (PVC -Coated Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings). NEMA RN 1.
1 Minimum 40 mil exterior PVC coating, and 2 mil interior urethane coating
2. Manufacturers.
a. RobRoy Industries
b Thomas & Betts Ocal
c KorKap
16130-2
C EMT
1 Conduit: Galvanized steel tubing meeting ANSI C80.3
2 Couplings. steel, cast iron, or malleable iron compression type
employing a split, corrugated ring and tightening nut, with integral
bushings and locknuts. No indent or setscrew type.
D. FMC
1 Conduit: flexible, galvanized steel convolutions forming a continuous
raceway.
2 Connectors: galvanized steel, screw in or clamp style, approved for
grounding.
E. LFMC.
1. Conduit: flexible, galvanized steel convolutions forming a continuous
raceway, covered by a liquid tight PVC layer' Electri-Flex Type LA or
American Sealtite, Type UA. The use of thinwall conduit is not permitted
2. Connectors. Hot -Dip galvanized steel or hot -dip galvanized malleable
iron, screw in ferrule which covers the end of the conduit inside and out,
insulated throat, approved for grounding Provide with gland nut with
integral ground lug for connectors to motors rated 10 horsepower and
larger. O-Z/Gedney Type 4Q series, or approved equal.
2.2 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (RNC)
A. Rigid nonmetallic conduit (RNC) includes PVC and RTRC per NEC Article 352
(Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride Conduit: Type PVC) and NEC Article 355 (Reinforced
thermosetting Resin Conduit: Type RTRC) and as follows.
PVC:
a. NEMA TC 2, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC.
b Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduit/tubing type
and material.
2. RTRC-
a. NEMA TC 14
b UL 1684
2.3 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES
A. Concealed in dry indoor locations, flush mounted in walls Stamped steel, deep
drawn one piece (without welds or tab connections), galvanized, with knockouts
for conduit or connector entrance, meeting NEMA OS 1, and with plaster or
extension rings to suit construction and application.
B. Exposed dry locations which are not hazardous or are not in process areas.
Stamped steel, deep drawn one piece (without welds or tab connections),
galvanized, with knockouts for conduit or connector entrance, meeting NEMA OS
1 Boxes 6"x6"x4" or larger may be code gauge fabricated steel continuously
16130-3
welded at seams and painted after fabrication Covers shall be of the same
material and finish as the device box.
C Exposed outdoors, below grade, wet locations, or exposed in indoor locations in
process areas which are not hazardous galvanized, cast iron alloy box, one
piece, with threaded holes or hubs, integral mounting Tugs and with neoprene
gaskets and galvanized cast iron alloy cover (covers shall be of the same
material and finish as the device box)
D Exposed corrosive locations. PVC coated cast iron or stainless steel boxes with
threaded hubs, integral mounting lugs and PVC coated covers. Covers shall be
of the same material and finish as the device box.
E. Exposed hazardous locations (whether dry, wet, or corrosive). explosion proof,
galvanized, cast iron alloy box, one piece, with threaded holes or hubs, integral
mounting Tugs and with neoprene gaskets and galvanized cast iron alloy cover
Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box.
2.4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Concealed in dry indoor locations, flush mounted in walls. Stamped steel, deep
drawn one piece (without welds or tab connections), galvanized, with knockouts
for conduit or connector entrance, meeting NEMA OS 1, and with plaster or
extension rings to suit construction and application
B. Exposed dry locations which are not hazardous or are not process areas
Stamped steel, deep drawn one piece (without welds or tab connections),
galvanized, with knockouts for conduit or connector entrance, meeting NEMA OS
1. Boxes 6"x6"x4" or larger may be code gauge fabricated steel continuously
welded at seams and painted after fabrication Covers shall be of the same
material and finish as the device box.
C Exposed outdoors, below grade, wet locations, or exposed in indoor locations in
process areas which are not hazardous. Cast -Metal Boxes meeting NEMA FB 1,
with gasketed screw down cover Boxes 6"x6"x4" or larger may be code gauge
fabricated stainless steel continuously welded at seams and with rubber
gasketed covers Hoffman or equal. Covers shall be of the same material and
finish as the device box. Device boxes associated with control stations shall be
the same material as the disconnect switch and control station enclosure.
D Exposed corrosive locations PVC coated cast iron or stainless steel boxes with
threaded hubs, integral mounting lugs and PVC coated covers.
E. Exposed hazardous Locations. locations (whether dry, wet, or corrosive).
explosion proof, galvanized, cast iron alloy box, one piece, with threaded holes or
hubs, integral mounting Tugs and with neoprene gaskets and galvanized cast iron
alloy cover. Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the device box.
F. Underground circuits. In accordance with the Washington State Department of
Transportation's Standard Plan No. J-11 a, Design B.
G Communication circuits (CAT 5E cable): Conduit bodies are not permitted
Junction boxes shall be sized as follows:
Maximum Trade
Size of Conduit
Box Size
Width Length Depth
For Each Additional
Conduit Increase
Width
16130-4
1"
1-3/4'
1–'/2'
2"
4" 16" 3„
6" 20" 3"
8" 27" 4"
8" 36" 4"
2"
3"
4"
5"
2.5 MAINTENANCE/PULL HOLES
A. Precast concrete structures with preformed knockout holes for conduit entrance
1 One-piece, reinforced cast cement concrete with minimum compressive
strength of 6,000 psi and suitable reinforcing for the size and
construction.
2. Minimum wall thickness 3 inches.
3. Access provided by cast iron round covers traffic rated for H2O loading.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS
1. NEMA FB 1, compatible with conduit/tubing materials.
2. Deep socket PVC coupling for connecting RTRC to PVC conduit runs.
3. Conduit bodies shall be cast or malleable iron, hot dipped galvanized.
Covers shall be of the same material and finish as the fitting Appleton,
Crouse Hinds, OZ Gedney, or equal.
4. Conduit bushings shall be malleable iron. Locknuts and sealing Iocknuts
in sizes smaller than 2 %" shall be steel. Locknuts and sealing Iocknuts
in sizes 2 1/2" and larger shall be malleable iron. Appleton, Cooper
Crouse Hinds, OZ Gedney, Thomas Betts or equal
5 Conduit sealing bushings shall be OZ Gedney Type CSM series.
Cabinet sealing bushing shall be OZ Gedney Type GRK.
6 Conduit sealing fittings, drains and breathers shall be OZ Gedney Type
EY and DB, or equal Appleton or Crouse Hinds
7 Through wall and floor seals shall be OZ Gedney FS and WS series.
8 Cord grip connectors shall be OZ Gedney CGA, or equal Appleton or
Crouse Hinds.
9 External Cable Grip (Kellum's Grip). Woven wire mesh type made of
high-strength galvanized or stainless steel wire strand and matched to
cable diameter and with attachment provision designed for the
corresponding connector
10. Conduit spacers for direct buried or encased in concrete raceways shall
be Underground Devices, Inc. "Wunpeece Spacers" or equal
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces and spaces to receive raceways, boxes, enclosures, and
cabinets for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
16130-5
performance of raceway installation Do not proceed with installation until
unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected
3.2 WIRING METHODS
A. Install RMC or PRMC unless other raceways are shown on the Contract
Documents, are required by Code, or are permitted under these specifications.
B Where the manufacturer of equipment provided by the Contractor recommends
or requires RMC for circuits associated with the equipment, provide RMC or
PRMC for the entire circuit, even if other conduit types would otherwise be
permitted under these specifications.
C. Indoors. Use the following wiring methods:
1 Exposed raceway runs in non -process areas which are dry and above
grade. EMT or RMC.
2. Exposed in process areas: RMC or PRMC
3 Exposed in corrosive areas. PRMC
4. Exposed Wet or below grade Locations RMC or PRMC
5 Concealed
a. in wood frame walls. EMT or RMC.
b in masonry walls. RNC or RMC.
c. in concrete slab or walls or ceilings surrounded by dry areas or in
slabs above basements which are not corrosive. PRMC, RMC,
or RNC.
d in concrete slab floors or walls or ceilings in contact with earth,
water containing tank walls or corrosive areas PRMC or RNC
e below slab -on -grade floors PRMC, RMC or RNC
1) Use PRMC for underground circuits where metal conduit
(RMC) is indicated on the Plans. RMC may be used for
indoor underground circuits where specifically noted the
Plans.
2) At stub up locations or other locations where the
raceway changes from buried to exposed conditions,
transition conduit as described in paragraph 3 3
6. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and
Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment).
FMC, except where RMC (or PRMC) is used, use LFMC. Do not use
flexible conduit in place of elbows, offsets, or fittings to attach to
equipment. See below for further requirements for the installation of
raceway terminations and connections using flexible connections.
D Outdoors. Use the following wiring methods.
1 Exposed. RMC or PRMC
16130-6
2. Exposed in corrosive locations: PRMC
3 Concealed in concrete slab: RNC or PRMC
4 Below slab -on -grade, or in earth (backfill) RNC, RMC or PRMC.
a. Use PRMC where metal conduit (RMC) is indicated on the Plans
for underground circuits. It is not permissible to use RMC in
outdoor below grade locations.
b At stub up locations and at entrances to buildings or other
locations where the raceway changes from buried to exposed
conditions, transition conduit as described in paragraph 3 3
5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment: LFMC Do not use flexible conduit in
place of elbows, offsets, or fittings to attach to equipment. See below for
further requirements for the installation of raceway terminations and
connections using flexible connections
E. Concrete encased ductbank: RNC, or PRMC
F. Comply with additional requirements of Section 16740 Paragraph 3 3 for
installation of raceways for communications circuits.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install raceways, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets as indicated, according to
manufacturer's written instructions Provide a raceway for each circuit indicated.
Do not gang raceway into wireways, pullboxes, junction boxes, etc., without
specific approval. Do not group home runs or circuits without approval of the
Owner
B. Minimum Raceway Size. 1 inch trade size for underground or imbedded circuits,
1 inch trade size for communications circuits, 3/4 inch trade size for other circuits.
C Provide PRMC or RTRC elbows for all RNC runs where conduit transitions
horizontally or vertically. Provide long radius elbows (sweeps) for conduit runs
containing VFD cables (sweeps shall also meet minimum bend radius
requirements of VFD cables) Where RTRC is used in PVC runs, provide elbows
with factory attached socket PVC couplings
D. Install conduit as a complete, continuous system without wires, mechanically
secure and electrically connected to all metal boxes, fittings and equipment.
Blank off all unused openings using factory made knockout seals.
E. Install conduit exposed unless shown otherwise on the Plans. Do not install
raceway in the slab or below grade/slab unless specifically shown on the Plans
as being installed in the slab or below grade/slab
F. Run parallel or banked raceways together, on common supports where practical.
Use factory elbows where elbows canbe installed parallel; otherwise, provide
field bends for banked raceways Make bends in parallel or banked runs from
same centerline to make bends parallel.
G. Wherever practical, route conduit with adjacent ductwork or piping and support
on common racks Base required strength of racks, hangers, and anchors on
combined weights of conduit and piping
16130-7
H Exposed Conduit Installation.
1. Install exposed raceways in lines parallel or perpendicular to the building
or structural members or the structure lines except where the structure is
not level Follow the surface contours as much as practical. Do not
install crossovers or offsets that can be avoided by installing the raceway
in a different sequence or a uniform line. Provide adequate headroom
2 Where several circuits follow a common route, stagger puliboxes or
fittings, or if shown grouped in one box, individually fireproof each
conduit.
3 Support exposed raceways as specified in Section 16050
a. Provide anchors, hangers, supports, clamps, etc. to support the
raceways from the structures in or on which they are installed.
Do not space supports further apart than ten feet.
b. Provide sufficient clearance to allow conduit to be added to
racks, hangers etc in the future
c Support raceway within three feet of every outlet box, junction
box, gutter, panel, fitting, etc.
d Raceway in "wet" areas shall have clamp backs (spacers) or
other appropriate spacers to hold them a minimum of inch off
the surface. Horizontal runs on the roof surface shall be blocked
at every 5 feet to hold them a minimum of 2 inches above roof
surface
Raceway concealed above ceilings, in furred spaces, under slab, embedded in
slab etc., which are normally inaccessible may be run at angles not parallel to the
building lines.
J. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or
hot-water pipes or other heat sources operating at temperatures above 40° C
(104° Fahrenheit) Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
K. Where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints, use suitable sliding
or offsetting expansion fittings. Unless specifically approved for bonding, use a
suitable bonding jumper For sizes one inch and smaller, a half -loop of flexible
conduit between boxes or fittings may be used
L. Install concealed raceway in wall or ceiling construction and/or place below the
slab in a shallow trench. Do not install conduit in slab unless shown to be
installed in slab on Contract Document drawings. The top of conduits installed in
the shallow trench shall be at least 3 inches below the bottom of the slab. Do not
run conduit just below the slab or at the edge of the slab Embed raceway in
masonry in the hollow core. Horizontal runs in the joint are not permitted
M. Where conduit is shown on the plans or called for to be embedded or run in
concrete walls, embed conduit in concrete walls or slabs a minimum of two
inches from the exterior of the concrete and between steel reinforcing mats or to
the center of the concrete with respect to the concrete It is not permissible for
conduit to be in direct contact with reinforcing mats.
1 Do not place conduit in concrete less than five inches thick.
16130-8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
2. Sizes larger than one inch are not permitted embedded in concrete
unless shown otherwise on the plans.
3. Conduit embedded in concrete may run at angles to the structure or slab
line
4. Crossovers in concrete are not permitted unless otherwise noted on the
Plans.
N Underground raceway runs
1. Run as straight as practicable Make changes in direction and/or grade
of sufficient length to allow a gradual change (three foot radius
minimum). Make slight offsets with five degree couplings.
2. Run trench true, and clear of stones or soft spots. Place three inches of
fine sand in the trench bottom and tamp into place. Provide preformed
plastic spacers on top of sand spaced five feet on center where more
than one conduit is placed in a trench. After the raceway is placed in the
trench, backfill to six inches above top of conduits with sand, then with
native earth backfill passing a No 8 sieve, free of stones. Do not tamp
on top of the conduit until the final backfill is placed Tamp or water
settle the final backfill to finish the grade Compact the backfill as
specified under Division 2.
3. Mark direct buried conduit by an underground line warning tape as
described in Section 16050.
4 Clean underground and embedded conduit two-inch size and above with
a wire brush or swab, followed by a mandrel not less than twelve inches
long and approximately one-quarter inch smaller in diameter than the
conduit internal diameter.
0. Where raceway exits from grade or concrete, provide the following.
1 For runs exiting from grade, slabs or encasement, transition to one of the
following for a minimum of 24" inches of raceway (including elbows)
before exiting and for vertical runs, a minimum of 3" beyond the exiting
point:
1) PRMC
2) RMC taped with a half lapped wrap of Scotchrap No 51
plastic tape (40 mil total thickness). The conduit shall be
wrapped a minimum of 3" above the exiting point and at
least 24" of raceway below the exiting point (at a
minimum, the rigid steel elbow and conduit located
at/above the exiting point shall be fully wrapped).
3) RMC coated with Kopper's Bitumastic No. 505
4) RTRC
2. Do not extend plastic conduit (PVC or RTRC) above grade, into
buildings, or equipment.
P. Stub -ups:
16130-9
1. Coordinate conduit stub up locations with approved equipment shop
drawing submittals prior to locating conduit stub ups in the slab Locate
conduit stub ups per equipment manufacturer's recommendations and
the requirements of the Plans and Specifications
2 Where conduits are stubbed up into switchgear, motor control centers,
floor standing switchboards, and similar open bottom equipment, do not
extend the conduit, including end fittings, more than 3 inches above the
bottom of the enclosure. Stub conduits to a uniform height (plus or
minus 1/8 inch) and align conduits within plus or minus 1/4 inch in rows
parallel or perpendicular to the building structure. Terminate conduit with
an insulating, grounding type bushing bonded to the ground bus of the
equipment.
3 Locate stub -ups directly under the enclosure access point or section
gutter into which the conductors they contain are to be routed.
4 Arrange stub -ups so that no curved portion of bends are visible above
the finished slab.
5 Protect stub -ups from damage where conduits rise through slabs or out
of wall by installing a steel bushing or coupling on the threaded end
before slab is poured
Q Bend and offset metal conduit with hickey or power bender, standard elbows,
conduit fittings or pull boxes Bending of PVC shall be by hot box bender and, for
PVC two inches in diameter and larger, expanding. plugs. Make elbows, offsets
and bends uniform and symmetrical. Make bends and offsets so ID is not
reduced Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets
parallel, unless otherwise indicated
R. Support conduit connections to motors or other equipment independently of the
motor or equipment. Rise or drop vertically to the nearest practicable point of
connection to the unit. Run vertical drops to the floor and fasten with a floor
flange Unsupported drops are not permitted Horizontal runs on the floor or on
equipment are not permitted. Drop or rise at the appropriate closest location.
Run conduit on equipment frames or supports to closely follow the contours of
the equipment. Locate conduit to maintain access to all equipment services and
adjustment points and so as not to interfere with operation of the equipment.
S Connect conduit to hubless enclosures, cabinets and boxes with double locknuts
and with insulating type bushings. Use grounding type bushings where
connecting to concentric or eccentric knockouts. Connect to enclosures, boxes
and devices from below in wet areas Make conduit connections to enclosures at
the nearest practicable point of entry to the enclosure area where the devices are
located to which the circuits contained in the conduit will connect.
T Penetrations for raceways
1 Do not bore holes in floor and ceiling joists outside center third of
member depth or within two feet of bearing points. Holes shall be one
inch diameter maximum.
2 Penetrate through building or structure wall or surfaces with a PVC or
sheet metal sleeve with at least'/4' greater interior diameter (ID) than
conduit exterior diameter (OD), set flush with walls, pack with fiberglass
and seal with silicone sealant and cover with escutcheon plate
16130-10
3. Penetrate through poured -in-place or below grade walls and free slabs,
with a sleeve Set sleeves flush with forms or edges of slab/wall. Pack
around conduit with fiberglass and seal with silicone sealant. For
penetrations below exterior grade, provide a floor or wall sealing fitting
on the interior of the building wall.
4. Penetrate through roofs with core drill hole 1/2 inch to 1 inch larger than
conduit, flash with neoprene, caulk conduit in place and seal with silicone
sealant under flashing Sleeve roof opening where non -concrete roof
construction occurs
U Raceway terminations and connections:
1. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and
make joints tight.
2. Make threaded connections waterproof and rustproof by application of a
watertight, conductive thread compound Clean threads of cutting oil
before applying thread compound.
3. PRMC. Use only fittings approved for use with that material. Patch all
nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits.
4. Make raceway terminations tight. Use bonding bushings or wedges at
connections subject to vibration. Use bonding jumpers where joints
cannot be made tight.
5 Cut ends of conduit square with hand or power saw or pipe cutter Ream
cut ends to remove burrs and sharp ends. Make conduit threads which
are cut in the field to have same effective length and same thread
dimensions and taper as specified for factory -cut threads.
6. Flexible Connections* Use maximum of 18 inches of flexible conduit for
equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement, such
as motors, transformers, generators or similar equipment or equipment
such as instruments which must be removed for service. Install flexible
conduit in a straight length Do not use flexible conduit in place of
elbows, offsets, or fittings to attach to fixed equipment such as panels,
enclosures or switches. With the Owner's approval, longer lengths of
flexible conduit may be used for connection to items of equipment which
require longer lengths for installation (i.e 2" conduits and larger) and
removal of the equipment for maintenance or replacement purposes.
Recessed and semi -recessed lighting fixtures may use up to 6 feet of
flexible conduit, or 11 feet of pre -manufactured lighting "whips" Use
liquid -tight flexible metal conduit in wet or damp locations Do not strap
flexible conduit to structures or other equipment.
7 Provide double locknuts and insulating bushings at conduit connections
to boxes and cabinets. Align raceways to enter squarely and install
locknuts with dished part against the box. Use grounding type bushings
where connecting to concentric or eccentric knockouts. In "wet" areas,
use locknuts of the sealing type, use Myers hubs or O-Z/Gedney rain
tight conduit hubs.
8 Connect conduits to enclosures at the location of the gutter or device to
which the contained conductors will be routed Route or stub conduits to
16130-11
motors and/or mechanical equipment directly to the connection and
locate as close as possible to equipment terminals
9. Where a device manufacturer requires a device or junction box to permit
multiple conduit entries into the device from a single conduit, provide the
device or junction box at no additional cost to the Owner
10 Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs, screw raceways or
fittings tightly into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection
shoulder Where chase nipples are used, align raceways so the coupling
is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are
exposed
11 Place conduits at panelboards in the rear line of knockouts where
possible. Install spare conduits from flush -mounted panels up to
accessible spaces. Install a minimum of one spare three-quarter inch
conduit for every three single -pole spare breakers or spaces, or fraction
thereof (three conduits minimum)
V Keep conduits clean and dry and close each end left exposed. When blowing
through conduits, cover electrical components installed in enclosures to avoid
blowing dirt or water into equipment. Use temporary closures to prevent foreign
matter from entering raceways.
W. Install pull wires in empty raceways and in empty innerduct. Use No. 14 AWG
zinc -coated steel or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 -Ib tensile
strength. Leave at least 8 inches of slack at each end of the pull wire
X. Seal interior of raceways around conductors at (1) hazardous locations, (2)
where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as the boundaries of air
conditioned, heated or refrigerated spaces and where conduits enter or exit
buildings from outdoor areas, including underground ducts or conduit runs or (3)
where otherwise required by NFPA 70
1 Methods used to seal interior of raceways around conductors shall be as
follows.
a. Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer's
written instructions Locate fittings at suitable, approved, and
accessible locations For hazardous locations, fill them with UL -
listed sealing compound. For non -hazardous areas, fill with
expansive foam or Ducseal For concealed raceways, install
each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a
finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Boxes that
have electrical devices installed (switches, receptacles etc.) shall
not be used in place of a dedicated steel box for installation of
the fitting that will house the sealing material.
b Seal conduits using expansive foam or Ducseal where conduits
enter through the bottom of motor control centers, switchboards,
panelboards and control panels.
c. Seal conduits using expansive foam or Ducseal for individual
items of equipment where it is not practical to install raceway
seal fittings such as building mounted lighting fixtures and
convenience receptacles.
16130-12
11
1
i
1
A
1
1
e
7
1
1
r
1
d. As otherwise required by NFPA 70
Y. Surface Raceways: Install a separate, green, ground conductor in raceways
from junction box supplying the raceways to receptacle or fixture ground
terminals.
1. Select each surface raceway outlet box, to which a lighting fixture is
attached, of sufficient diameter to provide a seat for the fixture canopy
2. Provide surface metal raceway outlet box, and the backplate and
canopy, at the feed -in location of each fluorescent lighting fixture having
end -stem suspension.
Z. Device and Outlet Boxes
1. Coordinate box locations with building surfaces and finishes to avoid
bridging wainscots, joints, finish changes, etc.
2. Recess boxes in the wall, floor, and ceiling surfaces in finished areas or
where noted on the Plans Set boxes plumb, level, square and flush with
finished building surfaces within one -sixteenth inch for each condition.
Set boxes so that box openings in building surfaces are within one-eighth
inch of edge of material cut-out and fill tight to box with building
materials. Boxes shall be backed with box supports (Caddy Model
TSGB, SGB, steel or wood stud backers) that span a minimum of two
studs or joists to prevent rotation on studs or joists and to prevent
twisting or deflection during wall, ceiling, or floor surface material
installation The use of supports that do not span a minimum of two studs
are not permitted without permission from the Owner Provide
attachments to withstand a force of one -hundred pounds applied
vertically or horizontally.
3 Use gang boxes in indoor areas wherever more than one device is used
at one location. In wet, corrosive or hazardous areas, use multiple
double gang boxes.
4. Boxes in wet areas shall be surface mounted on channel iron stanchions
or set with spacers on walls and shall be attached with clamps or feet
(drilling or punching enclosure to mount through side of box or enclosure
is not permitted), and they shall have all conduit connections from below
arranged to drain moisture away with suitable EYD drains installed at the
bottom. It is not permissible to install conduits into the top and side of the
boxes at exterior locations unless otherwise noted on Plans.
5 Attach exposed (surface mounted) boxes to building structure with a
minimum of two fasteners. Provide attachments to withstand a force of
one -hundred pounds applied vertically or horizontally.
6 Set exposed device boxes four feet above the finished floor to top of the
box unless otherwise noted on the Plans
7. Set exposed boxes for lighting switches at 44 inches above the finished
floor and within one foot of the door opening on the strike or lock side of
the door or on the side closing last.
8. Set recessed boxes at the following heights to the bottom of the box,
except where noted otherwise
16130-13
a. convenience outlet receptacles in finished areas at sixteen
inches,
b. lighting switches, dimmers, etc. at forty-four inches above floor
and within one foot of the door opening on the strike or lock side
of the door or on the side closing last.
c. wall mounted telephones at sixty inches above floor
d Place boxes for outlets on cabinets, countertops, shelves, and
similar electrical boxes located above countertops two inches
above the finished surface or two inches above the back splash.
Verify size, style, and location with the supplier or installer of
these items before installation
9 Arrange boxes used in wet areas to drain moisture away from devices or
enclosures for equipment and make conduit connections from below
10 Set floor boxes level and adjust to finished floor surface.
AA. Install pullboxes for underground raceway systems true to line and grade
Provide a compacted foundation of fine sand or three-eighths minus crushed
rock for the bearing surface edges of the pullboxes.
BB Install wall or surface mounted enclosures and cabinets plumb Support at each
corner.
CC Conduit entrances into communications junction boxes may be made from two
parallel sides only (Conduit entrances in perpendicular sides are not
acceptable) No cable may be routed to exit and enter the same side of the
junction box. All cables must be routed from one side of the junction box to the
opposite side Cable routed so that the cable bend radius is less than the
minimum bend radius allowed is not permitted
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Provide protection and maintain ambient conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Owner, that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are without
damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended
by manufacturer
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
3.5 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect
exposed finish Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged
finish, including chips, scratches, and abrasions
END OF SECTION
16130-14
1
1
1
i
t
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 16140 – WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes various types of receptacles, connectors, switches, and
finish plates.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. No submittals are required.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance
PART 2 — MATERIALS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include the
following:
1 Wiring Devices.
a. Cooper Wiring Devices.
b. Bryant Electric, Inc.
c. Hubbell Inc
d Killark Electrical Mfg. Co.
e. Leviton Mfg Co , Inc
f. Pass & Seymour/Legrand
g Crouse -Hinds
h Paragon
Mulberry
j. Square -D
2.2 WIRING DEVICES
A. Comply with NEMA Standard WD 1 "General Color Requirements for Wiring
Devices" and NEMA Standard WD 6, "Wiring Devices – Dimensional
Specifications"
16140-1
B. Enclosures. NEMA 1 equivalent, except as otherwise indicated.
C. Color Ivory except as otherwise indicated or required by Code.
D. Receptacles, Straight -Blade and Locking Type Except as otherwise indicated,
comply with Federal Specification W -C-596 and heavy-duty grade of UL
Standard 498, "Electrical Attachment Plugs and Receptacles." Provide NRTL
labeling of devices to verify compliance
1 General purpose Convenience Outlets
a. Duplex receptacle configuration
b Nylon face
c. Staked screw terminals for line, neutral, and ground connections.
d Provisions for split bus
e NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R
2. Special Purpose Receptacles
a. Staked screw terminals for line, neutral, and ground connections
b NEMA configuration as indicated
E. Receptacles, Straight—Blade, Special Features Comply with the basic
requirements specified above for straight -blade receptacles of the class and type
indicated, and with the following additional requirements.
1. Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Receptacles. UL Standard 943,
"Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters," with integral NEMA 5-20R duplex
receptacle arranged to protect only the connected receptacle and no
other receptacles connected on the same circuit.
F. Receptacles, Industrial Heavy -Duty: Conform to NEMA Standard PK 4 "Plugs,
Receptacles, and Cable Connectors of the Pin and Sleeve Type for Industrial
Use"
G. Pendant Cord/Connector Devices. Matching, locking type, plug and plug
receptacle body connector, NEMA L5 -20P and L5 -20R, heavy-duty grade
1 Bodies. Nylon with screw -open cable -gripping jaws and provision for
attaching external cable grip.
2 External Cable Grip. Woven wire mesh type made of high-strength
stainless or galvanized -steel wire strand and matched to cable diameter
and with attachment provision designed for the corresponding connector
H. Snap Switches: Quiet—type AC switches, NRTL listed and labeled as complying
with UL Standard 20 "General Use Snap Switches," and with Federal
Specification W—S-896
1 Lighting Switches: 120/277V ac only, rated 20 amperes.
2. Motor rated switches. horsepower rated for application indicated
Photocells.
16140-2
1. Three wire devices with adjustable aperture or lighting level operation
where directly controlling lighting fixtures or interfacing. to 120 VAC
circuits. They shall be designed for conduit box mounting. They shall
have outputs rated 120 volt, 20 amps. Tork, Crouse -Hinds, or equal.
J. Lighting Contactors. electrically operated with 120 volt coils. Contacts shall be
silver -cadmium oxide double break type rated 20 amperes, and shall be field
convertible to either normally open or normally closed Square -D Type L, or
equal
K. Wall Plates. Single and combination types that mate and match with
corresponding wiring devices. Features include the following
1
Color: Matches wiring device except as otherwise indicated.
2. Plate–Securing Screws. Metal with heads colored to match plate finish.
3 For Architecturally finished areas with concealed electrical construction.
Stainless steel, except as otherwise indicated.
4 For Architecturally finished areas with exposed electrical construction
Stainless steel.
5 For non -architecturally finished areas, in process equipment areas, or
electrical rooms: Stainless steel.
L. Weatherproof exterior receptacle device covers shall be constructed entirely of
cast aluminum material. The cover which encloses the cord set shall be opaque
gray. Product shall be INTERMATIC Model WP1010MC or equal
M Device Box Covers Cast iron to match box to which installed
N. Door Security Switch
1 Magnetic door switch (for intrusion at building doors) GE model number
1078 or equal
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Except as otherwise indicated on Plans, surface mount, with long dimension
vertical. Mount with grounding terminal of receptacles on bottom.
B.
Arrangement of Devices:
1 Group adjacent switches in common boxes under single, multigang
cover plates.
2. See Section 16130 for mounting height of devices.
3. Verify locations of outlets and switches in cabinetry with cabinet supplier
and cabinetry shop drawings prior to installation
C. Install switches with the "Off' position down. Install three and four way switches
so the load is de -energized when all switch handles are down.
16140-3
D. Connect phase, neutral, and grounding wires to devices with full loops around
screws installed to tighten with tightening of the screw. The use of push -in
terminals are not acceptable Trim insulation to within one-eighth inch of screw
terminal
E. Surface mounted devices and wall plates: Install devices and assemblies plumb,
level and secure
F Flush mounted devices and wall plates.
1 Provide spacers on device screws to flush yokes or flanges to surface of
wall within 1/16 inch where boxes are not flush with the wall surface.
2. Protect devices and assemblies during painting
3. Install wall plates after painting is complete Install with an alignment
tolerance of 1/16 inch to plumb. Install at flush mounted devices so that
all four edges are in continuous contact with finished wall surface without
the use of mats or similar devices. Do not use plaster fillings.
G. Use corrosion resistant devices outdoors
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Connect receptacle or switch ground lug to device box.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Acceptance Testing
1 Test wiring devices for proper connections, polarity and ground
continuity Perform this testing with testing equipment designed for
testing polarity and connections
2. Operate each operable device at least 6 times.
3 Test ground -fault circuit interrupter operation with local fault simulations,
using a tester designed for such testing, and according to manufacturer
recommendations. Testing with integral test switches on the receptacle
is not sufficient for this testing
B. Replace damaged or defective components, and retest.
3.4 CLEANING
A. General. Internally clean devices, device outlet boxes, and enclosures Replace
stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices.
END OF SECTION
16140-4
A
1
1
r
1
J
1
r
1
1
1
t
1
SECTION 16230 – GENERATOR ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes one packaged engine generator set rated 400 kW The
generator size described in this specification and as shown on the Contract
Drawings is the minimum size that is to be provided on this project. The engine
generator shall be sized to successfully run the connected loads and start the
largest load with other Toads connected and operating as described in the
System Description in this specification. If the Contractor requires a larger
generator than what is specified to meet the starting capability for the loads, the
Contractor shall provide a generator sized to meet the starting requirements
(including increases in circuit breaker, conduit and conductor sizes) at no
additional cost to the Owner
B Each engine generator set shall have the following features and accessories
unless otherwise noted.
1 Air-intake filter silencer.
2. Battery charger.
3. Starting battery
4 Block heater.
5. One output circuit breaker with tap block or circuit breaker with lugs
capable of accepting quantity of conductors as shown on one line
diagram. Circuit breakers for the generator shall have circuit breakers on
the engine generator which are capable of being selectively coordinated
with all new Toad side circuit breakers per 2008 NEC Article 701 18
6. Set -mounted Control Panel
7 Muffler.
8 Weatherproof Enclosure.
9 Sub -base fuel tank.
C Related Sections include the following
1. Division 16 Section "Control Panels" for wiring in the set mounted control
panel.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Standby Rating Power output rating equal to the power the generator set
delivers continuously under normally varying load factors for the duration of a
power outage.
16230-1
B Power Output Rating' Gross electrical power output of generator set minus total
power requirements of electric motor -driven cooling fan and pump, and other
auxiliary loads related to generator set operation
C. Steady -State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within
the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hz or cycles per second
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Unit rated at 0.8 power factor and 277Y/480 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hz while
operating at sea level to 500 feet in an ambient temperature range of 0 degrees
F. to 104 degrees F.
B Starting capability suitable for each of the following conditions (separately) with a
voltage dip resulting in a supplied voltage of not less than eighty percent of
nominal, or the voltage required by the control equipment supplied by the
Contractor, whichever is higher
1 One 50 HP motor across the line with 300 kVA of miscellaneous load on
before starting.
2 One 25 HP motor on a VFD with 300 kVA of miscellaneous load on
before starting
C Steady State Voltage Regulation 4 percent of rated output voltage from no Toad
to full load.
D Steady -State Voltage Modulation Frequency: Less than one Hz.
E Transient Voltage Performance Not more than 10 percent variation for 50
percent step -load increase or decrease Voltage recovers to remain within the
steady-state operating band within 2 seconds.
F Steady -State Frequency Regulation' 0 5 percent of rated frequency from no load
to full load
G Steady -State Frequency Stability' When system is operating at any constant
load within the rated load, there are no random speed variations outside the
steady-state operational band and no hunting or surging of speed
H Transient Frequency Performance. Less than 2 -Hz variation for a 50 percent
step -load increase or decrease Frequency recovers to remain within the steady-
state operating band within 3 seconds
Output Waveform At no Toad, harmonic content measured line -to -line or line -to -
neutral does not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics The
telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, does not
exceed 50
J. Sustained Short -Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at the system
output terminals, the system will supply a minimum of 250 percent of rated full -
load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically,
without damage to any generator system component.
K. Temperature Rise of Generator Within limits permitted by NEMA MG 1 when
operating continuously at full -rated load.
16230-2
w
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
L. Starting Time. Maximum total time period for a cold start, with ambient
temperature at the low end of the specified range, is 10 seconds. Time period
includes output voltage and frequency settlement within specified steady-state
bands.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under the provisions of Section 01300
B Product Data. For each generator set and component.
1 Include data on features, components, ratings, and performance,
including , but not limited to:
a. Overall dimensions of system.
b. Make of engine
c. Number of cylinders
d. Bore, in inches
e Stroke, in inches
f Piston displacement, in cubic inches.
g. Number and type of crankshaft bearings
h. Lubrication oil consumption.
Catalog data for governor.
Rating and catalog data for jacket water heater.
k. Engine horsepower at rated Toad.
Fuel consumption at 1/4, 1/2, 3/ and full load.
m. Make and type of generator
n. Generator electrical rating (kVA, reactances, time constants,
temperature rise, etc.)
o. Exciter type and drive.
p. Voltage regulator type, make, model and wiring diagram
2. Include dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine
generator set and other system components.
3. Foundation requirements for the set.
4. Tabulations (bill of materials) of components
5 Vibration isolator drawings and seismic certification from manufacturer
for IBC seismic zone (per paragraph 1 8 B of this section).
C. Shop Drawings Include the following:
16230-3
1 Contractor prepared installation plan drawing (similar to Contract
Document drawings in scale and scope — CAD background for building
plan is available from Engineer) showing the position of the unit in the
structure and the placement of connections, penetrations, and
attachments to the structure including vibration isolators, exhaust, fuel
and water connections, exhaust stack, power and control connections
2. Interconnecting and wiring diagrams
D Factory Test Reports. Provide certified copies of factory tests on the engine and
the generator Show fuel flow, horsepower, exhaust temperature, and other
pertinent information on the test results. Include ratings such as winding
resistance, impedance, temperature rise, etc., on the test report.
E. Field Test Reports. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
manufacturer's published standards and performance requirements
F Operation and Maintenance Data. to include in the maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance
B. Source Limitations. Obtain engine generator set and auxiliary components from
a single manufacturer with responsibility for entire system Furnish a
representative product built from components that have proven reliable and
compatible with each other and are coordinated to operate as a unit as
evidenced by records of prototype testing
C Comply with NFPA 70
D. Comply with UL 2200 (Standard for Safety — Stationary Engine Generator
Assemblies) Generator shall be UL 2200 listed
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver engine generator set and system components to their final locations in
protective wrappings, containers, and other protection that will exclude dirt and
moisture and prevent damage from construction operations. Remove protection
only after equipment is safe from such hazards. Field repair of material or
equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction damage by
other trades is not acceptable
1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Engine generator system is designed,
engineered, and rated to withstand the following environmental conditions
without mechanical or electrical damage or degradation of performance
capability.
1 Ambient Temperature: -25° C to 45° C
2. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95 percent.
3 Altitude Sea level to 1500 feet.
16230-4
1
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
l
1
1
1
M
B Unusual Service Conditions. Engine generator equipment and installation is
required to operate in the following conditions.
1 Applicable seismic risk zone location as defined in the International
Building Code.
1.9 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials
1. Furnish extra materials for each generator as described below that
match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for
storage, and are identified with labels describing contents
a. Manufacturer's recommended spare parts plus*
1) Fuses 1 for every 10 of each type and rating, but not
less than 1 of each.
2) Indicator Lamps: 2 for every 6 of each type used, but
not less than 2 of each.
3) Filters. One set each of lubricating oil, fuel, and
combustion air filters
4) One complete replacement set of belts.
5) One complete set, special tools for engine or generator.
6) Touch-up paint, one quart minimum in aerosol spray
cans.
b. Provide spare parts in a suitably boxed moisture -proof
containers and stored in a sturdy painted wooden chest marked
"STANDBY GENERATOR SPARES", and deliver to the Owner
Include in the chest the supplier's / manufacturer's name and the
model number of the generator set.
B Maintenance Service Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide 24 months'
full maintenance by skilled employees of the manufacturer's designated service
organization. Include routine preventive maintenance as recommended by
manufacturer and adjusting as required for proper operation Include quarterly
inspection and exercising to check for defects and for proper starting, load
transfer, and running under load Include annual load bank test equal to
acceptance testing Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and
installation of original equipment, to complete all service to support all factory
warranty requirements with written reports to the Owner upon completion of each
visit.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers
1. Onan (Cummins)
16230-5
2.2 ENGINE
A. Features.
1. Four-stroke cycle diesel engine of either vertical in-line or V -type suitable
for operation on #2 diesel fuel.
2 Maximum continuous power output capacity of the engine shall not be
less than 1 5 bhp/kW of generator set rating at 1800 (synchronous) rpm,
at the job site altitude and with all accessory loads as operating at the job
site deducted from the rating, including alternator, water pump, exhaust
system, etc.
3 Engine speed governed by a full hydraulic or isochronous electronic
governor
a. Maintain governed speed within 1.8 cycles of 60 cycles per
second from no-load to full -load generator output
b. Maintain frequency at any constant load, including no-load,
within a steady-state band width of plus or minus 0.25 percent of
rated frequency.
c Frequency modulation (defined as the number of times that the
frequency varies from the average frequency in cyclic manner)
does not exceed one cycle per second
B Components
1 Fuel pump. sufficient to meet full fuel flow requirements of engine
generator set while pumping fuel from a remote fuel tank. The fuel pump
shall be capable of meeting these requirements including suction lift as
required for the actual elevation of the generator set and remote fuel tank
and dynamic flow losses in the fuel supply line
2. Oil pump: gear -type lubricating oil pump for supplying oil under pressure
to main bearings, crankpin bearings, pistons, piston pins, timing gears,
camshaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism
3. Oil filters. Full flow oil filters conveniently located for servicing, and
equipped with a spring-loaded bypass valve to insure oil circulation if
filters are clogged
4 Cylinder Liners. removable, wet or dry type cylinder liners of close -
grained alloy iron.
5. Air Cleaner: one or more dry type air cleaners.
6. Electric starter sufficient to start the engine within ten seconds of call to
start
7. Cooling System sufficient to cool the engine when the generator set is
delivering full -rated load in an ambient temperature of 104 degrees
Fahrenheit.
a. Engine -driven, centrifugal -type water circulating pump
b Thermostatic valve
16230-6
c. Heat exchanger (radiator)
8. Block Heater: engine -mounted, thermostatically controlled immersion -
type engine coolant heater to ensure a minimum coolant temperature of
120 degrees Fahrenheit. The block heater shall be suitable for being
supplied at 480 VAC, three phase. The Contractor shall revise the
branch circuit and circuit breaker as required to coordinate with the block
heater actually provided
9. Batteries 24 volt DC (12 volt batteries in series) lead acid batteries of
sufficient capacity for cranking the engine a minimum of four times for at
least 30 seconds at firing speed without recharging Batteries are
mounted in an earthquake -proof rack on the skid or set frame or
approved separate locations with connections provided.
10 Battery charger: Silicone rectifier static type, self -regulated with high
current and full float operation with a filtered output. Ten ampere DC high
current charging rate when the battery voltage is below the "float voltage
setpoint". Full floating charging when voltage is above the setpoint.
Battery charger operates from 277 VAC The charger is complete with
voltmeter, ammeter, charging rheostat, automatic equalizing timer and
low battery voltage alarm
2.3 GENERATOR
A. Four -pole, revolving field generator
1. Enclosure is of drip -proof construction
2. Insulation Class H
3. 2/3 pitch windings.
4 Wiring is 12 -lead, re -connectable, for 3-phase, 4 wire, 480Y/277V, 60 Hz
operation.
B. Voltage regulator: solid state, maximum regulation ±2 percent - NO LOAD TO
FULL LOAD
2.4 GENERATOR SET CONTROL PANEL
A. Control panel is of the deadfront type, vibration mounted on the housing.
B. Operates at 24 volts direct current from the generator/battery electrical system
C Control Panel includes the following functions/devices:
1 Automatic starting system.
a. Provides four cranking and three reset periods
b. Operation is automatically initiated by the closing of contacts in
the automatic transfer control circuit.
c. Alarm and dry contact output which is energized if the engine
has not started by the end of the final cranking cycle.
2. Indicating and alarm lights for:
16230-7
a. RUN
b. LOW COOLANT LEVEL
c. HIGH ENGINE TEMP
d LOW OIL PRESSURE
e OVERSPEED
f OVERCRANK.
g. LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE
h BATTERY CHARGER MALFUNCTION
LOW COOLANT TEMPERATURE
j. NOT IN AUTO
k. LOW FUEL LEVEL
FUEL LEAK - FUEL TANK
m FUEL LEAK - FUEL TRANSFER SUMP
3 AC voltmeter and switch (Phase 1-2, 2-3, 3-1, and OFF)
4. AC ammeter and switch (Phase 1, 2, 3, and OFF).
5 Frequency meter (55-65 Hz)
6 Engine "AUTO -OFF -MANUAL" control selector switch
7 Lube oil pressure gauge
8 Coolant temperature gauge.
9 Running time meter
10. Generator field protection circuit breaker.
11 Emergency shutdown button/switch
12. Time -delay -relay to permit operation at "NO-LOAD" after re -transfer of
load to normal source
13 Automatic safety controls which shut down the engine on*
a. high engine or jacket water temperature
b. low coolant level
c. low lubricating oil pressure
d engine overspeed.
14. Separate contacts for transmission of signals to remote location
a. 2 separate dry contacts for generator run one N/O and one N/C
16230-8
r
1
1
b 2 separate dry
N/C.
c. 2 separate dry
one N/C
d 2 separate dry
and one N/C.
e. 2 separate dry
N/C
f. 2 separate dry
one N/C
15.
contacts for generator alarm. one N/O and one
contacts for generator fuel low level one N/O and
contacts for generator fuel high lever one N/O
contacts for generator fuel leak: one N/O and one
contacts for generator battery low: one N/O and
D Network Interface Module — shall provide Modbus/TCP communications over
Ethernet communications cabling. The Network Interface Module system shall
provide the status, indication, and measurements listed in section C
1. If the controls output is Modbus/RTU, provide a suitable Modbus/RTU to
Modbus/TCP converter in the Generator Set Control Panel.
2. Provide a 3" x 5" space in the control panel to mount a workstation outlet
for the Ethernet communications cable
E. Control wiring meets the specifications for Division 16 Section 16940 "CONTROL
PAN ELS".
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Sub -base. fabricated steel sub -base for mounting the engine generator unit on a
concrete foundation.
1 include seismically certified spring vibration isolators (Korfund or equal)
between the unit and the concrete foundation Non -spring isolators are
not acceptable and will be rejected
2. Vibration isolation efficiency 99 percent at 1800 rpm.
B. Exhaust Silencer: critical rated, welded steel exhaust silencer
1 Finish complying with operating temperature to 1000 degrees F
2 Sufficiently sized to ensure against loss of power due to excessive back
pressure in accordance with engine manufacturers recommendations,
including tailpipe sizing verification Include a drain plug and drip leg in
exhaust piping to protect engine
3 Manufactured by Kittle, Maxim, or equal.
C. Exhaust connection stainless steel flexible exhaust connection at least two feet
long with an exhaust water condensate trap. Provide flapper rain cap on end of
exhaust stack.
D. Sub -base fuel tank: suitable for #2 diesel fuel.
16230-9
1 Capacity for 24 hours of full load operation.
2. Overflow basin.
3 Vent piping to building exterior
4. Fuel fill connection on tank.
5. Level lndicator.
6. Low fuel level float and contacts
7. Fuel leak detection system for transmission of low fuel and fuel leak
alarms to set control panel and/or remote annunciator
E. Weatherproof enclosure Provide a manufacturer's standard weatherproof
enclosure
2.6 FINISH
A. The entire standby generator set and accessories shall be factory painted with
heat -resistant enamel paint and primer Gen -set manufacturer shall provide
appropriate epoxy/polyurethane coating system for high heat conditions.
1 Metal shall be cleaned, primed, and finish painted with a minimum of two
coats of manufacturer's standard color
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Test: Test assembled sets at the factory prior to shipment to the job site
1 Advise the Engineer of the test date well in advance so that it may be
witnessed if desired.
2 Perform manufacturer's standard factory tests.
3 Test for a minimum of four hours at full load.
4 Record voltage, frequency, amperage, engine temperature, generator
temperature, lube oil pressure, etc., during the test.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install the complete set per the manufacturer's installation instructions.
1 Anchor the set to concrete housekeeping base or pad
2. Install accessories, including exhaust silencer, flexible exhaust
connections, batteries, battery charger
3 Make electrical connections between accessory items which are not
factory wired.
B. Maintain minimum workspace around unit and components per manufacturer's
installation shop drawings and NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
C. Provide a complete fill of lubricating oil
16230-10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
D. Provide a complete fill of anti -freeze (ethylene -glycol) and water to protect the
engine and heat exchanger cooling system to minus 25 degrees Fahrenheit.
A. Provide a complete fill of diesel fuel oil including topping up after testing i.e. leave
tank full when all testing is complete and accepted by Owner
B.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as
specified in Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
3.3 GROUNDING
A. Provide ground continuity to facility electrical ground system as indicated
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide services of a factory -authorized service representative to supervise
installation and connection of unit and to report results in writing.
B. Supervised Adjusting and Pretesting: Under supervision of a factory -authorized
service representative, pretest all system functions, operations, and protective
features Provide all instruments and equipment required for tests Adjust to
ensure operation is according to Specifications
C Perform Field testing of installed unit with temporary load bank.
1. System Integrity Tests: Methodically verify proper installation,
connection, and integrity of each element of engine generator system
before and during system operation Check for air, exhaust, and fluid
leaks
2. Voltage and Frequency Transient Stability Tests. Use recording
oscilloscope to measure voltage and frequency transients for 50 and 100
percent step -load increases and decreases and verify that performance
is as specified
D. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until
specified requirements are met.
3.5 GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL CONFIGURATION
A. After the Product Data Submittal is approved, the Engineer will provide the
appropriate IP address settings upon request.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust voltage and frequency output of set to nominal ratings
B. Adjust time response of control system to meet performance requirements.
3.7 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect engine generator set. Remove paint
splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up scratches and mars of finish
to match original finish
16230-11
END OF SECTION
16230-12
SECTION 16410 — ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes switches and circuit breakers, whether individually
mounted or group mounted in switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards,
and similar equipment.
B Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section.
1. Section 16140 for attachment plugs and receptacles, and snap switches
used for disconnect switches.
2. Section 16440 for panelboards containing circuit breakers
3. Section 16443 for switchboards containing circuit breakers
4. Section 16445 for motor control centers containing circuit breakers
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Product Data for disconnect switches, circuit breakers and
accessories specified in this Section This includes, but is not limited to'
1. nameplate ratings
2 mounting methods
3 For units which are standalone mounted include dimensioned plans
(showing available conduit entry locations), sections, and elevations.
4. Enclosures which will not accept the quantities and sizes of conduits as
shown on the Contract Plans will be rejected
5. Lugs or connections for switches and circuit breakers which are not able
to accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the
Contract Plans will be rejected
B Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and
maintenance manual specified in Division 16010
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7.
B Source Limitations Obtain disconnect switches, and circuit breakers from one
source and by a single manufacturer
C Comply with NEC for components and installation.
16410-1
D Comply with UL 98, "Enclosed and Dead -Front Switches" for safety switches.
E. Comply with UL 1066 "Standard for Low -Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit
Breakers Used in Enclosures" for low voltage power circuit breakers
F Comply with UL 489, "Molded -Case Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches,
and Circuit -Breaker Enclosures" for molded case circuit breakers.
G Product Selection for Restricted Space. Space for installation of switches and
circuit breakers is limited. The Plans indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions
for switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between switches and
circuit breakers and adjacent surfaces and items. Switches and circuit breakers
with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the
Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing the required revisions to the
structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate
centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval before a change is
accepted The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size of the switches and
circuit breakers with the available space and shall verify that the proposed
switches and circuit breakers are capable of being installed in the available
space prior to making a submittal Switches and circuit breakers of dimensions
larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if is submitted, shall
be rejected The decision of the Owner as to the acceptability of switches and
circuit breakers with larger dimensions than as shown on the Plans will be final.
If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility
to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical,
electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner
H Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with switch and circuit breaker access locations from approved shop
drawings Do not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop
drawings Any relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly
placed conduits prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at
the Contractor's expense
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering switches and circuit breakers that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following
1. Disconnect switches, safety switches and circuit breakers.
a. Eaton Corp., Cutler -Hammer Products.
b. General Electric Co ; Electrical Distribution and Control Division
c. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
d Square D Co
2.2 SWITCHES
A. Enclosed, non -fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller NEMA KS 1, Type HD,
enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle lockable with 2
16410-2
padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position. Switch horsepower
rated where used in motor circuits.
B Enclosed, Fusible Switch, 600 A and Smaller NEMA KS 1, Type HD, Class R
rejection fuse clips, enclosure consistent with environment where located, handle
lockable with 2 padlocks, and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position. Switch
horsepower rated where used in motor circuits.
C. Enclosure. NEMA KS 1, with enclosure types as described in Section 16050,
unless indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Enclosure conduit entry
locations shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans
D. Lugs or connections shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of
conductors as shown on the Contract Plans.
2.3 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Molded -Case Circuit Breaker: NEMA AB 1, with lockable handle
B Characteristics. Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary devices
as indicated with interrupting rating to meet available fault current.
1. Main and feeder breakers shall be molded case breakers with thermal
magnetic trip
2 Motor circuit breakers shall be magnetic only trip with adjustable trip
setting
3. Branch circuit breakers shall be molded case, thermal -magnetic trip, trip -
free with non -interchangeable, non-adjustable trip unless otherwise
noted.
C. Application Listing• Appropriate for application, including switching lighting loads
(SWD) or heating, air-conditioning, and refrigerating equipment (HACR)
D. Circuit breakers located in switchboards shall have electronic trip units, with field -
adjustable, short- and long-time trip units, each separately and individually
adjustable for time and pickup Where indicated, the electronic trip units shall be
suitable for monitoring with a network. Circuit breakers greater than 800 amps
shall have long term settings adjustable in 5 -percent increments and shall have
removable and sealable covers for the settings.
E. Molded -Case Switch: Where indicated, molded -case circuit breaker without trip
units
F. Enclosure per application, as described in Section 16050, unless otherwise
specified or required to meet environmental conditions of installed location
Enclosure conduit entry locations shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes
of conduits as shown on the Contract Plans.
G Lugs. Mechanical lugs and power -distribution connectors suitable for conductors
of the material, number and size provided. Lugs or connectors shall be able to
accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans
16410-3
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment enclosures level and plumb in locations as indicated, according
to manufacturer's written instructions.
B For wall mounted equipment enclosures located at walls, bolt units to wall or
mount on structural–steel channels bolted to wall. For enclosures not located at
walls, provide structural stanchion supports conforming to Section 16050
C Install wiring between switches, circuit breakers, control, and indication devices
D Connect switches and circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to
ground as indicated and as instructed by manufacturer
1 Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque -tightening values Where manufacturer's torque values
are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B
E. Identify each switch and circuit breaker according to requirements specified in
Section 16050
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Acceptance Testing After installing switches and circuit breakers and before
electrical circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and
compliance with requirements.
1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described
in Section 16010 to perform specified testing for circuit breakers.
2. Procedures.
a. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 5 1 1 for switches. Certify
compliance with test parameters
b. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.6.1.1 for molded -case circuit
breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
3 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units
and retest.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Set field -adjustable circuit -breaker trip setting ranges as indicated.
1. Where circuit breakers are included in the short circuit study, set the trip
as recommended in the study.
B. Provide fuses for fused disconnect switches to coordinate with manufacturer's
listed maximum fuse size for equipment supplied by the disconnect switch.
16410-4
3.4 CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including fittings and devices, inspect
exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris and repair damaged
finish including chips, scratches, and abrasions
END OF SECTION
16410-5
SECTION 16422 – MOTOR CONTROLLERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes ac motor–control devices rated 600 V and less that are
supplied as enclosed units, or as individual units for mounting in equipment
specified under other sections.
B Standalone (individually enclosed) motor starters specified under this section
include*
1. Basin Drain Pump FVNR Motor Starter
C. Standalone VFDs specified under this section include
1 Filter to Waste Pump No 1 VFD
2. Filter to Waste Pump No. 2 VFD
3 Recycle Pump No. 1 VFD
4 Recycle Pump No. 2 VFD
D Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section.
1 Section 16050 for general materials and installation methods.
2 Section 16445 for centers housing motor control devices.
3. Section 16910.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Product Data for motor controllers and accessories specified in
this Section.
1 For variable frequency drives (VFD), submittals shall be custom
prepared by the VFD manufacturer for this specific application, and shall
include the following
a. Manufacturer's published installation, set-up and configuration,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
b Wiring diagrams specific to the application of the drive under this
Contract.
c. Initial, configuration and program parameters specific to the
application of the drive under this Contract, including all
parameters that will be set to other than manufacturer's default
16422-1
values, and that demonstrate the drive is capable of operating in
the manner intended by the project design.
B. Shop Drawings.
1. Submit complete Elementary Wiring Diagrams and One Line Diagrams
of control and power wiring, specific to the actual motor or item to be
controlled, which clearly indicate and differentiate field wiring and field
wired devices, and wiring provided as part of the manufacturer's
assembled unit.
2 For units which are standalone mounted include dimensioned plans
(showing available conduit entry locations), sections, and elevations.
3. Enclosures which will not accept the quantities of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans will be rejected.
4. Lugs or connections for motor control equipment which are not able to
accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract
Plans will be rejected.
C Field Test Reports Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements.
D Maintenance data for tripping devices to include in the operation and
maintenance manual specified in Section 16010.
E. Load—Current and Overload—Relay List: Compile after motors have been
installed and include the nameplate full load amperes and locked rotor amperes
for the motor. Provide data sheets confirming that the selection of overload relay
components has been coordinated with the nameplate ratings of the motor
F. Over -current Device settings list: Compile after motors have been installed and
include the nameplate full Toad Amperes and locked rotor Amperes for the motor
Include configured settings for motor circuit protectors or circuit breakers Provide
data sheets confirming that the selection of over current components has been
coordinated with the nameplate ratings of the motor
G VFD configuration parameters summary. Compile after motors have been
installed, tested and started up Document the settings of configuration
parameters and switch settings for each VFD. Clearly indicate settings of each
parameter and/or switch as of the time the driven equipment is placed in service.
Marking the setting as "default" is not acceptable Actual settings must be
documented
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
B Source Limitations: Obtain similar motor—control devices through one source
from a single manufacturer
C. Product Selection for Restricted Space. Space for installation of motor
controllers is limited. The Plans indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for
motor controllers, including clearances between motor controllers and adjacent
surfaces and items. Motor controllers with larger dimensions may be acceptable,
but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing
the required revisions to the structural, process; mechanical, electrical, and other
16422-2
plans to accommodate centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval
before a change is accepted The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size
of the motor controllers with the available space and shall verify that the
proposed motor controllers are capable of being installed in the available space
prior to making a submittal. Motor controllers of dimensions larger than the
available space shall not be submitted, and if is submitted, shall be rejected. The
decision of the Owner as to the acceptability of motor controllers with larger
dimensions than as shown on the Plans will be final If the larger equipment is
deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required
revisions to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs
without additional cost to the Owner
D Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with motor controller access locations from approved shop drawings.
Do not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop drawings.
Any relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly placed
conduits prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at the
Contractor's expense
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate features of controllers and accessory devices with pilot devices and
control circuits to which they connect.
B. Coordinate features, accessories, and functions of each motor controller with the
ratings and characteristics of the supply circuit, the motor, the required control
sequence, and the duty cycle of the motor and load.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are
packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels
describing contents.
1. Spare Fuses and Incandescent Indicating Lamps. Furnish 1 spare for
every 5 installed units, but not Tess than 1 set of 3 of each kind.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with additional requirements of
the Contract, manufacturers offering motor controller products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1 Allen–Bradley
2 Eaton Electrical (Cutler Hammer)
3. Square D Co
2.2 MAGNETIC MOTOR CONTROLLERS
A. Description NEMA ICS 2, Class A, full voltage, non -reversing, across the line,
unless otherwise indicated. Minimum size NEMA 1. IEC rated devices are not
allowed.
16422-3
B. Control Circuit: 120 V; obtained from integral control power transformer, unless
otherwise indicated Include a control power transformer with adequate capacity
to operate connected pilot, indicating and control devices, plus 50 percent spare
capacity.
C. Combination Controller: Factory—assembled combination controller and
disconnect switch with or without overcurrent protection as indicated
D Lugs or connections for magnetic motor control equipment shall be able to
accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans
E. Overload Protection. Solid state electronic type configurable to provide Class 10
or 20 protection for the actual motor furnished Units shall be manual reset type
with an external reset mechanism provided in the starter enclosure front.
1. For non -networked overload protection, provide two separate auxiliary
contacts with each overload protection unit.
a. One normally closed for use in the motor starting circuit.
b One normally open for signaling overloads to plant control
system
2 For networked overload protection within a motor control center, provide
one normally closed contact with each overload protection unit for use in
the motor starting circuit.
a. Provide all accessories and wiring required to allow the PLC to
communicate with the overload protection and to allow the PLC
to retrieve the overload status and the motor current.
b The overload protection unit shall include at least two discrete
inputs with the input status available over the network.
c The overload protection unit shall include at least one discrete
output where the output can be controlled over the network. The
overload protection unit will include features to open the output
when communications have not occurred within a configurable
time span.
3 All overload protection units within motor control centers shall be
networked Overload protection units in standalone (individually
enclosed) shall be networked if so indicated on the Contract Drawings
2.3 VARIABLE FREQUENCY CONTROLLERS
A. Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) shall have the following features.
1 The VFD shall be rated for 480 VAC. The VFD shall provide
microprocessor -based control for three-phase induction motors
2 The VFD shall be of the Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) design
converting the utility input voltage to a variable voltage and frequency
output via a two-step operation Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors
(IGBTs) shall be used in the inverter section.
3 The VFD shall maintain the line side displacement power factor at no
less than 0 95 regardless of speed and load.
16422-4
1
1
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
1
11
4. The VFD shall have a one (1) minute overload current rating of 150%
and a two (2) second overload current rating of 250% for constant torque
drives The VFD shall have a one (1) minute overload current rating of
110% for variable torque drives.
5. The VFD shall be capable of operating any NEMA design B squirrel cage
induction motor, regardless of manufacturer, with a horsepower and
current rating within the capacity of the VFD
6 The VFD shall include a LCD type display with a keypad. The display
shall be capable of remote mounting on the exterior of a Motor Control
Center or an electrical enclosure containing the VFD.
7. Lugs or connections for variable frequency controllers shall be able to
accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract
Plans.
B. Control Functions
1 It shall be possible to configure all of the parameters for the VFD via the
keypad on the LCD type display.
2. The VFD shall be capable of being controlled locally at the keypad, via
discrete or analog inputs, or remotely via a communications bus.
3 The VFD shall have at least two analog inputs as follows.
a. A current loop analog input suitable for use with a 4-20 ma
current loop
b A voltage loop analog input suitable for use with a potentiometer
4 The VFD shall have discrete inputs suitable for wiring to dry contacts.
The following functions shall be assignable to the discrete inputs.
a Enable — This function may not be overridden when operating
via the keypad or via a communications bus.
b. External Fault — This function may not be overridden when
operating via the keypad or via a communications bus. It must be
possible to automatically clear faults associated with power
outages without clearing faults associated with the external fault.
(A magnetically or mechanically held relay may be used to
provide functionality if necessary )
c Force Local — This input will cause the VFD to ignore start and
run signals from the keypad or a communications bus. This
function may not be overridden when operating via the keypad or
via a communications bus.
d. Start (3 -wire)
e Stop (3 -wire)
f Run (2 -wire) — This function will be level triggered rather than
edge triggered. If the VFD is ready and this input is asserted, the
VFD will be called It is not acceptable if the VFD is only called
16422-5
when this input transitions from de -asserted to asserted while the
VFD is ready
g Reset Faults
h Setpoint Selection — One or more discrete inputs allowing the
selection of the setpoint from among the following sources.
1) Fixed speed
2) current loop analog input
3) voltage loop analog input
4) Keypad
5) Communications Bus
5. The VFD shall have provisions for control via the communications bus.
a. The communications bus shall be capable of sending the
following signals.
1) Start
2) Stop
3) Reset Fault
4) Speed Setpoint
b It shall be possible to configure the VFD so that if the
communications bus fails, the VFD will stop if and only if current
control is via the communications bus. Units which stop the
drive and/or lockout other control methods on bus
communications failure are not acceptable.
c While controlling the VFD, the communications bus shall be able
to override the value of the Run (2 -wire) discrete input.
C Outputs and monitoring
1 A minimum of two (2) discrete programmable digital outputs shall be
provided with the following function selectable
a. Fault
b. Run
c. Ready
d At speed
2. The VFD display shall be a LCD type capable of displaying at least the
following status information:
a. Run
b. Stop
16422-6
c. Ready
d Alarm
e. Fault
f Keypad
g Bus/Communication
h. Local (LED)
Remote (LED)
Fault (LED)
k. Output frequency
Frequency reference
m. Motor speed
n. Motor current
o. Motor torque
p Motor power
q Motor voltage
r. DC -bus voltage
s. Voltage level of analog input
t. Current level of analog input
u. Discrete inputs status
v Fault codes and fault descriptions
3. All numerical status information available via the keypad shall be
available via the communications bus.
D Communications Bus
1 The communications port shall be RJ -45 suitable for 10 Base T / 100
Base TX operations
2. The protocol shall be Modbus/TCP and shall allow full control of the VFD
using only Modbus/TCP function codes 3 (read holding registers) and 16
(write multiple registers).
E. VFD Programming Software
1. Provide and license to the Owner one copy of the manufacturer's
software application for uploading and downloading drive parameter
programming, and for reading of electronic files containing parameter
dumps
16422-7
2. If programming cannot be done via the Ethernet network used for drive
communications, provide any adapters and drivers required to allow
communications via a USB port on a Windows 8 computer
F. Harmonic Mitigation
1 The VFD system shall consist of the following components Harmonic
filter and transformer may be integral to the VFD lineup or may be
provided in separate enclsores.
a. a harmonic filter unit , consisting of (minimally) 3% input reactor
1) filter units using capacitors shall include provisions (such
as contactors) to prevent the capacitors from connecting
to the electrical.distribution system when the VFD is not
operating.
b output inverter
c. control logic section
2 VFDs shall meet all requirements as outlined in the 1992 edition of IEEE
519 for each individual and total harmonic current & voltage distortion
and as indicated in this specification. As per Table 10 2 of IEEE 519-
1992, individual or simultaneous operation of the VFDs shall not add
more than 3% total harmonic voltage distortion while operating at full
load and speed from the utility source, or more than 5% while operating
from standby generator A harmonic analysis must be submitted with the
VFD product data submittal The analysis shall include all voltage and
current harmonics up to the 99th
a. For the purposes of this analysis, treat the main feeder to the
Pump Building as the point of common coupling (PCC).
3 The variable frequency drive(s) when installed and operating at the
Owner's facility, shall not cause excessive voltage and/or current total
harmonic distortion (THD) levels greater than allowed by the serving
utility on the serving utility's electrical system at the point of common
coupling
a. The voltage and current total harmonic distortion limits shall be
as listed in IEEE 519 (1992), unless modified by the serving
utility. The serving utility is Pacific Power
b. This item applies for any combination of controllers running
c The drives shall be provided with necessary harmonic mitigation
equipment including, but not limited to, line reactors, and/or
passive filtering components as required to meet this
specification
G Spare Parts Provide spare parts for each drive consisting of (at a minimum) the
manufacturer's recommended spare parts, plus (if not included in the
manufacturer's recommendations) one spare controller main board for each
different type of board, one set of power output semiconductor devices (IGBTs)
for each different type of drive, one spare base driver board for each different
type of board, one set of power semiconductor devices (diodes, SCRs, or
similar) used in the power conduction path (AC to DC conversion), and spare
16422-8
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
fuses for each type of fuse in the units. If these items are not available on the
smaller horsepower drives, provide a spare drive for each size or type of unit
when they are not available.
H. Provide complete documentation of each drive including operation and
maintenance manuals, as shipped drawings specific to the drive with non -
applicable information clearly marked as non -applicable, and a listing of the
configuration/programming parameters as programmed in the drive at the time of
project acceptance
Any modifications of the standard drive which are necessary to meet the
requirements of this specification shall be provided at the factory. Third party or
distributor modifications are not allowed
J. The variable frequency drive shall be UL or ETL listed and labeled and shall
comply with the latest applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and the
National Electrical Code.
2.4 ENCLOSURES
A. Description Surface–mounted enclosures per the application as described in
Section 16050 unless the unit is mounted in a motor control center. Enclosure
conduit entry locations shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of
conduits as shown on the Contract Plans
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Devices are factory installed in controller enclosure, unless otherwise indicated
B Provide auxiliary devices meeting the requirements of Section 16050
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Select features of each motor controller to coordinate with ratings and
characteristics of supply circuit and motor; required control sequence, duty cycle
of motor, drive, and Toad; and configuration of pilot device and control circuit
affecting controller functions.
B Select horsepower rating of controllers to suit motor controlled.
C. Use fractional–horsepower manual controllers for single–phase motors, unless
otherwise indicated
D Push–Button Stations: In covers of magnetic controllers for manually started
motors where indicated, start contact connected in parallel with seal -in auxiliary
contact for low–voltage protection.
E. Hand–Off–Automatic Selector Switches. In covers of manual and magnetic
controllers where indicated of motors started and stopped by automatic controls
or interlocks with other equipment.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install independently mounted motor–control devices according to manufacturer's
written instructions.
16422-9
B. Location. Locate controllers within sight of motors controlled, unless otherwise
indicated.
C For control equipment at walls, bolt units to wall or mount on structural—steel
channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks
conforming to Section 16050
D Install freestanding equipment on concrete housekeeping bases conforming to
Section 03300
E. Motor—Controller Fuses Install indicated fuses in each fusible switch.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify motor—control components and control wiring according to Section
16050
3.4 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring between motor—control devices according to Section 16120
B. Bundle, train, and support wiring in enclosures
C. Connect hand—off—automatic switch and other automatic control devices where
available
1 Unless shown otherwise, connect selector switches to bypass only the
manual and automatic control devices that have no safety functions
when switch is in the hand position.
2. Unless shown otherwise, connect selector switches with motor—control
circuit in both hand and automatic positions for safety—type control
devices such as low— and high—pressure cutouts, high—temperature
cutouts, and motor overload protectors
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten connectors, terminals, bus joints, and mountings. Tighten field—
connected connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to
manufacturer's published torque—tightening values. Where manufacturer's
torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B
3.6 START-UP AND TRAINING SERVICES
A. Provide the services of the manufacturer's factory authorized representative for
startup of variable frequency drives and training of the Owner's personnel for
operation and maintenance of the drives.
1 Inspect the installation of each drive for conformance with the
manufacturer's recommended installation practices.
2. Program and/or configure each drive to properly operate the actual motor
to which it is connected. Set programming parameters such as motor
horsepower, voltage, current, code letter, full Toad amps, and similar
items. Coordinate with the operational requirements of the process
equipment and set parameters such as minimum and maximum speed,
ramp times, span and range of analog inputs, and similar items
16422-10
3 Test the operation of each drive after fully programming/ configuring the
drive. Reprogram and/or reconfigure and then retest as required to
obtain proper operation of the driven equipment and control of the
process. Document the final configuration and programming parameters
after successful startup and provide copies of the documentation to the
Owner Documentation shall be provided in hard copy and electronic
form.
4 Provide a minimum of four hours training to the Owner, at the Owner's
facility, prior to start-up of the drives Training shall cover installation,
maintenance, operation, and problem troubleshooting for each type of
drive provided, and shall delineate differences between individual drives
where configuration, programming, or control functions are different for
otherwise similar model drives.
5 Provide a minimum of eight hours additional training, program revisions,
and maintenance at the Owner's facility approximately one to three
months after completion of the project.
6 Provide a minimum of eight hours additional training, program revisions,
and maintenance at the Owner's facility approximately 12 months after
completion of the project, but prior to expiration of the warranty.
7 Provide a minimum of 3 days on site start-up services These days shall
be coordinated with the start-up portions of the plant.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1. Test controllers and electrical circuits for proper connection, continuity,
and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds Test wire and cable
installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to energization
of the system. Check for continuity, visual damage, marking, and proper
phase sequence before performing insulation testing
2. Make insulation -resistance tests of each component and connecting
supply or feeder circuit. Megger bus work and circuits phase -to -phase
and phase -to -ground disconnecting and reconnecting equipment which
cannot be meggered as required. The minimum acceptable steady-state
value is 50 megohms. Record ambient temperature and humidity during
testing.
B. Acceptance Testing: After installing motor controllers, before electrical circuitry
has been energized, and prior to startup, demonstrate product capability and
compliance with requirements
1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described
in Section 16010 to perform specified testing for motor controllers.
2 Procedures:
a. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 16 1.1 for motor starters
other than variable frequency drives. Certify compliance with
test parameters.
16422-11
b Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 17 for variable frequency
drives Certify compliance with test parameters.
3. Remove and replace malfunctioning units with new units, and retest.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up scratches
and mars of finish to match original finish Clean devices internally, using
methods and materials recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
16422-12
SECTION 16440 – PANELBOARDS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes lighting and power panelboards and associated auxiliary
equipment rated 600 V and less.
B. Section Includes
1. Panelboards specified under this Section include
a. Pump Building "LPB"
b Pump Building "HPB"
c. Operations Building Panel "PC"
d. Operations Building Distribution Panelboard "DP1"
e Operations Building Distribution Panelboard "DP2"
C. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 16050 for additional materials and installation information.
2. Section 16410 for circuit breakers installed in panelboards.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data For each type of panelboard, accessory item, and component
specified.
B Shop Drawings. For panelboards, include the following.
1. Enclosure (including front, door, etc.) type and mounting.
2. Bus configuration and current ratings
3 Short-circuit current rating
4. Circuit breaker quantities, types and layout.
5. Enclosures which will not accept the quantities of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans will be rejected.
6. Lugs or connections panelboards which are not able to accept the
quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans will
be rejected
16440-1
C Panelboard Schedules. For installation in panelboards and inclusion in the
maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Submit final versions prior to
closeout of project.
D Maintenance Data. For panelboard components to include in the maintenance
manuals specified in Division 1. Include manufacturer's written instructions for
testing circuit breakers
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7.
B Comply with NEMA PB 1
C Comply with UL 67, "Standard for Panelboards"
D Product Selection for Restricted Space Space for installation of panelboards is
limited. Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or
dimensions for equipment, including clearances between panelboards and
adjacent surfaces and items. Panelboards with larger dimensions may be
acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed
drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical,
electrical, and other plans to accommodate equipment with larger dimensions.
The Contractor shall coordinate the size of the panelboards with the available
space and shall verify that the proposed equipment is capable of being installed
in the available space prior to making a submittal. Equipment of dimensions
larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if submitted, will be
rejected The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of equipment with
larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will
be final If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's
responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process,
mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner
E. Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with panelboard access locations from approved shop drawings. Do
not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop drawings. Any
relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly placed conduits
prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at the Contractor's
expense
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 paragraph 1.11
B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as
dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of
material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction
damage by other trades is not acceptable
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Keys Provide 3 spares of each type for panelboard cabinet lock.
16440-2
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following
1. Eaton Corp , Cutler -Hammer Products.
2. General Electric Co , Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
3. Square D Co.
2.2 PANELBOARD FABRICATION
A. Enclosures. Flush- or surface -mounted enclosures as indicated on the Plans.
NEMA PB 1, 20" minimum width, of NEMA type complying with Section 16050 for
the location installed. Front: Secured to enclosure with concealed trim clamps or
screws. Front for surface -mounted panelboards shall be same dimensions as
enclosure. Fronts for flush panelboards shall overlap enclosure, unless
otherwise indicated Enclosure conduit entry locations shall be able to accept the
quantities and sizes of conduits as shown on the Contract Plans
B Directory Frame. Metal, mounted inside each panelboard door
C. Bus. Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity. Insulated, bondable, full
size neutral bus unless otherwise indicated.
D Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type Lugs or connections for panelboard
equipment shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as
shown on the Contract Plans.
E. Main Breaker: Vertically mounted
F Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch -circuit equipment
ground conductors. Bonded to enclosure
G. Doors In panelboard front, with concealed hinges. Secure with flush catch and
tumbler lock, all keyed alike
H Special Features: Include the following features for panelboards
1. Provide same size enclosures for multi -section panelboards.
2. Feed -through Lugs: Sized to accommodate feeders indicated.
3 For panelboards with NEMA 1 enclosures, panel fronts shall be stretcher
leveled steel with piano hinged door -to -box construction The entire
panel front shall be hinged to allow access to the interior of the
panelboard enclosure when opened (the second door allows access to
the circuit breakers only) Door -to -box construction shall not increase
the width of the panelboard to a dimension greater than what is shown
on the Contract Drawings.
4 Provide skirts for surface mounted panelboards located in buildings.
16440-3
Future Devices and Circuit Breakers Equip for future installation of devices and
circuit breakers with mounting brackets, bus connections, and necessary
appurtenances, for the overcurrent protective device ampere ratings indicated.
2.3 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. In accordance with Section 16410, except as modified herein
B Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable
without disturbing adjacent units
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 1 1
1. Setup, adjust and fasten in place flush trim and interiors
2. Install circuit breakers as shown on the "Circuit Schedule" for each
panelboard except where deviations are necessary to accommodate
changes in loads or equipment served
B Mounting Heights. Top of trim 74 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise
indicated
C Mounting Plumb and rigid without distortion of box. Mount flush panelboards
uniformly flush with wall finish Mount surface panelboards with spacers of
neoprene or fiberglass to shim out from irregular surfaces or from damp surfaces.
D Circuit Directory Prepare panelboards directories neatly typewritten in the same
pole sequence as the panelboard stamping Send a copy to the Owner for his
records. Prior to typing the final directories, verify room and equipment names
and numbers with the Owner and modify circuit descriptions of areas/spaces to
conform with the Owner's desires. Obtain approval before installing Record all
circuit breaker installation deviations from the "Circuit Schedule" and show on the
Record Drawings the actual size and pole position of all circuit breakers installed.
E. Do not remove knockouts for breaker positions unless a breaker is to be
installed Where twistouts or knockouts are removed in error, provide a circuit
breaker (one pole, twenty ampere) to fill each position removed
F. Provision for Future Circuits. Install panelboards in such a manner as to leave
access to the box, building chases, knockouts, etc. for future circuit additions.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Panelboard Nameplates Label each panelboard with engraved nameplates per
the requirements of Section 16050 paragraph 3 3
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections,
according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A
and UL 486B
16440-4
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows.
1 Test panelboards and electrical circuits for proper connection, continuity,
and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds. Test wire and cable
installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to energization
of the system Check for continuity, visual damage, marking, and proper
phase sequence before performing insulation testing.
2 Make insulation -resistance tests of each panelboard bus, component,
and connecting supply or feeder circuit. Megger bus work, breakers and
circuits phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground disconnecting and
reconnecting equipment which cannot be meggered as required The
minimum acceptable steady-state value is 50 megohms. Record
ambient temperature and humidity during testing.
B. Acceptance Testing. After installing panelboards and before electrical circuitry
has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with
requirements:
1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described
in Section 16010 to perform specified testing for circuit breakers.
2. Procedures: Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and
electrical test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 6 1 1 for molded -case
circuit breakers. Testing of circuit breakers shall only be required for
circuit breakers 200 amperes and larger Certify compliance with test
parameters.
3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
and retest.
C. Take load readings on each panelboard after loads are connected and panel has
been energized. Record these measurements to give the maximum reading for
each phase and neutral obtained with lighting, appliances, motors, and other
Toads, connected to the panels in service.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Set field -adjustable circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated, or requested by the
Owner.
3.6 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of panelboards.
Vacuum interior and wipe clean all interior surfaces Remove paint splatters and
other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish.
END OF SECTION
16440-5
SECTION 16443 – SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes power distribution switchboards and associated auxiliary
equipment rated 600 V and less.
B Switchboards specified under this Section include.
1 Entrance Switchboard
C Related Sections include the following
1 Section 16050 for additional materials and installation information
2. Section 16410 for circuit breakers installed in Switchboards.
3. Section 16671
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of switchboard, accessory item, and component
specified.
B Shop Drawings For switchboards Include dimensioned plans, sections, and
elevations. Show tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage
rating. Include the following.
1 Enclosure type and mounting Enclosures which will not accept the
quantities of conduits as shown on the Contract Plans will be rejected
2. Bus configuration and current ratings.
3. Short-circuit current rating of switchboard.
4 Circuit breaker quantities, types and layout.
5 Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
protective devices and auxiliary components.
6 Time current curves for each circuit breaker installed in the switchboard
7 Metering Equipment information
8 Lugs or connections for switchboards which are not able to accept the
quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans will
be rejected.
C Maintenance Data For switchboard components to include in the maintenance
manuals specified in Division 1. Include manufacturer's written instructions for
testing and adjusting circuit breakers.
16443-1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
B. Comply with NEMA PB 2
C. Comply with UL 891, "Switchboards".
D. Switchboards, and the equipment contained within them, shall be factory
assembled and wired as complete units by the manufacturer at the
manufacturer's factory, except where shipping splits are required for shipping of
the units. This requirement pertains to control wiring, metering equipment and
wiring, and similar items and wiring located within the switchboard.
E. Product Selection for Restricted Space. Space for installation of equipment is
limited Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or
dimensions for switchboards, including clearances between switchboards and
adjacent surfaces and items Switchboards with larger dimensions may be
acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed
drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical,
electrical, and other plans to accommodate centers with larger dimensions in
order to obtain approval before a change is accepted The Supplier/Contractor
shall coordinate the size of the switchboards with the available space and shall
verify that the proposed switchboard is capable of being installed in the available
space prior to making a submittal. Switchboards of dimensions larger than the
available space shall not be submitted and, if submitted, will be rejected. The
decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of switchboards with larger
dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will be final.
If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility
to provide any required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical,
electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner.
F. Where equipment is noted in these specifications to be installed in existing
buildings, the equipment shall be able to be tipped over laid down or placed on
its side in order to permit access through existing doors. Equipment that cannot
be tipped or laid down to permit entry into existing buildings will be rejected
G Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with switchboard access locations from approved shop drawings. Do
not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop drawings Any
relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly placed conduits
prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at the Contractor's
expense
H
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 paragraph 1.11.
B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as
dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of
material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction
damage by other trades is not acceptable.
16443-2
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the following
1. Eaton Corp , Cutler -Hammer Products
2. General Electric Co ; Electrical Distribution & Control Div.
3 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc
4. Square D Co
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Enclosures Floor mounted, free standing, steel, self-supporting, front access,
deadfront, NEMA PB 2, Type 1
1 Each section fabricated to be plumb, square and aligned with adjacent
sections without twisting, shimming or otherwise stressing the structure.
2. Enclosure conduit entry locations shall be able to accept the quantities
and sizes of conduits as shown on the Contract Plans.
3. Entire structure finished as a unit with phosphate inhibitor, zinc chromate
primer and baked gray enamel finish.
4 Provide complete channel base on all sides
5 Access plates shall have rolled edges and be screw or 1/4 turn fastener
attached.
6. Wiring gutters are hinged with 1/4 turn fasteners.
7. Each section has a nameplate giving.
a. ampere rating of phase and neutral bussing
b. short circuit current rating
c. voltage rating
d system type (3 phase 3 wire, or 3 phase 4 wire)
e. manufacturer's shipping order and/or serial number with date
manufactured
B Bus: Hard drawn copper of 98 percent conductivity Insulated, bondable, full
size neutral bus unless otherwise indicated
C Main, Neutral, and Subfeed Lugs. Indent compression type, suitable for copper
conductors. Lugs or connections for switchboard equipment shall be able to
accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans.
D Equipment Ground Bus. %4' x 2" copper with (minimum) 2 lugs for connections at
each end Bonded to enclosure.
16443-3
E. Service Equipment Approval: Listed for use as service equipment where
indicated or required by Code
F Future Devices. Equip for future installation of devices with mounting brackets,
bus connections, and necessary appurtenances, for the overcurrent protective
device ampere ratings indicated
G Special Features: Where shown on the Contract Documents include the
following features:
1 Surge protective equipment, mounted in a dedicated compartment, with
circuit breaker short circuit/overload protection
2. Provide digital metering information which shall be remotely available via
Modbus/TCP.
a. The metering unit shall be capable of monitoring the following
data:
1) Instantaneous value of phase, neutral and ground
current
2) Instantaneous value of line -to -line voltage
3) Minimum and maximum current values
4) Watts, vars, VA, watthours, varhours and VA hours
5) Energy -monitoring parameter values (peak demand,
present demand, and energy consumption).
6) Power quality values crest factor, power factor, percent
total harmonic distortion, and harmonic values of all
phases through the 31st harmonic.
b Communications
1) Provide the ability to retrieve the data remotely using the
Modbus/TCP All data shall be available in Modbus
holding registers
a) Include the following information from metering
equipment:
amps (per phase)
ii amps demand (per phase)
volts (per phase)
iv Total Harmonic Distortion
v Harmonic content (per phase) at least
through the 13th Harmonic
vi kilowatts
vii. kVARs
16443-4
viii kilowatt-hours
ix. kVAR-hours
x. kW and kVAR demand
2.3 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Circuit Breakers' NEMA AB 1, handle lockable, meeting requirements of Section
16410.
1. Characteristics: Frame size, trip rating, number of poles, and auxiliary
devices as indicated and interrupting capacity equal or greater than the
switchboard rating
2. Lugs. Compression lugs and power -distribution connectors for copper
conductors of number and size indicated.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install switchboards and accessory items according to NEMA PB 2.
1. Install switchboard plumb, level, and aligned across all sections, level
concrete base by grinding or with grout or imbed channels if not flat and
level with manufacturer's tolerance or 1/8" in 3' whichever is more
restrictive
2. Setup, adjust and fasten in interiors, breakers, covers and trim
B. Do not remove knockouts or access plates for breaker, meter, switch or similar
equipment or device positions unless equipment or a device is to be installed.
C Provision for Future Circuits: Install switchboards and conduit connections in
such a manner as to leave access to the enclosure for future circuit additions.
Place conduit in rear of enclosure or entry space where possible.
D Wiring in Switchboard Gutters: Run neatly parallel and perpendicular to
enclosure Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with wire ties.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as
specified in Section 16050.
B. Switchboard Nameplates: Label each switchboard with engraved nameplates as
specified in Section 16050.
3.3 GROUNDING
A. Connect equipment grounding conductors to ground bus.
B. Ground the switchboard per the requirements of the National Electrical Code and
as indicated on the Plans.
16443-5
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections,
according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A
and UL 486B.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1. Test the equipment and electrical circuits for proper connection,
continuity, and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds. Check for
continuity, visual damage, marking, and proper phase sequence before
performing insulation testing
2. Make insulation -resistance tests of each bus, component, and
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits Megger bus work,
breakers and circuits phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground
disconnecting and reconnecting equipment which cannot be meggered
as required The minimum acceptable steady-state value is 50
megohms. Record ambient temperature and humidity during testing.
3 Test operation, calibration, and settings of the meters, relays and
indicating devices
4 Test all operating controls for proper operation
5 Test auxiliary equipment, i.e., heaters, thermostats, lights, and
illuminated indicating devices and lamps, and audible alarm devices
which are an integral part of equipment to verify that they function
properly
6 Check fuses with an ohmmeter; Ring out wiring and busing, Check
operation of control and safety interlocks, Check grounding of potential
transformers, current transformers, lightning and surge arresters, Check
control connections at terminal blocks, relays, meters, switches, etc.
7 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
and retest.
B. Acceptance Testing. After installing switchboards and before electrical circuitry
has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance with
requirements.
1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described
in Section 16010 to perform specified testing for switchboards and circuit
breakers
2. Procedures.
a. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 1 for switchboard
assemblies Certify compliance with test parameters
16443-6
b. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 6 1.1 for molded -case circuit
breakers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
3 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
and retest.
4 Take Toad readings on each feeder circuit connected to switchboard after
loads are connected. Record these measurements to give the maximum
reading for each phase and neutral obtained with lighting, appliances,
motors, and other loads, connected to the switchboards in service.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trips as required for selective
coordination and adjust, if required to accommodate actual operation of
equipment.
1 Where circuit breakers are included in the short circuit coordination
study, set the trip initially as recommended in the coordination study
2. Adjust settings after initial settings have been made when requested by
Owner
3.7 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of switchboards.
Vacuum interior and wipe clean all interior surfaces. Remove paint splatters and
other spots, dirt, and debris. Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish
END OF SECTION
16443-7
SECTION 16445 – MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes motor control centers rated 600 V and less.
B Motor control centers specified under this Section include.
1. Operations Building Motor Control Center "MCC -1"
C. Related Sections include the following
1 Section 16050 for additional materials and installation information
2. Section 16410 for switches and circuit breakers located in motor control
centers.
3 Section 16422 for motor controllers located in motor control centers.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of motor control center, accessory item, and
component specified
B Shop Drawings. Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations. Show
tabulations of installed devices, major features, and voltage rating. Include the
following:
1 Enclosure type, wiring type.
2 Bus configuration, voltage and current ratings.
3 Short-circuit current ratings.
4 Features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual
protective devices and auxiliary components
5 Wiring diagrams for power circuits and each type of control circuit.
6. Nameplates.
7. Enclosures which will not accept the quantities of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans will be rejected.
8 Lugs or connections for motor control center equipment which are not
able to accept the quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the
Contract Plans will be rejected.
C. Field Test Reports. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements.
16445-1
D. Maintenance Data: For components to include in the maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1
E. List of motor characteristics needed to properly set protective devices such as
motor load current, service factor, code letter, enclosure type, speed, location
(relative to overcurrent devices) and MCP (Motor Circuit Protector) and overload
relay settings. Compile after motors have been selected and provided
documentation for the MCP and overload settings.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
B Comply with UL 845, "Motor Control Centers".
C Source Limitations: Obtain similar motor -control devices through one source
from a single manufacturer
D Product Selection for Restricted Space: Space for installation of equipment is
limited. The Plans indicate typical physical sizes or dimensions for equipment,
including clearances between equipment and adjacent surfaces and items
Equipment with larger dimensions may be acceptable, but it is the responsibility
of the Contractor to submit detailed drawings showing the required revisions to
the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other plans to accommodate
centers with larger dimensions in order to obtain approval before a change is
accepted. The Supplier/Contractor shall coordinate the size of the motor control
centers with the available space and shall verify that the proposed motor control
center is capable of being installed in the available space prior to making a
submittal. Motor control centers of dimensions larger than the available space
shall not be submitted, and if submitted, will be rejected The decision of the
Owner as to the acceptability of motor control centers with larger dimensions
than as shown on the Plans will be final If the larger equipment is deemed
acceptable, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide any required revisions
to the structural, process, mechanical, electrical, and other designs without
additional cost to the Owner
E. The number of sections in each center and the unit arrangement within the
structure is indicated on the Contract Documents and is specific to this project.
Arrangement of units shall not be changed from that shown on the Contract
Documents unless size requirements of the units necessitate changing the
arrangement, and the proposed change is acceptable to the Owner In the event
that the unit arrangement is changed, the Contractor shall be responsible for
coordinating and providing for conduit relocations to allow conduits to enter the
section from which the conductors they contain are routed
F Motor control centers, and the equipment contained within them, shall be factory
engineered, manufactured, assembled and wired as complete units by one of the
specified manufacturers at the manufacturer's factory or at a location designated
by the manufacturer This requirement pertains to control wiring and similar
items and wiring located within the MCC. Provide necessary means (terminal
blocks, bus splices) to connect adjacent sections where shipping splits are
provided
G Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with motor control center access locations from approved shop
drawings. Do not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop
16445-2
drawings. Any relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly
placed conduits prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at
the Contractor's expense.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 paragraph 1.11
B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as
dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of
material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction
damage by other trades is not acceptable
1.1 PAYMENT
A. No separate or additional payment will be made for the work and material
specified herein. All costs for motor control centers, as specified herein, shall be
included in the appropriate lump sum bid items
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with additional requirements of the
Contract, provide products by one of the following.
1. Allen–Bradley
2 Square D Co
3 Eaton Corp., Cutler -Hammer Products
2.2 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER FABRICATION
A. Ratings 480 volts, 3 phase, 3 or 4 wire as indicated, 60 hertz.
B. Wiring NEMA ICS 3, Class I, Type B.
1. Class C stranded, single copper conductor; No. 14 AWG minimum size
for control wiring, No. 12 AWG minimum size for power wiring
2. 600 volt rated MTW thermoplastic insulation Insulation color as follows.
a. red for control circuits internally energized
b. yellow for control circuits externally energized
c. black for power wiring
d. white for all grounded conductors
e. blue for d -c conductors.
C. Enclosures: free-standing, front -accessible, metal -clad structure sections
nominally 20" wide by 20" deep by 90" high, bolted together to form a continuous
assembly.
1. Suitable for mounting against a wall and does not require rear or side
access
16445-3
2. Formed of sheet steel to enclose a vertical bus, hold slide -in units and
provide horizontal and vertical wireways and a horizontal busway.
3. Designed to easily extend at either end with similar vertical structures.
4 NEMA type per location as stated in Section 16050
5 Channel sills for attaching enclosure to floor, housekeeping pad, or other
supporting structure.
6 Enclosure conduit entry locations shall be able to accept the quantities
and sizes of conduits as shown on the Contract Plans.
D. Wireways. continuous both vertically and horizontally
1 Accessible from the front of the center
2. Completely isolated from bus compartments and adjacent sections.
3 Vertical wireways adjacent to the slide -in units in each section, but
accessible through a separate hinged door running the full height of each
section between horizontal wireways
4 Horizontal wireways at both top and bottom, each intersecting the
vertical wireways of every section
E. Busing. Copper
1 Horizontal busing at the top or the center continuous, without splices
except where shipping splits are required. Provide splice bars and
hardware for shipping splits Access to the horizontal bus is by
removable coverplates.
2 Vertical busing continuous from the top of the section to the lowest unit
opening possible in the section
3 Copper ground bus at the bottom of the center, mechanically and
electrically connected to each vertical structure.
4 Lug connections to the bus bolted Lugs or connections for motor control
center equipment shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of
conductors as shown on the Contract Plans
5 Bracing designed to avoid accumulation of dirt, lint, etc. on supports
between phases.
6 Supports are moisture -resistant, non -carbonizing and non -tracking
7. Busing rated as indicated on the Plans, but not less than as follows*
a. Vertical busing - 300 amperes RMS minimum
b Horizontal busing - 600 amperes RMS minimum
c. Ground bus -1/4 inch x 2 inch minimum.
8 Insulated horizontal and vertical bus barriers and insulated bottom
barriers or bus caps to completely protect the conduit entry areas from
energized bussing
16445-4
1
1
F Section units
1 Units consist of protective/disconnect devices, magnetic starters, control
power transformers, control units, pilot lights, relays, terminal blocks and
associated wiring mounted on a metal slide -in structure of a modular
size
2. Units of equal rating are interchangeable within the center structure and
from center to center
3 Unit components do not protrude into or restrict wireways.
4. Unit barriers isolate each unit from adjacent units, vertical bus and
horizontal bus.
5 Pushbuttons, selector switches, and pilot lights are mounted on the
draw -out compartment; but they are visible and operable externally
through gasketed, die -cut openings in the unit door Provide an external
reset mechanism for overload relays on the unit door.
6 Plug-in contacts for bus connection of the units are silver plated, free-
floating but captive in an insulating block and easily replaceable. The
unit plug-in arrangement is completely self -aligning and fail-safe against
accidental short or ground. Each plug-in control unit is retained in the
structure
7. Short-circuit protective devices in combination starters and branch circuit
protective devices have an external operator. This operator is
interlocked with the door so that the circuit must be de -energized before
the door can be opened and the device cannot be closed with the door
open A semi -concealed interlock defeat mechanism is provided
8 The lugs compartment does interfere with routing of control or power
wiring nor interrupt the vertical wireway in the vertical section where it is
installed
G. Identification
1 Provide each motor control center with engraved nameplates per the
requirements of Section 16050 paragraph 3.3 and as follows:
a. Nameplate is Lamacoid or equal plastic laminate or engraved
metal plate Lettering is white, backgrounds are black. No
abbreviations are permitted unless approved by the Owner
Engraving is subject to the Owner's approval
b. Provide a main nameplate for each center, 2"x10" minimum size
with 1/2" engraved letters.
c. Main Lugs compartment is identified by a 1"x4" nameplate
engraved "MAIN LUGS COMPARTMENT" with 3/8" letters.
d. Main Circuit Breaker compartment is identified by a 1"x4"
nameplate engraved "MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
COMPARTMENT" with 3/8" letters.
16445-5
e Each unit door and each slide -in unit shall have a permanently
attached, engraved nameplate 3/8" letter unless otherwise
shown
f Provide nameplates for all relays, timers, transformers, fuses,
terminal blocks, and switches mounted internally to the unit.
Nameplates are Lamacoid sized to the scale of device to which
they refer Engrave as indicated for the device on the
elementary wiring diagrams.
2 Provide legend plates for all cover -mounted control devices, including
pilot lights, selector switches and pushbuttons Engraving is subject to
the Owner's approval.
3 Identify conductors at each termination by yellow sleeve wire markers
heat -shrink or stretch -on type with indelible black letters and numbers at
each termination or splice.
a. The manufacturer's standard internal wiring may be numbered
per NEMA or manufacturer's standard.
b Wire markers shall be readable from the front of the unit.
H Special Features: Where shown on the Contract Documents include the
following features:
1 A single point connection Ethernet connection where MCC unit
designated as "Network Switch" on the Contract Drawings.
a. Provide a 3" x 5" space in the this Unit to mount a workstation
outlet for the Ethernet communications cable
b All power required for this unit shall be derived from within the
motor control panel
c. A single Ethernet connection shall allow communications to all
networked overload units with the motor control center
1) Communications shall be via Modbus/TCP
2) It is acceptable for communications to each overload unit
to require a unique IP Address or Modbus Unit ID.
3) This communications shall allow all communications
features specified in Section 16422.
Finish: Ferrous parts are cleaned, rustproofed and finished with baked enamel,
light gray on the exterior, white on the interior Manufacturer's standard gray
colors or accents are acceptable
2.3 PROTECTIVE AND CONTROL DEVICES
A. Circuit breakers must meet the requirements of Section 16410, Enclosed
Switches and Circuit Breakers.
B Motor Controllers must meet the requirements of Section 16422, Motor
Controllers.
16445-6
C. Miscellaneous Protection and Control Devices.
1 Fuses. Power fuses, Class RK -5 silver element. Control fuses,
Bussman FNQ or equal
2 Pilot devices (control units and stations)* Allen-Bradley, Cutler -Hammer,
or Square D; heavy duty, oil -tight type per NEMA ICS -1, pilot lights shall
be push -to -test transformer type.
3. Control relays*
a. Electro -mechanical machine tool, heavy-duty type per NEMA
ICS Standard IEC rated relays are not permitted
b. 120 volt coils and double -break contacts rated B-300 by NEMA
standards, unless otherwise indicated.
1) Allen-Bradley 700 N
2) Siemens Class 46
3) Square D Company Class 8501, Type G
4) or equal
c. Time delay relays shall be octal DlNrail mount electronic relays
Finder or equal.
d. Relays shall be equipped with surge suppressers.
4. Control power transformers* as required for devices such as power
meters, with primary and secondary fuses.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install motor control centers and accessory items according to NEMA ICS.
B Mounting. Level, plumb and rigid without distortion of enclosure
1. Install motor control center plumb, level, and aligned across all sections,
level concrete base by grinding or with grout or imbed channels if not flat
and level with manufacturer's tolerance or 1/8" in 3' whichever is more
restrictive
2 Shim with stainless steel shims where necessary.
3 Bolt units to the floor with 3/8" stainless steel expansion anchors and
bolts or weld to embedded steel channels.
4. Grout or caulk enclosure to floor or pad
C Conduit connections:
1 Provide bushings on conduits entering from above or at the sides.
2. Provide metallic, insulating grounding bushings bonded to the ground
bus or pad on conduits entering from below
16445-7
D. Wiring in wireways: Arrange conductors into groups, and bundle and wrap with
tie wire
E. Prior to energization, remove bracing, packing materials, tape on movable parts,
etc as necessary. Check for damage to enclosure, cracked porcelain, chipped
bushings, etc.
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field -installed wiring and components and provide warning signs as
specified in Section 16050
3.3 GROUNDING
A. Connect equipment grounding conductors to ground bus, except for circuits
requiring isolated grounding
B Provide ground continuity to facility electrical ground system as indicated
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Clean splice plates with Stoddard's Solvent before assembling
B Assemble all shipping splits
C Tighten bus splices, electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding
connections, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values.
Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL
486A and UL 486B
D. Check factory connections for proper torque
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows:
1 Test the equipment and electrical circuits for proper connection,
continuity, and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds. Test wire
and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to
energization of the system. Check for continuity, visual damage,
marking, and proper phase sequence before performing insulation
testing
2 Make insulation -resistance tests of each bus, component, and
connecting supply, feeder, and control circuits Megger bus work,
breakers and circuits phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground
disconnecting and reconnecting equipment which cannot be meggered
as required The minimum acceptable steady-state value is 50
megohms. Record ambient temperature and humidity during testing
3 Test operation, calibration, and settings of the meters, relays and
indicating devices
4 Test all operating controls for proper operation
5. Test auxiliary equipment, i e , heaters, thermostats, lights, and
illuminated indicating devices and lamps, and audible alarm devices
16445-8
which are an integral part of equipment to verify that they function
properly
6 Check fuses with an ohmmeter; Ring out wiring and busing, Check
operation of control and safety interlocks, Check grounding of potential
transformers, current transformers, lightning and surge arresters; Check
control connections at terminal blocks, relays, meters, switches,
etc.Make insulation -resistance tests of each motor control center bus,
component, and connecting supply, feeder, branch and control circuits.
7 Make continuity tests of each circuit.
8 Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
and retest.
B Acceptance Testing' After installing motor control centers and before electrical
circuitry has been energized, demonstrate product capability and compliance
with requirements.
1 Provide services of a qualified independent testing agency as described
in Section 16010 to perform specified testing for motor control centers
and circuit breakers.
2. Procedures'
a. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 16.2.1 for motor control
centers. Certify compliance with test parameters.
b Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical
test stated in NETA ATS, Section 7 6 for molded -case circuit
breakers over 200 amps. Certify compliance with test
parameters.
3. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
and retest.
4. Take load readings on each motor control center after loads are
connected. Record these measurements to give the maximum reading
for each phase and neutral obtained with lighting, appliances, motors,
and other loads, connected to the motor control centers in service
C. Prepare and submit final wiring diagrams after all field modifications are
completed Include final wiring diagrams in the O&M Manual.
D Provide the services of a qualified factory -trained employee of the motor control
center manufacturer to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the
motor control center for a minimum period of 2 days per assembly. The
manufacturer's employee shall provide technical direction and assistance to the
Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connection and adjustments,
and testing of the assembly and components contained therein.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Tighten all structural connections, barriers, racking mechanisms, etc.
16445-9
B Check alignment of plug-in devices with stationary parts.
C Check operating mechanisms for binding, lubrication, etc
D. Set field -adjustable overload relays and circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated in
short circuit study, or if not included in the short circuit study, to the minimum
required value (within code limitations) to permit starting and operation of the
equipment.
E. Check continuity and phase uniformity from unit to unit and for all control or
metering circuits.
F Provide overload heaters, or set overloads, in motor controllers to protect the
actual motor installed
G. Set, program and/or adjust motor controller parameters (for example, in VFDs) to
properly control the driven equipment. See also Section 16422,Motor Controllers.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Vacuum equipment clean after installation, remove metal cuttings with a magnet
or suitable means before assembling equipment; wipe insulating supports,
bushings, etc with a clean lint -free cloth; clean debris, shavings, etc. from
breakers, bus, switches, relays, and similar components before start-up
B On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of motor control
centers. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up
scratches and mars of finish to match original finish
END OF SECTION
16445-10
1
F
11
1
1
1
11
1
SECTION 16447 — CONTROL STATIONS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes control stations used for motor or other control, but
mounted external to motor starters or motor control center
B. Related Sections include the following.
1. Section 16050 for additional materials and installation information.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data. For each type of control station.
1. Pilot devices
2. Enclosures
3. Auxiliary components
B Maintenance Data: For components to include in the maintenance manuals
specified in Division 1.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
B. Source Limitations: Obtain similar control station devices through one source
from a single manufacturer
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 paragraph 1.11
B. Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as
dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of
material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction
damage by other trades is not acceptable.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers. Subject to compliance with additional requirements of the
Contract, provide products by one of the following.
1. Allen—Bradley
2 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc
16447-1
3 Square D Co.
4 Eaton Corp , Cutler -Hammer Products.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Control stations shall consist of selector switches, pushbuttons, pilot lights,
potentiometers, and similar devices, individually or group mounted in a single
enclosure
B. Pilot devices*
1. Selector switches
a. Heavy duty, oiltight type.
b Contact block quantity and arrangement as indicated on wiring
diagrams, and required for specified functionality.
1) Dry and indoor locations: standard contact blocks rated
for 10 A continuous current.
2) Wet or outdoor locations Hermetically sealed contact
blocks
c. Maintained contact type for selector switches, unless shown
otherwise
d Knob type operators, black in color.
e Legend plate, marked as indicated on the Plans
2. Pushbuttons
a. Heavy duty, oiltight type
b Contact block quantity and arrangement as indicated on wiring
diagrams, and required for specified functionality.
1) Dry and indoor locations: standard contact blocks rated
for 10 A continuous current.
2) Wet or outdoor locations Hermetically sealed contact
blocks.
c Maintained contact type for selector switches, unless shown
otherwise
d Flush type operators, with half shroud
e Green colored buttons for START or ON and red color for STOP
or OFF. Black in color for other functions, unless otherwise
indicated
f Legend plate, marked as indicated on the Plans
3 Pilot lights
a. Heavy duty, oiltight type
16447-2
11
1
r
1
1
1
1
111
1
1
L
b. Lamps
1) LED, or incandescent type
2) Allows replacement of lamp without removal from
enclosure.
3) 120 volt lamp
4) Push to test type
5) Glass lens
6) Color as indicated on thePlans.
4 Potentiometers
a. Heavy duty type
b One turn type, with linear adjustment throughout range, 1%
resolution or better.
c 3 wire interface
C. Enclosures.
1 Formed of sheet steel and continuously welded with screw on or
clamped covers. Enclosures may be hinged
a. NEMA 1 and 12 Painted Steel
b NEMA 4X. Stainless Steel.
c. NEMA 7• Cast Iron
2. NEMA type per location as stated in Section 16050 "Basic Materials and
Methods", unless indicated otherwise.
2.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide each control station with an engraved nameplate per the requirements of
Section 16050 paragraph 3.3 and as follows:
1. Nameplate is Lamacoid or equal plastic laminate or engraved metal
plate. Lettering is white, 3/8", backgrounds are black. No abbreviations
are permitted unless approved by the Owner. Engraving is subject to the
Owner's approval
2. Provide individual legend plates for each pilot device.
3 Identify conductors at each termination by yellow sleeve wire markers
heat -shrink or stretch -on type with indelible black letters and numbers at
each termination or splice.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mounting. Level, plumb and rigid without distortion of enclosure
16447-3
1 Provide bushings on conduits entering from above or at the sides.
2. Provide metallic, insulating grounding bushings on conduits entering
from below.
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Provide ground continuity to facility electrical ground system.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections,
according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A
and UL 4868
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Acceptance Testing
1 Test the equipment and electrical circuits for proper connection,
continuity, and absence of undesirable shorts and grounds. Test wire
and cable installation, when complete and seventy-two hours prior to
energization of the system Check for continuity, visual damage,
marking, and proper phase sequence before performing insulation
testing
2. Test all operating controls for proper operation.
3. Make continuity tests of each circuit.
4. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to
demonstrate compliance, otherwise, remove and replace with new units,
and retest.
END OF SECTION
16447-4
1
1
t
t
1
1
1
SECTION 16460 – DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes dry -type distribution and specialty transformers rated 1000
V and Tess.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data. Submit the following:
1. nameplate ratings
2. mounting methods
3 dimensioned plans, sections, elevation views and minimum clearances
4 Enclosures which will not accept the quantities of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans will be rejected.
5. Lugs or connections for transformers which are not able to accept the
quantities and sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans will
be rejected
B Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's wiring diagrams and clearly identify
terminals for tap changing and connecting field -installed wiring
C Field Test Reports Indicate and interpret test results for tests specified in Part 3.
D Maintenance Data. Include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 1
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
B Comply with NFPA 70
C. Comply with UL 1561 "Standard for Dry -Type General Purpose and Power
Transformers".
D. Product Selection for Restricted Space- Space for installation of transformers is
limited Contract Document plan drawings indicate typical physical sizes or
dimensions for equipment, including clearances between transformers and
adjacent surfaces and items Transformers with larger dimensions may be
acceptable, but it is the responsibility of the Contractor to submit detailed
drawings showing the required revisions to the structural, process, mechanical,
electrical, and other plans to accommodate equipment with larger dimensions
The Contractor shall coordinate the size of the transformers with the available
space and shall verify that the proposed equipment is capable of being installed
in the available space prior to making a submittal Equipment of dimensions
16460-1
larger than the available space shall not be submitted, and if submitted, will be
rejected. The decision of the Engineer as to the acceptability of equipment with
larger dimensions than as shown on the Contract Document plan drawings will
be final. If the larger equipment is deemed acceptable, it is the Contractor's
responsibility to provide any required revisions to the structural, process,
mechanical, electrical, and other designs without additional cost to the Owner
E. Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with transformer access locations from approved shop drawings. Do
not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop drawings Any
relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly placed conduits
prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at the Contractor's
expense
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 paragraph 1.11
B Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards such as
dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations. Field repair of
material or equipment made defective by improper storage or site construction
damage by other trades is not acceptable.
C. Temporary Heating Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written
instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated -type unit throughout periods
during which equipment is not energized and is not in a space that is
continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, provide transformers
by one the following.
1
1
1
1. Cutler-Hammer/Eaton Corp '11
2. GE Electrical Distribution & Control.
3 Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc.
4. Square D; Groupe Schneider.
5. Tierney Electrical Manufacturing Company
2.2 TRANSFORMERS, GENERAL
A. Description. Factory -assembled and -tested, air-cooled units of types and sizes
specified, designed for 60 -Hz service.
B Cores. Grain -oriented, nonaging silicon steel.
C Coils Continuous copper windings without splices, except for taps.
D Internal Coil Connections Brazed or pressure type
16460-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
E. Enclosure. Complies with Section 16050 and NEMA 250 for the environment in
which installed Enclosure conduit entry locations shall be able to accept the
quantities and sizes of conduits as shown on the Contract Plans.
F Lugs or connections for transformers shall be able to accept the quantities and
sizes of conductors as shown on the Contract Plans.
2.3 GENERAL-PURPOSE DISTRIBUTION AND POWER TRANSFORMERS
A. Comply with NEMA TP -1 (except less than 15 kVA and/or K -rated transformers),
NEMA ST 20 and list and label as complying with UL 1561.
B Cores. One leg per phase.
C. Windings. One coil per phase in primary and. secondary
D Insulation Class: 220 deg C class for transformers larger than 15 kVA.
E. Rated Temperature Rise. 80 deg C maximum rise above 40 deg C.
F Taps: For transformers 3 kVA and larger, full -capacity taps in high-voltage
windings, are as follows.
1. Taps, 3 through 25 kVA. Two 5 -percent taps below rated high voltage.
2 Taps, 25 through 500 kVA: Six 2.5 -percent taps, 2 above and 4 below
rated high voltage.
G. Wall -Mounting Brackets. Manufacturer's standard brackets for transformers up
to 75 kVA.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Indoor Units. Manufacturer's standard paint over corrosion -resistant
pretreatment and primer.
2.5 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS
A. Units comply with NEMA ST 1 and are listed and labeled as complying with UL
506, "Standard for Specialty Transformers".
B Ratings Continuous duty If rating is not indicated, provide capacity exceeding
peak load by 50 percent minimum.
C Description- Self -cooled, 2 windings.
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Tests: Design and routine tests comply with referenced standards
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Arrange equipment to provide adequate spacing for access and for circulation of
cooling air per manufacturer's recommendations
16460-3
B Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's
published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not
indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B, "Wire Connectors"
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Comply with Section 16060 and NEC for materials and installation requirements.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test to ensure transformer is operational within industry and manufacturer's
tolerances, is installed according to the Contract Documents, and is suitable for
energizing.
B Report: Submit a written report of observations and tests. Report defective
materials and installation.
C. Tests. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated
in NETA ATS, Section 7.2 1.1 for transformers Certify compliance with test
parameters
1 Inspect accessible components for cleanliness, mechanical and electrical
integrity, and damage or deterioration. Verify that temporary shipping
bracing has been removed. Include internal inspection through access
panels and covers
2. Inspect bolted electrical connections for tightness according to
manufacturer's published torque values or, if not available, those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B, "Wire Connectors".
3. Insulation Resistance Perform winding to winding and winding to
ground megohmmeter tests of each primary and secondary winding
D Test Failures Compare test results with specified performance or
manufacturer's data. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and retest. Verify
that transformers meet specified requirements
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at utilization
equipment throughout normal operating cycle of facility Record primary and
secondary voltages and tap settings and submit with test results.
B Adjust buck -boost transformer connections to provide optimum voltage
conditions at utilization equipment throughout normal operating cycle of facility.
END OF SECTION
16460-4
SECTION 16510 – INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes interior lighting fixtures (including fixtures normally
mounted on the building), lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting units, and
accessory materials such as frames, lenses, diffusers, hangers, spacers, stems
and canopies, auxiliary junction boxes and other miscellaneous hardware as
required for complete installation of all lighting equipment.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. LED luminaire. A complete lighting unit consisting of LED -based light emitting
elements and a matched driver together with parts to distribute light, to position
and protect the Tight emitting elements, and to connect the unit to a branch
circuit. The LED based light emitting elements may take the form of LED
packages (components), LED arrays (modules), LED Light Engine, or LED
lamps. The LED luminaire is intended to connect directly to a branch circuit.
B Fixture A complete lighting unit or emergency lighting unit. Fixtures include
lamps and parts required to distribute light, position and protect lamps, and
connect lamps to power supply Internal battery -powered emergency lighting
units also include a battery and the means for controlling and recharging the
battery. Average Life. The time after which 50 percent fails and 50 percent
survives under normal conditions.
C. CRI: Color Rendering Index.
D CCT. Correlated Color Temperature.
E. SSL: Solid State Lighting (or LED)
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B Product Data describing fixtures, lamps, drivers, and emergency lighting units.
Arrange Product Data for fixtures in order of fixture designation. Include data on
features and accessories and the following.
1. Outline drawings indicating dimensions and principal features of fixtures.
2 Electrical Ratings and Photometric Data. Certified results of laboratory
tests for fixtures and lamps.
3. Battery and charger data for emergency lighting units.
C Maintenance data for fixtures to include in the operation and maintenance
manual specified in Division 1.
16510-1
D. Provide one of the following sets of data regarding the output of the Luminarie
over time.
1. LM -79-08 report at T=0 and at T=6000 hours with a summary table
showing the percentage lumen output change and percent input power
change
2. LM -80-08 test data for the LEDs at the three temperatures per LM -80-08
Provide extrapolation data using an exponential decay function to show
the output at 50,000 hours. Provide the Ts value from the LM -79-08 ad
where the point falls in relation to the LM -80-08 extrapolated data.
Interpolate between the LM -80-08 data for the Ts temperature.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Component Standard. Provide components that comply with NEC and
that are listed and labeled by UL.
B Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7
C Listing and Labeling Provide fixtures, emergency lighting units, and accessory
components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled for their indicated
use and installation conditions on Project.
1 Special Listing and Labeling' Provide fixtures for use in damp or wet
locations, and recessed in combustible construction that are specifically
listed and labeled for such use. Provide fixtures for use in hazardous
(classified) locations that are listed and labeled for the specific hazard
D. Coordinate fixtures, mounting hardware, and trim with ductwork, insulation,
sprinkler system, ceiling system and other items, including work of other trades,
required to be mounted on ceiling or in ceiling space
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are
packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels
describing contents.
1 Lamps' 10% of each type and rating installed Furnish at least one of
each type
2 Plastic Diffusers and Lenses: 1% of each type and rating installed.
Furnish at least one of each type
3. LED Drivers. 2% of each type and rating installed Furnish at least one
of each type
4. Globes and Guards: 5% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at
least one of each type.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified in the Lighting Fixture Schedule
16510-2
2.2 FIXTURES AND. FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A. No visible labels, trademarks or monograms on the exterior of the lighting fixtures
or on lens or diffusers
B Metal Parts. Free from burrs, sharp corners, and edges.
C. Sheet Metal Components. Steel, except as indicated Form and support to
prevent warping and sagging.
D. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access. Smooth operating without the use of
tools, intended for finger operation; free from light leakage at seams, joints or
junctions visible in the installed condition under operating conditions, and
arranged to permit relamping without use of tools. Arrange doors, frames,
lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping
and when secured in operating position Spring loaded latches for frames.
E. Reflecting Surfaces Minimum reflectance as follows, except as otherwise
indicated.
1 White Surfaces. 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces. 75 percent.
4 Laminated Silver Metallized Film. 90 percent.
F Lenses, Diffusers, Covers, and Globes: 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or
water white, annealed crystal glass, except as otherwise indicated
1. Plastic: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging,
exposure to heat, and UV radiation
2. Lens Thickness: 0.125 inch minimum; except where greater thickness is
indicated
3 Pattern for plastic lenses: K12 prismatic refractors Pattern No 12 is not
acceptable.
4 Approved manufacturers:
a. Holophane
b. KSH Plastics
c. Carolite Plastics
d Plaskolite, Inc.
G Provide gaskets on all trims and housings of "wet" location fixtures. Provide non-
corrosive type plaster rings, hangers, trim and hardware in wet locations.
H. Fixture Supports
1. Provide hook hangers for fixtures where indicated or specified consisting
of an integrated assembly matched to fixture and line voltage and
equipped with threaded attachment, cord, and locking type plug
16510-3
LED Drivers: Electronic integrated circuit, solid-state, full -light -output, energy-
efficient type compatible with lamps and lamp combinations to which connected
1 Certification by Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL). Can be UL
recognized, but Listed when part of a fixture assembly
2. Drivers shall have a minimum efficiency of 85%
3 Sound Rating "A" rating.
4 Voltage Match connected circuits
5. Starting Temperature -30 deg C to 50 deg C
6 Minimum Power Factor: 90 percent.
7 Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of Ballast Current: Less than 10
percent.
8 Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J for electromagnetic
interference
9. Lamp -Driver connection method does not reduce normal rated life of
lamps
2.3 LAMPS AS PART OF FIXTURE
A. Provide lamps for each fixture which comply with ANSI C78 series that is
applicable to each type of lamp
B. Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index (CRI). 4000-4100 K
and minimum CRI listed on fixture schedule.
C LED Lamp Life Rated average is a minimum of 50,000 operating hours before
reaching L70 lumen output degradation point with no catastrophic failures.
2.4 FUSES
A. Provide fuses in fixtures mounted more than eight feet above floor or operated at
277 volts.
B Fast acting, current limiting fuses, coordinated with the ballast and lamp
operating characteristics, so as to avoid false tripping, yet provide fault clearing
before damage occurs to the fixture. Bussman Type HFL in-line fuse holder and
Bussman Type GLR fuse, sized at two -hundred percent of the ballast current
rating
2.5 FINISHES
A. Manufacturer's standard, except as otherwise indicated, applied over corrosion -
resistant treatment or primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains, blisters, and
similar defects.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Coordination with other work.
16510-4
1. Coordinate lighting fixture size and design, frame requirements, and
hanging or mounting devices for project ceiling conditions before
ordering lighting fixtures. Refer to the Plans for details of ceiling and wall
construction; provide lighting fixtures suitable for the particular type of
ceiling or wall at each location.
2. Adjust Tight fixtures as required - near piping, equipment, etc., to protect
from physical damage and provide sufficient clearance to install lamps
and to maintain lens, reflectors, ballasts, etc. Where pendant mounted
fixtures are in conflict with ducts and piping, coordinate the location and
mounting heights of the fixtures to the available space left between the
various ducts and piping.
3 Locate fixtures so that doors and other equipment will not damage them
at any time.
4. Adjust stem or chain lengths to suit actual field conditions where
indicated mounting heights to bottom of fixtures are not possible or
conflict with other trades' work. Brace pendants and rods over 48 inches
long to limit swinging
5 Prepare irregular surfaces for mounting
B Fixture support
1. Install fixtures with supports, brackets and trim as recommended by the
fixture manufacturer to suit the particular building construction and use.
Align each fixture to ceiling structure.
2 Install surface mounted fixtures tight to the ceiling construction. Provide
shims or spacers as required to keep surface mounted fixture from
warping or twisting due to uneven surfaces. For suspended fixtures, use
stems and chain attachments that cannot be displaced from hangers by
an upward force.
3. Provide fixture hangers and attachments on pendant or bracket mounted
fixtures in addition to raceway connections Provide a minimum of two
per fixture at the quarter points for fixtures of eight feet or less.
4. Secure surface fixtures to ceiling system, roof structure or slabs with a
fastener such as lag screw, lag bolt, toggle bolt, cinch anchor or stud to
support the fixture plus one -hundred pounds at each support. Nails or
similar fasteners are not approved for lighting fixture support.
5. Do not support fixtures from ceiling material other than structural or
framing material Provide supports, spacers, channels, etc., necessary
to support lighting fixtures where fixtures are located so that they cannot
be connected directly to structure members. Provide additional framing
to directly support fixtures where construction is such that mounting
channels, strongbacks or bridging is required to support fixtures. Provide
additional support material which matches the structure material.
6 Provide outlet boxes or other supports for lighting fixtures which are of
sufficient strength to support at least four times the weight of fixture or
one -hundred pounds, whichever is greater. Support all fixtures weighing
more than fifty pounds independently of outlet box.
16510-5
7. Support all surface mounted fixtures more than eighteen inches wide at
or near each corner, in addition to support from outlet box.
C Install fixtures in rows or grids true to line. Install fixtures in a common area at
the same level or grade Install continuous runs of fixtures straight and true with
joining straps, couplings, and nipples. Maintain spacing for fixtures as
dimensioned or shown on the reflected ceiling plan and do not arbitrarily change
because of ceiling pattern, etc. Symbols on the Plans which are undimensioned
show approximate locations and care shall be used to locate fixtures on centers
of spaces, at the quarter points, or as indicated. Any changes in fixture layout
must be approved in writing by the Owner
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground the lighting units. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including
grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening
values Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage Replaced damaged fixtures and
components
B Tests. Verify normal operation of each fixture after fixtures have been installed
and circuits have been energized with normal power source. Interrupt electrical
energy to demonstrate proper operation of emergency lighting installation
C Replace or repair malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat
procedure until all units operate properly.
D. Report results of tests in writing
E. Replace fixtures that show evidence of corrosion during Project warranty period.
F Provide replacement lamps for all lamps which fail prior to completion of the
work.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean fixture lens, diffusers, enclosures on fixtures. Dirty enclosures, lens or
diffusers shall be removed, washed and rinsed as recommended by fixture
manufacturer
B Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities.
3.5 INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A. Lighting Fixture Schedule is shown on the Plans.
END OF SECTION
16510-6
1
f
1
1
11
1
1
1
1
SECTION 16520 – EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior lighting fixtures, LED drivers, pole standards, and
accessories.
B Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section.
1. Section 16510 for interior fixtures, lamps, ballasts, emergency lighting
units, and accessories; also for exterior fixtures normally mounted on
buildings
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Fixture A complete lighting unit. Fixtures include lamps and parts required to
distribute light, position and protect lamps, and connect lamps to power supply.
Internal battery -powered exit signs and emergency lighting units also include a
battery and the means for controlling and recharging the battery. Emergency
lighting units include ones with and without integral lamp heads. See also LED
luminaire
B Lighting Unit: A fixture or an assembly of fixtures with a common support,
including a pole or bracket plus mounting and support accessories.
C. LED luminaire. A complete lighting unit consisting of LED -based Tight emitting
elements and a matched driver together with parts to distribute light, to position
and protect the light emitting elements, and to connect the unit to a branch
circuit. The LED based light emitting elements may take the form of LED
packages (components), LED arrays (modules), LED Light Engine, or LED
lamps. The LED luminaire is intended to connect directly to a branch circuit.
D Luminaire. A fixture
1.4 LM -80 – LUMEN MAINTENANCE.DEFINITIONS
A. Average Life The time after which 50 percent fails and 50 percent survives
under normal conditions
B CRI. Color Rendering Index.
C. CCT: Correlated Color Temperature.
D SSL. Solid State Lighting (or LED)
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. General. Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
16520-1
B Maintenance data for products to include in the operation and maintenance
manual specified in Division 1
C Provide one of the following sets of data regarding the output of the Luminaire
over time:
1 LM -79-08 report at T=0 and at T=6000 hours with a summary table
showing the percentage lumen output change and percent input power
change
2. LM -80-08 test data for the LEDs at the three temperatures per LM -80-08.
Provide extrapolation data using an exponential decay function to show
the output at 50,000 hours. Provide the Ts value from the LM -79-08 ad
where the point falls in relation to the LM -80-08 extrapolated data
Interpolate between the LM -80-08 data for the Ts temperature.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Component Standard Provide components that comply with NFPA 70
B Refer to Section 16010paragraph 1 7
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are
packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels
describing contents.
1 LED Drivers. 10% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one
of each type
2. Glass and Plastic Lenses, Covers, and Other Optical Parts: 1% of each
type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type
3. Globes and Guards 5% of each type and rating installed. Furnish at
least one of each type.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified in Lighting Fixture Schedule.
2.2 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS, GENERAL
A. Metal Parts. Free from burrs, sharp edges, and corners.
B. Sheet Metal Components. Corrosion -resistant aluminum, except as otherwise
indicated Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
C Housings Rigidly formed, weather- and light -tight enclosures that will not warp,
sag, or deform in use. Provide filter/breather for enclosed fixtures.
D Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access Smooth operating, free from light
leakage under operating conditions, and arranged to permit relamping without
use of tools. Arrange doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other pieces to
prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating
16520-2
position Provide for door removal for cleaning or replacing Tens. "Arrange for
door opening to disconnect ballast.
E. Exposed Hardware Material Stainless steel.
F. Reflecting Surfaces. Minimum reflectances as follows, except as otherwise
indicated'
1. White Surfaces. 85 percent.
2 Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3 Diffusing Specular Surfaces' 75 percent.
G. Plastic Parts: High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging,
exposure to heat, and UV radiation.
H. Lenses and Refractors. Materials as indicated. Use heat- and aging -resistant,
resilient gaskets to seal and cushion lens and refractor mounting in fixture doors.
LED Drivers Electronic integrated circuit, solid-state, full -Tight -output, energy-
efficient type compatible with lamps and lamp combinations to which connected
1. Certification by Electrical Testing Laboratory (ETL) Can be UL
recognized, but Listed when part of a fixture assembly.
2. Drivers shall have a minimum efficiency of 85%
3 Sound Rating "A" rating
4 Voltage Match connected circuits.
5 Starting Temperature: -30 degrees C to 50 degrees C
6 Minimum Power Factor 90 percent.
7. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of Ballast Current: Less than 10
percent.
8. Conform to FCC Regulations Part 15, Subpart J for electromagnetic
interference.
9. Lamp -Driver connection method does not reduce normal rated life of
lamps.
2.3 LAMPS AS PART OF FIXTURE
A. Provide lamps for each fixture which comply with ANSI C78 series that is
applicable to each type of Tamp.
B Color Temperature and Minimum Color -Rendering Index (CRI): 4000-4100 K
and minimum CRI listed on fixture schedule.
C. LED Lamp Life. Rated average is a minimum of 50,000 operating hours before
reaching L70 lumen output degradation point with no catastrophic failures.
16520-3
2.4 FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Mountings, Fastenings, and Appurtenances. Corrosion -resistant items
compatible with support components Use materials that will not cause galvanic
action at contact points. Use mountings that correctly position luminaire to
provide indicated Tight distribution
2.5 FINISHES
A. Metal Parts. Manufacturer's standard finish, except as otherwise indicated,
applied over corrosion -resistant primer, free of streaks, runs, holidays, stains,
blisters, and similar defects.
B Other Parts: Manufacturer's standard finish, except as otherwise indicated
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set units plumb, square, level, and secure according to manufacturer's written
instructions and approved Shop Drawings.
B Fixture Attachment: Fasten to indicated structural supports
C Lamp fixtures with indicated lamps according to manufacturer's written
instructions. Replace malfunctioning lamps
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each installed unit for damage Replace damaged fixtures and
components.
B. Give advance notice of dates and times for field tests.
C Provide instruments to make and record test results.
D Tests and Observations. Verify normal operation of lighting units after installing
fixtures and energizing circuits with normal power source Include the following.
1 Check for excessively noisy ballasts.
E. Replace or repair damaged and malfunctioning units, make necessary
adjustments, and retest. Repeat procedure until all units operate properly.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Clean units after installation. Use methods and materials recommended by
manufacturer
3.4 LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A. Lighting Fixture Schedule is shown on the Contract Drawings.
END OF SECTION
16520-4
SECTION 16671 – SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This section includes Surge Protective Device (SPD) equipment having the
electrical characteristics, ratings and modifications as specified herein and as
shown on the Plans. To maximize performance and reliability, the AC surge
protection shall be integrated into electrical distribution equipment such as
switchboards, panelboards and/or motor control centers.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 16050 for materials and installation
2. Section 16443
3 Section 16445
4 Section 16440
1.3 REFERENCES
A. SPD units and all components shall be designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with the latest applicable UL Listed standards (UL 1449, 3rd Edition),
UL 1283
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The following information shall be submitted to the Owner:
1 Provide verification that the SPD complies with the required UL 1449 3rd
Edition
2. Provide actual let through voltage test data in the form of oscillograph
results for the ANSI/IEEE C62 41 Category C3 & C1 (combination wave)
and B3 (ring wave) tested in accordance with ANSI/IEEE C62.45
3 Provide spectrum analysis of each unit based on MIL -STD -220A test
procedures between 50 kHz and 200 kHz verifying the devices noise
attenuation equal or exceeds 50 dB at 100 kHz.
4 Provide test report in compliance with NEMA LS1 from a recognized
independent testing laboratory verifying the suppressor components can
survive published surge current rating on both a per mode and per phase
basis using the IEEE C62 41, 8 x 20 microsecond current wave Note
that test data on individual module is not accepted
B. Where applicable the following additional information shall be submitted to the
Owner.
16671-1
1 Descriptive bulletins
2. Product sheets.
C. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes.
1. Final record drawings and information.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 Basic Electrical Requirements 1 7 Quality Assurance.
B Comply with UL 1449, "Standard for Surge Protective Devices"
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The manufacturer must have a 24-hour response capability with nationwide field
engineering personnel. The field service organization must have fully accredited,
Power System Engineers located across the North America who are capable of
performing complete grounding, Power Quality analysis, and coordination
studies. Factory trained SPD sales personnel do not qualify as Power System
Engineers
B The manufacturer of the surge protective equipment shall be the same
manufacturer as the manufacturer of the low voltage distribution equipment in
which the SPD units are installed
C The following minimum mounting and installation guidelines shall be met, unless
specifically modified by the above referenced standards
1. The equipment manufacturer shall certify that the equipment can
withstand, that is, function following the seismic event, including both
vertical and lateral required response spectra as specified in above
codes.
2. The equipment manufacturer shall document the requirements
necessary for proper seismic mounting of the equipment. Seismic
qualification shall be considered achieved when the capability of the
equipment, meets or exceeds the specified response spectra
3 If integrated into a switchboard, panelboard or MCC, the seismic
qualification of the enclosing equipment shall not be reduced because of
the integration
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. One (1) copy of manufacturer's instructions shall be included with
the equipment at time of shipment.
1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each
assembly shipped, and shall include instruction leaflets and instruction bulletins
for the complete assembly and each major component.
16671-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. General Electric Co., Electrical Distribution & Control Div
B Siemens Energy & Automation
C Square D / Schneider Electric
D Cutler Hammer/Eaton
2.2 VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION – GENERAL
A. Electrical Requirements
1 Unit Operating Voltage – Refer to the Plans for operating voltage and
unit configuration.
2. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV) – The MCOV shall be
greater than 115% of the nominal system operating voltage.
3. The suppression system Surge Protection shall incorporate a hybrid
designed Metal -Oxide Varistors (MOV) surge suppressor for the service
entrance and other distribution level. The system shall not utilize silicon
avalanche diodes, selenium cell, air gaps or other components that may
crowbar the system voltage leading to system upset or create any
environmental hazards
4. Protection Modes – For a wye configured system, the device must have
directly connected suppression elements between line -neutral (L -N), line -
ground (L -G), and neutral -ground (N -G). For a delta -configured system,
the device must have suppression elements between line to line (L -L)
and line to ground (L -G)
5 UL 1449 3rd Edition Suppressed Voltage Rating (SVR) – The maximum
UL 1449 3rd Edition SVR for the device must not exceed the following.
Modes
208Y/120
480Y/277
L -N; L -G, N -G
400V
800V
L -L
800V
1800V
6. ANSI/IEEE Cat. C3 Let Through Voltage – The let through voltage based
on IEEE C62.41 and C62 45 recommended procedures for Category C3
surges (20 kV, 10 kA) shall be less than.
Mode
208Y/120
480Y/277
L -N
560V
960V
7 ANSI/IEEE Cat. B3 Let Through Voltage – Let through voltage based on
IEEE C62.41 and C62.45 recommended procedures for the ANSI/IEEE
Cat. B3 ringwave (6 kV, 500 amps) shall be less than.
Mode
208Y/120
480Y/277
L -N
160V
165V
B SPD Design
1 Electrical Noise Filter – Each unit shall include a high-performance
EMI/RFI noise rejection filter. Noise attenuation for electric line noise
shall be 50 dB at 100 kHz using the MIL -STD -220A insertion loss test
16671-3
method Products not able to demonstrate noise attenuation of 50 dB at
100 kHz shall be rejected.
2 Extended Range Filter —The Surge Protective Device shall have a High
Frequency Extended Range Tracking filter in each Line to Neutral mode
with compliance to UL 1283 and NEMA LS1. The filter shall have
published high frequency attenuation rating in the attenuation
frequencies.
Attenuation
Frequency
50k
Hz
100
kHz
500
kHz
1 MHz
10
MHz
100
MHz
Insertion Loss
(ratio)
40
316
316
89
200
79
Insertion Loss (dB)
32
50
50
39
46
38
3. Internal Connections — No plug-in component modules or printed circuit
boards shall be used as surge current conductors. All internal
components shall be hardwired with connections utilizing low impedance
conductors and compression fittings.
4 Standard Monitoring Diagnostics — Each SPD shall provide integral
monitoring options.
a. Each unit shall provide a solid state indicator Tight for each
phase The indicator light shall indicate which phase(s) have
been damaged
b. Remote Status Monitor — The SPD must include form C dry
contacts (one NO and one NC) for remote annunciation of unit
status. The remote alarm shall change state if any of the three
phases detect a fault condition
c. Event Counter — The SPD shall be equipped with an LCD display
system designed to indicate to the user how many surges, sags,
swells and outages have occurred at the location. The event
counter triggers each time under each respective categories
after significant event occurs A reset pushbutton shall also be
standard allowing all counters to be zeroed
d. Push to Test — The SPD shall be equipped with push -to -test
feature is designed to provide users with real time testing of the
suppressor's monitoring and diagnostic system By depressing
the test button, the diagnostic system initiates a self test
procedure. If the system is fully operational, the self test will
activate all indicator lights.
5 Overcurrent Protection Fusing: In order to isolate the SPD under any
fault condition, the manufacturer shall provide.
a. Individual Fusing. MOV's shall be individually fused via Copper
Fuse Trace. The Copper Fuse shall allow protection during high
surge (kA) events.
b Thermal Protection MOV's shall be equipped with Thermal Fuse
Spring (TFS) Technology which allows disconnection of the
suppression component at the overheated stage common during
temporary over voltage condition. For small fault currents
16671-4
t
1
1
t
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
between 100mA to 30Amp, or if the occurrence is over a longer
period of time, the TFS will disconnect first.
c. All overcurrent protection components shall be tested in
compliance with UL 1449 -Limited Current Test and AIC rating
test.
C Minimum Repetitive Surge Current Capability as per ANSI/IEEE C62.41 and
ANSI/IEEE C62.45 —1992
1 The suppression filter system shall be repetitive surge tested in every
mode utilizing a 1.2 x 50psec, 20kV open circuit voltage. 8 x 20psec,
10kA short circuit current Category C3 bi-wave at one minute intervals
without suffering either performance degradation or more than 10%
deviation of clamping voltage at a specified surge current. The minimum
repetitive surge current capability as per ANSI/IEEE C62.41 and
ANSI/IEEE C62.45 — 1992 shall be.
a. Service Entrance 12000 impulse per mode.
b Distribution Panelboard. 10000 impulse per mode
c. Branch Location Panelboard- 9000 impulse per mode.
2.3 SYSTEM APPLICATION
A. Surge Current Capacity — The minimum total surge current 8 x 20 microsecond
waveform that the device is capable of withstanding shall be as shown in the
followingtable*
Minimum total surge current and withstand Capability with compliance to
ANSI/IEEE C62.41 AND NEMA LS1
Application
Per
Phase
Per
Mode
Surge Withstand
Capabilities
ANSI/IEEE C3
Wave (10 kA)
Service Entrance Locations
(Switchboards, Switchgear,
MCC Main Entrance)
240 kA
120 kA
12000
High Exposure Roof Top
Locations (Distribution
Panel boards)
160 kA
80 kA
10000
Branch Locations
(Panelboards, MCCs,
Busway)
120 kA
60 kA
9000
B Switchgear, Switchboard, MCC and Panelboard Requirements
1 The SPD application covered under this section is for switchgear,
switchboard, MCC and panelboard locations. Service entrance located
SPD shall be tested and suitable for ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category C3
environments.
2 The SPD shall be of the same manufacturer as the switchboard, MCC or
panelboard
16671-5
3 The SPD shall be factory installed inside the switchboard, MCC and
panelboard at the assembly point by the original equipment
manufacturer
4 Locate Type II SPD on Toad side of main disconnect device, as close as
possible to the phase conductors and ground/neutral bar.
5 Provide a disconnect for type II SPDs. The disconnect shall be directly
integrated to the SPD and assembly bus using bolted bus bar
connections
6 The SPD shall be integral to switchboard, MCC and panelboards as
factory standardized design.
7. All monitoring diagnostics features shall be visible from the front of the
equipment.
2.4 ENCLOSURES
A. All enclosed equipment shall have NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures, unless
otherwise noted on the Plans or in Section 16050.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 FACTORY TESTING
A. Standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment under this section.
All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of NEMA and UL
standards.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. The Contractors shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's
recommendations and the Plans.
3.3 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall provide a full five (5) year warranty from the date of
shipment against any SPD part failure when installed in compliance with
manufacturer's written instructions and any applicable national or local code
END OF SECTION
16671-6
SECTION 16910 — PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1 Programmable logic controller (PLC) control system(s), including
a. Hardware, installation, field testing, and training
B. Related Sections include the following
1. Section 16940 for control panels housing PLC equipment.
C PLC Programming will be provided by others unless the PLC is being provided
as part of a package system as specified in Division 11
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Referenced Standards
1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
a. ICS 1, General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems.
b. ICS 1.1, Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and
Maintenance of Solid State Control.
c. ICS 4, Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use.
d. ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems.
e Publication No.250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V
maximum)
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
a. National Electric Code (NEC)
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements
1. The system includes racks, central processing units (CPUs), input/output
(I/O) modules, communication modules, power supplies, and associated
accessory items to provide a complete and functional control system
B The PLCs will function to monitor and control site operation and communicate
with other locations via Ethernet or a spread spectrum radio link.
16910-1
C The Contractor shall download the provided PLC program into each PLC, and
shall start up the PLC and equipment monitored and/or controlled by the PLC
D Performance Requirements
1. The installed system performs the functional and operational algorithms
required for control of the process.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Manufacturer's data sheets for each hardware component including
specific model numbers for each device, and size of memory provided in
each CPU
2. Manufacturer's installation manual, operation and maintenance
manual(s) for each component and/or device
B Shop Drawings.
1 Drawings
a. See Section 16940 for requirements.
2. Schedule of system I/O including the following data:
a. I/O point, with name, tag number, and indication of type and the
characteristics of the I/O signal
3 Listing of spare parts provided with the system
C Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1 See Section 01300
2 Provide specific information including
a. Manufacturer's published operation and maintenance manual,
and troubleshooting guide.
b Information for obtaining assistance and troubleshooting, parts
ordering information, and field service personnel requests
3 Include final system drawings, and final I/O lists.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1 7 .
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide products by the following
manufacturers.
1 Allen—Bradley
16910-2
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Conform to NEMA ICS 1.1 for installation and application of the PLC system.
B. The equipment consists of fully integrated microprocessor units specifically
designed for operation in unconditioned audible noise and high vibration areas.
1 Includes analog, digital, and communications interfaces for interface
directly with ISA or other industry standard transducers, actuators, and
communications equipment without the need for intervening conditioning
devices
C Equipment operates in 32 to 140 Degrees F temperature and 0 to 95 percent
relative humidity Equipment does not require cooling fans or other heating or
conditioning equipment to operate within this environmental range
D. Include the following minimum safety measures.
1 Watchdog function to monitor:
a. Internal processor clock failure,
b Processor memory failure
c. Loss of communication between processor and I/O modules.
d. Failure to execute logic program.
2. Safe wiring.
a. Equipment failure mode is such that the loss of power or control
signal to the equipment results in the equipment either shutting
down or operating safely.
b Stopping of equipment results from the de-energization of control
circuits, rather than the energization of control circuits.
3 PLC fault relay'
a. Opening of PLC fault contact occurs with the following
conditions:
1) Loss of memory
2) Processor fault.
3) Power supply fault.
4) Isolation failure.
5) Communications failure
6) Scan time overrun
7) Module failure.
4 Monitoring of internal faults and display.
16910-3
a. Internal PLC system status and faults shall be monitored and
displayed on the processor module or rack. Monitored items
shall include.
1) Processor ok/processor fault.
2) Battery ok/battery low
3) Power supply ok/power supply fault.
4) Module failure
E. Monitoring of Internal Processor Faults.
1. An internal watchdog shall time out and shut down the processor upon
detection of a problem Problems include.
a. Processor fails to correctly address input modules.
b Processor ceases to execute the logic program
c. Input modules fail to read current status values of inputs.
d. Processor memory failure
2.3 COMPONENTS
A. Provide components as indicated
B Provide all incidental materials and equipment required for a complete,
functional, and successfully operating PLC system. These items include, but are
not limited to.
1 power supplies
2. chassis racks
3 interconnecting cables
4 slot covers for unused chassis slots
5. other items ordinarily furnished as part of a complete system
C. PLC System Central Processor Unit (CPU).
1. PLC in Pump Building Control Panel
a. Supports Ladder Logic
b Supports acting as both a Modbus/TCP client and server
c. Supports acting as both a Ethernet/IP (PCCC) client and server.
D. Input/output (I/O) Modules.
1. Discrete I/O modules.
a. Input module.
16910-4
1) 24 VDC or 120 VAC input modules for typical I/O
2) 24 VDC input modules to monitor transistor inputs, for
any inputs sharing conduit pathway with analog loops, or
typical I/O.
b Output Module
1) Relay
2) 24 VDC with interposing relays for each point.
3) 120 VAC triac with interposing relays for each point.
a) An interposing relay is not required for circuits
starting motor starters in the same MCC.
2. Analog I/O modules.
a. Input modules.
1) 4-20 ma
b. Output modules.
1) 4-20 ma
E. Power Supply Units:
1 Each unit sized to supply the connected PLC system components
operating at full capacity, plus an additional 20% spare capacity,
minimum.
2. Input is 120 VAC, 60 HZ, single phase.
F Communications Modules:
1 10 Base T / 100 Base TX Ethernet port using at least one of the following
protocols.
a. AB/Ethernet (also known as CSP)
b Ethernet/IP (CIP)
c. Ethernet/IP (PCCC)
d. Modbus/TCP
e. Provide a unit with 120 VAC to 24 VDC power supply, and
Ethernet communications
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide all accessories required, whether indicated or not, for a complete PLC
control system to accomplish the requirements of the Plans and Specifications
16910-5
2.5 SOFTWARE
A. Provide the most recent versions of software required to program the PLC to the
Owner Turn all licenses, software keys, activation codes, and any other digital
usage rights identifier (including dongles, USB keys, etc.) over to the Owner The
Owner shall retain these rights to the software in perpetuity
B Provide the Owner with the most recent versions of software required to program
the PLC. Arrange for the Owner to receive the software and any required
licenses, software keys, activation codes, and any other digital usages rights
identifiers within 60 days of notice to proceed.
2.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Provide the following extra materials:
1 Provide one spare processor module for each type of processor module
furnished
2 Provide one spare I/O card for every 10 cards, or fraction thereof, of
each type of card installed.
3 Provide one spare power supply for each type of power supply furnished.
4. Provide one spare communications module for each type of module
furnished
5 Provide two spare cables for each type of cable furnished
6 Provide a list of the manufacturer's recommended spares for
maintenance purposes. Include in the list any special tools and test
equipment necessary or recommended by the manufacturer for the
maintenance of the complete system. Provide any recommended spares
not supplied above along with the recommended special tools and test
equipment.
7. Provide one spare chassis for each type of chassis furnished
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 TESTING
A. Testing shall be in accordance with 16940
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install PLC control system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
B Test, verify and demonstrate access to and functionality of PLC system as per
the requirements of Section 16940.
END OF SECTION
16910-6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 16940 — CONTROL PANELS
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Control panels (whether provided under Division 16, or provided, or specified to
be provided, with equipment specified under other Divisions)
B. Section Includes*
1 Control panels specified under this Section include*
a. Pump Building Control Panel
b HVAC Control Panel
2. Installation of control panels specified in other Divisions or furnished with
the equipment. This includes (but is not limited to) the following'
a. Polymer System
b. Generator Control Panel (Section 16230)
C Control Panels specified in other Divisions and provided on or as part of
equipment including (but is not limited to) the following.
1 Generator Control Panel (Section 16230)
D Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section
1 Division 15 for Control Panels provided with equipment specified in
Division 15.
2. Section 16910 for PLC equipment located in control panels.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Referenced Standards:
1. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
a. ICS 1, General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems.
b. ICS 4, Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use
c. ICS 6, Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems.
d. Publication No.250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V
maximum).
2 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)-
16940-1
a. National Electric Code (NEC)
3 Joint Industrial Council
a. JIC-EMP-1.
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Control Panels
1 The system includes control panels for control and/or monitoring of the
process equipment. Control panels, whether provided under Division 16
or other Divisions, shall meet the requirements of this Section.
2. The system includes remote I/O racks mounted in motor control centers
3 The system includes communications enclosures which will have
communications equipment installed in the enclosures by the Owner.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings.
1 See Section 01300
2. Dimensioned and to -scale panel layout drawings.
3 Materials of construction.
4 Drawings showing conduit and wiring access locations.
5 Elementary wiring diagrams and terminal block drawings, differentiating
between panel and field wiring
6 Bill of Materials including the reference name or number, quantity,
complete English language description, manufacturer, model number,
local supplier and wiring or piping reference
7 Product Information including manufacturer name, catalog descriptions,
ratings, wiring and piping diagrams, dimensional drawings, anchoring
details, installation instruction, and test results
8 Loop diagrams with all components connected per ISA standards.
9 The terminal designation (designations for terminals may be chosen by
the panel builder unless noted otherwise on contract drawings) shall be
shown on the elementary wiring diagrams, analog loop diagrams, and
terminal block drawings.
10 Nameplate text.
11 Enclosures which will not accept the quantities of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans will be rejected
B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1 See Section 01300
16940-2
2. Provide manufacturer's operating and maintenance manuals for each
device or item provided.
3. Recommended spare parts stocking list.
4 Record Drawings of completed control panels.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refer to Section 16010 paragraph 1.7
A. Control panels supplied under this Section shall be provided by a single
manufacturer, except those provided with equipment specified under Division 11,
13, 14, or 15 Control panel manufacturer shall be one of the following:
1 Control Freek (Spokane)
2. Quality Controls Corporation (Lynnwood)
3 Superior Custom Controls (Seattle)
4. Taurus Power & Controls Inc. (Tualatin, Oregon)
5. Total Energy Management (Richland)
6. Townsend Controls (Pasco)
7. TSI (Lynnwood)
8. L2 Systems (Lynnwood)
B. Comply with UL 508 "Standard for Industrial Control Equipment".
C Provide control panels bearing the label of a recognized testing laboratory, or
otherwise acceptable to the State of Washington Department of Labor and
Industries.
D Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with panel access locations.
E Shop testing of the panel is required. Refer to the "Testing" section below for
shop test information
F Submit and obtain approval of shop drawings and make approved shop drawings
available prior to placement of conduits in slabs to ensure placement is
coordinated with control panel access locations from approved shop drawings.
Do not place conduits in slabs prior to the receipt of approved shop drawings
Any relocation of conduits that are required because of incorrectly placed
conduits prior to receipt of approved shop drawings shall be completed at the
Contractor's expense.
t7 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Store equipment per requirements of Section 16010 paragraph 1.11 and as
follows.
1. After completion of shop assembly and testing, enclose panels in heavy-
duty polyethylene envelopes or secured sheeting to provide complete
protection from dust and moisture Place dehumidifiers inside the
polyethylene covering.
2 Skid -mount the equipment for final transport. Show shipping weight on
shipping tags, together with instructions for unloading, transporting,
storing, and handling on job site.
16940-3
3 Remove equipment protection only after equipment is safe from hazards
such as dirt and moisture and damage from construction operations
Field repair of material or equipment made defective by improper storage
or site construction damage by other trades is not acceptable
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Control panel enclosures shall be factory UL labeled enclosures fabricated into a
rigid, self supporting structure Panels shall be of NEMA type construction as
required for the location indicated on the Plans. Free standing panels shall be
provided with channel sills where shown on the Plans. Enclosure conduit entry
locations shall be able to accept the quantities and sizes of conduits as shown on
the Contract Plans
1. Welded construction
2. Completely enclosed, self-supporting, and gasketed dust -tight.
3 Seams and corners welded and ground smooth
4 Provide full length piano hinges rated for 1.5 times the weight of the door
and door mounted instruments
5 Furnish doors with keyed alike locking handles and three point catch
6 Provide each panel with lifting eyebolts. Furnish stainless steel base
channels.
7 Provide slotted bolt holes in the base, 1 1/2 inches long for field
adjustment.
B. Hinges. Stainless steel
C. Nameplates Phenolic.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Fuses
1 Control power fuses are FRN for ratings above ten amperes and FNQ for
ten amperes and below FRN fuses are mounted in phenolic blocks with a
fuse puller mounted adjacent to them. FNQ fuses are mounted in a Buss
CHM1 I modular fuseholder with indicator light. Label all fuseholders with
fuse identification number and fuse size and type. Provide three spare
fuses of each type and size in each panel. Provide box mounted on
panel interior marked "SPARE FUSES" to hold the spares.
2. Control power fuses connected to non -signaling circuits (for example,
solenoids, actuators, relay coils, network switches, PLC power supplies)
less than 10 amperes and less than 250 volts shall be 13/32" x 1-1/2"
(10 3 x 38 1 mm) midget or CC type, dual element time delay,
supplementary protection fuses. Cooper-Bussmann LP -CC dual element
series or Littlefuse CCMR series unless otherwise noted or required by
Manufacturer of connected equipment.
Provide finger -safe modular fuse holder with blown fuse indicators, Allen-
Bradley 1492 -FB, Cooper Bussman CH series, Weidmuller UK 10 3, or
16940-4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
equal. Plug-in fuse holders mounted to terminal blocks are not
acceptable.
3. Signal power for reference voltage (for example, PLC Input Signals, VFD
control circuits, and similar) shall be fast acting fuses 1/4" x 1-1/4" AGC
or 13/32" x 1-1/2" Midget or CC type fuses. Fuses shall be rated at a
minimum of 2 amperes. Fuses shall be manufactured by Cooper
Bussmann or Littlefuse.
Provide finger -safe terminal block, lever style Allen-Bradley 1492 -FB
series, Phoenix Contact UK series, Weidmuller WSI series, or equal.
Plug-in fuse holders mounted to terminal blocks are not acceptable.
4. 5mm x 20mm fuses (for example, Cooper Bussmann GAS) are not
acceptable for any application.
5 Provide three spare fuses of each type and size in each panel. Provide
box secured to panel door interior for signal power fuses marked
"SPARE FUSES"
Provide specialty fuse holder for fuses, Cooper Bussmann 5TPM or
similar for control power fuses. Mount to panel door interior. Label above
each position the ampere rating of the fuse
B Pilot devices (control units and stations). heavy duty, oil -tight type per NEMA
ICS -1, pilot lights push -to -test transformer type.
1 Allen-Bradley
2. Cutler -Hammer
3 Furnas
4 General Electric
5 Square D
C Relays
1 Control relays for switching 120 VAC power circuits or motor starting
circuits shall be electro -mechanical machine tool, heavy-duty type per
NEMA ICS Standard with 120 volt coils and double -break contacts rated
B-300 by NEMA standards: Allen-Bradley 700 N, General Electric CR
120, Gould -ITE J10, Square D Company Class 8501, Type G or equal,
Cutler -Hammer. Equip relays with surge suppressers. IEC rated relays
are not permitted
2 Control relays for logic control circuits shall be permitted to be terminal
block style type relays Coils shall be rated 120 VAC or 24 VDC (as
required). Contacts shall be double break type rated B300 by NEMA
standards. Relays shall have indicator flags. AIIen-Bradley, or equal.
3 Time delay relays shall be electronic type Allen Bradley 700 Series or
equal.
4. Intrinsically safe relays shall be fixed sensitivity type U/L approved for
use with a remote pilot device (dry contact) located in Class I, Division 1,
Group C and D area. Supply power shall be 120 volt AC 60 Hz. Final
contact rating shall be 10 amperes or better at 120 volts AC. ISR units
shall be as manufactured by GEMS, Stahl, or equal.
16940-5
D Terminals
1. Provide DIN rail mounted terminal blocks with screw clamp connections.
The terminal blocks shall be Entrelec MA 2,5/5 or equal.
2. Provide all accessories such as jumper bars, end stops, and end
sections needed for a complete and functional system of terminal blocks.
E. Power supplies shall be 120 VAC input, with adjustable 24 VDC output. Sola
Hevi-Duty SDN 2.5-24-100P, or equal.
F. Batteries shall be 12 Volt, rechargeable sealed lead -acid batteries suitable for
"Float" ("Standby") service. The batteries shall be sized to provide at least one
hour of operation during power failures They shall be Power Sonic PS-12XX or
equal.
G. Loop Indicators
1. shall be Panel Mount with a NEMA 4X/IP65 Sealed Front Bezel
2 shall have an operating ambient temperature range of at least 0° to 50°
C
3 shall be suitable for use with 120 VAC power
4 shall have an isolated 4-20 ma current loop input
5. shall have a 1/2" minimum, 4 digit minimum, LED based display showing a
value in engineering units that is linearly proportional to the current loop
input
6. shall have provisions to adjust the minimum and maximum engineering
units
7. shall be a Red Lion PAXD or equal
H Conductors
1. Class C stranded copper conductors of SIS or MTW insulation (for 120
VAC or 24 VDC power or discrete signal circuits).
2 Stranded #18 AWG copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, foil
or stranded wire shielding, and overall gray PVC jacket (for analog
instrumentation circuits)
Wireways
1 shall be a minimum of one inch wide and three inches deep
2. shall have removable snap on covers and perforated walls for easy wire
entrance
3 shall be constructed of non-metallic materials with a voltage insulation in
excess of the maximum voltage carried therein.
4 shall be Panduit Type G, Panel Channel, or equal.
J. Through Bulk Head Ethernet RJ45 (8 contacts, 8 position) coupler with
convenience receptacle
16940-6
1 RJ45 jack on either side of bulkhead
2. Must include dust cover on external side to protect RJ45 jack
3 Shall be rated so that the control panel enclosure rating is maintained
after installation
4. Shall be one of the following
a. Grace Engineered Products, Inc. Graceport P-R2-F3RO or
similar
b. Automation Direct ZIPPort ZP-PSA-16-101
c. Lapp Systems 16-1-45CS
K. Surge Protective Device shall be DIN rail mountable without a separate kit, shall
have a listed surge current capacity of 45,000 amps, provide transient protection
in all modes for a 20 ampere, 120 volt alternating current power circuit, and
provide a form C relay output to signal surge arrestor problem Provide
Sola/NEVI-Duty STFE Elite DIN Rail STFE200-10N or equal.
L. Miniature Circuit Breakers. Provide Rockwell Automation 1492 -SP or equal
M DIN rail mounted Ethernet Switches
1. Shall have at least 8 UTP ports
2. Switches shall be from
a. B&B Electronics
b N-Tron
c. Moxa
d. Hirschmann
e. Weidmuller
f. Cisco
3. RJ45 ports shall
a. be constructed with that screened cables can connect to signal
ground via metal RJ45 jacks
b. auto -negotiate 10 Base T / 100 Base TX
c. auto -negotiate MDI/MDIX
4 Fiber ports shall
a. fiber port shall be 100 Base FX (Multi -Mode)
b be duplex SC type or duplex LC type
c. accept multi -mode 50/125 pm fiber
16940-7
5 Switches shall be powered from 24 VDC.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Panel Nameplates and Identification -
1 Identify each item on the control panel with rectangular nameplates.
2 Provide nameplates of rigid phenolic plastic laminate with engraved
lettering or engraved metal plate with filled lettering Use black
background with white lettering.
3. Minimum letter height is %2 inch for instrument description and 1/4 inch
height for instrument tag number
4 Provide each panel with a 2" by 10" (minimum) main nameplate with1
inch high lettering with panel identification.
5 Abbreviations are not permitted unless approved by the Owner or
specifically shown on the nameplates, schedules, or drawings
6 Install nameplates plumb and parallel to the lines of doors or structure to
which they are attached. Attach to the sheet metal structure by a thin
coat of adhesive and sheet metal screws Make adhesive and screw
application in a manner to avoid buckling or distorting nameplates due to
use of excessive adhesive or over tightening of screws.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. General:
1 Control panels shall be factory or shop fabricated units completely
assembled, wired and tested before shipment to the job site
2. Panel construction, in general, shall meet JIC EMP -1 standards and
applicable NEMA and IEEE standards.
3. The panels shall be constructed in accordance with electrical testing
laboratory standards and shall be so labeled (the standards of a
recognized electrical testing laboratory)
4. Size panels for the enclosed equipment and the available space for
mounting of the panel, but not smaller than as shown on the Contract
Documents.
5. Panels shall be descaled, cleaned and primed in preparation for painting.
Painting shall consist of one coat of flat white enamel in the interior and
two coats of hard finish exterior enamel, gray in color for the exterior
Paint shall be suitable for field touch-up. Spare paint (one quart) shall be
provided for touch-up purposes
B. Component Installation.
1 Minimize welding to panel fronts and avoid distortion of panel metal.
16940-8
2. Reinforce around areas of the enclosure weakened by openings or
mounting of heavy equipment/components.
3. Accurately and cleanly cut or nibble cut-outs, and finish free of sharp
edges or burrs. Make cutouts plumb, level, and on-line vertically or
horizontally within 1/32 of an inch where components are in rows or
columns.
4 Provide minimum 1-5/8 inches spacing between horizontal rows of
externally mounted components; 1-1/2 inches minimum between vertical
columns of components.
5 The distance from the bottom row of components to the floor shall be not
less than 36 inches, unless specifically shown as less. In general, all
indicating lights, pushbuttons, and similar control devices, shall be
mounted in accordance with the sequence of operation from left to right
and top to bottom.
6 Provide minimum 1/4 inch spacing between components mounted on the
panel sub -plate, Provide minimum spacing between the component and
the wire duct of 1-1/2 inches above and one inch below Provide
additional space if required to access terminals, adjusting screws, and
similar items.
7. Components mounted in the interior shall be fastened to an interior
subpanel using machine screws plus adhesive to insure vibration -free
attachment.
8 Interior component mounting and wiring shall be grouped as much as
possible by function and then by component type. Interiors shall be so
arranged that control relays, terminal blocks, fuses, etc., can be replaced
or added without disturbing adjacent components.
C Panel Wiring.
1 Color coding of insulation shall be black for power, white for 120V
neutrals, red for AC controls which derive their source from within the
panel, yellow for AC controls which derive their source external to the
panel, blue for low voltage DC controls, green for grounding conductors
2. Shop or factory wire panels to identified terminal blocks equipped with
screw type Tugs.
3. Raceways for panel wiring.
a. Size raceways per the requirements of NEC
b. Provide panel wireways between each row of components, and
adjacent to each terminal strip.
4. Provide wire bending space per NEMA ICS 6
5. Label wiring within the pan& with wire numbers and run in wiring duct
neatly tied and bundled with tie wraps or similar materials. Identify each
wire termination, including all jumpers, with permanently marked, heat
shrink type wire markers. Arrange wire labels to permit reading of
identification when installed Apply heat per manufacturer's instructions
to create a tight fit of the label to the wire
16940-9
6 Connect wiring internal to the panel to the "inside" of the terminal strip
Connect field wiring to the "outside' of the terminal strip Wires to
enclosure door mounted components are considered as internal wires
Connect no more than two wires to any one control terminal point.
Provide terminal jumpers where more than two wires terminate at the
same point.
7 Arrange wiring inside the panel to separate low voltage control signals of
the milliamp-millivolt or other low energy type from inductive power
circuits
8 Connect grounds and shields of circuits which derive power internal to
the panel to a panel common ground bus which shall be grounded by the
electrical contractor in the field
9 Physically separate signals entering controllers for amplification as
control outputs from all line voltage wiring and shield with continuous foil
shielding or enclose them in metal raceway
10 Provide necessary power supplies for control equipment.
11 Termination requirements:
a. Terminate panel wiring on device or terminal block screw
terminals using slip-on spade tongue insulated crimp
(compression) terminators, slip-on stud insulated crimp
(compression) terminators, or stripped and tinned conductor
ends. Stranded conductors shall not be terminated bare to
terminals or devices.
b. Provide terminal strips for the termination of panel wiring not
directly connected to panel mounted devices
c. Terminals shall facilitate wire sizes as follows.
1) VAC applications. Wire size 12 AWG and smaller.
2) Other Wire size 14 AWG and smaller
d Label each I/O terminal to indicate tag number of the conductor
and connected device. Locate terminals for termination of
multiconductor shielded cables adjacent to each other to
minimize lengths of unshielded conductor at the terminations.
e. Provide terminals for individual termination of each signal shield.
Locate the terminal adjacent to the terminals for the signal
conductors.
f. Provide 20 percent excess terminals for future expansion.
g In general, mount terminal strips on the bottom horizontal edge
of the sub -plate. Mount additional terminal strips, if required, on
a thirty degree angle bracket at the bottom of the sub -plate
Where terminal strips are mounted side-by-side, elevate one set
of terminals 1-1/2 inches above the sub -plate to allow wire to
pass underneath
16940-10
h. Provide a minimum of two inches between terminal strips and
wireways or between terminal strips
Shielded cables used for analog signals shall be terminated with
not greater than 1 inch of conductor left outside the shield. This
applies to field wires entering the panel for termination, and to
panel conductors Conductor twist shall be maintained over the
unshielded length to as close as possible to the point of
termination Where the overall jacket is cut back to expose the
individual conductors, provide a heat shrink sleeve over the
jacket, the signal, and the shield (drain) conductors. Insulate the
shield (drain) conductor where not covered by the jacket or the
sleeve. Where shield (drain) conductors are not terminated, cut
the conductor even with the jacket so that it is covered by the
sleeve to prevent inadvertent contact with other devices,
terminals, or conductors in the panel
3.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Control Panel Testing
1. The entire assembled pan& shall be meggered and tested to be free
from grounds and shorts.
2 Circuits and interlocks shall be rung out and tested to assure that they
function correctly before the panel is shipped
3 Revise all drawings upon completion of the work to show "as shipped"
condition of the panel.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install free-standing panels on concrete pads where shown on the Plans. Install
with channel sills where shown on the Plans Provide stainless steel shims to
level units.
B. Install wall or stanchion mounted panels level and plumb.
C. Anchor panels rigidly in place with approved anchorage devices.
3.4 TESTING
A. Shop test panels in the presence of the Owner prior to shipment to project site
Notify the Owner at least ten working days before testing. Testing shall be
performed at the panel fabricator's shop. The Contractor shall conduct a
rehearsal of the shop test prior the arrival of the Owner and shall verbally certify
that they believe there are no readily apparent obstacles to performance of the
test. (In this case, some examples of readily apparent obstacles would be panel
mounted equipment lacking power wiring or panel mounted equipment
inadvertently wired to work under either primary or backup power, but not both
1. Provide a test plan at time of notification of testing Coordinate the time
of testing of the panels with the Construction Schedule.
2. Each assembled panel shall be meggered and tested to be free from
grounds and shorts before the shop test.
16940-11
3. Controllers, circuits and interlocks shall be rung out and tested to assure
that they function correctly before the pan& is shipped. Each device and
control loop shall be tested and demonstrated to function properly in
each mode (such as "hand", "local", "automatic"). Discrete input signals
shall be tested in both the "on" and "off' state. Analog signals (4-20
milliamp, or similar type) shall each be tested at not less than three
values (4.08 mA or 0 5%, 12 mA or 50%, and 19.92 mA or 99 5%) Test
results shall be documented Test discrete outputs by forcing the output
on and off via the programming software Measure the resistance (for
relay outputs) or voltage (for active outputs) between the output
terminals. Document proper operation of each output.
4 Test analog inputs by applying voltage or current to the input at not less
than three values, including at or just above minimum range, at or just
below maximum range, and midrange. Document actual register values
for each applied input value at each input.
5 Provide signal generators, multimeters, and other test equipment as
required to verify proper operation of the assembled panel. Simulate
input signals, both discrete and analog, to verify operation of control and
monitoring circuits.
6. Demonstrate that:
a. The PLC is fully operational The Owner will provide the PLC
testing program to the Panel Fabricator within one week of
notification of the shop test. The Control Panel Fabricator shall
load the PLC programs into the respective PLC and demonstrate
proper operation of the PLC In no case shall testing be
performed without an operating program functioning in the unit
under test. Test discrete inputs by shorting across the input
terminals. Document that each input performs properly
b. Each I/O module is recognized by the base unit and is fully
functional.
c. Communications ports on the base unit are fully functional.
7 Correct, replace, or repair panel wiring, and/or components until testing
demonstrates proper operation Do not ship panels to the site until
testing has demonstrated satisfactory operation of the panels.
8. Provide updated and complete 'as shipped' drawings at the time of final
testing The Owner will review the drawings against the panel
construction at the time of final testing Drawings which do not reflect the
actual construction of the panel will need to be revised and reviewed
again by the Owner against the actual construction prior to shipment of
the panel to the job site. 'As shipped' drawings which require revisions
shall be submitted to the Owner for review at testing notification, prior to
the actual field review of these drawings against the panel construction.
This process of revision and review of the drawings will be repeated as
necessary to produce drawings which reflect the actual construction of
the panel at the time of shipment. Do not ship panels to the site until the
'as -shipped' drawings are updated, complete, and reflect the actual 'as -
shipped' status of the panel.
16940-12
9 Attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that more than one shop
test and/or review of the panel wiring/drawings may be required If the
first shop test is not satisfactory, or results in the need to make revisions
to the panel and/or 'as -shipped' drawings that cannot be effected during
the course of the shop test, then a repeat shop test and/or review of the
drawings against the construction will be required The presence of the
Owner at up to two shop tests/reviews will be without cost to the
Contractor. If more than two shop tests/reviews are required, then the
Contractor shall be required to reimburse the Owner for the Owner's
costs for the third and each subsequent shop test/review
10 Submit the results of the test in a formal document within two weeks
following satisfactory performance of the test. The test results shall
document all problems encountered in running the test, corrective action
taken, and the detailed results of each phase of the test
11. After each control panel has been installed at the jobsite
a. Conduct a field test of the panel. Testing shall be conducted by
physically actuating signaling devices (where possible), installing
temporary jumpers, or artificially imposing signals on the field
wiring. The purpose of the test is to establish proper operation of
the field devices, the integrity of the field wiring, and proper
connection of field devices to the panel. The Control Panel
Fabricator shall coordinate with the Owner to provide for as
complete a testing of the control and monitoring systems as is
practical prior to placing the panel on line for actual control
and/or monitoring of the process The Contractor and/or Control
Panel Fabricator shall make corrections or repairs to the wiring
and/or devices as necessary to provide proper operation of the
system If testing indicates that field devices require
modifications to connectors or contact action, the Contractor
shall make the wiring or connection modifications as necessary
to coordinate with the PLC program and contract documentation.
b If testing indicates that the equipment functions properly but that
changes to the PLC program are required, the Owner will revise
the program(s) and provide the new program(s) for installation in
the PLC. The Contractor and/or Control Panel Fabricator shall
be prepared to install up to 3 revised programs into each PLC
during startup/commissioning without additional cost to the
Owner.
c Submit the results of all tests in a formal document within two
weeks following satisfactory performance of the test. The test
results shall document all problems encountered in running the
test, corrective action taken, and the detailed results of each
phase of the test.
3.5 STARTUP
1. The Control Panel Fabricator shall provide a minimum of 4 man -days on
site time for startup of the control system following the Contractor's
installation and testing On site time shall be coordinated with the Owner
on site time during startup, but may include additional time when the
Owner is not present.
16940-13
2 Revise all drawings upon completion showing "as built" conditions
including the labeling of field wiring connections.
a. Submit primary copy of these drawings for inclusion into the
Operations and Maintenance Manual.
3.6 CLEANING
A. On completion of installation, inspect interior and exterior of control panels
Vacuum interior and wipe clean all interior surfaces. Remove paint splatters and
other spots, dirt, and debris Touch up scratches and mars of finish to match
original finish
END OF SECTION
16940-14
1
1
1
1
1 APPENDIX
1
1
1
1
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
G:\ PROJECTS\ 2011\11108\ 11108 Specs.docx
11
1 I NTRO.AP 1
2 INTRODUCTION
3 The following Amendments and Special Provisions shall be used in conjunction with the
II 4 2012 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction
II 5
6 AMENDMENTS TO THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
1 7
8 The following Amendments to the Standard Specifications are made a part of this contract
9 and supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications. For informational
I 10 purposes, the date following each Amendment title indicates the implementation date of the
11 Amendment or the latest date of revision.
12
13 Each Amendment contains all current revisions to the applicable section of the Standard
I 14 Specifications and may include references which do not apply to this particular project.
15
16 1-01.AP1
I, 17 Section 1-01, Definition and Terms
18 August 6, 2012
19 1-01.3 Definitions
II 20 The definition for "Bid Documents" is revised to read:
21
'j22 The component parts of the proposed Contract which may include, but are not limited
23 to, the Proposal Form, the proposed Contract Provisions, the proposed Contract Plans,
24 Addenda, and, for projects with Contracting Agency subsurface investigations, the
25 Summary of Geotechnical Conditions and subsurface boring Togs (if any)
26
27 The definition for "Superstructures" is revised to read:
28
111 29 The part of the Structure above:
30
31 1. The bottom of the grout pad for the simple and continuous span bearing, or
I 32
33 2. The bottom of the block supporting the girder, or
34
I 35 3. Arch skewback and construction joints at the top of vertical abutment members
36 or rigid frame piers.
37
38 Longitudinal limits of the Superstructure extend from end to end of the Structure in
39 accordance with the following criteria:
40
II 41 1. From the face of end diaphragm abutting the bridge approach embankment for
42 end piers without expansion joints, or
43
44 2. From the end pier expansion joint for bridges with end pier expansion joints.
I45
46 Superstructures include, but are not limited to, the bottom slab and webs of box girders,
47 the bridge deck and diaphragms of all bridges, and the sidewalks when shown on the
I 48 bridge deck. The Superstructure also includes the girders, expansion joints, bearings,
49 barrier, and railing attached to the Superstructure when such Superstructure
1
1
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 1
1 components are not otherwise covered by separate unit measured or lump sum bid
2 items.
3
4 Superstructures do not include endwalls, wingwalls, barrier and railing attached to the
5 wingwalls, and cantilever barriers and railings unless supported by the Superstructure.
6
7 1-02.AP1
8 Section 1-02, Bid Procedures and Conditions
9 January 2, 2012
10 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information
11 The first two sentences in the first paragraph are revised to read:
12
13 If the Contracting Agency has made subsurface investigation of the site of the proposed
14 work, the boring log data, soil sample test data, and geotechnical recommendations
15 reports obtained by the Contracting Agency will be made available for inspection by the
16 Bidders at the location specified in the Special Provisions. The Summary of
17 Geotechnical Conditions, as an appendix to the Special Provisions, and the boring Togs
18 shall be considered as part of the Contract.
19
20 1-03.AP1
21 Section 1-03, Award and Execution of Contract
22 April 2, 2012
23 1-03.1(1) Tied Bids
24 This section's title is revised to read:
25
26 1-03.1(1) Identical Bid Totals
27
28 1-05.AP1
29 Section 1-05, Control of Work
30 August 6, 2012
31 1-05.13(1) Emergency Contact List
32 The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
33
34 The list shall include, at a minimum, the Prime Contractor's Project Manager, or
35 equivalent, the Prime Contractor's Project Superintendent, the Erosion and Sediment
36 Control (ESC) Lead and the Traffic Control Supervisor.
37
38 1-06.AP1
39 Section 1-06, Control of Material
40 January 7, 2013
41 1-06.1(4) Fabrication Inspection Expense
42 The first paragraph is revised to read:
43
44 In the event the Contractor elects to have items fabricated beyond 300 miles from
45 Seattle, Washington, the Contracting Agency will deduct from payment due the
46 Contractor costs to perform fabrication inspection on the following items:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 2
F
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1.
1
1
1
1
1
2 • Bridge Bearings (Cylindrical, Disc, Fabric Pad, Pin, Pendulum, Rocker, and
3 Spherical)
4 • Cantilever Sign Structures and Sign Bridges
5 • Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel
6 • Metal Bridge Railing and Handrail
7 • Modular Expansion Joints
8 • Painted Piling and Casing
9 • Painted and Powder -Coated Luminaire and Signal Poles
10 Precast Concrete Catch Basins, Manholes, Inlets, Drywells, and Risers
11 • Precast Concrete Drain, Perforated Underdrain, Culvert, Storm Sewer, and
12 Sanitary Sewer Pipe
13 • Precast Concrete Three Sided Structures
14 • Precast Concrete Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes, Cable Vaults, Utility Vaults, and
15 Box Culverts
16 • Precast Concrete Traffic Barrier
17 • Precast Concrete Marine Pier Deck Panels
18 • Precast Concrete Floor Panels
19 • Precast Concrete Structural Earth Walls, Noise Barrier Walls, and Wall Stem
20 Panels
21 • Precast Concrete Retaining Walls, including Lagging Panels
22 • Prestressed Concrete Girders and Precast Bridge Components
23 • Prestressed Concrete Piles
24 • Seismic Retrofit Earthquake Restrainers
25 • Soldier Piles
26 • Steel Bridges and Steel Bridge Components
27 • Steel Column Jackets
28 • Structural Steel for Ferry Terminals, including items such as Dolphins,
29 Wingwalls, and Transfer Spans
30 Treated Timber and Lumber 6 -inch by 6 -inch or larger
31 • Timber
32 • Additional items as may be determined by the Engineer
33
34 The footnote below the table is revised to read:
35
36 * An inspection day includes any calendar day or portion of a calendar day spent by
37 one inspector inspecting, on standby, or traveling to and from a place of fabrication.
38 An additional cost per inspection day will be assessed for each additional inspector.
39 Reimbursement will be assessed at $280.00 per day for weekends and holidays for
40 each on site inspector in travel status, but not engaged in inspection or travel
41 activities when fabrication activities are not taking place
42
43 1-07.AP1
44 Section 1-07, Legal Relations and Responsibilities to the Public
45 April 1, 2013
46 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed
47 The following two sentences are inserted after the first sentence in the third paragraph:
48
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 3
1 In particular the Contractor's attention is drawn to the requirements of WAC 296.800
2 which requires employers to provide a safe workplace More specifically WAC
3 296.800.11025 prohibits alcohol and narcotics from the workplace.
4
5 1-07.9(2) Posting Notices
6 This section is revised to read:
7
8 Notices and posters shall be placed in areas readily accessible to read by employees.
9 The Contractor shall ensure the following are posted:
10
11 1 EEOC - P/E-1 (revised 11/09) - Equal Employment Opportunity is THE LAW
12 published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal -aid
13 funding
14
15 2. FHWA-1022 (revised 11/11) - NOTICE Federal -Aid Project published by
16 Federal Highway Administration (FHWA). Post for projects with federal -aid
17 funding
18
19 3 WH 1321 (revised 04/09) - Employee Rights under the Davis -Bacon Act
20 published by US Department of Labor. Post for projects with federal -aid
21 funding
22
23 4. WHD 1088 (revised 07/09) - Employee Rights under the Fair Labor Standards
24 Act published by US Department of Labor. Post on all projects
25
26 5. WHD - 1420 (revised 01/09) - Employee Rights and Responsibilities under The
27 Family and Medical Leave Act published by US Department Of Labor. Post on
28 all projects
29
30 6. WHD-1462 (revised 01/12) — Employee Polygraph Protection Act published by
31 US Department of Labor. Post on all projects
32
33 7. F416-081-909 (revised 12/12) - Job Safety and Health Law published by
34 Washington State Department of Labor and Industries. Post on all projects
35
36 8. F242-191-909 (revised 12/12) - Notice to Employees published by Washington
37 State Department of Labor and Industries. Post on all projects
38
39 9. F700-074-909 (revised 12/12) - Your Rights as a Worker in Washington State
40 by Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (L&I) Post on all
41 projects
42
43 10. EMS 9874 (revised 04/12) - Unemployment Benefits published by Washington
44 State Employee Security Department. Post on all projects
45
46 11. Post one copy of the approved "Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages"
47 for the Contractor, each Subcontractor, each lower tier subcontractor, and any
48 other firm (Supplier, Manufacturer, or Fabricator) that falls under the provisions
49 of RCW 39.12 because of the definition of "Contractor" in WAC 296-127-010
50
51 12. Post one copy of the prevailing wage rates for the project
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 4
1
1
r
t
s
i
t
y
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
2 1-07.9(5) Required Documents
3 Item number 2. in the first paragraph is revised to read:
4
5 2. A copy of an approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid", State L&I's form
6 number F700-007-000. The Contracting Agency will not grant Completion until all
7 approved Affidavit of Wages paid for Contractor and all Subcontractors have been
8 received by the Project Engineer. The Contracting Agency will not release to the
9 Contractor any funds retained under RCW 60 28.011 until all of the "Affidavit of
10 Prevailing Wages Paid" forms have been approved by State L&I and a copy of all
11 the approved forms have been submitted to the Engineer.
12
13 1-07.14 Responsibility for Damage
14 The fifth paragraph is revised to read:
15
16 Pursuant to RCW 4.24.115, if such claims, suits, or actions result from the concurrent
17 negligence of (a) the indemnitee or the indemnitee's agents or employees and (b) the
18 Contractor or the Contractor's agent or employees, the indemnity provisions provided in
19 the preceding paragraphs of this Section shall be valid and enforceable only to the
20 extent of the Contractor's negligence or the negligence of its agents and employees.
21
22 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control
23 The third paragraph is deleted.
24
25 1-08.AP1
26 Section 1-08, Prosecution and Progress
27 April 1, 2013
28 1-08.1 Subcontracting
29 In the eighth paragraph, "Contracting Agency" is revised to read "WSDOT".
30
31 1-08.3(1) General Requirements
32 The following new paragraph is inserted after the first paragraph:
33
34 Total float belongs to the project and shall not be for the exclusive benefit of any party.
35
36 1-08.5 Time for Completion
37 The last paragraph in this section is supplemented with the following:
38
39 e. Copies of the approved "Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid" for the Contractor and
40 all Subcontractors
41
42 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension
43 The second paragraph is revised to read:
44
45 At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the
46 construction area safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadways and pedestrian access
47 routes for public use during the suspension (as required in Section 1-07.23 or the
48 Special Provisions) This may include a temporary road, alternative pedestrian access
49 route or detour.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 5
1
2 1-09.AP1
3 Section 1-09, Measurement and Payment
4 April 1, 2013
5 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities
6 The following new sentence is inserted after the sentence ""Ton":2,000 pounds of
7 avoirdupois weight":
8
9 Items of payment that have "Lump Sum" or "Force Account" in the Bid Item of Work
10 shall have no specific unit of measurement requirement.
11
12 1-09.2(5) Measurement
13 The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
14
15 The frequency of verification checks will be such that at least one test weekly is
16 performed for each scale used in weighing contract items of Work.
17
18 1-09.6 Force Account
19 In item No. 3. For Equipment, the last sentence in the third sub -paragraph is revised to
20 read.
21
22 In the event that prior quotations are not obtained and the vendor is a firm independent
23 from the Contractor or Subcontractor, then after -the -fact quotations may be obtained by
24 the Engineer from the open market in the vicinity and the lowest such quotation may be
25 used in place of submitted invoice.
26
27 3-04.AP3
28 Section 3-04, Acceptance of Aggregate
29 April 1, 2013
30 3-04.3(7)D4 An Entire Lot
31 The last sentence is deleted.
32
33 3-04.3(8) Price Adjustments for Quality of Aggregate
34 The calculation in the first paragraph is revised to read.
35
36 Aggregate Compliance Price Adjustment = (Composite Pay Factor — 1 00)
37 (quantity of material) (unit bid price or Contingent Unit Price as shown in Table 1,
38 whichever is higher.)
39
40 3-04.5 Payment
41 In the second paragraph, the reference "Section 3-04.3(6)C " is revised to read "Section 3-
42 04 3(8)".
43
44 In Table 1, the top two rows are revised to read the following three new rows:
45
9-03.1
Concrete Aggregate (except pavement)
2000
10001
$15.002
$30.002
9-03.1
Concrete Aggregate (pavement)
4000
2000'
$15.002
$30.002
9-03.4(2)
Crushed Screening3
1000
500
$20.002
$40.00
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 6
1
r
1
1
1
J
1
i
1
1
t
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
2 In Table 1, the row containing the item "Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall" is
3 revised to read:
4
9-03.14(4)
Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Walls
4000
2000
$30
$60
5
6 The footnotes below the Table 1 are revised to read:
7
8 1. Based on 1000 CY of Concrete.
9
10 2 Price adjustment only applies to the actual quantity of aggregate used in the
11 concrete.
12
13 3 Contingent unit price per S.Y. is $0.30.
14
15 In Table 2, the first row is revised to read:
16
9-03.1
Concrete Aggregate (all concrete aggregate -including
pavement)
2
2
2
10
20
10
Other4
17
18 In Table 2, the row containing the item "Gravel Backfill for Foundations Class A" is revised to
19 read:
20
9-03.12(1)A
Gravel Backfill for
Foundations Class A3
21
22 In Table 2, the row containing the item "Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall" is
23 revised to read:
24
9-03.14(4)
Gravel Borrow for
2
2
5
5
5
10
Other4
Structural Earth Walls
25
26 The footnotes below the Table 2 are supplemented with the following:
27
28 3 Use the price adjustment factors for the material that is actually used.
29
30 4 Resistivity 10, pH 10, Chlorides 5, and Sulfates 5.
31
32 5-01.AP5
33 Section 5-01, Cement Concrete Pavement Rehabilitation
34 April 1, 2013
35 5-01.3(2)B Portland Cement Concrete
36 The fifth sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read:
37
38 The lower Specification limit for compressive strength shall be 4,000 -psi.
39
40 The last two sentences in the third paragraph are deleted.
41
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 7
1 5-01.3(4) Replace Portland Cement Concrete Panel
2 This section is supplemented with the following:
3
4 Replacement panels that crack shall be repaired as specified in Section 5-05.3(22) at no
5 cost to the Contracting Agency. Epoxy -coated dowel bars meeting the requirements of
6 Section 9-07.5(1) may be substituted for the corrosion resistant dowel bars specified.
7
8 5-01.3(11) Concrete Slurry
9 This section including title is revised to read:
10
11 5-01.3(11) Concrete Slurry and Grinding Residue
12 All concrete slurry and grinding residue shall be removed from the pavement surface on
13 a continual basis immediately behind the grinding or cutting operations. Slurry shall not
14 be allowed to drain into an area open to traffic, off of the paved surface or into any
15 drainage structure.
16
17 The Contractor shall collect the concrete slurry and grinding residue from the pavement
18 surface and dispose of it in accordance with Section 2-03 3(7)C.
19
20 Opening to traffic shall meet the requirements of Section 5-05.3(17).
21
22 5-02.AP5
23 Section 5-02, Bituminous Surface Treatment
24 August 6, 2012
25 5-02.2 Materials
26 The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph.
27
28 Each source of aggregate for bituminous surface treatment shall be evaluated
29 separately for acceptance in accordance with Section 3-04.
30
31 5-04.AP5
32 Section 5-04, Hot Mix Asphalt
33 April 1, 2013
34 5-04.2 Materials
35 The following material reference is deleted from this section:
36
37 Blending Sand 9-03.8(4)
38
39 The fourth paragraph is revised to read:
40
41 The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt
42 binder from different sources is not permitted.
43
44 5-04.3(7)A1 General
45 This section is supplemented with the following.
46
47 The Contractor shall include the brand and type of anti -stripping additive in the mix
48 design submittal and provide certification from the asphalt binder manufacture that the
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 8
w
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
a
A
1I
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
1
1 anti -stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and formulation of asphalt
2 binder proposed in mix design.
3
4 5-04.3(7)A3 Commercial Evaluation
5 The second sentence in the second paragraph is deleted.
6
7 5-04.3(10)B3 Longitudinal Joint Density
8 The section including title is revised to read:
9
10 5-04.3(10)63 Vacant
11
12 5-04.3(11)D General
13 The last sentence in the first paragraph is deleted.
14
15 5-04.3(12)A Transverse Joints
16 In the second paragraph "planning" is revised to read "planing".
17
18 5-04.3(20) Anti -Stripping Additive
19 This section is revised to read*
20
21 Anti -stripping additive shall be added to the liquid asphalt by the asphalt supplier prior to
22 shipment to the asphalt mixing plant. For HMA accepted by statistical and nonstatistical
23 evaluation the anti -stripping additive shall be added in the amount designated in the
24 WSDOT mix design/anti-strip evaluation report provided by the Contracting Agency For
25 HMA accepted by commercial evaluation the Project Engineer will determine the
26 amount of anti -strip to be added; paving shall not begin before the anti -strip
27 requirements have been provided to the Contractor.
28
29 5-04.4 Measurement
30 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
31
32 HMA Cl. _ PG , HMA for _ Cl. PG _, and Commercial HMA will
33 be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being
34 made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the
35 mixture.
36
37 The last paragraph is deleted.
38
39 5-04.5 Payment
40 The bid item "Longitudinal Joint Density Price Adjustment", by calculation and paragraph
41 following bid item are deleted.
42
43 6-02.AP6
44 Section 6-02, Concrete Structures
45 January 7, 2013
46 6-02.3(2) Proportioning Materials
47 The Lean Concrete value in the column "Minimum Cemetitious Content (pounds)" in the
48 table titled "Cementitious Requirement for Concrete" is revised to read:
49
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 9
1 ****145
2
3 The following new note is inserted after the note "*** No maximum specified" in the table
4 titled "Cementitious Requirement for Concrete":
5
6 ****Maximum of 200 pounds
7
8 The paragraph following the table "Cementitious Requirements for Concrete" is revised to
9 read
10
11 When both ground granulated blast furnace slag and fly ash are included in the
12 concrete mix, the total weight of both these materials is limited to 40 percent by weight
13 of the total cementitious material for concrete Class 4000D and 4000A, and 50 percent
14 by weight of the total cementitious material for all other classes of concrete.
15
16 6-02.3(2)B Commercial Concrete
17 The second paragraph is revised to read:
18
19 Where concrete Class 3000 is specified for items such as, culvert headwalls, plugging
20 culverts, concrete pipe collars, pipe anchors, monument cases, Type PPB, PS, I, FB
21 and RM signal standards, pedestals, cabinet bases, guardrail anchors, fence post
22 footings, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, the Contractor may use commercial concrete. If
23 commercial concrete is used for sidewalks, curbs, and gutters, it shall have a minimum
24 cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard of concrete, shall be air
25 entrained, and the tolerances of Section 6-02.3(5)C shall apply.
26
27 6-02.3(2)D Lean Concrete
28 This section is revised to read.
29
30 Lean concrete shall meet the cementitious requirements of Section 6-02 3(2) and have
31 a maximum water/cement ratio of 2.
32
33 6-02.3(4)A Qualification of Concrete Suppliers
34 The first paragraph is revised to read :
35
36 Batch Plant Prequalification requires a certification by the National Ready Mix Concrete
37 Association (NRMCA). Information concerning NRMCA certification may be obtained
38 from the NRMCA at 900 Spring Street, Silver Springs, MD 20910 or online at
39 www.nrmca.org The NRMCA certification shall be valid for a 2 -year period from the
40 date of certificate. The following documentation shall be submitted to the Project
41 Engineer; a copy of the current NRMCA Certificate of Conformance, the concrete mix
42 design(s) (WSDOT Form 350-040), along with copies of the truck list, batch plant scale
43 certification, admixture dispensing certification, and volumetric water batching devices
44 (including water meters) verification.
45
46 6-02.3(5)G Sampling and Testing Frequency for Temperature, Consistency,
47 and Air Control
48 The last sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read:
49
50 Sampling shall be performed in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 2 and
51 random samples shall be selected in accordance with WSDOT TM 716
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 10
1
1
1
f
1
1
I
1
a
1
1
1
1
2 6-02.3(14)C Pigmented Sealer for Concrete Surfaces
3 This section is revised to read.
4
5 The Contractor shall submit the pigmented sealer manufacturer's written instructions
6 covering, at a minimum, the following:
7
8 1. Surface preparation
9
10 2. Application methods
11
12 3 Requirements for concrete curing prior to sealer application
13
14 4. Temperature, humidity and precipitation limitations for application
15
16 5. Rate of application and number of coats to apply
17
18 The Contractor shall not begin applying pigmented sealer to the surfaces specified to
19 receive the sealer until receiving the Engineer's approval of the submittal.
20
21 All surfaces specified in the Plans to receive pigmented sealer shall receive a Class 2
22 surface finish (except that concrete barrier surfaces shall be finished in accordance with
23 Section 6-02.3(11)A). The Contractor shall not apply pigmented sealer from a batch
24 greater than 12 months past the initial date of color sample approval of that batch by the
25 Engineer.
26
27 The pigmented sealer color or colors for specific concrete surfaces shall be as specified
28 in the Special Provisions.
29
30 The final appearance shall be even and uniform without blotchiness, streaking or
31 uneven color. Surface finishes deemed unacceptable by the Engineer shall be re -
32 coated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations at no additional
33 expense to the Contracting Agency.
34
35 For concrete surfaces such as columns, retaining walls, pier walls, abutments, concrete
36 fascia panels, and noise barrier wall panels, the pigmented sealer shall extend to 1 foot
37 below the finish ground line, unless otherwise shown in the Plans.
38
39 6-02.3(16) Plans for Falsework and Formwork
40 Item No. 4 in the seventh paragraph is revised to read:
41
42 4. Conditions required by other Sections of 6-02.3(17), Falsework and Formwork.
43
44 Item's No. 5, 6, 7, and 8 in the seventh paragraph are deleted
45
46 The following paragraph is inserted after the seventh paragraph:
47
48 Plan approval can be done by the Project Engineer for footings and walls 4 to 8 feet high
49 (excluding pedestal height) provided.
50
51 1. Concrete placement rate is 4 feet per hour or less.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 11
1
2 2. Facing is 3A -inch plywood with grades as specified per Section 6-02.3(17)1.
3
4 3. Studs, with plywood face grain perpendicular, are 2 by 4's spaced at 12 inches.
5
6 4. Walers with 3,000 pound safe working load ties spaced at 24 inches are two 2 by
7 4's spaced at 24 inches.
8
9 6-02.3(17)F Bracing
10 In the first paragraph, the phrase "per Section 6-02.3(17)1" is revised to read "in accordance
11 with Section 6-02.3(17)1".
12
13 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -section:
14
15 6-02.3(17)F5 Temporary Bracing for Bridge Girders During Diaphragm and Bridge
16 Deck Concrete Placement
17 Prestressed concrete girders shall be braced to resist forces that would cause rotation
18 or torsion in the girders caused by the placing of precast concrete deck panels and
19 concrete for the bridge deck.
20
21 Bracing shall be designed and detailed by the Contractor and shall be shown in the
22 falsework/formwork plans submitted to the Engineer for approval. These braces shall be
23 furnished, installed, and removed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
24 Contracting Agency. The Contractor may consider the bracing effects of the diaphragms
25 in developing the falsework/formwork plans. The Contractor shall account for the added
26 Toad from concrete finishing machines and other construction loadings in the design of
27 the bracing.
28
29 Falsework support brackets and braces shall not be welded to structural steel bridge
30 members or to steel reinforcing bars.
31
32 6-02.3(17)F4 Temporary Bracing for Bridge Girders
33 This section including title is revised to read:
34
35 6-02.3(17)F4 Temporary Bracing for Bridge Girders During Erection
36 Steel girders shall be braced in accordance with Section 6-03.3(7)A.
37
38 Prestressed concrete girders shall be braced sequentially during girder erection. The
39 bracing shall be designed and detailed by the Contractor and shall be shown in the
40 falsework/formwork plans submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall
41 furnish, install, and remove the bracing at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency.
42
43 At a minimum, the Contractor shall brace girders at each end and at midspan to prevent
44 lateral movement or rotation This bracing shall be placed prior to the release of each
45 girder from the erection equipment. If the bridge is constructed with cast -in-place
46 concrete diaphragms, the bracing may be removed once the concrete in the
47 diaphragms has been placed and cured for a minimum of 24 hours.
48
49 6-02.3(17)H Formwork Accesories
50 The first paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following two new paragraphs:
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 12
1
1
f
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1 Formwork accessories such as form ties, form anchors, form hangers, anchoring
2 inserts, and similar hardware shall be specifically identified in the formwork plans
3 including the name and size of the hardware, manufacturer, safe working load, and
4 factor of safety. The grade of steel shall also be indicated for threaded rods, coil rods,
5 and similar hardware. Wire form ties shall not be used. Welding or clamping formwork
6 accessories to Contract Plan reinforcing steel will not be allowed. Driven types of
7 anchorages for fastening forms or form supports to concrete, and Contractor fabricated
8 "J" hooks shall not be used. Field drilling of holes in prestressed girders is not allowed
9
10 Taper ties may be used provided the following conditions are met:
11
12 1. The structure is not designed to resist water pressure (pontoons, floating
13 dolphins, detention vaults, etc.)
14
15 2. After the taper tie is removed, plugs designed and intended for plugging taper
16 tie, holes shall be installed at each face of concrete. The plug shall be installed
17 a minimum of 1 1/2" clear from the face of concrete.
18
19 3. After the plug is installed, the hole shall be cleaned of all grease,
20 contamination and foreign matter
21
22 4. Holes on the exposed faces of concrete shall be patched and finished to match
23 the surrounding concrete.
24
25 6-02.3(25)N Prestressed Concrete Girder Erection
26 The third sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read'
27
28 The girders shall be braced in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(17)F4 and 6-
29 02.3(17)F5.
30
31 6-02.3(26)E5 Leak Tightness Testing
32 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read -
33
34 The Contractor shall test each completed duct assembly for leak tightness after placing
35 concrete but prior to placing post tensioning reinforcement.
36
37 The second paragraph is revised to read:
38
39 Prior to testing, all grout caps shall be installed and all vents, grout injection ports, and
40 drains shall either be capped or have their shut-off valves closed. The Contractor shall
41 pressurize the completed duct assembly to an initial air pressure of 50 psi. This
42 pressure shall be held for five minutes to allow for internal adjustments within the
43 assembly After five minutes, the air supply valve shall be closed. The Contractor shall
44 monitor and measure the pressure maintained within the closed assembly, and any
45 subsequent loss of pressure, over a period of one minute following the closure of the air
46 supply valve. The maximum pressure loss for duct assemblies equal to or less than 150
47 feet in length shall be 25 psig. The maximum pressure loss for duct assemblies greater
48 than 150 feet in length shall be 15 psig. If the pressure loss exceeds the allowable,
49 locations of leakage shall be identified, repaired or reconstructed using methods
50 approved by the Engineer. The repaired system shall then be retested. The cycle of
51 testing, repair and retesting of each completed duct assembly shall continue until the
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 13
1 completed duct assembly completes a test with pressure loss within the specified
2 amount.
3
4 6-03.AP6
5 Section 6-03, Steel Structures
6 April 2, 2012
7 6-03.3(28)A Method of Shop Assembly
8 The first sentence in Item 2 C. is revised to read:
9
10 For Trusses and Girders — After the first stage has been completed, each subsequent
11 stage shall be assembled to include: at least one truss panel or girder shop section of
12 the previous stage and two or more truss panels or girder shop sections added at the
13 advancing end.
14
15 6-05.AP6
16 Section 6-05, Piling
17 August 6, 2012
18 6-05.5 Payment
19 The paragraph following the bid item, "Driving St. Pile", per each is revised to read:
20
21 The unit Contract price per each for "Driving (type) Pile ( )" shall be full pay for
22 driving the pile to the ultimate bearing and/or penetration specified.
23
24 6-06.AP6
25 Section 6-06, Bridge Railings
26 August 6, 2012
27 6-06.3(2) Metal Railings
28 The third paragraph is revised to read
29
30 Anchor bolts shall be positioned with a template to ensure that bolts match the hole
31 spacing of the bottom channels or anchorage plates
32
33 6-07.AP6
34 Section 6-07, Painting
35 April 2, 2012
36 6-07.3(9)A Paint System
37 The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read.
38
39 All paint coating components of the selected paint system shall be produced by the
40 same manufacturer.
41
42 6-07.3(10)H Paint System
43 The first and second sentences in the second paragraph are revised to read:
44
45 All paint coating components of the selected paint system shall be produced by the
46 same manufacturer.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 14
1
1
i
f
1
1
1
1
1
a
1
1
1
1
1
2 6-10.AP6
3 Section 6-10, Concrete Barrier
4 August 6, 2012
5 6-10.3 Construction Requirements
6 This section is supplemented with the following:
7
8 Steel welded wire reinforcement deformed, conforming to Section 9-07.7, may be
9 substituted in concrete barrier in place of deformed steel bars conforming to Section 9-
10 07.2, subject to the following conditions:
11
12 1. Steel welded wire reinforcement spacing shall be the same as the deformed
13 steel bar spacing as shown in the Standard Plans.
14
15 2. The minimum cross sectional area for steel welded wire reinforcement shall be
16 no Tess than 86 percent of the cross sectional area for the deformed steel bars
17 being substituted.
18
19 3. Development lengths and splice lengths shall conform to requirements
20 specified in the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, current edition.
21
22 6-10.5 Payment
23 In the second paragraph, the bid item "Conc. Class 4000" is revised to read:
24
25 "Conc. Class 4000
26
27 6-12.AP6
28 Section 6-12, Noise Barrier Walls
29 August 6, 2012
30 6-12.3(3) Shaft Construction
31 The third sentence in the fifth paragraph is revised to read:
32
33 When efforts to advance past the obstruction to the design shaft tip elevation result in
34 the rate of advance of the shaft drilling equipment being significantly reduced relative to
35 the rate of advance for the rest of the shaft excavation, then the Contractor shall remove
36 the obstruction under the provisions of Section 6-12.5.
37
38 6-12.3(6) Precast Concrete Panel Fabrication and Erection
39 The second sentence in item number 3 is deleted.
40
41 6-12.5 Payment
42 This section is supplemented with the following:
43
44 "Removing Noise Barrier Wall Shaft Obstructions", estimated.
45
46 Payment for removing obstructions, as defined in Section 6-12.3(3), will be made for the
47 changes inshaft construction methods necessary to remove the obstruction. The
48 Contractor and the Engineer shall evaluate the effort made and reach agreement on the
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 15
1 equipment and employees utilized, and the number of hours involved for each. Once
2 these cost items and their duration have been agreed upon, the payment amount will be
3 determined using the rate and markup methods specified in Section 1-09 6. For the
4 purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has
5 entered an amount for the item "Removing Noise Barrier Wall Shaft Obstructions" in the
6 bid proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor.
7
8 If the shaft construction equipment is idled as a result of the obstruction removal work
9 and cannot be reasonably reassigned within the project, then standby payment for the
10 idled equipment will be added to the payment calculations. If labor is idled as a result of
11 the obstruction removal work and cannot be reasonably reassigned within the project,
12 then all labor costs resulting from Contractor labor agreements and established
13 Contractor policies will be added to the payment calculations.
14
15 The Contractor shall perform the amount of obstruction work estimated by the
16 Contracting Agency within the original time of the contract. The Engineer will consider a
17 time adjustment and additional compensation for costs related to the extended duration
18 of the shaft construction operations, provided.
19
20 1. the dollar amount estimated by the Contracting Agency has been exceeded,
21 and;
22
23 2. the Contractor shows that the obstruction removal work represents a delay to
24 the completion of the project based on the current progress schedule provided
25 in accordance with Section 1-08.3.
26
27 6-13.AP6
28 Section 6-13, Structural Earth Walls
29 April 1, 2013
30 6-13.2 Materials
31 In the first paragraph, the following item is inserted after the item "Aggregates for Portland
32 Cement Concrete":
33
34 Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Walls 9-03.14(4)
35
36 6-13.4 Measurement
37 In the second paragraph, "Backfill" is revised to read "Gravel borrow".
38
39 6-13.5 Payment
40 In this section, the bid item "Backfill for Structural Earth Wall Incl. Haul" is revised to read:
41
42 "Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall incl. Haul".
43
44 6-14.AP6
45 Section 6-14, Geosynthetic Retaining Walls
46 April 1, 2013
47 6-14.2 Materials
48 The first paragraph is revised to read:
49
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 16
1
e
1
t
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
2
3 Portland Cement 9-01
4 Aggregates for Portland Cement Concrete 9-03 1
5 Sand 9-03.13(1)
6 Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall 9-03.14(4)
7 Polyurethane Sealant 9-04.2(3)
8 Closed CeII Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A
9 Anchor Rods and Associated Nuts, Washers, and Couplers 9-06.5(1)
10 Reinforcing Steel 9-07
11 Wire Mesh for Concrete Reinforcement 9-07.7
12 Grout 9-20 3(4)
13 Construction Geosynthetic 9-33
14
15 6-14.4 Measurement
16 In the second paragraph, "geosynthetic retaining wall backfill' is revised to read "structural
17 earth retaining wall backfill".
18
19 6-14.5 Payment
20 In this section, the bid item "Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Ret. Wall Incl. Haul". Is revised
21 to read:
22
23 "Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall incl. Haul"
24
25 6-15.AP6
26 Section 6-15, Soil Nail Walls
27 January 2, 2012
28 6-15.2 Materials
29 The referenced section for the following item is revised to read:
30
31 Grout 9-20.3(4)
32
33 6-15.3(3) Submittals
34 Item f beneath item number 3 is revised to read:
35
36 f. Mix design and procedures for placing the grout.
37
38 6-15.3(6) Soil Nailing
39 This section is supplemented with the following:
40
41 The Contractor shall make and cure grout cubes once per day in accordance with
42 WSDOT Test Method T 813. These samples shall be retained by the Contractor until all
43 associated verification and proof testing of the soil nails has been successfully
44 completed. If the Contractor elects to test the grout cubes for compressive strength,
45 testing shall be conducted by an independent laboratory and shall be in accordance
46 with the WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T106.
47
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 17
1 6-16.AP6
2 Section 6-16, Soldier Pile and Soldier Pile Tieback Walls
3 January 2, 2012
4 6-16.3(3) Shaft Excavation
5 The third sentence in the seventh paragraph is revised to read:
6
7 When efforts to advance past the obstruction to the design shaft tip elevation result in
8 the rate of advance of the shaft drilling equipment being significantly reduced relative to
9 the rate of advance for the rest of the shaft excavation, then the Contractor shall remove
10 the obstruction under the provisions of Section 6-16.5
11
12 6-16.5 Payment
13 This section is supplemented with the following:
14
15 "Removing Soldier Pile Shaft Obstructions", estimated.
16
17 Payment for removing obstructions, as defined in Section 6-16.3(3), will be made for the
18 changes in shaft construction methods necessary to remove the obstruction. The
19 Contractor and the Engineer shall evaluate the effort made and reach agreement on the
20 equipment and employees utilized, and the number of hours involved for each. Once
21 these cost items and their duration have been agreed upon, the payment amount will be
22 determined using the rate and markup methods specified in Section 1-09.6. For the
23 purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency has
24 entered an amount for the item "Removing Soldier Pile Shaft Obstructions" in the bid
25 proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor.
26
27 If the shaft construction equipment is idled as a result of the obstruction removal work
28 and cannot be reasonably reassigned within the project, then standby payment for the
29 idled equipment will be added to the payment calculations. If labor is idled as a result of
30 the obstruction removal work and cannot be reasonably reassigned within the project,
31 then all labor costs resulting from Contractor labor agreements and established
32 Contractor policies will be added to the payment calculations.
33
34 The Contractor shall perform the amount of obstruction work estimated by the
35 Contracting Agency within the original time of the contract. The Engineer will consider a
36 time adjustment and additional compensation for costs related to the extended duration
37 of the shaft construction operations, provided.
38
39 1. the dollar amount estimated by the Contracting Agency has been exceeded,
40 and;
41
42 2 the Contractor shows that the obstruction removal work represents a delay to
43 the completion of the project based on the current progress schedule provided
44 in accordance with Section 1-08 3.
45
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 18
1
1
1
1
•
r
1
1
1
s
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 6-17.AP6
2 Section 6-17, Permanent Ground Anchors
3 August 6, 2012
4 6-17.3(3) Submittals
5 The first sentence in the sixth paragraph is revised to read:
6
7 The Contractor shall submit the mix design for the grout conforming to Section 9-20 3(4)
8 and the procedures for placing the grout to the Engineer for approval.
9
10 6-17.3(7) Installing Permanent Ground Anchors
11 The following new paragraph is inserted after the sixth paragraph:
12
13 The Contractor shall make and cure grout cubes once per day in accordance with
14 WSDOT Test Method T 813. These samples shall be retained by the Contractor until all
15 associated verification, performance and proof testing of the permanent ground anchors
16 has been successfully completed. If the Contractor elects to test the grout cubes for
17 compressive strength, testing shall be conducted by an independent laboratory and
18 shall be in accordance with the WSDOT FOP forAASHTO T106.
19
20 6-17.3(9) Permanent Ground Anchor Acceptance Criteria
21 The fourth paragraph is deleted.
22
23 6-19.AP6
24 Section 6-19, Shafts
25 August 6, 2012
26 6-19.3(4)F Slurry Disposal
27 This section including title is revised to read:
28
29 6-19.3(4)F Disposal of Slurry and Slurry Contacted Spoils
30 The Contractor shall dispose of the slurry and slurry -contacted spoils as specified in the
31 shaft installation narrative in accordance with Section 6-19.3(2)B, item 8, and in
32 accordance with the following requirements:
33
34 1. Water slurry with no additives may be infiltrated to an upland area within the
35 confines of the Contracting Agency Right of Way for the project. Infiltration is
36 allowed provided the ground -line at the disposal site is at least 5 feet above
37 the current water table, and that disposal operations conform to the temporary
38 erosion and sedimentation control (TESC) requirements established for this
39 project. For the purposes of water slurry disposal, upland is defined as an area
40 that has no chance of discharging directly to waters of the State, including
41 wetlands or conveyances that indirectly lead to wetlands or waters of the State.
42 Spoils in contact with this slurry may be disposed of as clean fill.
43
44 2. Synthetic slurry and water slurry with polymer -based additives shall be
45 contained and disposed of by the Contractor at an approved facility The
46 Contractor shall acquire all permits or approvals necessary for disposal of the
47 slurry and shall provide copies to the Engineer Spoils in contact with synthetic
48 slurry or water slurry with polymer -based additives shall be disposed of in
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 19
1 accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. With approval of the Engineer, the
2 Contractor may re -use these spoils on-site.
3
4 3 Mineral slurry may be infiltrated to a temporary sediment trap located in an
5 upland area within the confines of the Contracting Agency Right of Way for the
6 project. Infiltration is allowed provided the ground -line at the disposal site is at
7 least 5 feet above the current water table, and that disposal operations
8 conform to the temporary erosion and sedimentation control (TESC)
9 requirements established for this project. For the purposes of mineral slurry
10 disposal, upland is defined as an area that has no chance of discharging
11 directly to waters of the State, including wetlands or conveyances that
12 indirectly lead to wetlands or waters of the State. Spoils in contact with mineral
13 slurry shall be disposed of in accordance with Section 2-03.3(7)C. With
14 approval of the Engineer, the Contractor may re -use these spoils on-site.
15
16 7-02.AP7
17 Section 7-02, Culverts
18 August 6, 2012
19 7-02.2 Materials
20 Note 3 in the table titled, "Culvert Pipe Schedules" is revised to read.
21
22 3Polypropylene pipe, 12 inch to 30 inch diameters approved for Schedule A and
23 Schedule B, 36 inch to 60 inch diameters approved for Schedule A only.
24
25 7-02.5
26 The bid item "Steel Rib Reinforced Polyethylene Culvert Pipe In. Diam ", per linear
27 foot is revised to read:
28
29 "St. Rib Reinf Polyethylene CuIv. Pipe In Diam.", per linear foot
30
31 7-03.AP7
32 Section 7-03, Structural Plate Pipe, Pipe Arch, Arch, and Underpass
33 August 6, 2012
34 7-03.3(1) Foundations, General
35 This section is supplemented with the following:
36
37 When aluminum pipe or pipe arch is in contact with cement concrete, two coats of paint
38 shall be applied in accordance with Section 7-08.3(2)D.
39
40 7-03.3(5) Headwalls
41 This section is supplemented with the following:
42
43 When aluminum pipe or pipe arch is in contact with cement concrete, two coats of paint
44 shall be applied in accordance with Section 7-08.3(2)D.
45
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 20
1
a
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
s
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 7-04.AP7
2 Section 7-04, Storm Sewers
3 August 6, 2012
4 7-04.3(1)B Exfiltration Test — Storm Sewers
5 The fifth column title "PE4" is revised to read "PP4" from the table titled, "Storm Sewer Pipe
6 Schedules".
7
8 Note 4 in the table titled, "Storm Sewer Pipe Schedules" is revised to read:
9
10 4PP = Polypropylene Pipe, 12 inch to 30 inch approved for Schedule A and Schedule B,
11 36 inch to 60 inch diameters approved for Schedule A only.
12
13 7-04.5
14 The bid item "Steel Rib Reinforced Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe In Diam", per
15 linear foot is revised to read:
16
17 "St. Rib Reinf Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe In. Diam", per linear foot
18
19 7-05.AP7
20 Section 7-05, Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins, and Drywells
21 April 2, 2012
22 7-05.3 Construction Requirements
23 The third paragraph is supplemented with the following:
24
25 Leveling and adjustment devices that do not modify the structural integrity of the metal
26 frame, grate or cover, and do not void the originating foundry's compliance to these
27 specifications and warranty is allowed. Approved leveling devices are listed in the
28 Qualified Products List. Leveling and adjusting devices that interfere with the backfilling,
29 backfill density, grouting and asphalt density will not be allowed. The hardware for
30 leveling and adjusting devices shall be completely removed when specified by the
31 Project Engineer.
32
33 7-08.AP7
34 Section 7-08, General Pipe Installation Requirements
35 August 6, 2012
36 7-08.3(2)D Pipe Laying — Steel or Aluminum
37 The following new sentence is inserted after the first sentence in the second paragraph:
38
39 The paint shall cover all the surface in contact with the concrete and extend one inch
40 beyond the point of contact.
41
42 7-09.AP7
43 Section 7-09, Water Mains
44 August 6, 2012
45 7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains
46 In the second paragraph, "Special Conditions" is revised to read "Special Provisions"
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 21
1
2 8-01.AP8
3 Section 8-01, Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control
4 January 7, 2013
5 8-01.2 Materials
6 The first paragraph is revised to read:
7
8 Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections:
9
10 Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe 9-05.1(6)
11 Quarry Spalls 9-13
12 Seed 9-14.2
13 Fertilizer 9-14.3
14 Mulch and Amendments 9-14.4
15 Tackifiers 9-14.4(7)
16 Erosion Control Devices 9-14.5
17 High Visibility Fence 9-14.5
18 Construction Geotextile 9-33
19
20 8-01.3(2)D Mulching
21 The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the fourth paragraph:
22
23 Short -Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of 2500 pounds per acre and
24 may be applied in one lift.
25
26 Moderate -Term Mulch and Long -Term Mulch shall be hydraulically applied at the rate of
27 3500 pounds per acre with no more than 2000 pounds applied in any single lift.
28
29 8-01.3(2)E Soil Binders and Tacking Agents
30 This section including title is revised to read:
31
32 8-01.3(2)E Tackifiers
33 Tackifiers applied using a hydroseeder shall have a mulch tracer added to visibly aid
34 uniform application. This tracer shall not be harmful to plant, aquatic, or animal life A
35 minimum of 125 pounds per acre and a maximum of 250 pounds per acre of Short -Term
36 Mulch shall be used as a tracer. Tackifier shall be mixed and applied in accordance with
37 the manufacturer's recommendations
38
39 Soil Binding Using Polyacrylamide (PAM) — The PAM shall be applied on bare soil
40 completely dissolved and mixed in water or applied as a dry powder. Dissolved PAM
41 shall be applied at a rate of not more than % pound per 1,000 gallons of water per acre.
42 A minimum of 200 pounds per acre of Short -Term Mulch shall be applied with the
43 dissolved PAM. Dry powder applications may be at a rate of 5 pounds per acre using a
44 hand-held fertilizer spreader or a tractor -mounted spreader.
45
46 PAM shall be applied only to areas that drain to completed sedimentation control BMPs
47 in accordance with the TESC Plan. PAM may be reapplied on actively worked areas
48 after a 48-hour period.
49
50 PAM shall not be applied during rainfall or to saturated soils
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 22
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 8-01.3(2)F Dates for Application of Final Seed, Fertilizer, and Mulch
3 In the first paragraph, "Engineer" is revised to read "Project Engineer".
4
5 Note 1 of the table in the first paragraph is revised to read:
6
7 1 Where Contract timing is appropriate, seeding, fertilizing, and mulching shall be
8 accomplished during the fall period listed above
9
10 The third paragraph is deleted
11
12 8-01.3(3) Placing Erosion Control Blanket
13 This section including title is revised to read.
14
15 8-01.3(3) Placing Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket
16 Biodegradable Erosion Control Blankets are used as an erosion prevention device and
17 to enhance the establishment of vegetation. Erosion control blankets shall be installed
18 according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
19
20 Seeding and fertilizing shall be done prior to blanket installation.
21
22 Select erosion control blanket material for an area based on the intended function: slope
23 or ditch stabilization, and site specific factors including soil, slope gradient, rainfall, and
24 flow exposure. Erosion Control Blankets shall not be used on slopes or in ditches that
25 exceed the manufacturer's recommendations.
26
27 8-01.3(4) Placing Compost Blanket
28 The first paragraph is revised to read:
29
30 Compost blanket shall be placed to a depth of 3 inches over bare soil. Compost blanket
31 shall be placed prior to seeding or other planting. An organic tackifier shall be placed
32 over the entire composted area when dry or windy conditions are present or expected
33 before the final application of mulch or erosion control blanket. The tackifier shall be
34 applied immediately after the application of compost to prevent compost from leaving
35 the composted area
36
37 8-01.3(5) Placing Plastic Covering
38 The second and third paragraphs are revised to read:
39
40 Clear plastic covering shall be used to promote seed germination when seeding is
41 performed outside of the Dates for Application of Final Seed in Section 8-01 3(2)F. Black
42 plastic covering shall be used for stockpiles or other areas where vegetative growth is
43 unwanted.
44
45 The plastic cover shall be installed and maintained in a way that prevents water from
46 cutting under the plastic and prevents the plastic cover from blowing open in the wind
47
48 8-01.3(6) Check Dams
49 This section is revised to read:
50
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 23
1 Check dams shall be installed as soon as construction will allow, or when designated by
2 the Engineer. The Contractor may substitute a different check dam, in lieu of what is
3 specified in the contract, with approval of the Engineer. The check dam is a temporary
4 or permanent structure, built across a minor channel. Water shall not flow through the
5 check dam structure. Check dams shall be constructed in a manner that creates a
6 ponding area upstream of the dam to allow pollutants to settle, with water from
7 increased flows channeled over a spillway in the check dam. The check dam shall be
8 constructed to prevent erosion in the area below the spillway Check dams shall be
9 placed perpendicular to the flow of water and installed in accordance with the Standard
10 Plans. The outer edges shall extend up the sides of the conveyance to prevent water
11 from going around the check dam. Check dams shall be of sufficient height to maximize
12 detention, without causing water to leave the ditch. Check dams shall meet the
13 requirements in Section 9-14.5(4).
14
15 8-01.3(6)A Geotextile-Encased Check Dam
16 This sections content including title is deleted.
17
18 8-01.3(6)B Quarry SpaII Check Dam
19 This sections content including title is deleted.
20
21 8-01.3(6)C Sandbag Check Dam
22 This sections content including title is deleted
23
24 8-01.3(6)D Wattle Check Dam
25 This sections content including title is deleted.
26
27 8-01.3(6)E Coir Log
28 This sections title is revised to read:
29
30 8-01.3(6)A Coir Log
31
32 8-01.3(7) Stabilized Construction Entrance
33 The first paragraph is revised to read:
34
35 Temporary stabilized construction entrance shall be constructed in accordance with the
36 Standard Plans, prior to beginning any clearing, grubbing, embankment or excavation.
37 All quarry spall material used for stabilized construction entrance shall be free of
38 extraneous materials that may cause or contribute to track out.
39
40 8-01.3(9)B Gravel Filter, Wood Chip, or Compost Berm
41 The first paragraph is revised to read:
42
43 Filter berms shall retain sediment and direct flows. The gravel filter berm shall be a
44 minimum of 1 foot in height and shall be maintained at this height for the entire time they
45 are in use. Rock material used for filter berms shall meet the grading requirements in
46 Section 9-03.9(2), but shall not include any recycled materials as outlined in Section 9-
47 03.21.
48
49 8-01.3(9)C Straw Bale Barrier
50 This section including title is revised to read:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 24
1
2 8-01.3(9)C Vacant
3
4 8-01.3(11) Vacant
5 This section including title is revised to read:
6
7 8-01.3(11) Outlet Protection
8 Outlet protection shall prevent scour at the outlets of ponds, pipes, ditches or other
9 conveyances. AH quarry spall material used for outlet protection shall be free of
10 extraneous material and meet the gradation requirements in Section 9-13.6.
11
12 8-01.3(13) Temporary Curb
13 This section is revised to read:
14
15 Temporary curbs shall divert or redirect water around erodible soils.
16
17 Temporary curbs shall be installed along pavement edges to prevent runoff from flowing
18 onto erodible slopes. Water shall be directed to areas where erosion can be controlled
19 The temporary curbs shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Ponding shall not be in
20 roadways.
21
22 8-01.4 Measurement
23 The third paragraph is revised to read -
24
25 Check dams will be measured per linear foot one time only along the completed check
26 dam. No additional measurement will be made for check dams that are required to be
27 rehabilitated or replaced due to wear.
28
29 The ninth paragraph is deleted.
30
31 The twelfth paragraph (after the preceding amendment is applied) is revised to read:
32
33 Seeding, fertilizing, liming, mulching, mowing, and tackifier will be measured by the acre
34 by ground slope measurement or through the use of design data
35
36 This section is supplemented with the following:
37
38 Outlet Protection will be measured per each initial installation at an outlet location.
39
40 8-01.5 Payment
41 The bid item "Straw Bale", per each is deleted.
42
43 The bid item "_Erosion Control Blanket", per square yard is deleted.
44
45 The bid item "Soil Binder or Tacking Agent", per acre is deleted.
46
47 This section is supplemented with the following:
48
49 "Outlet Protection", per each.
50 The unit Contract price per each for "Outlet Protection" shall be full payment for all costs
51 incurred to complete the Work.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 25
1
2 "Tackifies", per acre.
3 The unit Contract price per acre for "Tackifies" shall be full payment for all costs incurred
4 to complete the Work.
5
6 "Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket", per square yard.
7 The unit Contract price per square yard for "Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket"
8 shall be full pay for all costs to complete the specified Work.
9
10 8-02.AP8
11 Section 8-02, Roadside Restoration
12 April 1, 2013
13 In this section, "psiPE" is revised to read "PSIPE".
14
15 8-02.3(2) Roadside Work Plan
16 The first sentence in the second paragraph is revised to read:
17
18 The Roadside Work Plan shall also include a copy of the approved progress schedule.
19
20 The sub paragraph titled "Progress Schedule" is deleted.
21
22 8-02.3(4)C Topsoil Type C
23 In this section, "9-14.1(2)" is revised to read "9-14.1(3)".
24
25 8-02.3(8) Planting
26 Item number 1 in the second paragraph is revised to read.
27
28 1. Non -Irrigated Plant Material
29 West of the summit of the Cascade Range - October 1 to March 1.
30 East of the summit of the Cascade Range - October 1 to November 15.
31
32 8-02.5 Payment
33 The paragraph following bid item "Coarse Compost", per cubic yard" is revised to read:
34
35 The unit Contract price per cubic yard for "Fine Compost", Medium Compost" or
36 "Coarse Compost" shall be full pay for furnishing and spreading the compost onto the
37 existing soil.
38
39 8-03.AP8
40 Section 8-03, Irrigation Systems
41 April 2, 2012
42 8-03.3(7) Flushing and Testing
43 The fifth paragraph is deleted.
44
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 26
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 8-04.AP8
2 Section 8-04, Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways
3 April 2, 2012
4 8-04.3(1) Cement Concrete Curbs, Gutters, and Spillways
5 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -section.
6
7 8-04.3(1)B Roundabout Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter
8 Roundabout cement concrete curb and gutter and roundabout splitter island nosing curb
9 shall be shaped and finished to match the shape of the adjoining curb as shown in the
10 Plans. All other requirements for cement concrete curb and cement concrete curb and
11 gutter shall apply to roundabout cement concrete curb and gutter.
12
13 8-04.4 Measurement
14 This section is supplemented with the following:
15
16 Roundabout splitter island nosing curb will be measured per each.
17
18 8-04.5 Payment
19 The bid item, "Roundabout Truck Apron Cement Concrete Curb", per linear foot is deleted.
20
21 This section is supplemented with the following:
22
23 "Roundabout Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter", per linear foot
24
25 The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Roundabout Cement Concrete Curb and
26 Gutter" shall be full payment for all costs for the Work including transitioning the
27 roundabout cement concrete curb and gutter to the adjoining curb shape
28
29 "Roundabout Splitter Island Nosing Curb", per each.
30
31 The unit Contract price per each for "Roundabout Splitter Island Nosing Curb" shall be
32 full payment for all costs for the Work including transitioning the roundabout splitter
33 island nosing curb to the adjoining curb shape.
34
35 8-07.AP8
36 Section 8-07, Precast Traffic Curb and Block Traffic Curb
37 January 7, 2013
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
This section's title is revised to read:
8-07 Precast Traffic Curb
8-07.1 Description
This section is revised to read:
This Work consists of furnishing and installing precast traffic sloped mountable curb or
dual faced sloped mountable curb of the design and type specified in the Plans in
accordance with these Specifications and the Standard Plans in the locations indicated
in the Plans or as staked by the Engineer.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 27
1 8-07.2 Materials
2 The material reference "Block Traffic Curb 9-18 3" is deleted from this section.
3
4 The referenced section for the following item is revised to read.
5
6 Paint 9-34.2
7
8 8-07.3(1) Installing Curbs
9 The fifth and seventh paragraphs are deleted from this section.
10
11 8-07.4 Measurement
12 The first paragraph is deleted from this section.
13
14 8-07.5 Payment
15 The following bid items are deleted from this section:
16
17 "Type A Precast Traffic Curb", per linear foot.
18 "Type C Precast Traffic Curb", per linear foot.
19 "Type A Block Traffic Curb", per linear foot.
20 "Type C Block Traffic Curb", per linear foot.
21
22 8-11.AP8
23 Section 8-11, Guardrail
24 August 6, 2012
25 8-11.3(1)D Removing Guardrail and Guardrail Anchor
26 The first two sentences in the first paragraph are revised to read:
27
28 Removal of the various types of guardrail shall include removal of the rail, cable
29 elements, hardware, and posts, including transition sections, expansion sections,
30 terminal sections and the rail element of anchor assemblies. Removal of the various
31 types of guardrail anchors shall include removal of the anchor assembly, including
32 concrete bases, rebar, steel tubes, and any other appurtenances in the anchor
33 assembly.
34
35 8-11.4 Measurement
36 The seventh paragraph is revised to read:
37
38 Measurement of removal of guardrail will be by the linear foot measured along the line
39 of guardrail removed including transition sections, expansion sections, guardrail anchor
40 rail elements and terminal sections.
41
42 8-11.5 Payment
43 The paragraph following the bid item "Removing Guardrail Anchor", per each is revised to
44 read.
45
46 The unit Contract price per each for "Removing Guardrail Anchor" shall be full payment
47 for all costs to perform the Work as described in Section 8-11.3(1)D, including rail
48 removal, if there isn't a Bid Item for Removing Guardrail in the run of guardrail
49 connecting to the anchor.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 28
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
2 8-12.AP8
3 Section 8-12, Chain Link Fence and Wire Fence
4 April 2, 2012
5 In this Section "Engineer' is revised to read "Project Engineer".
6
7 8-12.2 Materials
8 This section is supplemented with the following:
9
10 Paint 9-08 1(2)B
11
12 8-12.3(1)A Posts
13 The words "for Type 3 and Type 4 fences" and "on Type 3 and Type 4 fences" are deleted
14 from this section.
15
16 The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read:
17
18 After the post is set and plumbed, the hole shall be filled with Grout Type 4.
19
20 The third sentence in the sixth paragraph is replaced with the following two sentences:
21
22 After the post is set and plumbed, the hole in the portion of the post in solid rock shall be
23 filled with Grout Type 4. The grout shall be thoroughly worked into the hole so as to
24 leave no voids.
25
26 The seventh paragraph is deleted.
27
28 The ninth paragraph is revised to read.
29
30 Steep slopes or abrupt topography may require changes in various elements of the
31 fence. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide all posts of sufficient
32 length to accommodate the chain link fabric.
33
34 The tenth paragraph is revised to read
35
36 All round posts shall have approved top caps fastened securely to the posts. The base
37 of the top cap fitting for round posts shall feature an apron around the outside of the
38 posts.
39
40 8-12.3(1)B Top Rail
41 This section's content including title is deleted and replaced with:
42
43 8-12.3(1)B Vacant
44
45 8-12.3(1)C Tension Wire and Tension Cable
46 This section's content including title is revised to read.
47
48 8-12.3(1)C Tension Wire
49 Tension Wires shall be attached to the posts as detailed in the Plans or as approved by
50 the Engineer.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 29
1
2
3 8-12.3(1)D Chain Link Fabric
4 The first three paragraphs are revised to read
5
6 Chain link fabric shall be attached after the cables and wires have been properly
7 tensioned.
8
9 Chain fink fabric shall be placed on the face of the post away from the Highway, except
10 on horizontal curves where it shall be placed on the face on the outside of the curve
11 unless otherwise directed by the Project Engineer.
12
13 Chain link fabric shall be placed approximately 1-inch above the ground and on a
14 straight grade between posts by excavating high points of ground. Filling of depressions
15 will be permitted only upon approval of the Project Engineer.
16
17 The fourth sentence in the fourth paragraph is revised to read:
18
19 The top and bottom edge of the fabric shall be fastened with hog rings to the top and
20 bottom tension wires as may be applicable, spaced at 24-inch intervals.
21
22 8-12.3(1)E Chain Link Gates
23 The third paragraph is deleted.
24
25 8-12.3(2)A Posts
26 In the second paragraph, "commercial" is deleted.
27
28 The first sentence of the fifth paragraph is revised to read:
29
30 After the post is set and plumbed, the hole shall be filled with Grout Type 4.
31
32 The fourth sentence in the sixth paragraph is replaced with the following two sentences:
33
34 After the post is set and plumbed, the hole in the portion of the post in solid rock shall be
35 filled with Grout Type 4. The grout shall be thoroughly worked into the hole so as to
36 leave no voids.
37.
38 The tenth paragraph is revised to read.
39
40 Where the new fence joins an existing fence, the 2 shall be attached in a manner
41 satisfactory to the Project Engineer, and end or corner posts shall be set as necessary.
42
43 The eleventh paragraph is deleted.
44
45 8-12.5 Payment
46 The paragraph following the item "Chain Link Fence Type ", per linear foot is revised to
47 read-
48
49 The unit Contract price per linear foot for "Chain Link Fence Type " shall be full
50 payment for all costs for the specified Work including brace post installation and all
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 30
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 other requirements of Section 8-12 for Chain Link Fence, unless covered in a separate
2 Bid Item in this Section.
3
4 The following paragraph is inserted after the item "End, Gate, Corner, and Pull Post for
5 Chain Link Fence", per each:
6
7 The unit Contract price per each for "End, Gate, Corner, and Pull Post for Chain Link
8 Fence" shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work. ,
9
10 The following paragraph is inserted after the item "Single 6 Ft. Chain Link Gate", per each:
11
12 The unit Contract price per each for "Double 14 Ft. Chain Link Gate", "Double 20 Ft.
13 Chain Link Gate", and "Single 6 Ft. Chain Link Gate", shall be full payment for all costs
14 for the specified Work.
15
16 The paragraph following the item "Wire Fence Type ", per linear foot is revised to read
17
18 The unit Contract price per each for "Wire Fence Type " shall be full payment for all
19 costs for the specified Work including payment for clearing of the fence line.
20
21 The following paragraph is inserted after the item "Double Wire Gate 20 Ft. Wide", per each:
22
23 The unit contract price per each for "Single Wire Gate 14 Ft. Wide" and "Double Wire
24 Gate 20 Ft. Wide" shall be full payment for all costs for the specified Work.
25
26 The paragraph following the item "Access Control Gate", per each is revised to read:
27
28 The unit contract price per each for "Access Control Gate" shall be full payment for all
29 costs to perform the specified Work.
30
31 8-15.AP8
32 Section 8-15, Riprap
33 April 2, 2012
34 8-15.1 Description
35 The second paragraph is revised to read -
36
37 Riprap will be classified as heavy loose riprap, light loose riprap, and hand placed
38 riprap.
39
40 8-20.AP8
41 Section 8-20, Illumination, Traffic Signal Systems, And Electrical
42 April 1, 2013
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
8-20.3(4) Foundations
The first paragraph is revised to read:
Foundation concrete shall conform to the requirements for the specified class, be cast -
in -place concrete and be constructed in accordance with Sections 6-02.2 and 6-02.3.
Concrete for Type II, III, IV, V, and CCTV signal standards and light standard
foundations shall be Class 4000P. Concrete for pedestals and cabinets, Type PPB, PS,
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 31
1 I, FB, and RM signal standards and other foundations shall be Class 3000. Concrete
2 placed into an excavation where water is present shall be placed using an approved
3 tremie If water is not present, the concrete shall be placed such that the free -fall is
4 vertical down the center of the shaft without hitting the sides, the steel reinforcing bars,
5 or the steel reinforcing bar cage bracing. The Section 6-02.3(6) restriction for 5 -feet
6 maximum free -fall shall not apply to placement of Class 4000P concrete into a shaft.
7 Steel reinforcing bars for foundations shall conform to Section 9-07.
8
9 8-20.3(5) Conduit
10 This sections content is deleted and replaced with the following new sub -sections:
11
12 8-20.3(5)A General
13 The ends of all conduit, metallic and nonmetallic, shall be reamed to remove burrs and
14 rough edges. Field cuts shall be made square and true. The ends of unused conduits
15 shall be capped. When conduit caps are removed, the threaded ends of metal conduit
16 shall be provided with approved conduit bushings and non-metal conduit shall be
17 provided with end bells.
18
19 Reducing couplings will not be permitted.
20
21 Existing conduit in place scheduled for installation of new conductor(s) shall first have
22 any existing conductor(s) removed and a cleaning mandrel shall be pulled through. The
23 existing conduit shall then be prepared subject to the same requirements outlined in this
24 paragraph, for new conduit and innerduct, unless otherwise indicated in the plans. All
25 new conduit and all innerduct shall be blown clean with compressed air. Then in the
26 presence of the Engineer, an 80 percent sizing mandrel, correctly sized for the raceway,
27 shall be pulled through to ensure that the raceway has not been deformed. This shall
28 be done prior to pulling wire or fiber optic cable and after final assembly is in place.
29 Existing conductor(s) shall be reinstalled unless otherwise indicated in the Plans.
30
31 As soon as the sizing mandrel has been pulled through innerduct, a 200 -Ib minimum
32 tensile strength pull string shall be installed and attached to duct plugs at both ends.
33 When conduit is installed for future use, as soon as the bushing or end bell has been
34 installed and the sizing mandrel has been pulled through, the ground wire shall be
35 installed and both ends shall be capped.
36
37 8-20.3(5)A1 Fiber Optic Conduit
38 Where conduit to contain fiber optic cable or conduit identified to contain future fiber
39 optic cable is installed by open trenching, Detectable Underground Warning Tape
40 shall be placed 12 -inches above the conduit unless otherwise detailed in the Plans
41 Detectable Underground Warning Tape shall extend 2 -feet into boxes or vaults.
42 Splicing of the tape shall be in accordance with tape manufacturer's recommended
43 materials and procedures.
44 Location Wire shall be installed with all nonmetallic conduit that contains fiber optic
45 cable and all conduits identified to contain future fiber optic cable. When open
46 trenching is used, the location wire shall be placed in continuous lengths directly
47 above the conduit. Where conduit is installed by other methods, the Location Wire
48 shall be attached to the outside of the conduit with electrical tape placed at
49 minimum 18 -inch intervals. Location Wire shall extend 12 -feet into boxes or vaults.
50 Splices shall be crimped using a non -insulated butt splice, soldered and covered
51 with moisture -blocking heat shrink.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 32
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
e
1
2 8-20.3(5)A2 ITS and Cabinet Outer and Inner Duct Conduit
3 ITS conduit and both ends of conduit runs entering cabinets, with the exception of
4 the 1/2 inch grounding conduit, shall be sealed with self expanding water proof foam
5 or mechanical plugs; unless otherwise required. At other locations conduit shall be
6 sealed with Duct Seal.
7
8 Outer -duct conduit with non factory assembled innerduct shall be sealed around
9 the innerduct with self -expanding waterproof foam. Outer -duct conduit with factory
10 assembled innerduct shall be sealed around the innerduct with a multiplex
11 expansion plug. lnnerduct containing one cable shall be plugged using an
12 expandable split plug. Innerduct with multiple cables shall be sealed with self -
13 expanding waterproof foam. Duct plugs shall be installed in all unused inner -ducts
14 (those that are specified as empty) at the time of conduit installation. Duct plugs
15 shall be installed in all used inner -ducts (as specified in the Plans), at the time of
16 conduit installation, unless cable pulling for those inner -ducts will commence within
17 48 -hours. Installation shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations
18
19 Foam sealant shall be installed with the following additional requirements:
20
21 1. Penetration of the sealant into the conduit or duct shall be limited using a
22 high temperature backer rod material or rag.
23 2 Penetration of the sealant into the conduit shall be limited to 1 -inch.
24 3. The foam sealant shall not project outside the end of the conduit or duct.
25
26 Where open trenching is allowed and conduit with innerduct is installed, a
27 maximum of 1000 -feet of continuous open trench will be allowed unless otherwise
28 approved by the Engineer.
29
30 8-20.3(5)B Conduit Type
31 Conduit shall be PVC, high density polyethylene (HDPE), rigid metal conduit (RMC) or
32 liquid tight flexible metal depending on the application.
33
34 Rigid metal conduit (RMC) shall be installed at the following locations:
35
36 1. Within railroad right of way.
37
38 2. All pole risers, except when otherwise required by owning utilities.
39
40 3 All surface -mounted conduit, with the exception of electrical service utility
41 poles.
42
43 4. All runs within slip form placed concrete.
44
45 Service lateral runs shall be Schedule 80 PVC except when otherwise required by
46 owning utilities. Conduit installed using the plowing method, shall be schedule 80 high -
47 density polyethylene (HDPE).
48
49 Conduit runs, including outer -duct, that enter the traveled way or shoulders, shall be
50 Schedule 80 high-density polyethylene (HDPE), Schedule 80 PVC, or rigid metal
51 conduit (RMC).
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 33
1
2 Conduit runs, including outer -duct, which do not enter the traveled way or shoulders,
3 shall be Schedule 80 high-density polyethylene (HDPE), Schedule 40 PVC or rigid
4 metal conduit (RMC).
5
6 Liquid tight flexible metal conduit is allowed only at locations called for in the Plans.
7
8 Except as described under Non -Metallic Conduit, unless otherwise indicated in the
9 Plans or Standard Plans, the same type of conduit shall be used for the entire length of
10 the run, from outlet to outlet.
11
12 Innerduct shall have a smooth wall non ribbed interior surface, with factory pre -
13 lubricated coating.
14
15 Innerduct within the Traveled Way or Shoulders and innerduct which is not factory
16 installed shall be schedule 40 high-density polyethylene (HDPE). The innerduct shall be
17 continuous with no splices. Innerduct which is pulled into the outer duct in the field shall
18 be installed with an extra 2 feet of conduit beyond each end of the outer -duct and shall
19 be allowed to finish contracting for 21 calendar days before it is terminated. Innerduct
20 shall be terminated with end bells flush to 1/4 inch out of the outer -duct and the space
21 between the outer -duct and innerduct shall be sealed with rodent and moisture resistant
22 foam designed for this application and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
23 recommendations.
24
25 8-20.3(5)B1 Rigid Metal Conduit
26 Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling metallic conduit;
27 however, running threads will be permitted in traffic signal head spiders and rigid
28 metal conduit (RMC) outer -duct. When installing rigid metal conduit (RMC), if a
29 standard coupling cannot be used, an approved three-piece coupling shall be used.
30 Conduit bodies, fittings and couplings for rigid metal conduit (RMC) shall be
31 cleaned first and then painted with one coat of paint conforming to Section 9-
32 08.1(2)B. The paint shall have a minimum wet film thickness of 3 -mils. The painted
33 coating shall cover the entire coupling or fitting. The threads on all metal conduit
34 shall be rust -free, clean, and painted with colloidal copper suspended in a
35 petroleum vehicle before couplings are made. All metallic couplings shall be
36 tightened so that a good electrical connection will be made throughout the entire
37 length of the conduit run If the conduit has been moved after assembly, it shall be
38 given a final tightening from the ends prior to backfilling.
39
40 Rigid metal conduit (RMC) ends shall be terminated with grounded end bushings.
41 Rigid metal conduit (RMC) entering cable vaults or pull boxes shall extend 2 -inches
42 beyond the inside wall face (for the installation of grounded end bushing and
43 bonding.)
44 Rigid metal conduit (RMC) entering concrete shall be wrapped in 2 -inch -wide pipe
45 wrap tape with a minimum 1 -inch overlap for 12 -inches on each side of the
46 concrete face. Pipe wrap tape shall be installed in accordance with the
47 manufacturer's recommendations.
48
49 Rigid metal conduit (RMC) bends shall have a radius consistent with the
50 requirements of Code Article 344.24 and other articles of the Code. Where factory
51 bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, using an approved conduit bending tool
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 34
1
1
1
1
11
It
11
11
1
1
1 employing correctly sized dies, without crimping or flattening, using the longest
2 radius practicable.
3
4 Where the coating on galvanized conduit has been damaged in handling or
5 installing, such damaged areas shall be thoroughly painted with paint conforming to
6 Section 9-08.1(2)B.
7
8 Metal conduit ends shall be threaded and protected with a snug fitting plastic cap
9 that covers the threads until wiring is started
10
11 8-20.3(5)B2 Non -Metallic Conduit
12 Where non-metallic conduit is installed, care shall be used in excavating, installing,
13 and backfilling, so that no rocks, wood, or other foreign material will be left in a
14 position to cause possible damage.
15
16 PVC conduit ends shall be terminated with end bell bushings. PVC or HDPE
17 conduit entering cable vaults and pull boxes shall terminate with the end bell flush
18 with the inside walls of the Structure.
19
20 Non-metallic conduit bends, where allowed, shall conform to Article 352.24 of the
21 Code. Eighteen -inch radius elbows shall be used for PVC conduit of 2 -inch nominal
22 diameter or less. Standard sweep elbows shall be used for PVC conduit with
23 greater than 2 -inch nominal diameter unless otherwise specified in the Plans In
24 nonmetallic conduit less than 2 -inch nominal diameter, pull ropes or flat tapes for
25 wire installation shall be not Tess than %4 -inch diameter or width. In nonmetallic
26 conduit of 2 -inch nominal diameter or larger, pull ropes or flat tapes for wire
27 installation shall be not less than 1/2 -inch diameter or width. When HDPE conduit is
28 used for directional boring, it shall be continuous, with no joints, for the full length of
29 the bore. The conduit run shall be extended to the associated outlets with the same
30 schedule HDPE or PVC conduit. Entry into associated junction box outlets shall be
31 with the same schedule PVC conduit and elbows. The same requirements apply for
32 extension of an existing HDPE conduit crossing.
33
34 PVC conduit and elbows shall be connected to HDPE conduit with an approved
35 mechanical coupling. The connection shall have minimum pullout strength of 700-
36 pounds. Prior to installation of a mechanical coupling, the HDPE conduit shall first
37 be prepared with a clean, straight edge. A water-based pulling lubricant may be
38 applied to the threaded end of the mechanical coupling before installation. Solvent
39 cement or epoxy shall not be used on the threaded joint when connecting the
40 HDPE conduit to the mechanical coupling. The mechanical coupling shall be
41 rotated until the HDPE conduit seats approximately 3/4 of the distance into the
42 threaded coupling depth.
43
44 For PVC installation through a directional bore, the PVC shall be in rigid sections
45 assembled to form a watertight bell and spigot -type mechanical joint with a solid
46 retaining ring around the entire circumference of the conduit installed in accordance
47 with the manufacturer's recommendations. The conduit run shall be extended
48 beyond the length of the bore, to the associated outlets with the same mechanical
49 coupled PVC or with standard PVC conduit of the same schedule. The same
50 requirements apply for extension of an existing PVC conduit Roadway crossing.
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 35
1 PVC conduit shall be assembled using the solvent cement specified in Section 9-
2 29.1.
3
4 Conduit ends shall be protected with a snug fitting plastic cap until wiring is started.
5
6 Conduit caps, end bells and the section of PVC between the coupling and end bell
7 bushing in cabinet foundations shall be installed without glue.
8
9 8-20.3(5)C Conduit Size
10 The size of conduit used shall be as shown in the Plans. Conduits smaller than 1 -inch
11 electrical trade size shall not be used unless otherwise specified, except that grounding
12 conductors at service points may be enclosed in V2 -inch -diameter conduit.
13 Conduit between light standards, PPB, PS, or Type 1 poles and the nearest junction box
14 shall be the diameter specified in the Plans. Larger size conduit is not allowed at these
15 locations. At other locations it shall be the option of the Contractor, at no expense to the
16 Contracting Agency, to use larger size conduit if desired, provided that junction box or
17 vault capacity is not exceeded. Where larger size conduit is used, it shall be for the
18 entire length of the run from outlet to outlet.
19 Conduit runs with innerduct, shall have 4 -inch outer -duct and shall be installed with four
20 1 -inch innerduct unless otherwise indicated in the plans.
21
22 8-20.3(5)D Conduit Placement
23 Conduit shall be laid so that the top of the conduit is a minimum depth of:
24
25 1. 24 -inches below the bottom of curb in the sidewalk area.
26
27 2. 24 -inches below the top of the roadway base
28
29 3. 48 -inches below the bottom of ties under railroad tracks unless otherwise
30 specified by the railroad company.
31
32 4. 36 -inches below finish grade when installed using conduit plowing method.
33
34 5. 24 -inches below the finish grade in all other areas.
35
36 Conduit entering through the bottom of a junction box shall be located near the end
37 walls to leave the major portion of the box clear At all outlets, conduit shall enter from
38 the direction of the run, terminating 6 to 8 -inches below the junction box lid and within 3-
39 inches of the box wall nearest its entry location.
40
41 Conduit runs shown in the Plans are for Bidding purposes only and may be relocated
42 with approval of the Engineer, to avoid obstructions.
43
44 8-20.3(5)D1 Surface Mounting
45 Where surface mounting of conduit is required, supports shall consist of channel with
46 clamps sized for the conduit. Support spacing shall comply with the Code, with the
47 exception that spacing of channel supports for conduit shall not exceed 5 -feet.
48 The minimum distance between adjacent clamps and between the clamp and the end of
49 the channel supports shall be 1 -inch. Channel supports shall be installed with stops, to
50 prevent clamps from sliding out of the ends.
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 36
A
11
11
11
11
n
0
11
0
v
11
s
v
11
e
11
1
1
11
1 8-20.3(5)D2 Structures
2 All conduits attached to or routed within bridges, retaining walls, and other structures
3 shall be equipped with approved expansion, deflection, and/or combination
4 expansion/deflection fittings at all expansion joints and at all other joints where structure
5 movement is anticipated, including locations where the Contractor, due to construction
6 method, installs expansion and/or construction joints with movement. All conduit fittings
7 shall have movement capacity appropriate for the anticipated movement of the Structure
8 at the joint. Approved deflection fittings shall also be installed at the joint between the
9 bridge end and the retaining wall end, and the transition from bridge, wall, or other
10 structure to the underground section of conduit pipe.
11
12 8-20.3(5)E Method of Conduit Installation
13 Conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by approved directional boring,
14 jacking, or drilling methods at locations approved by the Engineer. The pavement shall
15 not be disturbed unless allowed in the Plans or with the approval of the Engineer in the
16 event obstructions or impenetrable soils are encountered. High density polyethylene
17 (HDPE) conduit runs, which enter the traveled way or shoulders, shall be installed using
18 the directional boring method.
19
20 8-20.3(5)E1 Open Trenching
21 When open trenching is allowed, trench construction shall conform to the following:
22
23 1. The pavement shall be saw -cut a minimum of 3 -inches deep. The cuts
24 shall be parallel to each other and extend 2 -feet beyond the edge of the
25 trench.
26
27 2. Pavement shall be removed in an approved manner
28
29 3. Trench depth shall provide a minimum cover for conduit of 24 -inches
30 below the top of the roadway base
31
32 4. Trench width shall be 8 -inches or the conduit diameter plus 2 -inches,
33 whichever is larger.
34
35 5. Trenches located within paved Roadway areas shall be backfilled with
36 Controlled density fill (CDF) meeting the requirements of Section 2-
37 09.3(1)E. The controlled density fill shall be placed level to, and at the
38 bottom of, the existing pavement. The pavement shall be replaced with
39 paving material that matches the existing pavement.
40
41 6. On new construction, conduit shall be placed prior to placement of base
42 course pavement.
43
44 8-20.3(5)E2 Conduit Plowing
45 All conduit plowing shall be supervised by a licensed electrical Contractor.
46 The starting point shall be anchored or held such that conduit movement at the
47 start of the plowing operation is kept to a minimum. The conduit reel shall be
48 mounted on the vehicle such that conduit movement is kept to a minimum once it is
49 in the ground. Use of a stationary reel is not allowed The feed shoe shall have
50 rollers which conform to the conduit at a radius of not less than 15 times the
51 diameter of the conduit. The conduit will not be permitted to pass over stationary
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 37
1 guides nor over rollers or sheaves, which will permit a bend radius of Tess than 15
2 times conduit diameter. The width of the tooth and feed shoe shall not exceed the
3 conduit diameter by more than 2 -inches
4 The conduit shall be installed using a continuous reel, with no joints, for the full
5 length of the conduit run, unless conduit splicing is allowed as indicated below.
6
7 If an obstruction is encountered that cannot be plowed through, the following
8 remedies shall be attempted in order:
9
10 1. Contractor shall stop the plowing operation and attempt to remove the
11 obstruction If the obstruction is removed, plowing operations shall
12 continue along the approved path
13
14 2. Deviations of up to one foot from the projected path may be authorized by
15 the Engineer, provided the new route does not result in total conduit run
16 bends exceeding NEC requirements. Deviations in excess of one foot
17 from the projected path are not allowed and the maximum taper rate is 1-
18 inch per linear foot of conduit.
19
20 3. The Contractor may request approval to intercept the installed conduit and
21 route another section of HDPE to avoid the obstruction, provided the new
22 route does not result in total conduit run bends exceeding NEC
23 requirements. Connection between the sections shall be accomplished
24 using an approved fusion splicing method, which is compatible with the
25 conduit manufacturer's recommendations.
26
27 4. Where none of the above remedies are successful, all conduit installed so
28 far in that run shall be removed and a new plow path established to avoid
29 the obstruction.
30
31 In the event of a breakage, all conduit installed in that run shall be removed.
32
33 The conduit run shall be extended to the associated outlets, subject to the same
34 requirements indicated when HDPE is installed using the directional boring method.
35
36 The depth of installation shall be continually adjusted as necessary to compensate
37 for changes in terrain.
38
39 Plowed conduit shall be laid so that the top of the conduit is a minimum depth of
40 36 -inches below the finish grade with the exception that the conduit shall be swept
41 up to enter the knock outs of associated pull boxes or cable vaults
42
43 The plow placing the conduit shall be marked at a proper distance above the plow's
44 conduit exit point to indicate when the minimum installation depth is not met. The
45 mark shall be visible from a safe distance from the plowing operation when it is
46 exposed above ground. While plowing this mark must remain below ground level
47 at all times, with the exception of the entry and exit points at the end of the run, in
48 order to ensure that minimum burial depth of the conduit is achieved.
49
50 If the depth mark on the plow comes above ground, the Contractor shall stop the
51 plowing operation and attempt to correct the placement depth If the conduit depth
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/812013 Page 38
it
t
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 can be verified to meet the minimum burial requirements at the location where the
2 depth mark came above ground, the plowing operation shall resume subject to the
3 Engineers approval.
4
5 The compacted surface shall be firm, non -yielding, and result in a finished surface
6 that matches the lines and grades of the terrain prior to plowing.
7
8 8-20.3(5)E3 Boring
9 Bore pits shall be backfilled and compacted in accordance with Section 2-09.3(1)E.
10 Directional boring, jacking or drilling pits shall be a minimum of 2 -feet from the edge
11 of any type of pavement, unless otherwise approved by the engineer. Excessive
12 use of water that might undermine the pavement or soften the Subgrade will not be
13 permitted.
14
15 When approved by the Engineer, small test holes may be cut in the pavement to
16 locate obstructions. When the Contractor encounters obstructions or is unable to
17 install conduit because of soil conditions, as determined by the Engineer, additional
18 Work to place the conduit will be paid in accordance with Section 1-04 4.
19
20 8-20.3(5)E4 Directional Boring
21 Directional boring for electrical installations shall be supervised by a licensed
22 electrical contractor in accordance with Section 8-20 1(1). Where directional boring
23 is called for, conduit shall be installed using a surface -launched, steerable drilling
24 tool. Drilling shall be accomplished using a high-pressure fluid jet tool -head The
25 drilling fluid shall be used to maintain the stability of the tunnel, reduce drag on the
26 conduit, and provide backfill between the conduit and tunnel. A guidance system
27 that measures the depth, lateral position, and roll shall be used to guide the tool -
28 head when creating the pilot hole. Once the pilot hole is established, a reamer and
29 swivel shall be used to install the conduit. Reaming diameter shall not exceed 1 5
30 times the diameter of the conduits being installed. Conduit that is being pulled into
31 the boring shall be installed in such a manner that the conduit is not damaged
32 during installation. The pullback force on the conduit shall be controlled to prevent
33 damage to the conduit. A vacuum spoils extraction system shall be used to remove
34 any excess spoils generated during the installation. Excess drilling fluid and spoils
35 shall be disposed of. The method and location used for disposal of excess drilling
36 fluid and spoils shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Drilling fluid returns
37 (caused by fracturing of formations) at locations other than the entry and exit points
38 shall be minimized. Any drilling fluid that surfaces through fracturing shall be
39 cleaned up immediately. Mobile spoils -removal equipment capable of quickly
40 removing spoils from entry or exit pits and areas with returns caused by fracturing
41 shall be used as necessary during drilling operations.
42
43 8-20.3(5)E5 Boring with Casing
44 Where boring with casing is called for, the casing shall be placed using an auger
45 inside the casing to remove the soil as the casing is jacked forward. The auger
46 head shall proceed no more than 4 -inches ahead of the pipe being jacked. Boring
47 operations shall be conducted to prevent caving ahead of the pipe. Installed casing
48 pipe shall be free from grease, dirt, rust, moisture, and any other deleterious
49 contaminants.
50
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 39
1 The space between the conduit and casing shall be plugged with sandbags and a
2 grout seal 12 -inches thick at each end of the casing. Casing abandoned due to an
3 encountered obstruction shall be grout sealed in the same manner. Grout shall
4 conform to Section 9-20.3(4).
5
6 In lieu of sandbags and grout, unopened prepackaged concrete and grout may be
7 used to seal the casing.
8
9 Material shall not be removed from the boring pit by washing or sluicing.
10 All joints shall be welded by a Washington State certified welder. Welding shall
11 conform to AWS D 1.1-80 Structural Welding Code, Section 3, Workmanship
12
13 8-20.3(9) Bonding, Grounding
14 The first sentence in the second paragraph is replaced with the following two sentences:
15
16 All conduit installed shall have an equipment ground conductor installed in addition to
17 the conductors noted in the Contract. Conduit with innerducts shall have an equipment
18 ground conductor installed in each innerduct that has an electrical conductor
19
20 8-21.AP8
21 Section 8-21, Permanent Signing
22 January 7, 2013
23 8-21.2 Materials
24 The third sentence is revised to read:
25
26 Materials for sign mounting shall conform to Section 9-28.11
27
28 8-21.3(9)A Fabrication of Steel Structures
29 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
30
31 Fabrication shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 6-03 and 9-06.
32
33 This section is supplemented with the following:
34
35 All fabrication, including repairs, adjustments or modifications of previously fabricated
36 sign structure members and connection elements, shall be performed in the shop, under
37 an Engineer approved shop drawing prepared and submitted by the Contractor for the
38 original fabrication or the specific repair, adjustment or modification. Sign structure
39 fabrication repair, adjustment or modification of any kind in the field is not permitted. If
40 fabrication repair, adjustment or modification occurs after a sign structure member or
41 connection element has been galvanized, the entire member or element shall be re -
42 galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 111.
43
44 8-21.3(9)B Vacant
45 This section including title is revised to read.
46
47 8-21.3(9)B Erection of Steel Structures
48 Erection shall conform to the applicable requirements of Sections 6-03 and 8-21.3(9)F.
49 Section 8-21 3(9)F notwithstanding, the Contractor may erect a sign bridge prior to
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 40
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 completion of the shaft cap portion of one foundation for one post provided the following
2 conditions are satisfied.
3
4 1. The Contractor shall submit design calculations and working drawings of the
5 temporary supports and falsework supporting the sign bridge near the location
6 of the incomplete foundation to the Engineer for approval in accordance with
7 Section 6-01.9. The submittal shall include the method of releasing and
8 removing the temporary supports and falsework without inducing loads and
9 stress into the sign bridge.
10
11 2. The Contractor shall submit the method used to secure the anchor bolt array in
12 proper position with the sign bridge while casting the shaft cap concrete to
13 complete the foundation.
14
15 3. The Contractor shall erect the sign bridge and temporary supports and
16 falsework, complete the remaining portion of the incomplete foundation, and
17 remove the temporary supports and falsework, in accordance with the working
18 drawing submittals as approved by the Engineer.
19
20 8-21.3(9)F Foundations
21 The following new paragraph is inserted after the second paragraph:
22
23 Concrete placed into an excavation where water is present shall be placed using an
24 approved tremie. If water is not present, the concrete shall be placed such that the free -
25 fall is vertical down the center of the shaft without hitting the sides, the steel reinforcing
26 bars, or the steel reinforcing bar cage bracing. The Section 6-02 3(6) restriction for 5-
27 feet maximum free -fall shall not apply to placement of Class 4000P concrete into a
28 shaft.
29
30 The ninth paragraph (after implementing the preceding Amendment) is replaced with the
31 following three new paragraphs.
32
33 After construction of concrete foundations for sign bridge and cantilever sign structures,
34 the Contractor shall survey the foundation locations and elevations, the anchor bolt
35 array locations and lengths of exposed threads The Contractor shall confirm that the
36 survey conforms to the sign structure post, beam, span and foundation design geometry
37 shown in the Plans, and shall identify any deviations from the design geometry shown in
38 the Plans. When deviations are identified, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer, and
39 such notice shall be accompanied by the Contractor's proposed method(s) of
40 addressing the deviations, including removal and reconstruction of the shaft cap portion
41 of the affected concrete foundation as outlined in this Section, or fabrication repair,
42 adjustment or modification, with associated shop drawings, in accordance with Section
43 8-21.3(9)A.
44
45 If the Contractor's survey indicates that a concrete foundation has been constructed
46 incorrectly for a sign structure that has already been fabricated, the Contractor may
47 remove and reconstruct the shaft cap portion of the foundation, in accordance with
48 Section 1-07.13, provided the following conditions are satisfied:
49
50 1. The Contractor shall submit the method and equipment to be used to remove
51 the portion of the concrete foundation to be removed and reconstructed to the
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 41
1 Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 1-05.3. The submittal shall
2 include confirmation that the equipment and the method of operation is
3 appropriate to ensure that the existing anchor bolt array and primary shaft
4 vertical steel reinforcing bars will not be damaged.
5
6 2. All steel reinforcing bars, except for steel reinforcing bars extending from the
7 bottom portion of the foundation to remain, shall be removed and disposed of
8 in accordance with Sections 2-02.3 and 2-03.3(7)C, and shall be replaced with
9 new steel reinforcing bars conforming to the size, dimensions and geometry
10 shown in the Plans. All concrete of the removed portion of the foundation shall
11 be removed and disposed of in accordance with Sections 2-02.3 and 2-
12 03.3(7)C.
13
14 3 The Contractor shall adjust the primary shaft vertical steel reinforcing bars as
15 necessary in accordance with Section 6-02.3(24)C to provide clearance for the
16 anchor bolt array.
17
18 Sign structures shall not be erected on concrete foundations until the Contractor
19 confirms that the foundations and the fabricated sign structures are either compatible
20 with each other and the design geometry shown in the Plans, or have been modified in
21 accordance with this Section and as approved by the Engineer to be compatible with
22 each other, and the foundations have attained a compressive strength of 2,400 -psi.
23
24 Item number 4 in the twelfth paragraph (after implemented the preceding Amendments) is
25 revised to read:
26
27 4. Concrete shall be Class 4000P, except as otherwise specified. The concrete for the
28 shaft cap (the portion containing the anchor bolt array assemblies above the
29 construction joint at the top of the shaft) shall be Class 4000.
30
31 Item number 3 in the thirteenth paragraph (after implemented the preceding Amendments) is
32 revised to read:
33
34 3. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans, concrete shall be Class 4000P.
35
36 8-21.5 Payment
37 This section is supplemented with the following:
38
39 All costs in connection with surveying completed concrete foundations for sign bridges
40 and cantilever sign structures shall be included in the lump sum contract price for
41 "Structure Surveying", except that when no Bid item is included in the Proposal for
42 "Structure Surveying" then such costs shall be included in the lump sum contract
43 price(s) for "Sign Bridge No. " and "Cantilever Sign Structure No. ".
44
45
46 8-22.AP8
47 Section 8-22, Pavement Marking
48 January 7, 2013
49 8-22.3(3)D Line Applications
50 The last paragraph is supplemented with the following:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 42
1
2 Grooved line pavement marking shall not be constructed on bridge decks or on bridge
3 approach slabs.
4
5 8-22.3(6) Removal of Pavement Markings
6 The following two new sentences are inserted after the first sentence:
7
8 Grinding to remove painted markings is not allowed. Grinding to remove plastic marking
9 is allowed to a depth just above the pavement surface, then water blasting or shot
10 blasting shall be required to remove the remaining markings.
11
12 8-22.4 Measurement
13 The items "Painted Wide Line" and "Plastic Wide Line" are deleted from the fourth
14 paragraph.
15
16 The sixth paragraph is revised to read:
17
18 Diagonal lines used to delineate parking stalls that are constructed of painted or plastic
19 4 -inch lines will be measured as "Paint Line" or "Plastic Line" by the linear foot of line
20 installed. Crosswalk line will be measured by the square foot of marking installed.
21
22 The following two new paragraphs are inserted after the sixth paragraph:
23
24 Crosshatch markings used to delineate median and gore areas will be measured by the
25 completed linear foot as "Painted Crosshatch Marking" or "Plastic Crosshatch Marking".
26
27 The measurement for "Painted Crosshatch Marking" and for "Plastic Crosshatch
28 Marking" will be based on the total length of each 8 -inch or 12 -inch wide line installed.
29
30 8-22.5 Payment
31 The bid items "Painted Wide Line", per linear foot and "Plastic Wide Line", per linear foot are
32 deleted from this section.
33
34 This section is supplemented with the following two new bid items:
35
36 "Painted Crosshatch Marking", per linear foot.
37 "Plastic Crosshatch Marking", per linear foot.
38
39 The following new paragraph is inserted after the last bid item in this section -
40
41 The unit Contract price for the aforementioned Bid items shall be full payment for all
42 costs to perform the Work as described in Section 8-22
I 43
44 8-25.AP8
45 Section 8-25, Glare Screen
46 April 9, 2012
47 In this section, "tension cable" and "cable" are deleted.
48
49 8-25.3(3) Posts
50 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
1
1
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 43
1
2 Posts shall be constructed in accordance with the Standard Plans and applicable
3 provisions of Section 8-12.3(1)A.
4
5 The last paragraph is revised to read.
6
7 All round posts for Type 1 Design B and Type 2 glare screen shall be fitted with a
8 watertight top securely fastened to the post. Line posts shall have tops designed to
9 carry the top tension wire
10
11 8-25.3(5) Tension Cables
12 This sections content including title is deleted:
13
14 8-25.3(6) Fittings, Attachments, and Hardware
15 This sections content including title is deleted
16
17 8-29.AP8
18 Section 8-29, Wire Mesh Slope Protection
19 January 7, 2013
20 This section is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
21
22 8-29 Wire Mesh Slope Protection
23 8-29.1 Description
24 This Work consists of furnishing and installing the anchors and the wire mesh slope
25 protection in accordance with these Specifications and the details shown in the Plans and in
26 conformity with the lines and dimensions shown in the Plans or established by the Engineer.
27
28 8-29.2 Materials
29 Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9-16 4.
30
31 8-29.3 Construction Requirements
32 8-29.3(1) Submittals
33 The Contractor shall submit a wire mesh slope protection plan to the Project Engineer a
34 minimum of seven calendar days prior to beginning the work. The wire mesh slope
35 protection plan shall include the following.
36
37 1. Plan sheets for anchor layout and installation, and the equipment and process
38 used to confirm the capacity of the constructed anchors including the
39 calibration data for the stressing devices used to proof test the anchors, as
40 completed by an independent testing laboratory within 60 calendar days of the
41 wire mesh slope work.
42
43 2. Working drawings for the temporary yoke or load frame to be used for anchor
44 proof testing in accordance with Section 6-01.9.
45
46 3. Plans and details for assembling wire mesh and erecting the assembled mesh
47 on the slope.
48
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 44
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 All costs for the Work required for Submittals shall be included in the unit Bid price
2 detailed in Section 8-29.5.
3
4 8-29.3(2) Anchors
5 The Contractor shall install anchors of the type shown in the Plans and in conformance
6 with the layout shown in the Wire Mesh Protection Plan as described in Section 8-
7 29.3(1). The spacing and number of the anchors and wire ropes as shown in the Plans
8 are approximate only, and upon review of the wire mesh slope protection plan, the
9 Engineer may arrange the spacing to better hold the wire mesh against the slope.
10 Backfill material shall be thoroughly compacted with a mechanical compactor.
11
12 The Contractor shall proof test up to 25 percent of the anchors in vertical pullout to the
13 minimum allowable anchor capacity specified in the Plans. Proof testing of anchors shall
14 be performed against a temporary yoke or load frame. No part of the temporary yoke or
15 load frame shall bear within three feet of the anchor being tested. For vertical pullout
16 proof testing, an anchor is acceptable if it sustains the specified capacity for 10 minutes
17 with no loss of load. Anchors that fail this criterion shall be replaced and retested. If
18 more than three anchors fail, the Contractor shall proof test all anchors.
19
20 8-29.3(3) Wire Rope
21 All wire rope loops shall include a thimble. No wire rope splicing will be allowed.
22
23 8-29.3(4) Wire Mesh
24 The wire mesh shall be fastened to the completed wire rope assembly as shown in the
25 Plans. High tensile steel fasteners on the vertical seams shall be staggered across
26 width of the seam. Horizontal splices joining 2 rolls of mesh shall be made by
27 overlapping the mesh approximately 3 feet and either weaving 3 rows of lacing wires
28 through every mesh opening or using 4 rows of high tensile steel fasteners placed on
29 approximately 3 -inch spacing. All top and bottom laps shall be made by folding the
30 mesh to the outside, away from the slope, to avoid the possibility of falling material
31 hanging up in the folds. The bottom of the mesh shall be located as shown in the Plans.
32 The ends of all lacing wires shall be secured to the mesh with a minimum of 1'h -turns.
33
34 The wire mesh shall not be tensioned in any direction, but is to remain loose so as to
35 increase its dampening effect on rolling rocks. The Contractor shall use care in the
36 handling and installing of the wire mesh and wire rope. Any mesh or wire rope damaged
37 due to the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by the Contractor at no expense to
38 the Contracting Agency.
39
40 8-29.4 Measurement
41 Measurement of anchors will be per each for the completed anchor. Anchor types will not be
42 differentiated.
43
44 Wire mesh slope protection will be measured by the square foot of wire mesh erected on the
45 slope. There will be no deduction made for overlapping the wire mesh material as required
46 for splices or for coverage due to variations in the slope or ground conditions.
47
48 8-29.5 Payment
49 Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for each of the following Bid items
50 that are included in the Proposal:
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 45
1 "Wire Mesh Slope Protection Anchor", per each.
2 The unit Contract price per each for "Wire Mesh Slope Protection Anchor" shall be full
3 payment for all costs for the Work described in Sections 8-29.3(1) and 8-29.3(2).
4
5 "Wire Mesh Slope Protection", per square foot
6 The unit Contract price per square foot for "Wire Mesh Slope Protection" shall be full
7 payment for all costs for the Work described in Section 8-29.3(3) and 8-29.3(4).
8
9 9-02.AP9
10 Section 9-02, Bituminous Materials
11 January 7, 2013
12 9-02.4 Anti -Stripping Additive
13 This section is revised to read:
14
15 Anti -stripping additive shall be a product listed in the current WSDOT Qualified Products
16. List (QPL)
17
18 9-03.AP9
19 Section 9-03, Aggregates
20 April 1, 2013
21 9-03.1(1) General Requirements
22 The eighth paragraph is deleted.
23
24 9-03.8(4) Blending Sand
25 This sections including title is revised to read:
26
27 Vacant
28
29 9-03.13 Backfill for Sand Drains
30 This section is supplemented with the following:
31
32 That portion of backfill retained on a No. 4 sieve shall not contain more than 0.05
33 percent by weight of wood waste
34
35 9-03.13(1) Sand Drainage Blanket
36 The last paragraph is revised to read.
37
38 That portion of backfill retained on a No 4 sieve shall not contain more than 0.05
39 percent by weight of wood waste.
40
41 9-03.14(1) Gravel Borrow
42 Note 1 is deleted, including the reference in the table.
43
44 9-03.14(2) Select Borrow
45 Note is deleted.
46
47 Note 2 is re -numbered Note 1, including the reference in the table.
48
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 46
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 9-03.14(4) Gravel Borrow for Geosynthetic Retaining Wall
2 This section including title is revised to read:
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Gravel Borrow for Structural Earth Wall
All backfill material within the reinforced zone for structural earth walls shall consist of
granular material, either naturally occurring or processed, and shall be free draining,
free from organic or otherwise deleterious material. The material shall be substantially
free of shale or other soft, poor durability particles, and shall not contain recycled
materials, such as glass, shredded tires, portland cement concrete rubble, or asphaltic
concrete rubble. The backfill material shall meet the following requirements for grading
and quality:
All percentages are by weight
Property
Geosynthetic
Reinforcement
Metallic
Reinforcement
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Percent Passing
4
35 percent max
99-100
2
15 min.
75-100
11/4"1
99-100
1"
90-100
WSDOT Test Method
113
No. 4
50-80
50-80
No. 40
30 max.
30 max.
No. 200
7.0 max.
7.0 max.
Sand Equivalent
50 min.
50 min.
All percentages are by weight
Property
Test Method
Geosynthetic
Reinforcement
Requirements
Metallic
Reinforcement
Requirements
Los Angeles Wear
500 rev.
AASHTO T 96
35 percent max.
35 percent max
Degradation Factor
WSDOT Test Method T
113
15 min.
15 min.
Resistivity
WSDOT Test Method T
417
3,000 ohm -cm,
min.
pH
WSDOT Test Method
113
4.5-9
5-10
Chlorides
AASHTO T 291
100 ppm max.
Sulfates
AASHTO T 290
200 ppm max.
If the resistivity of the gravel borrow equals or exceeds 5,000 ohm -cm, the specified
chloride and sulfate limits may be waived.
20 Wall backfill material satisfying these grading and property requirements shall be
21 classified as nonaggressive.
22
23 9-03.21(1) General Requirements
24 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
25
26 Hot Mix Asphalt, Concrete Rubble, Recycled Glass (glass cullet), and Steel Furnace
27 Slag may be used as, or blended uniformly with naturally occurring materials for
28 aggregates.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 47
1
2 9-03.21(1)C Vacant
3 This section including title is revised to read:
4
5 9-03.21(1)C Recycled Glass (Glass CuIlet)
6 Glass CuIlet shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 318 with the additional
7 requirement that the glass cullet is limited to the maximum amounts set in Section 9-
8 03.21(1)E for recycled glass. Prior to use the Contractor shall provide certification to
9 the Project Engineer that the recycled glass meets the physical properties and
10 deleterious substances requirements in AASHTO M-318.
11
12 9-03.21(1) E Table on Maximum Allowable Percent (By Weight) of Recycled
13 Material
14 The column heading "Recycled Glass" is revised to read "Recycled Glass (Glass CuIlet) in
15 the table.
16
17 In the column "Recycled Glass (Glass Cullet)" all amounts are revised to read "20" beginning
18 with the item "Ballast" and continuing down until the last item in the table.
19
20 9-04.AP9
21 Section 9-04, Joint And Crack Sealing Materials
22 January 7, 2013
23 9-04.2 Joint Sealants
24 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -sections:
25
26 9-04.2(3) Polyurethane Sealant
27 Polyurethane sealant shall conform to ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 25 Use M.
28
29 Polyurethane sealant shall be compatible with the closed cell foam backer rod. When
30 required, compatibility characteristics of sealants in contact with backer rods shall be
31 determined by Test Method ASTM C 1087.
32
33 9-04.2(3)A Closed Cell Foam Backer Rod
34 Closed cell foam backer rod for use with polyurethane sealant shall conform to ASTM C
35 1330 Type C.
36
37 9-04.10 Crack Sealing — Rubberized Asphalt
38 This section is deleted.
39
40 9-04.11 Butyl Rubber and Nitrile Rubber
41 This sections number is revised to read.
42
43 9-04.10
44
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 48
1 9-05.AP9
2 Section 9-05, Drainage Structures, Culverts, and Conduits
3 January 7, 2013
4 9-05.0 Acceptance by Manufacturer's Certification
5 This section including title is revised to read:
6
7 9-05.0 Acceptance and Approval of Drainage Structures, and Culverts
8 The Drainage Structure or Culvert may be selected from the Qualified Products List, or
9 submitted using a Request for Approval of Materials (RAM) in accordance with Section
10 1-06.
11
12 Certain drainage materials may be accepted by the Engineer based on a modified
13 acceptance criteria when materials are selected from the Qualified Products List (QPL).
14 The modified acceptance criteria are defined in the QPL for each material.
15
16 9-05.1(6) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe, Couplings, and Fittings (Up to
17 10 Inch)
18 This section is supplemented with the following:
19
20 Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe manufacturers shall participate in the National
21 Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) work plan for HDPE (High Density
22 Polyethylene) Thermoplastic Pipe and be listed on the NTPEP audit website displaying
23 they are NTPEP compliant.
24
25 9-05.1(7) Corrugated Polyethylene Drain Pipe, Couplings, and Fittings (12 Inch
26 Through 60 Inch)
27 This section is supplemented with the following:
28
29 Corrugated polyethylene drain pipe manufacturers shall participate in the National
30 Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) work plan for HDPE (High Density
31 Polyethylene) Thermoplastic Pipe and be listed on the NTPEP audit website displaying
32 they are NTPEP compliant.
33
34 9-05.2(7) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe (Up to 10 Inch)
35 This section is supplemented with the following:
36
37 Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe manufacturers shall participate in
38 the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) work plan for HDPE
39 (High Density Polyethylene) Thermoplastic Pipe and be listed on the NTPEP audit
40 website displaying they are NTPEP compliant.
41
42 9-05.2(8) Perforated Corrugated Polyethylene Underdrain Pipe (12 -Inch
43 Through 60 Inch Diameter Maximum), Couplings, and Fittings
44 This section is supplemented with the following:
45
46 Perforated corrugated polyethylene underdrain pipe manufacturers shall participate in
47 the National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) work plan for HDPE
48 (High Density Polyethylene) Thermoplastic Pipe and be listed on the NTPEP audit
49 website displaying they are NTPEP compliant.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 49
1
2 9-05.19 Corrugated Polyethylene Culvert Pipe, Couplings, and Fittings
3 The word "producer" is revised to read "manufacturer".
4
5 The second paragraph is revised to read:
6
7 Joints for corrugated polyethylene culvert pipe shall be made with either a bell/bell or
8 bell and spigot coupling and shall incorporate the use of a gasket conforming to the
9 requirements of ASTM D 1056 Type 2 Class B Grade 3 or ASTM F 477. All gaskets shall
10 be factory installed on the coupling or on the pipe by the qualified manufacturer.
11
12 This section is supplemented with the following:
13
14 Corrugated polyethylene culvert pipe manufacturers shall participate in the National
15 Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) work plan for HDPE (High Density
16 Polyethylene) Thermoplastic Pipe and be listed on the NTPEP audit website displaying
17 they are NTPEP compliant.
18
19 9-05.20 Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe, Couplings, and Fittings
20 The word "producer" is revised to read "manufacturer"
21
22 The first paragraph is revised to read:
23
24 Corrugated polyethylene storm sewer pipe, couplings, and fittings shall meet the
25 requirements of AASHTO M 294 Type S or D. The maximum pipe diameter for
26 corrugated polyethylene storm sewer pipe shall be the diameter for which a
27 manufacturer has submitted. Fittings shall be blow molded, rotational molded, or factory
28 welded
29
30 This section is supplemented with the following:
31
32 Corrugated polyethylene culvert pipe manufacturers shall participate in the National
33 Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) work plan for HDPE (High Density
34 Polyethylene) Thermoplastic Pipe and be listed on the NTPEP audit website displaying
35 they are NTPEP compliant.
36
37 9-05.24 Polypropylene Culvert Pipe, Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe, and
38 Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe
39 This sections content is deleted and replaced with the following:
40
41 All joints for polypropylene pipe shall be made with a bell/bell or bell and spigot coupling
42 and shall conform to ASTM D 3212 using elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM F
43 477 All gaskets shall be factory installed on the pipe in accordance with the producer's
44 recommendations.
45
46 Qualification for each producer of polypropylene storm sewer pipe requires joint system
47 conformance to ASTM D 3212 using elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM F 477
48 and a formal quality control plan for each plant proposed for consideration.
49
50 A Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance shall be required and shall accompany the
51 materials delivered to the project. The certificate shall clearly identify production lots for
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
f
1
1 all materials represented. The Contracting Agency may conduct verification tests of pipe
2 stiffness or other properties it deems appropriate.
3
4 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -sections:
5
6 9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe
7 Polypropylene culvert and storm sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements:
8
9 1. For dual wall pipe sizes up to 30 inches: ASTM F2736. .
10
11 2. For triple wall pipe sizes from 30 to 60 inches: ASTM F2764.
12
13 3. For dual wall profile pipe sizes 36 to 60 inches: AASHTO MP 21, Type S or
14 Type D.
15
16 4. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded or PVC.
17
18 9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe
19 Polypropylene sanitary sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements -
20
21 1. For pipe sizes up to 30 inches: ASTM F2736
22
23 2. For pipe sizes from 30 to 60 inches: ASTM F2764.
24
25 3. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded or PVC.
26
27 9-06.AP9
28 Section 9-06, Structural Steel and Related Materials
29 April 1, 2013
30 9-06.5(3) High Strength Bolts
31 In this section, "AASHTO M 291" is revised to read "ASTM A 563", "AASHTO M 164" is
32 revised to read "ASTM A 325", "AASHTO M 293" is revised to read "ASTM F 436", "AASHTO
33 M 253" is revised to read "ASTM A 490", and "AASHTO M 298" is revised to read "ASTM B
34 695"
35
36 9-06.5(4) Anchor Bolts
37 In this section, "AASHTO M 291" is revised to read "ASTM A 563".
38
39
40 9-07.AP9
41 Section 9-07, Reinforcing Steel
42 August 6, 2012
43 9-07.7 Wire Mesh
44 The first sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
45
46 Wire mesh for concrete reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M
47 55, Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement or AASHTO M 221, Steel
48 Welded Wire Reinforcement, Deformed for Concrete.
49
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 51
1 9-10.AP9
2 Section 9-10, Piling
3 April 2, 2012
4 9-10.4 Steel Pile Tips and Shoes
5 In the first paragraph "ASTM A 148 Grade 60-90" is revised to read "ASTM A 148 Grade 90-
6 60"
7
8 9-13.AP9
9 Section 9-13, Riprap, Quarry SpaIls, Slope Protection, & Rock for Erosion and
10 Scour Protection and Rock Walls
11 April 1, 2013
12 9-13.5(1) Semi -Open Concrete Masonry Units Slope Protection
13 In this section, "ASTM C 90" is revised to read "ASTM C 1319".
14
15 9-14.AP9
16 Section 9-14, Erosion Control and Roadside Planting
17 January 7, 2013
18 9-14.3 Fertilizer
19 The second sentence in the first paragraph is revised to read:
20
21
22
23
24 9-14.4(2) Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products (HECPs )
25 The first sentence in the third paragraph is revised to read
26
27 All HECPs shall be furnished premixed by the manufacturer with Organic or Synthetic
28 Tackifier as specified in Section 9-14 4(7).
29
30 The third and fourth rows in Table 1 is revised to read:
31
B
1
C
1
1
It may be separate or in a mixture containing the percentage of total nitrogen, available Iphosphoric acid, and water-soluble potash or sulfur in the amounts specified.
32
Heavy Metals
EPA 6020A Total Metals
Antimony — < 4 mg/kg
Arsenic — < 6 mg/kg
Barium — < 80 mg/kg
Boron — < 160 mg/kg
Cadmium — < 2 mg/kg
Total Chromium — < 4 mg/kg
Copper — < 10 mg/kg
Lead — < 5 mg/kg
Mercury — < 2 mg/kg
Nickel — < 2 mg/kg
Selenium — < 10 mg/kg
Strontium — < 30 mg/kg
Zinc — < 30 mg/kg
Water Holding
Capacity
ASTM D 7367
800 percent minimum
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 52
11
t
1
1
1
1
1
f
i
l
1
1
1
1
t
i
1
1 9-14.4(2)A Long Term Mulch
2 In the first paragraph, the phrase "within 2 hours of application" is deleted.
3
4 9-14.4(4) Wood Strand Mulch
5 The last sentence in the second paragraph is deleted.
6
7 This section is supplemented with the following new paragraph:
8
9 The Contractor shall provide Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) that demonstrates that
10 the product is not harmful to plant life and a test report performed in accordance with
11 WSDOT Test Method 125 demonstrating compliance to this specification prior to
12 acceptance.
13
14 9-14.4(8) Compost
15 The second paragraph is revised to read:
16
17 Compost production and quality shall comply with WAC 173-350 and for biosolids
18 composts, WAC 173-308.
19
20 The third paragraph is to read:
21
22 Compost products shall meet the following physical criteria:
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
1. Compost material shall be tested in accordance with U.S Composting Council
Testing Methods for the Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC)
02.02-B, "Sample Sieving for Aggregate Size Classification".
Fine compost shall meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Minimum
Maximum
1"
100
5/8"
90
100
1/4"
75
100
Note Maximum particle length of 4 inches.
Medium compost shall meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Minimum
Maximum
1"
100
5/8"
85
100
'/4"
70
85
Note
Maximum particle length of 4 inches. Medium compost shall have a
carbon to nitrogen ration (C:N) between 18:1 and 35:1 The carbon to
nitrogen ration shall be calculated using dry weight of "Organic Carbon"
using TMECC 04.01A divided by the dry weight of "Total N" using TMECC
04 02D.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 53
1 Coarse compost shall meet the following gradation:
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Sieve Size
Percent Passing
Minimum
Maximum
2"
100
1"
90
100
3/4"
70
100
t/4"
40
60
Note Maximum particle length of 6 inches Coarse compost shall have a carbon
to nitrogen ratio (C:N) between 25:1 and 35:1. The carbon to nitrogen ratio
shall be calculated using the dry weight of "Organic Carbon" using
TMECC 04.01A divided by the dry weight of "Total N" using TMECC
04.02D.
10 2. The pH shall be between 6.0 and 8.5 when tested in accordance with U.S.
11 Composting Council TMECC 04.11-A, "1:5 Slurry pH".
12
13 3. Manufactured inert material (plastic, concrete, ceramics, metal, etc.) shall be
14 Tess than 1 percent by weight as determined by U S. Composting Council
15 TMECC 03.08-A "Classification of Inerts by Sieve Size".
16
17 4 Minimum organic matter shall be 40 percent by dry weight basis as determined
18 by U.S. Composting Council TMECC 05.07A "Loss -On -Ignition Organic Matter
19 Method (LOI)".
20
21 5 Soluble salt contents shall be less than 4.0 mmhos/cm when tested in
22 accordance with U.S. Composting Council TMECC 04.10 "Electrical
23 Conductivity."
24
25 6 Maturity shall be greater than 80 percent in accordance with U S. Composting
26 Council TMECC 05.05-A, "Germination and Root Elongation".
27
28 7 Stability shall be 7 -mg CO2—C/g OM/day or below in accordance with U.S
29 Composting Council TMECC 05 08-B "Carbon Dioxide Evolution Rate"
30
31 8. The compost product shall originate from organic waste as defined in WAC
32 173 350 as "Type 1 Feedstocks", "Type 2 Feedstocks", and/or "Type 3
33 Feedstocks". The Contractor shall provide a list of feedstock sources by
34 percentage in the final compost product.
35
36 9. The Engineer may also evaluate compost for maturity using U.S. Composting
37 Council TMECC 05 08-E "Solvita® Maturity Index". Fine compost shall score a
38 number 6 or above on the Solvita® Compost Maturity Test. Medium and
39 coarse compost shall score a 5 or above on the Solvita® Compost Maturity
40 Test.
41
42 9-14.4(8)A Compost Approval
43 This section's title is revised to read:
44
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 54
1
1
1
j
1
1
1
i
i
1
i
1
e
1
1
•
t1
f
1
1
1
i
1
1 9-14.4(8)A Compost Submittal Requirements
2
3 The first sentence in this section up until the colon is revised to read:
4
5 The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer for approval:
6
7 Item No. 2 in the first paragraph is revised to read:
8
9 2. A copy of the Solid Waste Handling Permit issued to the manufacturer by the
10 Jurisdictional Health Department in accordance with WAC 173-350 (Minimum
11 Functional Standards for Solid Waste Handling) or for biosolid composts a copy of
12 the Coverage Under the General Permit for Biosolids Management issued to the
13 manufacturer by the Department of Ecology in accordance with WAC 173-308
14 (Biosolids Management).
15
16 9-14.5(1) Polyacrylamide (PAM)
17 The fourth sentence is replaced with the following two new sentences:
18
19 The minimum average molecular weight shall be greater than 5-mg/mole The charge
20 density shall be no Tess than 15 percent and no greater than 30 percent.
21
22 9-14.5(2) Erosion Control Blanket
23 This section including title is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following.
24
25 9-14.5(2) Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket
26 Biodegradable erosion control blankets shall be made of natural plant fibers, and all
27 netting material, if present, shall biodegrade within a life span not to exceed 2 years.
28
29 The Contractor shall provide independent test results from the National Transportation
30 Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) meeting the requirements of Section 9-14.5(2)B,
31 9-14.5(2)C and 9-14.5(2)D
32
33 9-14.5(2)A Approval and Acceptance of Biodegradable Erosion Control
34 Blankets
35 The erosion control blanket may be selected from the Qualified Products List, or
36 submitted using a Request for Approval of Materials (RAM) in accordance with
37 Section 1-06. Erosion control blankets may be accepted by the Engineer based on
38 the modified acceptance criteria when materials are selected from the QPL. The
39 modified acceptance criteria are defined in the QPL for each material
40
41
42
43
44
45
9-14.5(2)B Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket for Slopes Steeper than
3:1 (H:V)
Table 6
Properties
ASTM Test Method
Requirements for Slopes
Steeper than 3:1
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 55
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Protecting
Slopes from
Rainfall -Induced
Erosion
ASTM D 6459
Soil tested shall be sandy
loam as defined by the
NRCS**
Soil Texture Triangle
C factor = 0.04 maximum for
cumulative R-Factor<231
Mass Per Unit
Area
ASTM D 6475
7.6 oz./sq. yd. minimum
Light
Penetration
ASTM D 6567
44 % maximum
Tensile Strength
MD x XD*
ASTM D 6818
10 0 x 6.0 pounds/inch minimum
Tensile
Elongation MD x
XD*
ASTM D 6818
38% x 33% maximum
*MD is Machine Design and XD is Cross Direction
**Natural Resource Conservation Services
9-14.5(2)C Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket for Slopes Flatter than
3:1(H:V)
Table 7
Properties
ASTM Test Method
Slope Flatter than 3:1
Requirements
Protecting
Slopes from
Rainfall -Induced
Erosion
ASTM D 6459
Soil tested shall be sandy
loam as defined by the
NRCS**
Soil Texture Triangle
C factor = 0.15 maximum for
cumulative R-Factor<231
Mass Per Unit
Area
ASTM D 6475
7.6 oz./sq. yd. minimum
Light
Penetration
ASTM D 6567
40% maximum
Tensile Strength
MD x XD*
ASTM D 6818
6.5 x 2.3 pounds/inch minimum
Tensile
Elongation MD x
XD*
ASTM D 6818
38% x 33% maximum
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 56
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
f
1
t
1
1
1
1
�i
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
*MD is Machine Design and XD is Cross Direction
**Natural Resource Conservation Services
9-14.5(2)D Biodegradable Erosion Control Blanket for Ditches
Table 8
Properties
Test Method
Requirements
Performance in
Protecting
Earthen
Channels from
Stormwater-
Induced Erosion
ASTM D 6460
Soil tested shall be sandy
loam as defined by the
NRCS**
Soil Texture Triangle
Limiting Shear (TL;m;) = 2.0 psf
minimum.
Limiting Velocity (VL;m;) = 7.5
ft/sec flow minimum.
Mass per Unit
Area
ASTM D 6475
7.4 oz./ sq. yd. minimum
Light
Penetration
ASTM D 6567
65 % maximum
Tensile Strength
MD x XD*
ASTM D 6818
9.6 x 3.2 lbs/inch minimum
Tensile
Elongation MD x
XD*
ASTM D 6818
38% x 33% maximum
*MD is Machine Design and XD is Cross Direction
**Natural Resource Conservation Services
8
9 9-14.5(4) Geotextile Encased Check Dam
10 This section including title is revised to read:
11
12 9-14.5(4) Check Dams
13 All materials used for check dams shall be non-toxic and not pose a threat to wildlife
14 when installed.
15
16 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -sections.
17
18 9-14.5(4)A Biodegradable Check Dams
19 Biodegradable check dams shall meet the following requirements:
20
21 Biodegradable Check Dams Materials
22 Wattle Check Dam 9-14.5(5)
23 Compost Sock Check Dam 9-14.5(6)
24 Coir Log Check Dam 9-14.5(7)
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 57
1
2 The Contractor may substitute a different biodegradable check dam as long as it
3 complies with the following and is approved by the Engineer:
4
5 1. Made of natural plant fiber
6
7 2. Netting if present shall be biodegradable.
8
9 9-14.5(4)B Non -biodegradable Check Dams
10 Non -biodegradable check dams shall meet the following requirements:
11
12 1. Geotextile materials shall conform to section 9-33 for silt fence.
13
14 2. Other such devices that fulfill the requirements of section 9-14.5(4) and shall
15 be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
16
17 9-14.6(1) Description
18 In item No. C in the fourth paragraph, "22 -inch" is revised to read "2 -inch".
19
20 9-15.AP9
21 Section 9-15, Irrigation System
22 April 1, 2013
23 9-15.1(2) Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings
24 In the first paragraph, "ASTM D 1784" is revised to read "ASTM D 1785".
25
26 9-16.AP9
27 Section 9-16, Fence and Guardrail
28 January 7, 2013
29 9-16.1(1)A Post Material for Chain Link Fence
30 The first paragraph is revised to read.
31
32 Except as noted otherwise, post material shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO
33 M 181, Type 1 (zinc -coated steel), Grade 1 or 2, and shall include all round and roll -
34 formed material (line posts, brace posts, end posts, corner posts, and pull posts).
35
36 The last sentence in the fourth paragraph is deleted.
37
38 9-16.1(1)C Tension Wire and Tension Cable
39 This section including title is revised to read:
40
41 9-16.1(1)C Tension Wire
42 Tension wire shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 181. Tension wire galvanizing
43 shall be Class 1.
44
45 9-16.1(1)D Fittings and Hardware
46 The second sentence in the first paragraph is deleted.
47
48 The last paragraph is deleted.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 58
a
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
2 9-16.1(2) Approval
3 This section is deleted.
4
5 9-16.2(2) Approval
6 This section is deleted.
7
8 9-16.4(2) Wire Mesh
9 This section is revised to read:
10
11 The galvanized wire mesh shall be a Style 1 double -twisted hexagonal mesh
12 conforming to ASTM A 975 with 8 by 10 opening, except when a colorized, polyvinyl
13 chloride coating is required then the Style shall be a Style 3.
14
15 The longitudinal edges of the wire mesh fabric shall have knuckled selvedges with
16 continuous selvedge wire as specified in ASTM A 975
17
18 9-16.4(3) Wire Rope
19 This section is revised to read
20
21 Wire rope shall be 3/- inch -diameter, independent wire rope class (IWRC) 6x19, extra
22 improved plow steel (EIP) wire rope galvanized in accordance with ASTM A1023. Each
23 lot of wire rope shall be accompanied by a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, a
24 mill certificate, and a test report showing the wire rope meets the minimum breaking
25 force requirements of ASTM A 1023.
26
27 9-16.4(4) Hardware
28 This section is revised to read.
29
30 Weldless steel rings shall be drop -forged steel and heat treated after forging; have a
31 single pull, working load limit of at least 10,000 lbs; and meet performance requirements
32 of Federal Specification RR -C-271 D Type VI.
33
34 Thimbles required for all wire rope loops shall be standard weight, galvanized, and meet
35 performance requirements of Federal Specification FF -T -276b Type II
36
37 Wire rope clips shall have drop -forged steel bases, be galvanized, and meet
38 performance requirements of Federal Specification FF -C-450 Type I Class 1.
39
40 9-16.4(5) Hog Rings and Tie Wire
41 This section including title is revised to read:
42
43 9-16.4(5) Fasteners and Lacing Wire
44 Fasteners shall consist of 11 gauge high tensile steel. Lacing wire shall consist of 9
45 gauge, zinc -coated steel wire conforming to ASTM A 641.
46
47 9-16.4(6) Grout
48 This section including title is deleted.
49
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 59
1 9-16.4(7) Anchor
2 This section including title and section number is revised to read:
3
4 9-16.4(6) Ground Anchors
5 Threaded bar ground anchors shall be deformed, continuously threaded, steel
6 reinforcement bars conforming to either Section 9-07 2 or Section 9-07.11. Threaded
7 bar ground anchors shall be either epoxy -coated in accordance with Sections 6-
8 02.3(24)H and 9-07.3 or galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A 767
9 Class I.
10
11 Hollow -core anchor bars shall have continuous threads/deformations and be fabricated
12 from steel tubing conforming to ASTM A 519. Couplers and nuts shall provide 100% of
13 the guaranteed minimum tensile strength of the hollow core anchor bars.
14
15 Bearing plates shall conform to ASTM A 572 Grade 50 and shall be galvanized after
16 fabrication in accordance with AASHTO M 111. Nuts shall conform to either AASHTO M
17 291 Grade B, hexagonal, or Section 9-07.11. Nuts shall be galvanized after fabrication
18 in accordance with AASHTO M 111 for plate washers and AASHTO M 232 for all other
19 hardware.
20
21 Grout for ground anchors shall be Grout Type 2 for Nonshrink Applications, conforming
22 to Section 9-20.3(2).
23
24 Concrete for soil anchor deadmen shall be either commercial concrete conforming to 8
25 Section 6-02 3(2)B or Class 3000 conforming to Section 6-02.
26
27 Steel reinforcing bars for soil anchor deadmen shall conform to Section 9-07.2, and
28 shall be epoxy -coated in accordance with Sections 6-02.3(24)H and 9-07.3.
29
30 9-16.6(3) Posts
31 This section is revised to read.
32
33 Line posts for Types 1 and 2 glare screens shall be 2 inch inside diameter galvanized
34 steel pipe with a nominal weight of 3.65 pounds per linear foot. End, corner, brace, and
35 pull posts for Type 1 Design A and B and Type 2 shall be 2 ' inch inside diameter
36 galvanized steel pipe with a nominal weight of 5.79 pounds per linear foot. Intermediate
37 pull posts (braced line posts) shall be as specified for line posts.
38
39 The base material for the manufacture of steel pipes used for posts shall conform to the
40 requirements of ASTM A 53, except the weight tolerance on tubular posts shall be
41 applied as provided below.
42
43 Posts provided for glare screen will have an acceptance tolerance on the weight per
44 linear foot, as specified, equal to plus or minus 5 percent. This tolerance will apply to
45 each individual post.
46
47 All posts shall be galvanized in accordance with AASHTO M 181 Section 32. The
48 minimum average zinc coating is per square foot of surface area. This area is defined
49 as the total area inside and outside. A sample for computing the average of mass of
50 coating is defined as a 12 -inch piece cut from each end of the galvanized member.
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 60
1
1
1
f
1
1
i
1
1
l
1
1
s
y
11
It
11
1
1
11
t
1
i
11
1
1 9-16.6(5) Cable
2 This section including title is revised to read.
3
4 9-16.6(5) Vacant
5
6 9-16.6(6) Cable and Tension Wire Attachments
7 This section including title is revised to read:
8
9 9-16.6(6) Tension Wire Attachments
10 AH tension wire attachments shall be galvanized steel conforming to the requirements of
11 AASHTO M 232 unless otherwise specified. Eye bolts shall have either a shoulder or a
12 back-up nut on the eye end and be provided with an eye nut where needed or standard
13 hex nut and lock washer 3/ -inch diameter for tension wire and of sufficient length to
14 fasten to the type of posts used. Turnbuckles shall be of the shackle end type, 1/2 inch
15 diameter, with standard take-up of 6 inches and provided with % inch diameter pins.
16
17 9-16.6(9) Fabric Bands and Stretcher Bars
18 The first paragraph is revised to read:
19
20 Fabric bands shall be % inch by 1 inch nominal Stretcher bars shall be 3/16 inch by 3/4
21 inch nominal or 5/16 inch diameter round bar nominal. A 5/16 inch diameter round
22 stretcher bar shall be used with Type 1. Nominal shall be construed to be the area of the
23 cross section of the shape obtained by multiplying the specified width by thickness. A
24 variation of minus 5 -percent from this theoretical area shall be construed as "nominal"
25 size. All shall be galvanized to meet the requirements of ASTM F 626.
26
27 9-18.AP9
28 Section 9-18, Precast Traffic Curb and Block Traffic Curb
29 August 6, 2012
30 This section's title is revised to read:
31
32 9-18 Precast Traffic Curb
33
34 9-18.3 Block Traffic Curb
35 This section including title is revised to read:
36
37 9-18.3 Vacant
38
39 9-20.AP9
40 Section 9-20, Concrete Patching Material, Grout, and Mortar
41 January 2, 2012
42 9-20.3(3) Grout Type 3 for Unconfined Bearing Pad Applications
43 This section is revised to read:
44
45 Grout Type 3 shall be a prepackaged material meeting the requirements of ASTM C 928
46 — Table 1, R2 Concrete or Mortar.
47
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 61
1 9-20.3(4) Grout Type 4 for Multipurpose Applications
2 In the third sentence of the first paragraph, the reference "0 40" is revised to read "0 45".
3
4 9-23.AP9
5 Section 9-23, Concrete Curing Materials and Admixtures
6 April 2, 2012
7 9-23.2 Liquid Membrane -Forming Concrete Curing Compounds
8 In the first paragraph, "moisture Toss" is revised to read "water retention".
9
10 9-28.AP9
11 Section 9-28, Signing Materials and Fabrication
12 April 1, 2013
13 9-28.14(2) Steel Structures and Posts
14 "AASHTO M 291" is revised to read "ASTM A 563" and "AASHTO M 293" is revised to read
15 "ASTM F 436".
16
17 9-29.AP9
18 Section 9-29, Illumination, Signal, Electrical
19 April 1, 2013
20 9-29.1(4) Non -Metallic Conduit
21 This section is supplemented with the following new sub -section:
22
23 9-29.1(4)D Deflection Fittings
24 Deflection Fittings for use with rigid PVC conduit shall be as described in 9-29.1(2)A
25
26 9-29.2 Junction Boxes, Cable Vaults, and Pull Boxes
27 The section is supplemented with the following:
28
29 The Contractor shall perform quality control inspection. The Contracting Agency intends
30 to perform Quality Assurance Inspection. By its inspection, the Contracting Agency
31 intends only to verify the quality of that Work. This inspection shall not relieve the
32 Contractor of any responsibility for identifying and replacing defective material and
33 workmanship. Prior to the start of production of the precast concrete units, the
34 Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the production schedule. The Contractor shall
35 give the Inspector safe and free access to the Work. If the Inspector observes any
36 nonspecification Work or unacceptable quality control practices, the Inspector will
37 advise the plant manager. If the corrective action is not acceptable to the Engineer, the
38 unit(s) will be rejected.
39
40 9-29.2(1) Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes
41 The third paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following new paragraphs:
42
43 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for all components, including the concrete
44 box, and Lid and the shop drawings shall show placement of reinforcing steel. The
45 shop drawing shall be prepared by (or under the direct supervision of) a Professional
46 Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or
47 Structural, and each sheet shall carry the following:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 62
1
A
it
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
s
1
1
2 1. Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal,
3 registration number, and date of expiration.
4
5 2. The initials and dates of all participating design professionals
6
7 3. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the
8 revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision.
9
10 4. Design calculations shall carry on the cover page, the Professional Engineer's
11 original signature, date of signature, original seal, registration number, and
12 date of expiration.
13
14 For each type of junction box, or whenever there is a change to the junction box design,
15 a proof test, as defined in this Specification, shall be performed and new shop drawings
16 submitted.
17
18 9-29.2(1)A Standard Duty Junction Boxes
19 The sub -paragraph's titled "Concrete Junction Boxes" are revised to read:
20
21 Concrete Junction Boxes
22 The Standard Duty Concrete Junction Box steel frame, lid support, and lid shall be
23 painted with a black paint containing rust inhibiters or painted with a shop applied,
24 inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6-07.3, or hot -dip galvanized in
25 accordance with AASHTO M 111. All Standard Duty Concrete Junction Boxes placed in
26 sidewalks, walkways, and shared -use paths shall have slip -resistant surfaces. Slip -
27 reisistant lids and frames shall be hot dip galvanized.
28
29 Concrete used in Standard Duty Junction Boxes shall have a minimum compressive
30 strength of 6,000 psi when reinforced with a welded wire hoop, or 4,000 psi when
31 reinforced with welded wire fabric or fiber reinforcement. The frame shall be anchored to
32 the box by welding headed studs % by 3 inches long, as specified in Section 9-06.15, to
33 the frame. The wire fabric shall be attached to the studs and frame with standard tie
34 practices The box shall contain ten studs located near the centerline of the frame and
35 box wall The studs shall be placed one anchor in each corner, one at the middle of
36 each width and two equally spaced on each length of the box.
37
38
39
Materials for Type 1, 2, and 8 Concrete Junction Boxes shall conform to the following:
Materials
Requirement
Concrete
Section 6-02
Reinforcing Steel
Section 9-07
Fiber Reinforcing
ASTM C 1116, Type III
Lid
ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel
Slip Resistant Lid
ASTM A 36 steel
Frame
ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel or ASTM
A36 steel
Slip Resistant Frame
ASTM A 36 steel
Lid Support
ASTM A 36, or ASTM A1011 Grade SS
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 63
Handle & Handle support
ASTM A 36 steel or ASTM A1011 Grade
CS or SS
Anchors (studs)
Section 9-06.15
Bolts, Studs, Nuts,
Washers
ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or
Stainless Steel grade 302, 304, or 316
steel in accordance with approved shop
drawing
Locking and Latching
Mechanism Hardware
and Bolts
In accordance with approved shop
drawings
1
2
3 9-29.2(1)B Heavy Duty Junction Boxes
4 The section is revised to read.
5
6 Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum vertical load rating
7 of 46,000 pounds without permanent deformation and 60,000 pounds without failure
8 when tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(1)C.
9
10 The Heavy -Duty Junction Box steel frame, lid support and lid shall be painted with
11 a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with Section 6-07.3.
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Materials for Type 4, 5, and 6 Concrete Junction Boxes shall conform to the following:
Materials
Requirement
Concrete
Section 6-02
Reinforcing Steel
Section 9-07
Lid
ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel, rolled
from plate complying with ASTM A 572,
grade 50 or ASTM A 588, and having a
min. CVN toughness of 20 ft -Ib at 40
degrees F
Frame and stiffener
plates
ASTM A 572 grade 50 or ASTM A 588, both
with min. CVN toughness of 20 ft -Ib at 40
degrees F
Handle
ASTM A 36 steel or ASTM A 1011 Grade
CS or SS
Anchors (studs)
Section 9-06.15
Bolts, Studs, Nuts,
Washers
ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or
Stainless steel grade 302, 304, or 316 in
accordance with approved shop drawing
Hinges and Locking and
Latching Mechanism
Hardware and Bolts
In accordance with approved shop
drawings
i
The lid stiffener plates shall bear on the frame, and be milled so that there is full even
contact, around the perimeter, between the bearing seat and lid stiffener plates, after
fabrication of the frame and lid. The bearing seat and lid perimeter bar shall be free from
burrs, dirt, and other foreign debris that would prevent solid seating. Bolts and nuts shall
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 64
1
1
r
1
1
1
r
1
f
1
111
111
1
1
11
t
11L
1
1
t
1 be liberally coated with anti -seize compound. Bolts shall be installed snug tight. The
2 bearing seat and lid perimeter bar shall be machined to allow a minimum of 75 percent
3 of the bearing areas to be seated with a tolerance of 0.0 to 0.005 inches measured with
4 a feeler gage. The bearing area percentage will be measured for each side of the lid as
5 it bears on the frame.
6
7 9-29.2(1)C Testing Requirements
8 The first paragraph is revised to read:
9
10 The Contractor shall provide for testing of junction boxes, cable vaults and pull boxes.
11 Junction boxes, cable vaults and pull boxes shall be tested by an independent materials
12 testing facility, and a test report issued documenting the results of the tests performed.
13
14 The second paragraph is revised to read:
15
16 For concrete junction boxes, vaults and pull boxes, the independent testing laboratory
17 shall meet the requirements of AASHTO R 18 for Qualified Tester and Verified Test
18 Equipment. The test shall be conducted in the presence of a Professional Engineer,
19 licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural,
20 and each test sheet shall have the Professional Engineer's original signature, date of
21 signature, original seal, registration number, and date of expiration. One copy of the test
22 report shall be furnished to the Contracting Agency certifying that the box and cover
23 meet or exceed the loading requirements for a concrete junction box, and shall include
24 the following information.
25
26 1. Product identification.
27
28 2. Date of testing.
29
30 3. Description of testing apparatus and procedure.
31
32 4. All load deflection and failure data.
33
34 5. Weight of box and cover tested.
35
36 6. Upon completion of the required test(s) the box shall be loaded to failure.
37
38 7. A brief description of type and location of failure.
39
40 The third paragraph is revised to read:
41
42 For non -concrete junction boxes the independent testing laboratory shall meet the
43 requirements of AASHTO R 18 for Qualified Tester and Verified Test Equipment. The
44 test shall be conducted in the presence of a Professional Engineer, licensed under Title
45 18 RCW, State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or Structural, and each test sheet
46 shall have the Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original
47 seal, registration number, and date of expiration. One copy of the test report shall be
48 furnished to the Contracting Agency certifying that the box and cover meet or exceed
49 the loading requirements for a non -concrete junction box, and shall include the following
50 information:
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 65
1 1. Product identification.
2
3 2. Date of testing
4
5 3. Description of testing apparatus and procedure.
6
7 4. All load deflection data.
8
9 5. Weight of box and cover tested.
10
11 The first paragraph following the title "Testing for the Standard Duty Non -Concrete
12 Junction Boxes" is revised to read:
13
14 Non -concrete Junction Boxes shall be tested as defined in the ANSI/SCTE 77-2007 Tier
15 15 test method with test Toad minimum of 22,500 lbs. In addition, the Contractor shall
16 provide a Manufacture Certificate of Compliance for each non -concrete junction box
17 installed.
18
19 9-29.2(2) Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes
20 This section is revised to read.
21
22 Standard Duty and Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be constructed as a
23 concrete box and as a concrete lid. The lid for the Heavy -Duty and Standard Duty Cable
24 Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be interchangeable and both shall fit the same box as
25 shown in the Standard Plans.
26
27 The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for all components, including concrete box,
28 Cast Iron Ring, Ductile Iron Lid, Steel Rings, and Lid In addition, the shop drawings
29 shall show placement of reinforcing steel, knock outs, and any other appurtenances.
30 The shop drawing shall be prepared by or under the direct supervision of a Professional
31 Engineer, licensed under Title 18 RCW, State of Washington, in the branch of Civil or
32 Structural, and each sheet shall carry the following:
33
34 1. Professional Engineer's original signature, date of signature, original seal,
35 registration number, and date of expiration.
36
37 2 The initials and dates of all participating design professionals
38
39 3. Clear notation of all revisions including identification of who authorized the
40 revision, who made the revision, and the date of the revision
41
42 4. Design calculations shall carry on the cover page, the Professional Engineer's
43 original signature, date of signature, original seal, registration number, and
44 date of expiration.
45
46 For each type of box or whenever there is a change to the Cable Vault or Pull box
47 design, a proof test, as defined in this Specification, shall be performed and new shop
48 drawings submitted.
49
50 9-29.2(2)A Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes
51 This section is revised to read:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 66
1
1
r
1
11
r
1
1
2 Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull boxes shall be concrete and have a minimum Toad
3 rating of 22,500 pounds and be tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(1)C for
4 concrete Standard Duty Junction Boxes.
5
6 Concrete for standard duty cable vaults and pull boxes shall have a minimum
7 compressive strength of 4,000 psi. The lid frame shall be anchored to the vault/box
8 concrete lid by welding headed studs % by 3 inches long, as specified in Section 9-
9 06.15, to the frame. The wire fabric shall be attached to the studs and frame with
10 standard tie practices. The vault/box concrete lid shall contain ten studs located near
11 the centerline of the frame and wall. Studs shall be placed one anchor in each corner,
12 one at the middle of each width and two equally spaced on each length of the vault/box.
13 The steel frame, lid support, and lid shall be painted with a black paint containing rust
14 inhibiters or painted with a shop applied, inorganic zinc primer in accordance with
15 Section 6-07.3 or hot -dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM M 111.
16
17 All Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes placed in sidewalks, walkways, and
18 shared -use paths shall have slip -resistant surfaces. The steel frame, lid support, and lid
19 for the Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be hot -dip galvanized.
20
21
22
Materials for Standard Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall conform to the following:
Materials
Requirements
Concrete
Section 6-02
Reinforcing Steel
Section 9-07
Lid
ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel
Slip Resistant Lid
ASTM A 36 Steel
Frame
ASTM A 786 diamond plate steel or ASTM
A 36
Slip Resistant Frame
ASTM A 36 Steel
Lid Support
ASTM A 36 Steel, or ASTM A 1011 Grade
SS
Handle & Handle
Support
ASTM A 36 steel or ASTM A 1011 Grade
CS or SS
Anchors (studs)
Section 9-06.15
Bolts, Studs, Nuts,
Washers
ASTM F593 orA 193, type 304 or 316, or
Stainless steel grade 302, 304, 316 per
approved shop drawing
Hinges and Locking
Mechanism Hardware
and Bolts
In accordance with approved shop
drawings
23
24
25 9-29.2(2)B Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes
26 This section is revised to read'
27
28 Heavy -Duty Cable Vaults and Pull Boxes shall be constructed of concrete having a
29 minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi, and have a minimum vertical load rating of
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 67
1 46,000 pounds without permanent deformation and 60,000 pounds without failure when
2 tested in accordance with Section 9-29.2(1)C for Heavy -Duty Junction Boxes.
3
4
5
Materials for Heavy Duty Cable Vaults and Pull boxes shall conform to the following:
Materials
Requirements
Concrete
Section 6-02
Reinforcing Steel
Section 9-07
Cover
Section 9-05.15(1)
Ring
Section 9-05.15(1)
Anchors (studs)
Section 9-06.15
Bolts, Nuts, Washers
ASTM F 593 or A 193, Type 304 or 316, or
Stainless steel grade 302, 304, 316 in
accordance with approved shop drawing
6
7 9-29.6(2) Slip Base Hardware
8 "AASHTO M 291" is revised to read "ASTM A 563", "AASHTO M 164" is revised to read
9 "ASTM A 325", and "AASHTO M 293" is revised to read "ASTM F 436.
10
11 9-29.6(5) Foundation Hardware
12 "AASHTO M 291" is revised to read "ASTM A 563".
13
14 9-29.10 Luminaires
15 The third paragraph is revised to read.
16
17 All luminaires shall be provided with markers for positive identification of Tight source
18 type and wattage. Markers shall be 3 inches square with Gothic bold, black 2 -inch
19 legend on colored background Background color shall be gold for high-pressure
20 sodium and red for metal halide, and white for induction light sources. Legends shall be
21 sealed with transparent film resistant to dust, weather, and ultraviolet exposure.
22
23 9-29.10(2) Decorative Luminaries
24 The second sentence in the third paragraph is deleted.
25
26 9-29.13 Traffic Signal Controllers
27 This section and all sub -sections including title is revised to read.
28
29 9-29.13 Control Cabinet Assemblies
30 Control cabinet assemblies shall include all necessary equipment and auxiliary
31 equipment for controlling the operation of traffic signals, programmable message signs,
32 illumination systems, ramp meters, data stations, CCTV, and similar systems as
33 required for the specific application. Traffic Signal Controller Cabinet Assemblies shall
34 meet the requirements of the NEMA TS1 and TS2 specification or the California
35 Department of Transportation "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications"
36 (TEES) dated March 12, 2009 as defined in this specification.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 68
1
1
1
r
1
11
t
1
i
t
it
1
2 9-29.13(1) Environmental, Performance, and Test Standards for Solid -State
3 Traffic Controller Assemblies
4 The scope of this Specification includes the controller of solid-state design installed
5 in a weatherproof controller cabinet. The controller assembly includes the cabinet,
6 controller unit, load switches, signal conflict monitoring circuitry, accessory logic
7 circuitry, AC line filters, vehicle detectors, coordination equipment and interface,
8 and preemption equipment. NEMA control assemblies shall meet or exceed current
9 NEMA TS 1 Environmental Standards. Normal operation will be required while the
10 control assembly is subjected to any combination of high and low environmental
11 limits (such as low voltage at high temperature with high repetition noise
12 transients). All other control equipment shall meet the environmental requirements
13 of California Department of Transportation "Transportation Electrical Equipment
14 Specifications" (TEES) dated March 12, 2009.
15
16 The Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Agency all guarantees and
17 warranties furnished as a normal trade practice for all control equipment provided.
18
19 9-29.13(2) Manufacturing Quality
20 The fabricator of the Control, cabinet Assemblies shall perform quality control (QC)
21 inspections based on their QC program. Their QC program shall be submitted and
22 approved by WSDOT at least annually. The fabricator of the controller shall certify
23 that the controller meets all requirements of the Standard Specifications and
24 Special Provisions for the specific application.
25
26 The QC program shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
27
28 1. Quality Statement
29
30 2. Individual responsible for quality (organizational chart)
31
32 3. Fabrication procedures
33
34 4. Test procedures
35
36 5. Documented inspection reports
37
38 6. Documented test reports
39
40 7. Certification package
41
42 9-29.13(2)A Traffic Signal Controller Assembly Testing
43 Each traffic signal controller assembly shall be tested as follows The supplier
44 shall:
45 1. Seven days prior to shipping, arrange appointment for controller
46 cabinet assembly, and testing at the WSDOT Materials Laboratory or
47 the facility designated in the Special Provisions.
48
49 2. Assembly shall be defined as but not limited to tightening all screws,
50 nuts and bolts, verifying that all wiring is clear of moving parts and
51 properly secured, installing all pluggables, connecting all cables,
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 69
1 Verify that all Contract required documents are present, proper
2 documentation is provided, and all equipment required by the
3 Contract is installed.
4
5 3. The assembly shall be done at the designated WSDOT facility in the
6 presence of WSDOT personnel.
7
8 4. The supplier shall demonstrate that all of the functions required by
9 this Specification and the Contract Plans and Special Provisions
10 perform as intended. Demonstration shall include but not be limited to
11 energizing the cabinet and verifying that all 8 phases, 4 pedestrian
12 movements, 4 overlaps (as required by the Contract Provisions)
13 operate in accordance with Section 9-29.13. The supplier shall place
14 the controller in minimum .recall with interval timing set at convenient
15 value for testing purposes. Upon a satisfactory demonstration the
16 controller assembly will then be accepted by WSDOT for testing.
17
18 5. If the assembly and acceptance for testing is not complete within 5
19 working days of delivery, the Project Engineer may authorize the
20 return of the assembly to the supplier, with collect freight charges to
21 the supplier.
22
23 6. The Contractor will be notified when the testing is complete, and
24 where the assembly is to be picked -up for delivery to the project.
25
26 7. The supplier has 5 working days to repair or replace any components
27 that fail during the testing process at no cost to the Contracting
28 Agency. A failure shall be defined as a component that no longer
29 functions as intended under the conditions required or does not meet
30 the requirements of the Contract Specifications and is at the soul
31 discretion of WSDOT.
32 8 Any part or component of the controller assembly, including the
33 cabinet that is rejected shall not be submitted for use by WSDOT or
34 any City or County in the State of Washington.
35
36 9-29.13(3) Traffic Signal Controller
37 The traffic signal controller shall conform to the Contract requirements and the
38 applicable Specifications as listed below: All solid-state electronic traffic -actuated
39 controllers and their supplemental devices shall employ digital timing methods.
40
41 A. NEMA control and all auxiliary equipment shall conform to current NEMA
42 TS1 or TS2 Specification. Every pin of every connecting plug shall be
43 utilized as described within the NEMA requirement, except that those pins
44 identified as "spare" or "future" shall remain unused.
45
46 B. Type 170E controllers shall conform to the TEES. The 170E controller
47 shall be provided with a program card, one blank ROM chip, and two 64K
48 non-volatile memory chips.
49
50 C Type 170E/HC-11 controllers shall conform to the current Oregon
51 Department of Transportation Specification for model 170E/HC-11
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 70
1
1
t
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
controller. The 170E controller with the HC11 chip shall be compatible with
the software specified in the Contract. The controller shall be provided
with one ROM chip and one 64K non-volatile memory chip.
D. Vacant
E. Type 2070 controllers shall conform to the TEES. The standard 2070
controller shall consist of the following:
2070
2070E
2070N1
2070-5 VME
cage
2070-1E CPU
Card
2070-1E CPU
Card
2070-1E CPU Card
2070-3B Front
Panel
2070-3B
Front Panel
2070-3B Front Panel
2070-4 Power
Supply
2070-4 Power
Supply
2070-4 Power
Supply
2070-2A Field
I/O
2070-2A Field
I/O
2070-2B Field I/O
X
X
2070-8 Interface
9-29.13(4) Traffic -Signal Controller Software
All traffic signal controllers shall operate with software specified in the contract.
14 Traffic -actuated controllers shall be electronic devices which, when connected to
15 traffic detectors or other means of actuation, or both, shall operate the electrical
16 traffic signal system at one or more intersections
17
18 If the complete traffic controller defined in the Special Provision requires NTCIP
19 compliance the following are the minimum requirements for NTCIP operation.
20
21 Communication
22 The traffic controller hardware and software shall communicate with the central
23 computer in a polled multi -drop operation. In the polled multi -drop operation,
24 several traffic controllers shall share the same communication channel, with each
25 controller assigned a unique ID number. Controller ID numbers shall conform to
26 the NTCIP requirements for address numbers. A traffic controller shall only reply to
27 messages labeled with its ID. In polled multi -drop mode, traffic controllers never
28 initiate communication, but merely transmit their responses to messages from the
29 central computer.
30
31 A laptop computer connected to the traffic controller's local communication port
32 shall have the same control and diagnostic capabilities as the central computer.
33 However, local laptop control capability shall be limited to that traffic controller.
34
35 NTCIP Requirements
36 The traffic controller software shall comply with the National Transportation
37 Communications for ITS Protocol (NTCIP) documents and all related errata sheets
38 published before July 1, 1999 and as referenced herein.
39
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 71
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
The traffic controller software shall support the following standards:
1 NTCIP 1101, Simple Transportation Management Framework (STMF),
Conformance Level 1 (Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP))
2. NTCIP 2001, Class B Profile. All serial ports on the device shall support
communications according to these standards.
3. NTCIP 2101, SP-PMPP/RS232 Point -to -Multi -Point Protocol (PMPP)
4 NTCIP 2201, NTCIP TP -Null Transport Profile Null (TP -NULL)
The traffic controller software shall implement all mandatory objects of all
mandatory conformance groups as defined in NTCIP 1201, Global Object
Definitions, and NTCIP 1202, Object Definitions for Actuated Traffic Signal
Controller Units Software shall implement the following conformance groups:
NTCIP 1202, Object Definitions for ASC
Conformance Group
Object
ID
Reference
Configuration
1201
2.2
Time Management
dBCreateTransaction
All Values
Time Base Event Schedule
dBErrorType
All values
Report
globslDaylightSavings
2.5
Phase
1202
2.2
Rings
MaxDayPlans
2.8
Detector
2.3
Unit
2.4
Preempt
2.7
Time Base
2.6
Coordination
2.5
Channel
2.9
Overlaps
2 10
The software shall implement the following optional objects:
Objects required by these specifications shall support all values within its
standardized range The standardized range is defined by a size, range, or
enumerated listing indicated in the object's SYNTAX field and/or through
descriptive text in the object's description field The following list indicates the
modified object requirements for these objects.
Object
Name
Object
ID
Minimum
Requirements
Global Configuration
moduleType
Value 3
Database Management
dBCreateTransaction
All Values
dBErrorType
All values
Time Management
globslDaylightSavings
Values 2 and 3
Timebase Events Schedule
maxTimeBaseScheduleEntries
16
MaxDayPlans
15
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 72
1
11
t
1
1
t
11
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 73
MaxDayEvents
10
Report
maxEventLogCongifs
50
MventConfigMode
Values 2 thru 5
mventConfigAction
Values 2 and 3
MaxEventLogSize
255
MaxEventClasses
7
PMPP
maxGroupAddress
2
ASC Phase
maxPhases
8
pPhaseStartp
Values 2 thru 6
phaseOptions
All Values
maxPhaseGroups
1
Rings
maxRings
2
maxSequences
16
Detector
maxVehicleDetectors
64
vehicleDetectorOptions
All Values
maxPedestrianDetector
8
Unit
unitAutoPedestrianClear
All Values
unitControlStatus
All Values
unitFlashStatus
All Values
unitControl
All Values
maxAlarmGroups
1
Special Function
maxSpecialFunctionsOutputs
8
Coordination
coordCorrectionMode
Values 2 thru 4
coordMaximumMode
Values 2 thru4
coordForceMode
Values 2 and 3
maxPatterns
48
patternTableType
Either 2,3 or 4
maxSplits
16
splitMode
Values 2 thru 7
localFreeStatus
Values 2 thru 11
Time Base
maxTimebaseAscAction
48
Preempt
maxPreempts
4
preemptControl
All Values
preemptState
Values 2 thru 9
Overlaps
maxOverlaps
4
overlapType
Value 2 and 3
maxOverlapstatusGroup
1
Channels
maxChannels
16
channelControlGroup
Values 2 thru 4
channelFlash
Value
0,2,4,6,8,10,12 and
14
channelDim
Values 0 thru 15
maxChannelStatusGroup
2
TS 2 Port 1
maxPortAddresses
18
portlTable
Values 2 and 3
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 73
1 * values in excess of the minimum requirement are considered to meet the
2 specification.
3
4 Documentation
5 Software shall be supplied with all documentation on a CD. ASCII versions of the
6 following Management Information Base (MIB) files in Abstract Syntax Notation 1
7 (ASN.1) format shall be provided on CD-ROM:
8
9 1. The official MIB Module referenced by the device functionality.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 9-29.13(5) Flashing Operations
20 All traffic signals shall be equipped for flashing operation of signal displays.
21 Controllers and cabinets shall be programmed for flashing red displays for all
22 approaches. During flashing operation, all pedestrian circuits shall be de -energized.
23
24 Actuated traffic signal control mechanisms shall be capable of entry into flash
25 operation and return to stop -and -go operation as follows:
26
27 1 Terminal Strip Input (Remote Flash). When called as a function of a
28 terminal strip input, the controller shall provide both sequenced entry into
29 flash and sequenced return to normal operation consistent with the
30 requirements of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
31 Devices.
32
33 2. Police Panel Switch When the flash -automatic switch located behind the
34 police panel door is turned to the flash position, the signals shall
35 immediately revert to flash; and, the controller shall have a stop time input
36 applied When the switch is placed on automatic, the controller shall
37 immediately time an 6 second all red period then resume stop -and -go
38 operations at the beginning of major street green
39
40 3. Controller Cabinet Switches. When the flash -automatic switch located
41 inside the controller cabinet is placed in the flash position, the signals shall
42 immediately revert to flash, however, the controller shall not have a stop
43 time input applied. When the flash -automatic switch is placed in the
44 automatic position, the controller shall immediately time a 6 second all red
45 period, then resume stop -and -go operation at the beginning of the major
46 green.
2 A manufacturer -specific version of the official MIB Module with the non -
standardized range indicated in the SYNTAX field. The filename shall IImatch the official MIB Module, with the extension "spc".
3. A MIB Module of all manufacturer -specific objects supported by the device
with accurate and meaningful DESCRIPTION fields and the supported
ranges indicated in the SYNTAX field
47
48
49
50
51
4. Power Interruption On "NEMA" controllers any power interruption longer
than 475 plus or minus 25 milliseconds, signals shall re-energize
consistent with No 2 above to ensure an 6 -second flash period prior to
the start of major street green. A power interruption of less than 475 plus
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 74
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 or minus 25 milliseconds shall not cause resequencing of the controller
2 and the signal displays shall re-energize without change. Type 170
3 controllers shall re-energize consistent with No. 2 above after a power
4 interruption of 1.75 plus or minus 0 25 seconds. The 6 -second flash period
5 will not be required. Any power interruption to a 2070 type controller shall
6 result in a 6 second flash period once power is restored
7
8 5. Conflict Monitor Upon detecting a fault condition the conflict monitor shall
9 immediately cause the signal to revert to flash and the controller to stop
10 time. After the conflict monitor has been reset, the controller shall
11 immediately take command of the signal displays at the beginning of
12 major street green
13
14 9-29.13(6) Emergency Preemption
15 Immediately after a valid call has been received, the preemption equipment shall
16 cause the controller to terminate the appropriate phases as necessary with the
17 required clearance intervals and enter any programed subsequent preemption
18 sequence. Preemption sequences shall be as noted in the Contract.
19
20 9-29.13(7) Wiring Diagrams
21 Schematic wiring diagrams of the controllers, cabinets and auxiliary equipment
22 shall be submitted when the assemblies are delivered The diagram shall show in
23 detail all circuits and parts. The parts shall be identified by name or number in a
24 manner readily interpreted. Two hard copies of the cabinet wiring diagram and
25 component wiring diagrams shall be furnished with each cabinet and a pdf file of
26 the cabinet wiring and component drawings. The schematic drawing shall consist of
27 a single sheet, detailing all circuits and parts, not to exceed 52 -inches by 72 -inches.
28 The cabinet wiring diagram shall indicate and identify all wire terminations, all plug
29 connectors, and the locations of all equipment in the cabinet. Included in the
30 diagram shall be an intersection sketch identifying all heads, detectors, and push
31 buttons and a phase diagram.
32
33 9-29.13(8) Generator Transfer Switch
34 When specified in the contract, A generator transfer switch shall be included.. The
35 Generator Transfer Switch shall be capable of switching power from a utility power
36 source to an external generator power source
37
38 The Transfer Switch enclosure shall be of identical materials and dimensions and
39 installation methods as the Police Panel type enclosure specified in the first
40 paragraph of Special Provision 9-29.13(10)D except that the enclosure door shall
41 include a spring loaded construction core lock capable of accepting a Best 6 -pin CX
42 series core. The core lock shall be installed with a green construction core. Upon
43 contract completion, two master keys for the construction core shall be delivered to
44 the Engineer.
45
46 The enclosure shall include the following Transfer Switch equipment:
47
48 1. One Nema L5 -30P Flanged Inlet generator connector
49
50 2 One Utility power indicator light
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 75
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
3. One generator indicator light
4. Two 30 amp, 120 volt, single pole, single phase, circuit breakers One
circuit breaker shall be labeled "Generator" and the other circuit breaker
shall be labeled "Utility". Both labels shall be engraved phenolic name
plates
5. A mechanical lock out feature that prevents the Utility circuit breaker and
the Generator circuit breaker from being in the ON position at the same
time. The circuit breakers shall be capable of being independently
switched.
6. The conductors from the Generator Transfer Switch enclosure to the
cabinet circuit breaker shall be enclosed in nylon mesh sleeve.
7. The enclosure door shall be labeled with the letters "GTS"
9-29.13(9) Vacant
9-29.13(10) NEMA, Type 170E, 2070 Controllers and Cabinets
9-29.13(10)A Auxiliary Equipment for NEMA Controllers
The following auxiliary equipment shall be furnished and installed in each
cabinet for NEMA traffic -actuated controllers:
1 A solid-state Type 3 NEMA flasher with flash -transfer relay which will
cut in the flasher and isolate the controller from light circuits. See
Section 9-29 13(5) for operational requirements.
2. Modular solid state relay Toad switches of sufficient number to provide
for each vehicle phase (including future phases if shown in the plans),
each pedestrian phase and preemption sequence indicated in the
Contract. Type P & R cabinets shall include a fully wired 16 -position
back panel Solid-state load switches shall conform to NEMA
standards except only optically isolated load switches will be allowed
Load switches shall include indicator lights on the input and output
circuits The controller cabinet shall have all cabinet wiring installed
for eight vehicle phases, four pedestrian phases, four emergency pre-
empts, four overlaps (OLA, B, C, D).
3. A power panel with:
a. A control -display breaker sized to provide 125 percent overload
protection for all control equipment and signal displays, 20
ampere minimum.
b. A 15 ampere accessory breaker wired parallel to the control
display breaker. The breaker will carry accessory Toads, including
vent fan, cabinet Tight, plug receptacle, etc.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 76
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 c A busbar isolated from ground and unfused for the neutral side of
2 power supply.
3
4 d. A radio interference suppresser installed at the input power point.
5 Interference suppressers shall be of a design which will minimize
6 interference in both broadcast and aircraft frequencies, and shall
7 provide a minimum attenuation of 50 decibels over a frequency
8 range of 200 kilohertz to 75 megahertz when used in connection
9 with normal installations. The interference filters furnished shall
10 be hermetically sealed in a substantial case filled with a suitable
11 insulating compound. Terminals shall be nickel plated, 10-24
12 brass studs of sufficient external length to provide space to
13 connect two 8 AWG wires, and shall be so mounted that they
14 cannot be turned in the case.
15
16 Ungrounded terminals shall be insulated from each other and
17 shall maintain a surface leakage distance of not less than %-inch
18 between any exposed current conductor and any other metallic
19 parts with an insulation factor of 100-200 megohms dependent
20 on external circuit conditions.
21
22 Suppressers shall be designed for operations on 50 amperes,
23 125 volts, 60 cycles, single wire circuits, and shall meet
24 standards of the Underwriters' Laboratories and the Radio
25 Manufacturers Association.
26
27 e. A Surge Protection Device connected to the controller power
28 circuit for protection against voltage abnormalities of 1 cycle or
29 less duration. The Surge Protection Device shall be a solid state
30 high energy circuit containing no spark gap, gas tube, or crow
31 bar component. The device shall provide transient protection
32 between neutral and ground, line and ground, as well as line and
33 neutral. If the protection circuits fail, they shall fail to an open
34 circuit condition. The minimum interrupting capacity shall be
35 10,000 Amps The Voltage Protection Rating shall be 600 volts or
36 less when subjected to an impulse of 6,000 volts, 3,000 amp
37 source impedance, 8 0/20 microsecond waveform as described
38 in UL 1449. In addition, the device shall dissipate a 13,000 Amp
39 or greater repeated single peak 8/20 microsecond current
40 impulse, and withstand, without failure or permanent damage,
41 one full cycle at 264 volts RMS. The device shall contain circuitry
42 to prevent self-induced regenerative ringing. There shall be a
43 failure warning indictor which shall illuminate a red light or
44 extinguish a green light when the device has failed and is no
45 longer operable.
46
47 f. Cabinet ground busbar independent (150K ohms minimum) of
48 neutral.
49
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 77
1 4. A police panel located behind the police panel door with a flash
2 automatic switch and a control -display power line on-off switch. See
3 Section 9-29.13(5) for operational requirements.
4
5 5. An auxiliary control panel located inside the controller cabinet with a
6 flash -automatic switch and a controller on-off switch. See Section 9-
7 29.13(5) for operational requirements A three wire 15 ampere plug
8 receptacle with grounding contact and 15 ampere ground fault
9 interrupter shall also be provided on the panel.
10
11 6. A conflict monitor conforming to NEMA standards. See Section 9-
12 29.13(5) for operational requirements. The unit shall monitor
13 conflicting signal indications at the field connection terminals. The unit
14 shall be wired in a manner such that the signal will revert to flash if
15 the conflict monitor is removed from service.
16
17 Supplemental loads not to exceed 10 watts per monitored circuit or
18 other means, shall be provided to prevent conflict monitor actuation
19 caused by dimming or lamp burn -out. Supplemental loads shall be
20 installed on the control side of the field terminals. Conflict monitors
21 shall include a minimum of one indicator light for each phase used.
22 The monitoring capacity of the unit shall be compatible with the
23 controller frame size Conflict monitors shall include a program card.
24
25 7. A "Detector Panel", as specified in Standard Specification Section
26 9-29 13(10)B, shall be installed. The panel shall be mounted on the
27 inside of the front cabinet door. The detector panel shall be
28 constructed as a single unit. Detector switches with separate operate,
29 test, and off positions shall be provided for each field detector input
30 circuit. A high intensity light emitting diode (LED) shall be provided for
31 each switch. The lamp shall energize upon vehicle, pedestrian or test
32 switch actuation. The .test switch shall provide a spring loaded
33 momentary contact that will place a call into the controller When in
34 the OFF position, respective detector circuits will be disconnected. In
35 the operate position, each respective detector circuit shall operate
36 normally Switches shall be provided on the panel with labels and
37 functions as follows:
38
39 a. Display On — Detector indicator lights shall operate
40 consistent with their respective switches.
41
42 b. Display Off — detector indicator lights shall be de -
43 energized.
44
45 A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be
46 provided. The disconnect shall include a means to jumper detection
47 calls when the display panel is disconnected. All switches on the
48 panel shall be marked with its associated Plan detector number All
49 markers shall be permanent.
50
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 78
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
1 8. Insulated terminal blocks of sufficient number to provide a termination
2 for all field wiring. A minimum of 12 spare terminals shall be provided.
3 Field wire connection terminal blocks shall be 600 volt, heavy duty,
4 barrier type, except loop detector lead-ins, which may be 300 volt.
5 The 600 volt type -terminal strips shall be provided with a field -side
6 and a control -side connector separated by a marker strip The 300
7 volt type shall have a marker strip, installed on the right side of
8 vertical terminal strips or below horizontal terminal strips. The marker
9 strip shall bear the circuit number indicated in the plans and shall be
10 engraved. Each connector shall be a screw type with No. 8 post
11 capable of accepting no less than three 12 AWG wires fitted with
12 spade tips.
13
14 9. A vent fan with adjustable thermostat. The minimum CFM rating of
15 the fan shall exceed three times the cabinet volume.
16
17 10. VACANT
18
19 11. All wiring within the cabinet, exclusive of wiring installed by the signal
20 controller manufacturer, shall have insulation conforming to the
21 requirements of Section 9-29.3. Cabinet wiring shall be trimmed to
22 eliminate all slack and shall be laced or bound together with nylon
23 wraps or equivalent. All terminals, shall be numbered and
24 permanently identified with PVC or polyolefin wire marking sleeve
25 consistent with the cabinet wiring diagram provided by the signal
26 controller manufacturer and the Contract. The cabinet will be
27 completely wired so that the only requirement to make a field location
28 completely operational is to attach field power and ground wiring.
29 Internal cabinet wiring shall not utilize the field side connections of the
30 terminal strip intended for termination of field wires.
31
32 12. Cabinet wiring diagram and component wiring diagrams meeting the
33 requirements of 9-29.13(7) shall be furnished with each cabinet. Each
34 cabinet shall be equipped with a, shelf mounted roll out drawer
35 mounted directly below the controller to house one or more cabinet
36 wiring diagrams. The cabinet wiring diagram shall indicate and
37 identify all wire terminations, all plug connectors, and the locations of
38 all equipment in the cabinet. Included in the diagram shall be an
39 intersection sketch identifying all heads, detectors, and push buttons,
40 and a phase diagram
41
42 13. Each vehicle detector amplifier, video detection output channel
43 pedestrian call isolation unit, phase selector, discriminator, and load
44 switch shall be identified with semi-permanent stick -on type label. The
45 following information shall be included:
46
47 a. Vehicle Detector Amplifier Channel
48
49 1. Loop number
50
51 2. Assigned phase(s)
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 79
2 b. Ped CaII Isolation Unit
3
4 1. Push button number
5
6 2. Assigned phase(s)
7
8 c. Load Switches
9
10 1. Signal head number
11
12 2. Assigned phase(s)
13
14 d. Phase Selectors
15
16 1. Circuit Letter
17
18 2 Phase(s) called
19
20 The label shall be placed on the face of the unit. It shall not block any switch,
21 light, or operational words on the unit. The lettering on this label shall be neat,
22 legible, and easily read from a distance of approximately 6 -feet.
23
24 9-29.13(10)B Auxiliary Equipment for Type 170E, 2070 Assemblies
25 The following requirements apply to required auxiliary equipment furnished
26 with Type 170E, 170E -HC -11 and 2070 controllers:
27
28 A. Flashers, flash transfer relays, conflict monitor, AC isolators, DC
29 isolators, discriminator modules, program modules, modem modules,
30 breakers, buses, police panel switches, receptacle requirement, vent
31 fan and auxiliary control panel switches shall conform to the
32 requirements noted in the TEES.
33
34 B. Flashing operation shall conform to Section 9-29.13(5), except the 6-
35 second flash period described in Item 2 of that section will not be
36 required. Emergency preemption shall conform to Section 9-29 13(6).
37
38 C. Input and output terminals shall be installed with a marking strip with
39 field wire numbers noted in the Contract embossed on the strip. All
40 cabinet and field conductor shall have a PVC or polyolefin wire
41 marking sleeve installed, matching the input and output terminals
42 above. Marking on sleeves shall be embossed or type written.
43
44 D. The input panel terminal blocks TB 2 through TB 9 and associated
45 cable to the input files as described in the TEES shall be provided in
46 all control assemblies.
47
48 E. Supplemental load resistor, not less than 2000 ohms and not greater
49 than 5000 ohms not to exceed 10 watts per monitored circuit, shall be
50 provided to prevent conflict monitor actuation caused by dimming or
51 lamp burn -out.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 80
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22 a. Display On — Detector indicator lights shall operate
23 consistent with their respective switches.
24
25 b. Display Off — detector indicator lights shall be de -
26 energized.
27
28 A means of disconnecting all wiring entering the panel shall be
29 provided. The disconnect shall include a means to jumper detection
30 calls when the display panel is disconnected. All switches on the
31 panel shall be marked with its associated Plan detector number. All
32 markers shall be permanent.
33
34 H A "Detector Termination and Interface Panel" shall be provided. When
35 viewing the cabinet from the back, the panel shall be located on the
36 upper left hand side of the cabinet. The panel shall be electrically
37 located between the "detection Panel" and the C-1 connector The
38 panel shall utilize insulated terminal blocks and each connector shall
39 be a screw type with post.
40
41 I. Each switchpack socket shall have pin 11 common to Nutral.
42
43 J. The AC input Service Panel Assembly (SPA), line voltage filter,
44 transient surge protection and all neutral bus bars and equipment
45 ground bus bars shall be on the right side of the cabinet, mounted no
46 more that 18 inches from the bottom of the cabinet when viewed from
47 the rear, and meet the requirements described in TEES.
48
An individual supplemental load resistor shall be installed within the
output file, and shall be installed on each of the following terminal
circuits:
FT1-105 (SP 4P -Y)
FT1-111 (SP 8P -Y)
FT2-114 (SP 2P -Y)
FT2-120 (SP 6P -Y)
FT2-117 (SP 3-Y)
FT2-118 (SP 3-G)
FT2-123 (SP 7-Y)
FT2-124 (SP 7-G)
FT3-126 (SP 1-Y)
FT3-127 (SP 1-G)
FT3-132 (SP 5-Y)
FT3-133 (SP 5-G)
F.
G.
Load switches of sufficient quantity to fully populate the output files
shall conform to TEES and shall have indicator lights on input and
output circuits.
A detection panel, which shall be constructed as a single unit.
Detector switches with separate operate, test, and off positions shall
be provided for each field detector input circuit. A high intensity light
emitting diode (LED) shall be provided for each switch The lamp
shall energize upon vehicle, pedestrian or test switch actuation The
test switch shall provide a spring loaded momentary contact that will
place a call into the controller. When in the OFF position, respective
detector circuits will be disconnected. In the operate position, each
respective detector circuit shall operate normally. Switches shall be
provided on the panel with labels and functions as follows:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 81
1 K. The PED yellow terminals on the CMU edge connector shall be
2 extended with a 2 foot wire, coiled, heat shrink tipped and labeled for
3 the correct corresponding terminal as CH-13Y/CMU-8, CH-14Y/CMU-
4 11, CH-15Y/CMU-K, CH-16Y/CMU-N
5
6 L. An "Absence Of Red Programming Assembly" shall be provided.
7 There shall be provided on the back panel of the output file, 17
8 accessible jumper plug attachment areas, made up of three male pins
9 per position (one, for each conflict monitor channel and one for red
10 enable function). Each jumper plug shall be a two position connector,
11 It shall be possible, by inserting and positioning one of the 16
12 connectors on the right two pins on the monitor board, to apply 120
13 VAC into a corresponding channel of the conflict monitor red
14 channels. The connection between the red monitor board and the
15 conflict monitor shall be accomplished via a 20 pin ribbon cable and
16 the industry standard P-20 connector that attaches on the front panel
17 of the monitor. It shall be possible, by inserting and positioning one of
18 the 16 jumper plugs on the two left pins on the monitor board, to
19 enable the corresponding channel to monitor for red fault by the
20 conflict monitor. There shall be installed on the red monitor board a
21 red fail monitor disable function that controls the 120 VAC red enable
22 signal into the conflict monitor. During stop-and —go operation,
23 120VAC is sent via pin #20 on the P20 connector to enable red failure
24 monitoring on the conflict monitor by having the connector moved to
25 the side labeled "Red Enable" If this is disengaged by moving the
26 connector to the side labeled "Red Relay", then 120VAC is removed
27 from pin #20, and the conflict monitor will no longer monitor for red
28 fail faults. The red enable function will also be wired such that if the
29 traffic signal is in cabinet flash, then there will be no voltage on pin
30 #20, and the conflict monitor will not monitor for red fail faults.
31
32 M. Each cabinet shall be provided with at least 20 empty neutral
33 connections to accommodate field wiring. The neutral bus bars shall
34 be of the style in which a lug is not needed to be applied to the
35 neutral field wire(s). All of the neutral bars shall be secured in
36 accordance with the TEES. All neutral bars shall be at the same
37 electrical potential.
38
39 N. The main breaker on the SPA shall be provided with a cover to
40 prevent accidental tripping. The cover shall be removable and
41 replaceable without the use of tools. VACANT
42
43 O. Equipment Branch Breaker —The duplex receptacle on the rear of
44 either PDA #2L or 3L shall be wired in parallel with the ground fault
45 current interrupt receptacle on the front of the power supply. The
46 ground fault current interrupt receptacle being in the "Test" mode shall
47 not remove power to the rear receptacle.
48
49 9-29.13(10)C NEMA Controller Cabinets
50 Each NEMA traffic controller shall be housed in a weatherproof cabinet
51 conforming to the following requirements:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 82
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 1. Construction shall be of 0.073 -inch minimum thickness series 300
3 stainless steel or 0.125 minimum thickness 5052 H32 ASTM B209
4 alloy aluminum. The stainless steel shall be annealed or one -quarter -
5 hardness complying with ASTM A666 stainless steel sheet. Cabinets
6 may be finished inside with an approved finish coat of exterior white
7 enamel. If no other coating is specified in the Contract Provisions the
8 exterior of all cabinets shall be bare metal. All controller cabinets shall
9 be furnished with front and rear doors
10
11 2. The cabinet shall contain shelving, brackets, racks, etc., to support
12 the controller and auxiliary equipment. All equipment shall set
13 squarely on shelves or be mounted in racks and shall be removable
14 without turning, tilting, or rotating or relocating one device to remove
15 another. A 24 slot rack or racks shall be installed. The rack(s) shall be
16 wired for 2 channel loop detectors and as follows. Slots 1 & 2 phase 1
17 loop detectors. Slots 3, 4, & 5 phase 2 loop detectors. Slots 6 & 7
18 phase 3 loop detectors. Slots 8, 9, & 10 phase 4 loop detectors. Slots
19 11 & 12 phase 5 loop detectors. Slots 13, 14, & 15 phase 6 loop
20 detectors. Slots 16 & 17 phase 7 loop detectors. Slots 18, 19 & 20
21 phase 8 loop detectors. Slot 21 upper phase 1 loop detector. Slot 21
22 lower phase 5 detector. Slot 22 wired for a 2 channel discriminator
23 channels A, C. Slot 23 wired for a 2 channel discriminator, channels
24 B, D. Slot 24 wired for a 4 channel discriminator, wired for channel A,
25 B, C, and D. All loop detector slots shall be wired for presence/pulse
26 detection/extension If an external power supply is required in order
27 for the entire racks(s) to be powered it shall be installed. All rack(s)
28 slots shall be labeled with engraved identification strips.
29
30 3. Additional detection utilizing the "D" connector shall be installed in
31 accordance with the Contract. The cabinet shall be of adequate size
32 to properly house the controller and all required appurtenances and
33 auxiliary equipment in an upright position with a clearance of at least
34 3 -inches from the vent fan and filter to allow for proper air flow. In no
35 case shall more than 70 percent of the cabinet volume be used.
36 There shall be at least a 2 -inch clearance between shelf mounted
37 equipment and the cabinet wall or equipment mounted on the cabinet
38 wall.
39
40 4. The cabinet shall have an air intake vent on the lower half of the front
41 door, with a 12 -inch by 16 -inch by 1 -inch removable throw away filter,
42 secured in place with a spring-loaded framework.
43
44 5. The cabinet door(s) shall be provided with:
45
46 a Cabinet doors shall each have a three point latch system. Locks
47 shall be spring loaded construction locks capable of accepting a
48 Best 6 pin core. A 6 pin construction core of type (blue, green, or
49 Red) specified in the contract shall be installed in each core lock.
50 One core removal key and two standard keys shall be included
51 with each cabinet and delivered to the Engineer.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 83
1
2 b A police panel assembly shall be installed in the front door and
3 shall have a stainless steel hinge pin and a police panel lock.
4 Two police keys with shafts a minimum of 13/4 -inches long shall
5 be provided with each cabinet.
6
7 c. All doors and police panel door shall have one piece, closed cell,
8 neoprene gaskets.
9
10 d A two position doorstop assembly.
11
12 6. Fluorescent fixtures or LED light strips (only one type per cabinet) for
13 cabinet lighting. Color temperature shall be 4100K (cool white) or
14 higher. Fluorescent fixtures shall use 12 inch (nominal), 8W, type T5
15 shatterproof tubular bulbs. LED light strips shall be approximately 12
16 inches long, and have a minimum output of 320 lumens. Lighting
17 shall be ceiling mounted and oriented parallel to the door face.
18 Lighting shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other
19 ceiling mounted equipment. All lighting fixtures shall energize
20 whenever any door is opened Each door switch shall be labeled
21 "Light".
22
23 9-29.13(1O)D Cabinets for Type 170E and 2070 controllers
24 Type 170E and 2070 controllers shall be housed in a model 332L cabinet
25 unless specified otherwise in the contract. Type 332L cabinets shall be
26 constructed in accordance with TEES with the following modifications:
27
28 1. Each door shall be furnished with the equipment listed in Standard
29 Specifications 9-29.13(10)C item 5 above
30
31 2 The cabinet shall be furnished with auxiliary equipment described in
32 Standard Specification 9-29.13(10)B.
33
34 3. The cabinet shall be fabricated of stainless steel or sheet aluminum in
35 accordance with Section 9-29 13(1O)C, Item 1 above. Painted steel,
36 painted or anodized aluminum is not allowed
37
38 4 A disposable paper filter element with dimensions of 12" x 6" x 1"
39 shall be provided in lieu of a metal filter. The filter shall be secured in
40 the filter holder with a louvered aluminum cover. The maximum depth
41 of the cover shall not be more than 0.5" inch to provide the filter to be
42 flush against the door. No incoming air shall bypass the filter
43 element.
44
45 5. Field wire terminals shall be labeled in accordance with the Field
46 Wiring Chart.
47
48 6. Fluorescent fixtures or LED light strips (only one type per cabinet) for
49 cabinet lighting. Fluorescent fixtures shall use 12 inch (nominal), 8W,
50 type T5 tubular bulbs. Tubular bulbs shall be contained within a
51 shatterproof Tamp cover. Led strips shall be approximately 12 inches ,
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 84
1 long, and have a minimum output of 320 lumens. There shall be one
2 fixture for each rack within the cabinet. Lighting shall be ceiling
3 mounted and oriented perpendicular to the door face. Rack mounted
4 lights are not allowed. Lighting shall be positioned such that the
5 fixture is centered between the front and rear of the cabinet. Lighting
6 shall not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling
7 mounted equipment. Each lighting fixture shall energize
8 automatically when either door to that respective rack is opened.
9 Each door switch shall be labeled "Light".
10
11 7. One drawer shelf, as shown in the TEES
12
13 8. 332D Controller Cabinet
14
15 a. The 332D Controller cabinet shall have the appearance of two
16 Type 332 controller cabinets joined at opposing sides. The
17 outside Dimensions of the cabinet shall be 67" High X 48 1/2"
18 Wide X 30 1/4" Deep.
19
20 b. The right side of the cabinet, as viewed from the front, shall be
21 considered the Signal Control side The left side of the cabinet,
22 when viewed from the front, shall be considered the ITS/COMM
23 side.
24
25 c. One police access panel shall be installed on the right side of the
26 cabinet, as viewed from the front.
27
28 d Two cabinet lights shall be provided one on each side and as
29 described in section 9-29.13(10)D.6
30
31 e. Vacant
32
33 f. The Traffic Signal Control side of the cabinet shall contain the
34 Traffic Signal Controller assembly and shall be furnished with
35 equipment as described in the contract specifications. The
36 Traffic Signal Control side of the cabinet shall also meet all the
37 additional equipment requirements of the Type 332 Signal
38 Controller cabinet as indicated in the contract specifications.
39
40 g. The ITS/COMM side of the cabinet shall contain ITS and
41 Communication equipment and shall be furnished with the
42 following:
43
44 1. One controller shelf unit, mounted 36 inches from the
45 bottom of the cabinet opening to the front of the cabinet and
46 attaching to the front rails of the EIA rack, shall be provided.
47 The shelf shall be fabricated from aluminum and shall
48 contain a rollout flip -top drawer for storage of wiring
49 diagrams and manuals.
50
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 85
1 2. One aluminum sheet metal panel, 1/8"x 15"x 54", shall be
2 installed to the rear of the cabinet on the right hand (when
3 facing the front) side railing.
4
5 3. Additional ITS and Communication equipment as described
6 in the Contract Plans and the ITS section of the Contract
7 Special Provisions.
8
9 9-29.13(11) Traffic Data Accumulator and Ramp Meters
10 All cabinets designated for use as a traffic data or ramp meter shall be Type 334L
11 cabinets furnished to meet the TEES with the modifications listed in Section 9-
12 29.13(10)D and include the following accessories:
13
14 1. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a fully operable controller equipped as
15 specified in the Contract Provisions.
16
17 2. Two input files, shall be provided.
18
19 3. The PDA #3L shall contain three Model 200 Load Switches.
20 A second transfer relay, Model 430, shall be mounted on the rear of the PDA
21 #3L and wired as shown in the Plans.
22
23 4. Police Panel shall contain only one DPDT toggle switch. The switch shall be
24 labeled POLICE CONTROL, ON-OFF.
25
26 5. Display Panel
27
28 A. General
29 Each cabinet shall be furnished with a display panel. The panel shall be
30 mounted, showing and providing detection for inputs and specified
31 controller outputs, at the top of the front rack above the controller unit. The
32 display panel shall be fabricated from brushed aluminum and constructed
33 according to the detail in the Plans.
34
35 B Text
36 All text on the detector panel shall be black in color and silk screened
37 directly to the panel except the Phenolic detector and cabinet nameplates
38
39 A nameplate for each loop shall be engraved with a %-inch nominal text
40 according to the ITS Field Wiring Charts. The nameplates shall be
41 permanently affixed to the detector panel.
42
43 C. LEDs
44 The LEDs for the display panel shall meet the following Specifications:
45
46 Case size T 1-%
47 Viewing angle 50° minimum
48 Brightness 8 Milli candelas
49
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 86
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 LEDs with RED, YELLOW or GREEN as part of their labels shall be red,
2 yellow or green in color. All other LEDs shall be red. All LEDs shall have
3 tinted diffused lenses.
4
5 D. Detector panel Control Switch
6 Each display panel shall be equipped with one detector display control
7 switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows:
8
9 ON
10 Detector panel LEDs shall operate consistent with their separate
11 switches.
12
13 OFF
14 All detector indicator LEDs shall be de -energized. Detector calls shall
15 continue to reach the controller.
16
17 TEST
18 All detector indicator LEDs shall illuminate and no calls shall be
19 placed to the controller.
20
21 E. Advance Warning Sign Control Switch
22 Each display panel shall be equipped with one advance warning sign
23 control switch on the panel with labels and functions as follows:
24
25 AUTOMATIC
26 Sign Relay shall energize upon ground true call from controller.
27
28 SIGN OFF
29 Sign Relay shall de -energize.
30
31 SIGN ON
32 Sign Relay shall energize.
33
34 F Sign Relay
35 The sign relay shall be plugged into a socket installed on the rear of the
36 display panel. The relay shall be wired as shown in the Plans. The relay
37 coil shall draw (or sink) 50 milliamperes ± 10% from the 170E/HC11
38 controller and have a DPDT contact rating not less than 10 amperes A
39 1N4004 diode shall be placed across the relay coil to suppress voltage
40 spikes. The anode terminal shall be connected to terminal #7 of the relay
41 as labeled in the Plans. The relay shall energize when the METERING
42 indicator LED is lit.
43
44 G. Detector Input Indicators
45 One LED and one spring-loaded two -position SPST toggle switch shall be
46 provided for each of the 40 detection inputs. These LEDs and switches
47 shall function as follows:
48
49 TEST
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 87
1 When the switch is in the test position, a call shall be placed to the
2 controller and energize the associated LED. The switch shall
3 automatically return to the run position when it is released.
4
5 RUN
6 In the run position the LEDs shall illuminate for the duration of each
7 call to the controller
8
9 H. Controller Output Indicators
10 The display panel shall contain a series of output indicator LEDs mounted
11 below the detection indicators. The layout shalt be according to the detail
12 in the Plans. These LEDs shall illuminate upon a ground true output from
13 the controller via the C5 connector
14
15 The output indicator LEDs shall have resistors in series to drop the voltage
16 from 24 volts DC to their rated voltage and limit current below their rated
17 current. The anode connection of each LED to +24 VDC shall be wired
18 through the resistor.
19
20 I. Connectors
21 Connection to the display panel shall be made by three connectors, one
22 pin (labeled P2) and one socket (labeled P1) and one labeled C5 The P1
23 and P2 connectors shall be 50 -pin cannon D series, or equivalent 50 pin
24 connectors and shall be compatible such that the two connectors can be
25 connected directly to one another to bypass the input detection Wiring for
26 the P1, P2 and C5 connectors shall be as shown in the Plans.
27
28 The Contractor shall install wire connectors P1, P2, C1 P, C2, C4, C5 and
29 C6 according to the pin assignments shown in the Plans.
30
31 6. Model 204 Flasher Unit
32 Each Model 334 ramp meter cabinet shall be supplied with one Model 204 sign
33 flasher unit mounted on the right rear side panel. The flasher shall be powered
34 from T1-2. The outputs from the flasher shall be wired to T1-5 and T1-6.
35
36 7. Fiber Optic Patch Panel
37 The Contractor shall provide and install a rack -mounted fiber optic patch panel
38 as identified in the Plans.
39
40 Cabinet Wiring
41 Terminal blocks TB1 through TB9 shall be installed on the Input Panel. Layout and
42 position assignment of the terminal blocks shall be as noted in the Plans.
43
44
45
46
Terminals for field wiring in traffic data and/or ramp metering controller cabinet shall
be labeled, numbered and connected in accordance with the following:
Terminal Block Pos.
Terminal and Wire Numbers
Connection Identification
TBS
501-502
AC Power, Neutral
T1-2
641
Sign on
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013
Page 88
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
r
1
i
1
1
11
11
11
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
T1-4
643
Sign off
T1-5
644
Flasher Output NC
T1-6
645
Flasher Output NO
T4-1
631
Lane 3 - Red
T4-2
632
Lane 3 — Yellow
T4-3
633
Lane 3 — Green
T4-4
621
Lane 2 - Red
T4-5
622
Lane 2 - Yellow
T4-6
623
Lane 2 — Green
T4-7
611
Lane 1 — Red
T4-8
612
Lane 1 — Yellow
T4-9
613
Lane 1 — Green
Loop lead-in cables shall be labeled and connected to cabinet terminals according
to the ITS Field Wiring Chart. This chart will be provided by the Engineer within 20
days of the Contractor's request.
7 9-29.13(12) ITS cabinet:
8 Basic ITS cabinets shall be Model 334L Cabinets, unless otherwise specified in the
9 Contract. Type 334L Cabinets shall be constructed in accordance with the TEES, with
10 the following modifications:
11
12 1. The basic cabinet shall be furnished with only Housing 1 B, Mounting Cage 1,
13 Service Panel #1, a Drawer Shelf, and Controller Unit Supports. Additional
14 equipment may be specified as part of the cabinet function -specific standards.
15
16 2. Housing aluminum shall be 5052 alloy with mill finish. Painted or anodized
17 aluminum is not allowed.
18
19 3. The door air filter shall be a disposable paper filter element of at least 180
20 square inches.
21
22 4. Locks shall be spring loaded construction core locks capable of accepting a
23 Best 6 -pin core. A 6 -pin construction core of the type (Blue, Green, or Red)
24 specified in the Contract shall be installed in each core lock. One core removal
25 key and two standard keys (properly marked) shall be included with each
26 cabinet and delivered to the Engineer upon Contract completion.
27
28 5. Each cabinet shall include a 120VAC electric strip heater with a rating of 100
29 watts, which shall be thermostat controlled The heater strip shall be fed by
30 wire with a temperature rating of 400°F or higher, and shall be shielded to
31 prevent contact with wiring, equipment, or personnel. If the heater thermostat
32 is separate from the fan thermostat, the heater thermostat must meet the same
33 requirements a++++s the fan thermostat as defined in TEES.
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 89
1
2 6. Fluorescent fixtures or LED Tight strips (only one type per cabinet) for cabinet
3 lighting. Color temperature shall be 4100K (cool white) or higher. Fluorescent
4 fixtures shall use 12 inch (nominal), 8W, type T5 tubular bulbs contained within
5 a shatterproof Tamp cover. LED light strips shall be approximately 12 inches
6 long, and have a minimum output of 320 lumens. There shall be two fixtures
7 for each rack within the cabinet Lighting shall be ceiling mounted and oriented
8 parallel to the door face — rack mounted lighting is not permitted. Lighting shall
9 not interfere with the proper operation of any other ceiling mounted equipment.
10 All lighting fixtures above a rack shall energize whenever either door to that
11 respective rack is opened. Each door switch shall be labeled "Light".
12
13 7. Each cabinet shall be equipped with a power distribution assembly (PDA)
14 mounted in a standard EIA 19 -inch (ANSI/EIA RS -310-C) rack utilizing no more
15 than five Rack Mounting Units (RMU) (8 75 inches). The PDA shall include the
16 following equipment:
17
18 a. One duplex NEMA 5-15R GFCI receptacle on the front of the PDA.
19
20 b. Four duplex NEMA 5-15R receptacles on the rear of the PDA. These
21 receptacles shall remain energized on a trip or failure of the GFCI
22 receptacle.
23
24 c Four 1P -15A, 120VAC Equipment/Field Circuit Breakers.
25
26 d. Line filter meeting the requirements of 9-29.13(10)A.d.
27
28 PDA components shall be mounted in or on the PDA such that they are
29 readily accessible, provide dead front safety, and all hazardous voltage
30 points are protected to prevent inadvertent contact.
31
32 8. Service Panel #1 shall include a service terminal block labeled "TBS", a Tesco
33 TES -10B or equivalent surge suppressor connected to provide power in line
34 surge suppression, and a 1 P -30A Main Breaker. The Service Panel Assembly
35 (SPA) shown in the TEES shall not be included
36
37 9. Each cabinet shall include a rack mounted fiber optic patch panel of the type
38 specified in the Contract.
39
40 Cabinet drawings and wiring diagrams shall be provided in the drawer shelf.
41 Additionally, an electronic (PDF format) copy of all drawings and wiring diagrams shall
42 be provided.
43
44 9-29.16(1)A1 Conventional Optical System
45 This section's title is revised to read:
46
47 9-29.16(1)A1 Non -LED Optical System
48
49 9-29.16(1)D1 Electrical - Conventional
50 This section's title is revised to read:
51
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 90
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 9-29.16(1)D1 Electrical — Non -LED
2
3 9-29.20 Pedestrian Signals
4 This section is revised to read:
5
6 Pedestrian signals shall be Light Emitting Diods (LED) type.
7
8 The LED pedestrian signal module shall be operationally compatible with controllers and
9 conflict monitors. The LED lamp unit shall contain a disconnect that will show an open
10 switch to the conflict monitor when less than 60 percent of the LEDs in the unit are
11 operational.
12
13 The Pedestrian signal heads shall be on the QPL or the Contractor shall submit a
14 Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance, in accordance with Standard Specification 1-
15 06.3, with each type of signal head The certificate shall state that the lot of pedestrian
16 signal heads meet the following requirements:
17
18 1. All pedestrian signal heads shall be a Walk/Don't Walk module with a
19 countdown display.
20
21 2. All pedestrian displays shall comply with the MUTCD and ITE publication ST
22 011B, VTCSH2 or current ITE Specification and shall have an incandescent
23 appearance. The Contractor shall provide test results from a Nationally
24 Recognized Testing Laboratory documenting that the LED display conforms to
25 the current ITE and the following requirements:
26
27 a. All pedestrian signals supplied to any one project shall be from the same
28 manufacturer and type but need not be from the same manufacturer as
29 the vehicle heads.
30
31 b. Each pedestrian signal face shall be a single unit housing with the signal
32 indication size, a nominal 16 inch x 18 inch with side by side symbol
33 messages with countdown display.
34
35 c Housings shall be green polycarbonate or die-cast aluminum and the
36 aluminum housings shall be painted with two coats of factory applied
37 traffic signal green enamel (Federal Standard 595-14056). All hinges and
38 latches and interior hardware shall be stainless steel.
39
40 3. Optical units for traffic signal displays shall conform to the following:
41
42 a. Pedestrian "RAISED HAND" and "WALKING PERSON" modules shall be
43 the countdown display type showing the time remaining in the pedestrian
44 change interval. When the pedestrian change interval is reduced due to a
45 programming change, the display may continue to show the previous
46 pedestrian change interval for one signal cycle During the following
47 pedestrian change interval the countdown shall show the revised time, or
48 shall be blank. In the event of an emergency vehicle preemption, during
49 the following two cycles, the display shall show the programmed
50 pedestrian change interval or be blank. In the event the controller is put in
51 stop time during the pedestrian change interval, during the following two
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 91
1 cycles the display shall show the programmed clearance or be blank. In
2 the event there is railroad preempt during the pedestrian change interval,
3 during the following two cycles the display shall show the programmed
4 clearance or be blank. Light emitting diode (LED) Tight sources having the
5 incandescent appearance are required for Portland Orange Raised Hand
6 and the Lunar White Walking Person.
7
8 b. Voltage: The operating voltages shall be between 85 VAC and 135 VAC.
9
10 c. Temperature. Temperature range shall be -35° F to +165° F.
11
12 d. LED pedestrian heads shall be supplied with Z crate visors. Z crate visors
13 shall have 21 members at 45 degrees and 20 horizontal members.
14
15 9-29.20(2) Neon Grid Type
16 This section is deleted.
17
18 9-29.24 Service Cabinets
19 In the first paragraph, the lettered items A -J are re -lettered to read B -K respectfully.
20
21 The first paragraph is supplemented with the following new lettered item:
22
23 A. Display an arc flash warning label that meets the requirements of ANSI Z535.
24
25 9-29.25 Amplifier, Transformer, and Terminal Cabinets
26 In item No. 2.C., "Transformer 23 1 to 12.5 KVA" is revised to read "Transformer 3.1 to 12 5
27 KVA" and the height column value of 40" is revised to read "48".
28
29 The first and second sentences in the first paragraph are revised to read:
30
31 Amplifier and terminal and transformer cabinets shall be NEMA 3R and the following
32
33 Item number 5 is revised to read.
34
35 5. All cabinets shall provide a gasketed door flange
36
37 Item number 7 is revised to read:
38
39 7. Insulated terminal blocks shall be 600 volt, heavy-duty, barrier type The terminal
40 blocks shall be provided with a field -side and a control -side connector separated by
41 a marker strip One spare 12 -position insulated terminal block shall be installed in
42 each terminal cabinet and amplifier cabinet.
43
44 Item number 8 is revised to read:
45
46 8. Each non -pad mounted Terminal, Amplifier and Transformer cabinet shall have 1/4
47 inch drain holes in back corners. Each pad mounted Terminal, Amplifier and
48 Transformer cabinet shall drain to a sump and through a 3/8 inch diameter drain
49 pipe to grade as detailed in the Standard Plans.
50
51 Item number 10 is revised to read:
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 92
1
2 10. Transformer cabinets shall have two separate compartments, one for the
3 transformer and one for the power distribution circuit breakers. Each compartment
4 shall be enclosed with a dead front. Each breaker shall be labeled with the device
5 name by means of a screwed or riveted engraved name plate.
6
7 9-34.AP9
8 Section 9-34, Pavement Marking Material
9 April 2, 2012
10 9-34.2 Paint
11 The second paragraph is revised to read:
12
13 Blue and black paint shall comply with the requirements for yellow paint in Section 9-
14 34.2(4) and Section 9-34.2(5), with the exception that blue and black paints do not need
15 to meet the requirements for titanium dioxide, directional reflectance, and contrast
16 ration.
17
AMENDMENTS TO THE 2012 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS BOOK
Revised: 5/8/2013 Page 93
APPENDIX B
GN NORTHERN, INC.
REPORT OF GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
G:\PROJECTS\2011 \11108\11108 Specs.docx
Northern, Inc.
Consulting Engineers Environmental Scientists Construction Materials Testing
REPORT
OF
GEOTECHNICAL SITE INVESTIGATION
Prepared for
HUIBREGTSE LOUMAN ASSOCIATES, INC.
801 N. 39TH AVENUE
YAKIMA, WASHINGTON
Project Title
NACHES RIVER WTF BACKWASH SETTLING BASIN PROJECT
LOW ROAD & US HWY 12
GLEED, WASHINGTON
GNN PROJECT NO. 212-263
Prepared By
GN NORTHERN, INC.
CONSULTING GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERS
YAKIMA, WASHINGTON
509-248-9798
MAY 2012
722 N 16`" Avenue, Suite 31 2618 W Kennewick Ave 11115 E. Montgomery Ste C 10623 N Government Way 315 Oak Street Ste #201 81006 HWY 395
Yakima WA 98902 Kennewick WA 99336 Spokane Valley WA 99206 Hayden ID 83835 Hood River OR 97031 Hermiston OR 97838
509/248-9798 509/734-9320 509-893-9400 208-772-2422 541/387-3387 541/564-0991
509/248-4220 Fax 509/734-9321 Fax 877-258-9211 Fax 877-258-9211 Fax 541/388-3388 Fax
Visit our website at www.gnnorthern.com
Email. gnnorthem@gnnorthern.com
Northern, Inc.
At GN Northern our mission is to serve our clients in the most
efficient, cost effective way using the best resources and tools
available while maintaining professionalism on every level.
Our philosophy is to satisfy our clients through hard work,
dedication and extraordinary efforts from all of our valued
employees working as an extension of the design and
construction team.
May 17, 2012
Huibregtse Louman Associates
801 N. 39th Avenue
Yakima, WA 98902
Attn: Justin Bellamy, PE
Subject: Report for Geotechnical Site Investigation
Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
SW Corner of US Hwy 12 and Low Road
Gleed, Washington
GNN Project Number: 212-263
Mr. Bellamy:
Northern, Inc
At your request, we have completed a geotechnical site investigation for the referenced project located at
the existing Naches River Water Treatment Facility north of Gleed, Washington.
Based on the findings of our subsurface study, we conclude the proposed site is suitable for the intended
construction provided that our geotechnical recommendations presented in this report are followed
during the design and construction phases of the project. Soils in the area consist mainly of cobbles and
boulders with silty gravel and sand infill. Some dewatering will likely be necessary during the
excavation and construction of the new basin.
This report describes in detail the results of our investigation, sum narizes our findings, and presents our
recommendations. It is important that we provide consultation during the design, and field testing
services during construction to review and monitor the implementation of the geotechnical
recommendations:
If you have:'any questions regarding this report, please contact us at 509-248-9798.
Respectfully submitted,
GN Northern, Inc
JesseD Graham, P.E. Irnran Magsi, 11-112'0
Project Geotechnical Engineer Senior GeoteehniealErigineer
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin
Gleed, WA
May 17, 2012
GNN Job No.: 212-263
Table of Contents
Page No.
PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF STUDY 1
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 1
FIELD EXPLORATION 2
SITE CONDITIONS 3
SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS 4
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 5
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 6
CONCLUSIONS 6
GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS 6
CONTINUING SERVICES 14
LIMITATIONS 15
APPENDICES
• Appendix I- Vicinity Map & Site and Exploration Map
• Preliminary Layout Plan and Typical Cross-section (prepared by HLA)
• Appendix II- Exploratory Boring Logs, Key Chart (for Soil Classification)
• Appendix III- Site and Exploration Photographs
• Appendix IV- Site Specific Seismic Spectral Curve
Northern, Inc.
PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF STUDY
This report has been prepared for the proposed new concrete backwash settling basin addition to the
existing Naches River Water Treatment Facility (WTF) located at the southwest corner of Low Road
and US Hwy 12 north of Gleed, Washington. It is understood that the new basin will consist of a
concrete basin measuring approximately 130 feet by 320 feet located south of the existing structures
over the existing unlined lagoon.
Our study was conducted in accordance with our understanding of the project based on conversations
and emails between our office and Justin Bellamy, PE of Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc. (HLA).
Authorization to proceed was provided on April 20, 2012 by Mr. Bellamy, via email in response to our
"Proposal for Geotechnical Soils Investigation" dated September 29, 2011.
A site plan and other drawings were provided to our office prior to our field investigation. Four (4)
geotechnical soil borings were completed in areas of the improvements. Soil boring locations can be
seen in the Site and Exploration Map (Appendix I; Figure 2) following this report. Our field exploration
was completed on May 2, 2012.
Results of the field exploration were analyzed to develop recommendations for foundation bearing
capacity and construction. Detailed geotechnical soil boring logs of our field exploration are presented
in Appendix II, following this report.
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
It is understood that construction will consist of new concrete backwash settlement basin with
compartments covering an area of approximately 42,000 square feet. Construction is expected to consist
of reinforced concrete walls on the order of about 9-10 feet high and a thickened reinforced concrete
slab. The improvements will be located in the area of a currently unlined lagoon area located to the
south of the existing structures. The site is located at south of the southwest corner of Low Road and
US Hwy 12 north of Gleed, Washington. A `Proposed Concrete Backwash Settling Basing Layout' plan
dated April 4, 2010 and completed by HLA was provided for our use. Additionally, other aerial
photographs and a Project Report prepared by HLA (HLA Project No. 09119; Dated April 2010) was
provided for our use. We understand that the existing top of lagoon elevation varies from about 1325 to
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 1 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc
1327 feet (refer to HLA's Preliminary layout plan and typical cross-section detail attached in Appendix
I). The new settling basin is expected to have bottom elevation approximately equal to that of the
unlined lagoon present at the site (approximately 1316 feet above mean sea -level). Depending on
required thickness of bottom slab, the excavation bottom elevation will be at about 1314 feet. Although
loading criteria for the new structures were not provided to us at the time of this report, based on our
work with similar projects, maximum loads are anticipated to be on the order of 1,400 plf with general
slab loads on the order of 500 psf. If loading conditions are greater than those described please contact
our office for potential re -analysis. Settlement tolerances for the new structures are assumed to be
limited to 0.5 inch. Additional improvements include completion of a new Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA)
surfaced area.
FIELD EXPLORATION
Four (4) geotechnical soil borings were drilled in the area of the proposed new structure on site on May
2, 2012 using a Mobile Drill B-57 truck mounted drill rig and 8 -inch outside diameter hollow stem
augers and 6 -inch outside diameter tri -cone mud rotary bits. Drilling was completed by Subsurface
Technologies of North Plains, Oregon. The locations of geotechnical soil borings were identified in the
field by GN Northern's project engineer based on the proposed locations suggested by HLA. Due to site
conditions (soft, wet sandy silt to depths of about 18 inches) at the time of the investigation only one (1)
boring could be completed on the west side of the existing lagoon. The remaining three (3) borings were
completed along the east side of the basin. During our field investigation soils and the surrounding areas
were witnessed by an archeologist. GPS Coordinates of each soil boring location were recorded in the
field using a handheld GPS and were generally accurate to 14 feet. Borings B-1 and B-4 were advanced
using 8 -inch hollow stem augers and experienced refusal on boulders and cobbles at less than 5 feet.
Borings B-2 and B-3 were advanced using a 6 -inch outside diameter tri -cone bit and mud rotary drilling
techniques. At approximately 10 feet, the tri -cone bit sheared off in the bottom of boring B-3 and was
irretrievable. The approximate locations of the geotechnical borings are shown on Figure 2 (Appendix
I). Detailed geotechnical soil boring logs (including GPS coordinates) are included in Appendix II,
following this report.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a
1
1
1
1
1
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 2 May 17, 2012 1
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
1
Northern, Inc.
The soils observed during our field exploration were classified according to the Unified Soil
Classification System (USCS), utilizing the field classification procedures as outlined in ASTM D2488.
A copy of the USCS Classification Chart is also included in Appendix II.
Depths referred to in this report are relative to the existing ground surface elevation at the time of our
field investigation. The surface and subsurface conditions described in this report are as observed at the
site at the time of our field investigation.
SITE CONDITIONS
The site of the proposed new concrete lined basin is located south of the existing Water Treatment
structures in the area of the current unlined lagoon. The area west of the basin is currently covered with
approximately 18 inches of wet, brown sandy silt and silty sand and is inaccessible with standard rubber
tired vehicles. The area to the east and north of the lagoon is mostly covered with native sub -rounded to
rounded cobbles and boulders up to 18 inches in diameter with gravel and sand infill. The existing
lagoon appears to be approximately 9 to 11 feet deep. The site was accessible via the existing water
treatment facility driveway to the north through a gate. The site is bounded on the north by the existing
facility, on the south by a vacant area with scattered vegetation, on the east by US Hwy 12 and on the
west by a berm followed by the Naches River. The site is generally flat with only minor scattered
grasses and other vegetation.
The site is located in the northwest quarter of the southwest quarter of Section 24, Township 14 N and
Range 17 E of the Willamette Meridian, Yakima County, Washington.
Regional Geology
The City of Gleed area lies in the Yakima Valley on the Columbia Plateau, a broad plain situated
between the Cascade Range to the west and the Rocky Mountains to the east. The Columbia Plateau
was formed by a thick sequence of Miocene Age theolitic basalt flows, called the Columbia River Basalt
Group that erupted from fissures in north central and northeastern Oregon, eastern Washington, and
Western Idaho. Subsurface materials in the vicinity of the City of Gleed include basalt flows from the
Wanapum and Saddle Mountain Basalt Formations, inter -bedded with fluvial-lacustrine deposits of the
Ellensburg and The Dalles Formations. Surface sediments consist of localized deposits of gravel, sand,
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 3 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc
and silt deposited by the ancestral Columbia and Naches Rivers. Surficial deposits consist of Plio-
Pleistocene loess, silt, and fine-grained sand.
SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS
As per the 2009 International Building Code (IBC), a site class 'C' may be used for seismic design
purposes. Site Class 'C' corresponds to dense/hard soils. The following site specific design values may
be used:
SeismiDesigri'Raramefer z':
a,` Value: urii't ;
SS
0.535 (g)
S1
0.181 (g)
Fa
1.186 (unitless)
Fv
1.619 (unitless)
SMS
0.634 (g)
SMI
0.293 (g)
SDS
0.423 (g)
SDI
0.195 (g)
The following list provides information regarding earthquakes within the past 20 years for epicenters
within 100 miles of Gleed (city center), Washington (list courtesy of www.city-data.com)- listed by
magnitude :
-6. eV Event °
t a,- k��? u`kIJ'iiJ ,: ,^...tit i,-. ... -,. '.
Magnitude r, , ,1
A;ii' ' .'i, �' �. , ..'�..i . ,.
f Distance from ,Gleed u k r
r, 5 :. vc -r-,, �, yy W,' :': 95 t, .., , ....
April 13, 1949
7.0
98.5
February 28, 2001
6.8
98.1
April 29, 1965
6.6
93.5
February 14, 1981
5.5
70.8
May 3, 1996
5.5
97.6
January 29, 1995
5.1
97.3
On account of the very dense granular soil found at the site, liquefaction and seismically induced lateral
spreading and settlement do not present a significant concern for the site. Additional analysis of
liquefaction and seismically induced lateral spreading can be conducted by this office if requested by the
owner and/or design consultant.
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 4
Gleed, WA
May 17, 2012
GNN Job No.: 212-263
1
111
1
1
1
i
r
z
1
a
1
i
i
Northern, Inc.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
The subsurface soil conditions varied very little across the site. Soils consist of sub -rounded to rounded
cobbles and boulders up to 18 inches in diameter with varying amounts of silty gravel and sand infill. As
mentioned above, approximately 18 inches of silty sand and sandy silt is located west of the existing
lagoon. The layer is likely fill placed on site but may also consist of localized flood deposits. Detailed
geotechnical soil boring logs from the site investigation are presented in Appendix II, following this
report.
Using the mud rotary technique it is difficult to accurately define when groundwater was encountered.
Based on the relative consistency of the drilling fluid, it is likely that groundwater is on the order of 7 to
8 feet below the existing ground surface.
The relative density/consistency of the soils was determined in the soil borings by recording the
Standard Penetration Test (SPT) blow count "N -Value" in accordance with ASTM D1586. The N -value
is determined by summing the number of blows required from a 140 pound weight dropping 30 inches
to drive the sampler the final 12 inches of an 18 inch total sampling increment. N -values are correlated
to the relative density/consistency of the soils as presented in the Key Chart found in Appendix II,
following this report. Soil samples and SPT N -values were recorded at 2.5 foot increments in the upper
10 feet whenever possible. Samplers used on the site during the investigation consisted of the standard
split spoon (1.375 inch inner diameter). Soils were generally in a loose to medium dense state with blow
count N -Values ranging from 20 to 50+ blows per foot.
As mentioned above, detailed logs of each of the exploratory soil borings completed in the geotechnical
soils investigation are presented in Appendix II, following this report.
Groundwater
Groundwater was encountered in soil borings B-2 and B-3 at a depth of approximately 7 to 8 feet below
existing ground surface on May 2, 2012. Groundwater in the area is expected to flow generally to the
west toward the Naches River. Based on the proposed excavation depths, it appears that groundwater
will pose some concern for excavations and construction of the new proposed concrete basin.
Recommendations regarding dewatering and fill placement are provided herein.
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 5 - May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc
ENGINEERING ANALYSIS
We performed calculations to estimate the allowable bearing capacity of the on-site subgrade soils and
to estimate the settlement that would result from concrete basin being founded at an elevation of
approximately 1314 to 1316 feet above mean sea -level. Settlement potential was calculated using the
Schmertmann Simplified Method.
CONCLUSIONS
We conclude that the site is geotechnically suitable for the proposed new structure provided that our
geotechnical recommendations are followed during the design and construction phases of the project.
The soils found at the site will provide adequate bearing support for the proposed structure and
associated improvements. Control of the backfill will be necessary to provide for uniform bearing
conditions under the new basin, especially in those areas located below the water table. A minimum 9 -
inch thick layer (leveling pad) of structural fill is required under all foundation and slab elements. Paved
areas will require minor improvements to the subgrade soils prior to placement of aggregate base course.
We further conclude that thickened slab type and/or isolated shallow spread footings are appropriate for
the proposed new structures. Standard excavation and construction techniques are expected.
GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS
On account of the variable boulders and cobbles found throughout the site, GN Northern recommends
that all foundation and slab elements shall be founded on a MINIMUM of 9 inches of compacted,
imported structural fill underlain by dense, granular native soils. It is understood that the existing basin
will be excavated and replaced with a concrete Lined basin. Some concerns related to the groundwater
conditions present at site will warrant additional dewatering recommendations. Additional
recommendations are provided for pavement design. The following geotechnical recommendations are
based on our current understanding of the proposed project. We recommend that we be engaged to
review the final project plans in order to provide revised, augments and/or additional geotechnical
recommendations as necessary.
Site and Subgrade Preparation
The wet, silty sand and sandy silt (SM & ML, respectively) soils present at the west side of the existing
lagoon shall be removed in their entirety from the site. The silty sand and sandy silt soils shall not be
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 6 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
t
1
1
1
J
1
1
1
t
Northern, Inc.
used as structural fill under any new structures or pavements. Additional stripping shall be completed as
needed to remove any fine-grained and/or loose soils. Based on our field investigation, as much as ten
(10) inches of additional stripping may be required in isolated areas to expose the cobbles and boulders
found on site.
The existing lagoon shall be completely drained and allowed to dry as much as possible prior to
construction activities and backfilling. Any silty, organic rich or soft soils (muck) present at the bottom
of the existing basin shall be completely removed from the site prior to backfilling and placement of
structural fill. GN Northern recommends that we be present during the stripping process to ensure that
all questionable soils have been removed. The new basin shall be excavated until dense, granular soils
are encountered.
If areas of unusually soft soils are encountered during the site preparation, the contractor shall contact
GN Northern immediately for additional observation and/or field recommendations.
Site Dewatering
Excavations greater than 7 to 8 feet will likely encounter groundwater and dewater will likely be
necessary to maintain dry and stable excavations at this depth.
The dewatering system should consist of sloping the excavated subgrade to one side of the excavation,
and digging of a shallow sump at that corner. A perforated drum should then be placed in the sump
excavation. Pea gravel, washed rock or crushed rock should then be packed around the perforated drum
and the sump excavation. A high capacity pump should be placed in this sump and the water should be
pumped out of the excavation to a suitable outlet. The pumped water should be filtered through hay
bales or filter fabric before it is introduced into the drainage outlet. It shall be noted that due to the soil
type and proximity to the Naches River groundwater is expected to recharge at a rapid rate, therefore,
based on the soil type, hydro -geology and proximity shallow depth to groundwater, a high capacity
pump and/or multiple pump system must be employed for dewatering.
Backfill of excavations below the groundwater table shall consist of 3-4 inch crushed rock ballast
material or 4-6 inch size quarry spalls. Excavations shall be backfilled as quickly as possible in order to
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 7 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc.
minimize potential of sidewall failure. Backfilling operations shall make allowances for a minimum of 9
inches of compacted, crushed rock structural fill under all slabs and/or foundation elements.
Compaction Requirements for Structural Fill
All fill or backfill shall be approved by our geotechnical engineer, placed in uniform lifts and compacted
to the following minimum compaction values as determined by ASTM D1557. The following
compaction requirements shall be followed in the following sections:
Nlaterial Type aCompaction
Requirement
.v-..., .,..,._ .- .- .. .-_ -... ...
Import Structural Gravel Fill
95% of ASTM D1557
Structural Fill for Building Pads
95% of ASTM D1557
Footing Subgrade
95% of ASTM D1557
Slab Subgrade
95% of ASTM D1557
Utility Trenches
See Utility Excavation Below
The compaction effort shall be verified by a representative of our geotechnical engineer in the field
using a calibrated nuclear density gauge in accordance with ASTM D6938. The thickness of the loose
non -compacted lift of structural fill shall not exceed 10 inches for heavy-duty compactors or 4 inches for
hand operated compactors.
Imported Structural Gravel Fill
All slabs and bearing areas shall be underlain with a minimum of 9 inches of imported, crushed rock
structural fill. Structural gravel fill shall consist of imported, well -graded, crushed aggregate material
meeting the grading requirements of Washington State Department of Transportation Standard
Specification 9-03.9(3) (1-1/4 inch Minus Crushed Surfacing Base Course Material) presented here:
WSDOT Stand. Spec 9-03.9 3 1 1/4" minus Base Course
SieyeSize W,r::... 5 >.
:Perce.p.. i.ss rig (by"W6k..,.
1 1/4 Inch Square
99 - 100
1 Inch Square
80 - 100
5/8 Inch Square
50 — 80
U.S. No. 4
25 - 45
U.S. No. 40
3 — 18
U.S. No. 200
Less than 7.5
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin
Gleed, WA
8
May 17, 2012
GNN Job No.: 212-263
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
1
Northern, Inc.
A sixty (60) pound sample of the each imported fill material shall be presented to GN Northern prior to
placement to ensure proper gradation and establish the moisture -density relationship (proctor curve).
Suitability of the On-site Soils
The on-site silty sand and sandy silt found on the west side of the Iagoon are not considered suitable for
fill or backfill in any structural or bearing areas. Additionally, any soils of similar type removed from
the existing lagoon shall not be used as structural or general fill or backfill. These soils shall only be
used for landscaping needs.
The cobble and boulder laden soils found throughout the site may be used as general fill but shall not be
used in bearing areas under the new proposed structures. These soils will be difficult to compact and will
not provide uniform conditions under the bearing pads.
Subgrade Protection
The degree to which construction grading problems develop is expected to be dependant, in part, on the
time of year that construction proceeds and the precautions which are taken by the contractor to protect
the subgrade. The site shall be graded to prevent water from ponding within construction areas and/or
flowing into excavations. Accumulated water must be removed immediately along with any unstable
soil. Foundation concrete shall be placed and excavations backfilled as soon as possible to protect the
bearing grade. We further recommend that soils that become unstable are to be either:
• Removed and replaced with structural compacted gravel fill;
• Mechanically stabilized with a coarse crushed aggregate (possibly underlain with a geotextile)
and compacted into the subgrade.
Temporary Excavations
According to chapter 296-155 of the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) and OSHA Regulation
1926 Subpart P, it is our opinion that the soils encountered across the site are classified as Type C soils.
For excavation planning purposes, we recommend that temporary, unsupported, open cut slopes shall be
no steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1.0 vertical (1.5H:1 V) in Type C soils. Where unstable soils are
encountered, flatter slopes may be required. Additionally, if construction is to take place during
unusually wet periods, flatter slope will likely be required as gravel soils will likely be unstable. We
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 9 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc.
recommend that exposed cut slopes be protected with waterproof covering during periods of wet
weather to reduce sloughing and erosions.
The excavations shall conform to applicable federal, state and local regulations. It should be the
responsibility of the contractor to maintain safe temporary slope configurations and observe the nature
and condition of the cut slopes and shall monitor the subsurface materials and groundwater conditions
encountered. Unsupported vertical slopes or cuts deeper than 4 feet are not recommended if worker
access is necessary. The cuts shall be adequately sloped, shored or supported to prevent injury to
personnel from caving and sloughing.
Open Excavation Stability
Based on the information provided, some excavations will be expected to stay open for extended periods
of time during the construction of the new concrete settling basin. Due to the cohesionless deposits
consisting of rounded, cobbles and boulders present on site and the potential of groundwater seepage,
GN Northern recommends that the all open excavation required for long term stability must be sloped at
no greater than 2.5H:1 V. Dewatering of excavations is expected for excavations greater than 6 feet
below current grades. Excavations shall be regularly inspected for signs of instability and sloughing.
Dewatering systems shall be maintained and inspected at regular intervals.
Utility Excavations
Utilities shall be placed on bedding material which meets the manufacturer's specification. Placement
of bedding material is particularly critical where maintenance of precise grades is essential. Backfill
placed within the first 12 inches above utility lines shall be compacted to at least 92 % of the maximum
dry density (ASTM DI557), such that the utility lines are not damaged during backfill placement and
compaction. In addition, rock fragments greater than 1 inch in maximum dimension shall be excluded
from this first lift. The remainder of the utility excavations shall be backfilled and compacted to 95 % of
the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557.
If water is encountered in the excavations, it shall be removed prior to fill placement. Alternatively,
quarry spalls could be used for backfill below the water level.
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 10 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc:
We recommend that a minimum of 4 inches of bedding material be placed above and below all utilities
and be in general accordance with the utility manufacturer's recommendations and local ordinances. We
recommend that pipe zone bedding conforms to Section 9-03.12 (3), Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone
Bedding, as presented in the WSDOT Standard Specifications. All excavations should be wide enough
to allow for compaction around the haunches of pipes. Otherwise, materials such as controlled density
fill (CDF) could be used to eliminate the compactive effort required.
Compaction of backfill material should be accomplished with soils within ±2% of their optimum
moisture content in order to achieve the minimum specified compaction levels recommended in this
report. However, initial lift thickness could be increased to levels recommended by the manufacturer to
protect utilities from damage by compacting equipment.
Excavation bank stability problems for utility construction may occur where excavations extend into the
soil deposits below groundwater. Pre-bid test pits could assist in evaluating the most economical means
of site excavation. Relatively flat slopes, benching, or temporary bracing will be needed. Conventional
trench box shoring is also an option for the project. We recommend that utility trenching, installation,
and backfilling conform to all applicable federal, state, and local regulations such as OSHA and WISHA
for open excavations.
Foundation Bearing Zone and Soil Bearing Capacity
The basin footprint shall be stripped to expose the dense, cobbles and boulders present throughout the
site. The final excavation shall be inspected by a representative of GN Northern to ensure that uniform
conditions are encountered throughout the basin footprint. On account of the variable size of the
cobbles and boulders present at the site, GN Northern recommends that a bearing leveling course be
placed under the footprint of the entire structure. The bearing pad shall consist of a minimum of 9 inches
of compacted, crushed rock structural fill meeting the criteria described above (WSDOT Stand. Spec. 9-
03.9(3)). Thicker sections of imported fill will be required in areas of over -excavation. All backfill
materials shall be placed in thin, loose, uniform lifts not greater than 10 inches thick (loose) and
compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557.
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 11 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No : 212-263
Northern, Inc.
Provided all foundation elements are founded on bearing support zone as described above, an allowable
bearing capacity of 3,000 psf may be used for design purposes. This value may be increased one-third
(33%) for short-term loading events. Estimated total settlement of less than 0.50 inches is anticipated
provided foundation bearing support zones are constructed as recommended above. Differential
settlements are expected to less than half of the total settlements over a 20 foot span.
All footings shall be protected against weather and water damage during and after construction and must
be supported on suitable bearing materials as described above.
Lateral forces on foundation from short term wind and seismic loading would be resisted by friction at
the base of foundations and passive earth pressure against the buried portions. We recommend a passive
earth pressure in compacted structural backfill above the groundwater table of 300 pcf. This lateral
foundation resistance value includes a factor of safety of 1.5. We recommend a coefficient of friction of
0.40 be used between cast -in-place concrete and crushed rock structural fill. An appropriate factor of
safety shall be used to calculate sliding resistance at the base of footings.
For foundation and structural walls below the groundwater, GN Northern recommends that the
following earth pressures be utilized for structural design:
Earth Pressare Conditions
(below water table)
.-...,.�
Calculated Values (pct)
.,ril
Active Pressure
96
Passive Pressure
275
At -Rest Pressure
100
Slab on Grade Basin Floors
We recommend a minimum 9 -inch layer of crushed aggregate fill be placed beneath the slabs. Material
shall meet the WSDOT Specification 9-03.9 (3), "Crushed Surfacing Base Course", with less than 7.5
percent passing the No. 200 sieve (fines). The crushed rock material shall be compacted to at least 95%
of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557 method. Prior to placing the crushed
aggregate fill, the subgrade soils shall be proof rolled with a minimum 25 -ton smooth drum roller to a
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 12 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Northern, Inc.
non -yielding surface and to at least 95% of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557
method. Any areas pumping during proof -compaction shall be over -excavated and re -compacted.
We recommend a modulus of subgrade reactionequal to 250 pounds per cubic inch (pci) based on a
value for gravel presented in the Portland Cement Association publication No. EB075.01D. Slab
thickness, reinforcement and joint spacing shall be determined by a licensed engineer based on the
intended use and loading.
Pavement Design
It is understood that new areas of pavement may be incorporated as part of the final overall design of the
additions. GN Northern recommends that all areas of proposed pavement be underlain with a minimum
of by the dense native granular soils free of organics in addition to the compacted aggregate base. The
following recommendations for normal and heavy duty pavements are presented below:
k.. - ,>t"�'. '?s. .t ,S'sS' e�r:';...FG'v.w.
:,.;��. f _�Recommended�As`"halt"Concrete' AC ,PavemenfiSections'"':.��_; ��
:r. :r;l :.. }" - ti�:F#:. (, .'..f„ r�*"e;; ti` Y.=r.�. F.:(".``Y°
�'�.1.' .i• ,hrn } s}.: r,• .31Y - _�3 .k,.,,,. iyn:.a.:,:'�'i� )) .,�:� „J � ;i..
..5. _ . Ali:, w_.. .�;t-�;'
.. }t- v
v:-- ..aic.;,,%•a r.?d, ":'."�.i:a::.ibr, �;�:::,� :'.`t/;.�.. :;h "9°..:•'�.x _eA.•T_.?i�..,•�H ;'Y,
_ - -"
;. f���..�,":.,.
a., ,., „..:,.�;_� •�".,
ti yy 'T '
, Traffic 4
a + Y W
„3
} w.... ..,,
-
��A"s "half -TA kness
11;c
' t }ti� i +�.a � ' w +,� 3
�, y
, (inches. t
° aa: , f:..}! ......., .
;Cru"'died A' e afe':Base�-"
4 �' t � fi � � �'n°y ��'� F z , trk''
x Thickness (inches)
��
, ', , `+ . ,' .1ki_ . ". 4,,, w
ATB:. Substitute`;for:k��=
s a „� �4 h. L �. F
Crushed Base Coutse.'•;
4 .�r } Ty ;�
:k,i inches) 7
Heavy Dutyt
3
9
7
Standard Dutytt
2.5
6
5.5
*For heavy duty pavement section, the upper 2 inches of crushed rock should be Top Coarse material. Base Coarse material
should be placed below the Top coarse layer.
**ATB: Asphalt Treated Base may be substituted for crushed aggregate base coarse at a ratio of 0.7 inch ATB to 1 inch
crushed aggregate rounded to nearest half inch beneath asphalt.
tHeavy duty imply to pavements subjected to truck traffic, delivery trucks for access lanes
1'1 -Standard duty imply to general automobile and pick-up truck parking areas/ light duty vehicle parking areas
Pavement design recommendations assume proper drainage and construction monitoring and are based
on AASHTO Design parameters for a 20 year design period. However, continual flexible maintenance
along with major rehabilitation after about 8 to 10 years may be expected to obtain a 20 year service life.
Specifications for manufacturing and placement of pavements and crushed aggregate course should
conform to the specifications presented in Divisions 5 and 4 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications for
Roads, Bridges and Municipal Construction. Production and placement of Hot Mix Asphalt should be
completed in accordance with Section 5-04 of the WSDOT Standards Specifications. ATB should
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 13 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA
GNN Job No.: 212-263
No rth ern, Inc
conform to the specifications of Section 4-06, Asphalt Treated Base of the WSDOT Standard
Specifications. Crushed aggregate base course material shall conform to WSDOT Standard
Specifications Section 9-03.9(3), Crushed Surfacing. Subbase course material shall conform to WSDOT
Standard Specifications Section 9-03.10, Aggregate for Gravel Base, or Section 9-03.14 (1), Gravel
Borrow.
General
Develop and maintain site grades that will rapidly drain precipitation and surface runoff away from the
foundation and subgrade soils both during and after construction. A minimum slope of 3% is
recommended for all vegetated or exposed soil areas and 1.5% for all paved areas.
CONTINUING SERVICES
Two additional elements of geotechnical engineering services are important to the successful completion
of this project.
Consultation with GN Northern during the design phase: This is essential to ensure that the intent of our
recommendations is incorporated in design decisions related to the project and that changes in the design
concept consider geotechnical aspects.
Observation and monitoring during construction: GN Northern shall be retained to observe the
earthwork phase of the project, including soil densification; site grading and footing excavations, to
determine that the subsurface conditions are compatible with those used in our analysis and design.
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 14 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
Northern, Inc.
LIMITATIONS
This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted soil and foundation engineering
practices in this area for use by the client for site development, grading and foundation design and
construction purposes. The recommendations presented in this report are based on current theories and
the experience of our geotechnical engineers on the behavior of native soils and fill materials. The
recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the four (4)
geotechnical soil borings completed at the site and the proposed site grading and construction discussed
in this report. The nature and extent of subsurface variations across the site may not become evident
until construction. If during construction, fill, soil, rock, or water conditions appear to be different from
those described herein, we should be advised at once so re-evaluation of the recommendation can be
made. The information indicated on the soil boring logs represents subsurface conditions at the location
of the soil boring logs at the time of excavation. Subsurface conditions may differ at other locations and
may change at this location with the lapse of time.
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin 15 May 17, 2012
Gleed, WA GNN Job No.: 212-263
APPENDICES
Northern, Inc.
A
Northern, Inc.
APPENDIX /
Vicinity Map & Site and Exploration Map
(Npl_Northern, Inc.
Consulting Engineers Environmental Scientists Construction Materials Testing
Site Location
Notes:
1. Base maps provided by Google Earth.
N.T.S.
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number: 212-263
Vicinity Map
Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
Gleed, Washington
Date
5/15/2012
Mounted By
MSP
Reviewed By
JG/IM
Figure
1
iTNorthern, Inc.
Consulting Engineers Environmental Scientists Construction Materials Testing
Notes:
1. Boring Locations are Approximate.
2. Base drawing provided by Hubregtse,
Louman Associates, Inc.
N.T.S.
4--N
Legend
Boring Location
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number: 212-263
Site and Exploration Map
Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
Gleed, Washington
Date
5/15/2012
Mounted By
MSP
Reviewed By
JG/IM
Figure
2
- - -
'al.tanT“-"
!C. STA 513,3 3
12
TYP
RETURNNW
rt RECYCLE
CL PIPEE
\
s-
YAKIMA COUNTY
sy
PUBLIC SERVICES >A
( 171424-33001 )//
NEW DRAIN PIPE
TO BASINS
_ - - —
134
133
132
131
SITE PLAN
r
.
1S, NWY 12EA'S
LAKE-
EC, 1330,2*_
--------
\I.
- - - --
i
)
1
,
,
ORDINARY 1
_
I i
1
_..
.
, BASIN
._ --
TYPICAL SECTION A - A
340
330
320
310
0 25 50 100
NMI
0.012., ME arr Of YOOLIA 10.13R
IREATAIERT FAOUIV 13 MOON DIE
cG1,133intEL=F101A15E (0M3)
'APPROXIMATE BOUNDARY MOO
(252011 152000
DATUM ELEVAllON
igergszazr,
CULVERT ON SR 31 11,3
SOUTMEAS1 Or NI. RoAD
.'.HLA
Huibregtse, Leeman Associates, Inc.
Civil Engineering oLand Surveying+Planning
801 North nth Avenue
Ya1drna, WA 98902
509.966.7000
Fax Bo9.965.3800
www.hlacivil.com
PRELIINIRUNY
SUBJECT TO HIEVMON
JOB NUMBER: DATE.
11108 a-20-12
FILE NAMES:
DRAMAS 11105.awg
CITY OF YAKIMA
NACRES RIVER WATER
TREATMENT FACILITY
REVISION
DATE
DESIGNED BY: JL8
EN 1ERLD BY: AJI-1
PROPOSED CONCRETE BACKWASH SETTLING BASIN LAYOUT
me no um am mg ail am we vs 411111 11111, MIN INN MIN IIIIII 11111r 1111111
Northern, Inc.
APPENDIX 11
Exploratory Boring Logs,
Key Chart (for Soil Classification)
GN Northern
722 N. 16th Avenue, Suite 31
Yakima, WA 98902
Telephone: 509-248-9798
Fax: 509-248-4220
CLIENT Huibregtse Louman & Associates
BORING NUMBER B- 1
PAGE 1 OF 1
PROJECT NAME Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
PROJECT NUMBER 212-263 PROJECT LOCATION Low Road and US Hwy 12, Gleed WA
DATE STARTED 5/2/12 COMPLETED 5/2/12 GROUND ELEVATION HOLE SIZE 8 inches
DRILLING CONTRACTOR Subsurface Technologies GROUND WATER LEVELS:
DRILLING METHOD Mobile B-57 Drill Rig AT TIME OF DRILLING --
LOGGED BY JDG CHECKED BY JDG AT END OF DRILLING --
NOTES 46° 41' 05.9" N; 120° 39' 13.6" W ± 13 ft AFTER DRILLING --
0_
Lu
0.0
W
0Z�
J
00 0 Z
REMARKS
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
2.5
8 Inch OD Hollow
Stem Auger Used
Throughout
Boring
SS
1
8-50/5"
SM
GM
3.0
SILTY SAND, (SM) brown, fine to medium grained, dry to moist, medium dense with
occasional cobbles. (Possible fill or flood deposits).
.5
COBBLES AND BOULDERS, (GM) brown, subrounded, fine to coarse grained, dry to
moist with Silty Gravel with Sand (GM) infill.
Auger Refusal on Cobbles and Boulders at 3.5 feet. Moved approximately 4 feet
north and re -drilled with refusal at 3 feet.
Refusal at 3.5 feet.
Bottom of borehole at 3.5 feet.
1
1
N
RI
0
cn
cn
W
a
0
W
!Y
7
N
K
N
0
cnV-
z
a
gJ
! LL
W
0
1
i
CLIENT
J PROJECT
DATE STARTED
DRILLING
DRILLING
•, LOGGED
GN Northern BORING NUMBER B- 2
722 N. 16th Avenue, Suite 31 PAGE 1 OF 1
Yakima, WA 98902
s Telephone: 509-248-9798
Fax: 509-248-4220
Huibregtse Louman & Associates PROJECT NAME Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
NUMBER
CONTRACTOR
METHOD
BY
212-263 PROJECT LOCATION Low Road and US Hwy 12, Gleed WA
5/2/12 COMPLETED 5/2/12 GROUND ELEVATION HOLE SIZE 6 inches
Mobile
Subsurface Technologies GROUND WATER LEVELS:
B-57 Drill Rig V AT TIME OF DRILLING 7.00 ft Based on Drilling Fluid Consistency
JDG CHECKED BY JDG AT END OF DRILLING --
NOTES
46° 41' 06.4" N; 120° 39' 12.6" W ± 13 ft AFTER DRILLING --
o DEPTH
(ft)
SAMPLE TYPE
NUMBER
BLOW
COUNTS
(N VALUE)
REMARKS
U.S.C.S.
GRAPHIC
LOG
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
6 Inch OD
• COBBLES AND BOULDERS, (GP) brown, subrounded, fine to coarse grained, dry,
Tri -Cone and
• 6'l dense with Silty Gravel with Sand (GM) infill. Cobbles and Boulders up to 16 inches in
- -
Mud Rotary
1. • diameter
Drilling
1
Technique
utilized
.' 4
_ -
•4
_
. 4
.411
2.5
•14
.41
SS
31-18-16
�'
1
(34)•11
1
. _4
.41
- ,
, 1 1
5.0
•• 1
• 1.4 Becomes Medium Dense at 5 feet.
.'
GP •
_ _)(SS
15-10-12
1
2
(22)
•• 6'
-
. •
.41
:' ,
•4111 S_Z
•'•, Groundwater believed to present at 7 feet based on drilling fluid return consistency.
7.5
I. •
• • 1 Becomes Dense at 7.5 feet.
SS
16-25-18
�' •
3
(43)
.41
- -
•• ,
1.
1
_
.•
'.,
.41
10.0
• 1'4
1. • Becomes Very Dense at 10 feet.
S428-50/4"
1
•' % 10.8
Bottom of borehole at 10.8 feet.
GN Northern
722 N. 16th Avenue, Suite 31
Yakima, WA 98902
Telephone: 509-248-9798
Fax: 509-248-4220
CLIENT Huibreqtse Louman & Associates
PROJECT NUMBER 212-263
DATE STARTED 5/2/12 COMPLETED 5/2/12
DRILLING CONTRACTOR Subsurface Technologies
DRILLING METHOD Mobile B-57 Drill Rig
LOGGED BY JDG CHECKED BY JDG
NOTES 46° 41' 05.3" N; 120° 39' 11.7" W ± 12 ft
BORING NUMBER B- 3
PAGE 1 OF 1
PROJECT NAME Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
PROJECT LOCATION Low Road and US Hwy 12, Gleed WA
GROUND ELEVATION HOLE SIZE 6 inches
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
V AT TIME OF DRILLING 7.50 ft Based on Drilling Fluid Consistency
AT END OF DRILLING --
AFTER DRILLING --
LU
-
0
0.0
REMARKS
0 U
ao
� J
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
2.5
5.0
SS
1
13-13-17
(30)
SS 16-50/6"
2
7.5
SS 28-38-38
3 (76)
10.0
6 Inch OD
Tri -Cone and
Mud Rotary
Drilling
Technique
utilized
Tri -Cone bit
sheared off at 10
feet.
GP
:'
.•
•
:'
.0
•I
.•
• :
/ ET
Z
N
a
0
I z
cn
x
w
a
i
a
ce
w
1iiiFt
U
a
z
1
(77
vi
1C Z1
N
O
U
I W
0
w
z
73
a
m
z
111 z
J
r
co
x
co
a
U
a
rt
w
it
cox
U
a
z
I0
N
N
(A
co
❑
1 SoW
N
w
a
0
I—
La
W
oY
La
7
Eh-
ce
W
1 co
D
N
N
O
N
I
U
S3
N
❑
o
cn
F -
z
Lj
-
a
1—
m
z
w
0
1
GN Northern
722 N 16th Avenue, Suite 31
Yakima, WA 98902
Telephone: 509-248-9798
Fax: 509-248-4220
CLIENT Huibregtse Louman & Associates
PROJECT NUMBER 212-263
DATE STARTED 5/2/12 COMPLETED 5/2/12
DRILLING CONTRACTOR Subsurface Technologies
DRILLING METHOD Mobile B-57 Drill Rig
LOGGED BY JDG CHECKED BY JDG
BORING NUMBER B- 4
PAGE 1 OF 1
PROJECT NAME Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin Project
PROJECT LOCATION Low Road and US Hwy 12, Gleed WA
GROUND ELEVATION
GROUND WATER LEVELS:
AT TIME OF DRILLING —
HOLE SIZE 8 inches
AT END OF DRILLING --
NOTES 46° 41' 04.3" N, 120° 39' 10.8" W ± 13 ft AFTER DRILLING --
x
0-
W
0
0.0
w
a
�w
W
m
J
o- D
az
c/)
REMARKS
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
8 inch OD Hollow
Stem Auger
utilized
throughout
boring.
GP
2.0
COBBLES AND BOULDERS, (GP) brown, subrounded, coarse grained, dry, medium dense with
Silty Gravel with Sand (GM) infill. Subrounded to rounded Cobbles and Boulders present on
surface near boring location up to 14 inches in diameter.
Auger Refusal on Cobbles and Boulders at 2 feet.
Refusal at 2.0 feet.
Bottom of borehole at 2.0 feet.
Northern, Inc.
Yakima &Kennewick WA, Hood River & Hermiston OR
CHART
.
�.� ATIVE=' ' ENSITY. R� N ':�: •:�:....
,., ..>,...0 .,,fi.. SUS, . .N== ,
�, a�..,,.., >.-' <'�,_,F,.. .= ... PxTVr.ALU'Ea,r:<<.
-� O 0 SISTENCY VER -
_ .. .. .,, .. _ .. - ,.-....,�.- ..., .. .. .�, rw ..o....rw...:.........»..., <..,. �,a.,..— ...:.n.. x s5.°.3_z ,. «o w. s. �-vai.:Y.'l�:ww-.�-,c•.7a"hL•'.•:::i �„F Vis.,^'Si�i:<.`:'�m.."t: 'Lk.bn'J-f:ir.
COARSE-GRAINED SOILS
FINE-GRAINED SOILS
DENSITY
N (BLOWS/FT)
FIELD TEST
CONSISTENCY
N (BLOWS/FT)
FIELD TEST
Very Loose
0 — 4
Easily penetrated with %2 -inch reinforcing
rod pushed by hand
Very Soft
0 — 2
Easily penetrated several inches by
thumb
Loose
4 — 10
Difficult to penetrate with %2 -inch
reinforcing rod pushed by hand
Soft
2 — 4
Easily penetrated one inch by thumb
Medium -Dense
10 — 30
Easily penetrated with 1/2 -inch rod driven
with a 5 -Ib hammer
Firm
4 — 8
Penetrated over 1/2 -inch by thumb with
moderate effort
Dense
30 — 50
Difficult to penetrate with 1/2 -inch rod
driven with a 5 -Ib hammer
Stiff
8 — 15
Indented about'''/ -inch by thumb but
penetrated with great effort
Very Dense
> 50
penetrated only a few inches with 1/2 -inch
rod driven with a 5 -Ib hammer
Very Stiff
15 — 30
Readily indented by thumb
Hard
> 30
Indented with difficulty by thumbnail
fr=-
- ':,,�` r;e
�< (� TT - �
}:•'F:1•-• '":Y�. -``h ±:.V 1J�i l7 -'1J OlLCL4 F' s,.f-,.... .,a•,
. .. .� .�:�...... _�,. „ ,.. �... ,.. ,... �.. ASSIFICATION
...,,u-3t�»-,_.....,.cam-.,.,.,,,tr:....,.,.,
MAJOR DIVISIONS
GROUP DESCRIPTION
Coarse-
Grained
Soils
<50%
passes #200
sieve
Gravel and
Gravelly Soils
<50% coarse
fraction passes
#4 sieve
Gravel
(with little or no fines)
erg
GW
Well -graded Gravel
et=
GP
Poorly Graded Gravel
Gravel
(with >12% fines)
0
GM
Silty Gravel
x
GC
Clayey Gravel
Sand and
Sandy Soils
>50%coarse
fraction passes
#4 sieve
Sand
(with little or no fines)•
r114.
5-.
SW
Well -graded Sand
• •`
• • •
SP
Poorly graded Sand
Sand
(with >12% fines)
SM
Silty Sand
i
SC
Clayey Sand
Fine -
Grained
Soils
>50%
passes #200
sieve
and Clay
Liquid
Liquid Limit < 50
J
ML
Silt
`--
j
CL
Lean Clay
------
OL
Organic Silt and Clay (low plasticity)
Silt and Clay
Liquid Limit > 50
I11
MH
Inorganic Silt
�1
l' 'r
OH CH
Inorganic Clay
Organic Clay and Silt (med. to high plasticity)
Highly Organic Soils%
PT
Peat
Top Soil
��y ri°y+•i,•t'
:-ov IFERS..
. ": T� :. ,. �.�..., .•.,... u. ..,.s..e.n.,:Yi,S-iF. U,., ..�1
DESCRIPTION
RANGE
Trace
<5%
Little
5%-12%
Some
>12%
3 '.. MOISTURE^.0
�.�g st:�(�r.��%;�?'.�..,,.�.yONTENT;�.y�bK��t'��M��-�:�<
DESCRIPTION
FIELD OBSERVATION
Dry
Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch
Moist
Damp but not visible water
Wet
Visible free water
.,.4:L :� � -
,, y W40* IVISIONS' ffi GRAI i.
�'r«..,. �:. _ . �.,r_ . _.. ... m � ..� u.._.r» w.-s,H,.,,�„�. Ns,SIE,�", >y,�wo-
„�:.r��
2S
SIEVE SIZE
3S
3" OD Split
Spoon
12" 3” 3/4"
4 10
40
Non -Standard
Split Spoon
200
GRAIN SIZE (INCHES)
ST
Shelby Tube
x
12 3 075
0.19 0079
00171
II
0.0029
Boulders
Cobbles
Gravel
BG
Sand
U
Silt and Clay
Coarse
Fine
Coarse Medium
Fine
4. i=%,fit • ,
L`
Z
2S
2" OD Split
Spoon (SPT)
3S
3" OD Split
Spoon
NS
Non -Standard
Split Spoon
ST
Shelby Tube
x
CR
Core Run
II
BG
Bag Sample
U
TV
Torvane
Reading
ZPP
Penetrometer
Reading
NR
No Recovery
GW
Groundwater
M
Table
1 Group Name
2. Group Symbol
3 Color
4 Moisture content
5 Density / consistency
6 Cementation
7 Particle size (if applicable)
8 Odor (if present)
9 Comments
Conditions shown on boring and testpit logs represent our observations at the time and location of the fieldwork, modifications based on lab test, analysis, and geological
and engineering Judgment These conditions may not exist at other times and locations, even in clos e proximity thereof This i nformation was gathered as part of our
investigation, and we are not responsible for any use or interpretation of the information by others.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
Northern, Inc.
APPENDIX 111
Site and Exploration Photographs
Boring Location B-1
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number 212-263
Boring Location B-1
Site Photos
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin
Gleed, WA
Date
5-11-12
Mounted By:
JG
Reviewed By:
JG
Plate
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
1
Boring Location B-2
Boring Location B-2
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number 212-263
Site Photos
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin
Gleed, WA
Date
05-11-12
Mounted By:
JG
Reviewed By:
JG
Plate
2
Boring Location B-3
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number 212-263
Boring Location B-3
Site Photos
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin
Gleed, WA
Date
05-11-12
Mounted By:
JG
Reviewed By:
JG
Plate
3
General Surface Conditions
General Surface Conditions
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number 212-263
Site Photos
Naches River WTF Backwash Basin
Gleed, WA
Date
1 05-11-12
Mounted By:
JG
Reviewed By:
JG
Plate
4
Northern, Inc.
APPENDIX IV
Site Specific Seismic Spectral Curve
a
1
r
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
GN Northern, Inc.
Job Number 212-263
Site Specific Seismic Curve
Naches River WTF Backwash Settling Basin
Gleed, Washington
Date
5/11/2012
Mounted By•
JG
Reviewed By•
JG
Figure
3
APPENDIX C
YAKIMA COUNTY
SHORELINE CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT
G:\PROJECTS\201 I\11108\11108 Specs.docx
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
Public Services
128 North Second Street • Fourth Floor Coi thouse • Yakima, Washington 98901
(509) 574-2300 • 1-800-572-7354 • FAX (509) 574-2301 • wwwco.yakima.wa.us
VERN M. REDIFER, RE. - Director
YAKIMA COUNTY PLANNING DIVISION
SHORELINE CONDITIONAL USE PERMIT
- FINAL DECISION -
PROJECT NAME:
FILE NUMBER:
PARCEL #:
PROPOSAL:
APPLICANT:
PREPARED BY:
DECISION:
City of Yakima - Naches River Water Treatment Plant
WET 2012-00010
171424-32002
Replace an earthen backwash water basin with concrete basins,
install a new water recycle water pump station, and install
underground water piping.
City of Yakima
Byron J. Gumz, Project Planner, Env ironmental and Natural
Resources
Approved with conditions
Based upon a site inspection, information supplied by the applicant,, and•'a review of.
Yakima County Regional Shoreline Master Program (SMP) the Administrator enters the
following:
Location. Zoning. and Land Use
1. 6390 U.S. Highway 12. The property is located on the west side of the intersection of US.
Highway 12 and Low Road; approximately 2 miles southeastof the .Town of Naches,
WA.
FINDINGS AND ANALYSIS _
Description of Critical, Areas
2. The following critical area features can be found on the property:
• The Naches River, a Type -1 stream and Shoreline of the State, flows
immediately west of the property from north to south.
• The FEMA Floodway and FEMA 100 -year Floodplain are located adjacent to,
and cover the site, respectively.
The channel migration zone (CMZ) covers the majority of the property and
the entirety of the project site.
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 2 of 12
3. The Naches River, in this area, flows through a wide valley with a flat valley bottom.
Agricultural development is predominant in the project vicinity, with scattered
residential development nearby. This section of the river is swiftly flowing, with a
channel averaging 150 feet in width. There are a number of levees that have been
built to constrain the river in this location, since the water plant is vital to the City of
Yakima's potable water supply. The Ordinary High Water Mark (OHWM) is marked
near the base of the levees.
4. The FEMA Floodway is confined to the river channel at this location, due to the levees
along both banks. The FEMA 100 -year floodplain covers the entire parcel, and
extends across U.S. Highway 12.
5. The channel migration zone (CMZ) is parallel and adjacent to U.S. Highway 12, and
extends an average of 850 feet westward of U.S. Highway 12, covering the majority
of the parcel and all of the project area.
6. The riparian vegetation along the stream is heavily forested, with shrubs and
grouncicover. 'All of the riparian vegetation onsite is waterward of the levee: The
area of vegetation is not maintained, and is 'subject to periods of inundation during
high;water events on' the Naches River.
7: Hydrologically related fish and wildlife habitat areas are composed of different
parts of the stream corridor system. Each part performsdifferent functions that are
important for the health of fish and wildlife habitat (YCC 16D.06 05):
Staff Findings: The project is on an upland portion of the property. Construction
noise is the only anticipated disturbance to the hydrologically related fish and
wildlife habitat areas, and will only occur during the construction phase of the
project; there are no long-term changes proposed. The functionality of the
stream corridor system will remain high. The only exception to this is the
floodplain and channel migration zone functionality, as the river has levees on
both banks to ensure the Naches `River doesn't meander, away from the City of
Yakima Water Treatment Plant intake.
Prosect Description
8. The applicant proposes the construction four new concrete backwashbasins that are
80x130 feet and eight feet deep. The basins are used to settle .solids out of, filter
backwash water and filter -to -waste water., The city will drain and dry the ;basins
annually to facilitate the removal of accumulated solids. Also proposed is. a . .
recycle water pump stationand underground piping to pump clarified water from:
the backwash basin to the front of the intake system to mix with influent river water.
The area adjacent to the new concrete backwash basins will be graded and
paved as well. Construction activities are scheduled to occur from November 2012
to June 2013. A Type -2 Conditional Use Permit (CUP2012-00068) is being issued'
concurrently with this decision.
Jurisdiction and Process
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit— Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 3 of 12
9. The proposed work is located adjacent to the Naches River, which is a Shoreline of
Yakima County that is designated with a Rural Shoreline Environment at this
location. The proposed work is within Shoreline jurisdictionand requires a Shoreline
Conditional Use Permit. The Yakima County Regional Shoreline Master Program
requires a structural setback and vegetative buffer of undisturbed soil and. native
vegetation for streams and wetlands based on their official classification. The
Naches River is a Type -1 stream and is protected with a 100 -foot vegetative buffer
and structural setback, as measured from the OHWM.
10. YCC 16D.03.15 Stipulates that in granting any development authorization, the
decision maker may impose conditions to:
1) Accomplish the purpose and intent of this title;
Staff Findings: The project has been designed ,to comply with the purpose and
intent of . the Yakima County Regional Shoreline Master Program. Additional
conditions are not required. >
2) ,,Eliminate' or mitigate any identified specific, or general negative impacts of
the`project on the cntical'area• • -'
Staff Findings: As proposed, the project will not.create, negative impacts to the
, 'ethical area;' NO additional conditions are required.
1
1
eStbre_i important resource features thcit,_ have .been degraded or lost ..
"because of past or present activities on the project site;
Staff. Findings: -,The existing,treatment plant is outside' Of the vegetative buffer,','
,• arid `structural setback of the .Naches, River and has not degraded resource -
feafuresOn the'site. No additional conditloris are^required. -
4) ` Protect'' designated critical areas from' damaging and incompatible
'development;
Staff ,Findings: The proposed work is behind the levee on the property, and will
'not harm the designated critical areas on site:' No "additional conditions are
required. ' ..
1
1
I
1
1
nsure compliance with`speciflc development standards inthis title: `.
Staff . Findings: The applicable 'development standards are listed below. This
decision' ' includes conditions needed to ensure compliance with the
' development standards 'of, -the .,Yakima County .Regional Shoreline Master
Program.
Shoreline Mastei,Program Development Standards .
11,. The Yakima -Regional 'Shoreline Master .Program (Title 16D) provides a;number of,
policies,' standards,, and; guidelines, listed below, that development in =the shoreline ' , ..
areas must., meet:',; • Maof. ny,'these requirements:' do, not apply to the proposed '
project and , -most of the other.requirements are generally met. Requirements that
remain' a concern,are itemized below' and discussed in the conclusions:
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Condition] Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 4 of 12
16D.03.21 Shoreline Conditional Uses 16D.06.13 Water Dependent Uses
16D.06.11 General Policies and 16D.06.18 Utility Transmission Lines
Standards and Facilities
12. 16D.03.21 Shoreline Conditional Uses
Any proposed Shoreline Conditional Use shall satisfy the following criteria. Failure
to satisfy any one of the criteria shall result in a denial of the conditional use:
(1) The proposed use is consistent with the policies of RCW 90.58.020
(Legislative findings);
Staff Findings: The proposed use is consistent with the policies of RCW 90.58.020.
(2) The proposed use will not interfere with the normal public use of public
shorelines;
Staff Findings: The proposal does not interfere with the normal public use of
public shorelines.
(3) The proposed use of the site and design of the project will be compatible
with other permitted uses within the 'area;
Staff Findings: The proposal upgrades an existing facility, which is compatible
with other permitted uses in the area.
(4) The proposed use will cause no significant adverse effects to the shoreline
environmental designation in which it is located; and
Staff Findings: The proposal does not change the use on the property, and will
cause no significant adverse impacts.
(5) The public interest suffers no substantial detrimental effect.
Staff. Findings: The proposal will not result in a substantial detrimental effect to
the public interest.
13. 16D.06.11 General Policies and Standards
The following policies and standards shall apply to a development or use within a
hydrologically related critical area:
(1) The Ordinary High Water (Mark of a stream or lake, the edge of a wetland,
and theoutside edges of stream and/or wetland buffers shall be marked
on the ground before any development, construction, or use is initiated.
Staff Findings: The Ordinary High Water Mark is located along the top of the
bank at this location along the Naches River. This decision conditions that the
applicant stake the 100 -foot vegetative buffer prior to any construction activities.
(2) Existing riparian vegetation and any unique or sensitive vegetative species
identified on the project site within the stream corridor shall be disturbed to
the minimum extent possible.
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit - Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 5 of 12
Staff Findings: The existing riparian, vegetation on the property will not be
disturbed by the construction activities.
(3) Nesting areas and other sensitive wildlife habitat identified within a stream
corridor shall be disturbed to the minimum extent possible.
Staff Findings: ,Nesting areas and sensitive wildlife habitat areas have not been
identified onsite..
(4) Projects'within the: stream corridor shall be scheduled to occur at times and
during seasons: having the least impact to spawning, nesting, or other
sensitive ':wildlife , activities. Scheduling recommendations from the
appropriate state and/or federal agency may be considered.
Staff Findings The proposed work takes place outside of the stream corridor."
-Stormwater and "Erosion Control Developments that, obtain. a stormwater
ermit ;,approved ,by a' local;, state Or federal agency,', and transportation
•
•projects using vstormwater,' manuals, that "are deemed .equivalent to the
Eastern Washington- Stormwater Manual are. exempt, from the' requirements
belw.:. r
•o •
Excavat on,, grading, ,cut%fills; compaction, .and, other modifications
which`contribute'` to .erosion` of 'upland soils -shall 'be' `confined to the
minimum',`riecessary "to complete .,the''authoriz_ ed''work and avoid
;increased sediment load:
'Th'; removal' %of *'ground -cover, vegetation, excavation, and grading
shall be'`scheduled 'for periods when``soils are'; the least vulnerable 'to'
erosion, compaction "arid <;''movemenf unless' ;suitable protective ,
measures:are used to" prevent' erosion:
The '`removal `of„ ground=cover,,ve9etation, .excavation,' and grading
'Shalt be .scheduled . fo= ;;ensure the minimal ` 'duration of
unprotected
Ir creases; in impervious s tf9Ce: ,area, -compaction of soil, changes: in
topography `and: other modifications of ,,land' within a stream" cOrridor�
which..are' det
ermm ,� ... . , 1..y . , --,.- ,.. stormwater�: ,., ..
. z4 ..,: ,, • Aed :will:: Lperrrianentl 'increase cind
eltwater runoff into stream. channels,` drainage ways, and.;conduits,
ow.,provide:'on-site or..off site facilities:far the, detention,' control, and
filtration: of ,such increases
The discharge point for controlled.` storniWater;and meltwater, runoff
and, of
`° her .outfall: shall be designecJ and: constructed to avoid, causing'
erosion through the;use of native riparian vegetation where possible.'or
;by reducing_velocity, use=of rock spillways, riprap, splash plates, or other
;demonstrably"effective means. .
Mcithng or approved temporary ground cover; shall''be used: -to Control'
erosion until natural vegetative ground'.cover is successfully`established.
Staff Findings: "Theapplicanfindicates thot.the project will obtain a
Stormwater Construction
''' . , ..- , , .Genera! Permit and develop a Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPPj. This decision conditions ,thea applicant .to follow all conditions and
req iirerrients frorri1'the'Consfructiori Storm water.GeneraL Permit:
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit -- Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 6of12
(6) Development, construction, and uses shall not directly or indirectly degrade
surface water and groundwater through the introduction of nutrients, fecal
coliform, toxins, and other biochemical substances.
Staff Findings: The existing use does not introduce nutrients, fecal coliform, toxins,
or other biochemical substances to the Naches River. The proposal will not,
cause the water treatment plant to introduce any of the aforementioned'
substances.
(7) Prior to the approval of development, construction, or uses within a
designated stream corridor, any existing source of biochemical or thermal
degradation identified as originating on the project property or on
contiguous properties of the same ownership shall be corrected.
Staff. Findings: There is no biochemical or thermal degradation identified as
originating from this site.
(8) Facilities,which use fertilizers, pesticides or herbicides shall- use landscaping,
IOW -risk products, application schedules, and other protective methodology',._.
to minimize the surface and subsurface transfer of biochemical materials '
into the stream corridor.
Staff -Findings: NO. fertilizers, pesticides, or herbicides are used in conjunction with
the water treatment plant that would be transferred to the. stream corridor.
(9) Modifications to natural channel gradient, channel morphology, drainage'
,patterns, and other stream features shall not permanently alter or obstruct
the natural volume or flow of surface waters.
Staff Findings:` No channel modification is proposed.
1
(10) Development, construction,or uses within the stream corridor shall not alter
or divert flood flows causing channel shift or erosion, increase or accelerate
the flooding of -upstream or downstream flood hazard areas, or otherwise
threaten public or private properties.
Staff Findings: The proposal will not alter or divert floodwaters.
(11) Welts Iodated within a stream condor shall ;be protectively Tined and
installed ina deep aquifer with an acceptable 'minimum hydraulic.
continuity with either surface waters or a shallow aquifer.
Staff Findings: No wells are proposed as a part of this project.
(12) Structures placed in close proximity to the outer edge of bends in stream
'channels identified as having a high potential to meander shall be Iodated
to minimize thehazard from stream undercutting and stream bank erosion -
'
stemming from potential future stream migration. .
Staff. Findings: While located within an identified Channel Migration Zone, a
levee has been constructed to protect the water treatment plant from potential
stream migration.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
WET20I2-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 7 of 12
(13) Adjacent communities and the Department of Ecology shall be notified
prior to any alteration or relocation of a watercourse and evidence of such
notification shall be submitted to the Federal Emergency Management
Agency.
Staff Findings: The Naches River is not being altered or relocated as a part of this
proposal.
(14) Require that maintenance is provided within the altered or relocated
portion of said watercourse so that the flood -carrying capacity is not
diminished.
Staff Findings: The Naches River is not being altered or relocated as a part of this
proposal.
(15) Development, construction, or uses within the hydrologically related critical
area that would contribute to the degradation of the functions and values
shall be avoided or mitigated using mitigation sequencing as outlined in
section 16D.03.10 (Mitigation Requirements).
Staff Findings: The proposal will not contribute to the degradation of the Naches
River. Therefore, mitigation for the proposal is not required.
(16) Development shall not obstruct, cut off, or isolate stream corridor features.
Staff Findings: The development will not obstruct, cut off, or isolate any stream
corridor features.
(17) Nothing in these regulations shall constitute authority of any person to
trespass or in any way infringe upon the rights of private ownership.
Staff Findings: The project takes place wholly on property owned by the
applicant.
(18) If archaeological resources are uncovered during excavation, developers
and property owners shall immediately stop work and notify Yakima
County, the Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historic
Preservation and any affected Indian tribes. Archaeological sites are
subject to RCW 27.44 (Indian graves and records) and RCW 27.53
(Archaeological sites and records), and development or uses that may
impact such sites shall comply with WAC 25-48 (Archaeological Excavation
and Removal Permit).
Staff Findings: This decision conditions that if archaeological resources are
discovered, the applicant shall contact the Washington State Department of
Archaeology and Historical Preservation and the Yakama Nation Cultural
Resources Program.
(19) The provisions of Chapter 16D.05 of this title shall also apply to the
development of lots and the placement, construction, or installation of
structures in floodways and floodplains.
Staff Findings: The Yakima County Chief Building Official administers Chapter
16D.05. This decision requires that the applicant obtain all necessary permits
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 8 of 12
from Yakima County Building and Fire Safety Division, including necessary reviews
for construction within a FEMA 100 -year Floodplain.
(20) Any portion of the vegetative buffer temporarily damaged or disturbed as
a result of construction activities (excluding approved permanent use
areas) shall be repaired at the completion of construction using
reclamation standards in section 16D.06.23 (Reclamation).
Staff Findings: The proposal has been designed to avoid construction activities
within the vegetative buffer.
(21) Projects located within the floodway must meet the requirements of
16D.05.36.010 (Floodway - Permitted Uses).
Staff Findings: The project area lies outside of the FEMA Floodway.
(22) Projects within a floodplain must meet the requirements of section
16D.05.28. (Flood Hazard Protection Standards) and 16D.05.32 (Floodway
Fringe Uses).
Staff Findings: The Yakima County Chief Building Official administers Chapter
16D.05. This decision requires that the applicant obtain all necessary permits
from Yakima County Building and fire Safety Division, including necessary reviews
for construction within a FEMA. 100 -year Floodplain.
(23) Changing from an existing use or development which does not meet the
provisions of this chapter to a new use shall be reviewed in light of the
following:
(a) The conversion will demonstrably reduce impacts to stream corridor
and other hydrologically related critical area features; and
(b) The conversion will restore and/or enhance the functional properties
outlined in Section 16D.06.05 (Functional Properties).
Staff Findincls: The use of the property is not changing.
14. 161106.13 Water-deDendenf Uses
The provisions below apply to water -dependent uses. The water -dependent use
for this project is the _municipal water treatment plant.
(1) Structures shall be clustered at locations on the water's edge having the
least impact to the surface water and shore;
Staff Findings: The water treatment facility, as it exists, is located away from the
water's edge and has little impact to surface water and shore.
(2) Use areas and structures which require direct shore locations shall be
located and constructed to minimize impacts to the shore area and the
vegetative buffer specified in Section 16D.06.16 (Vegetative Buffers);
Staff Findings: The project has been designed to avoid impacts to the
vegetative buffer of the Naches River.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 9 of 12
(3) Use areas and structures requiring direct shore locations shall minimize any
obstruction or impairment of normal public navigation of the surface water.
Staff Findings: The proposal does not impact public navigation of the Naches
River.
15. 16D.06.18 Utility Transmission Lines and Facilities
The provisions below apply to utility transmission lines and facilities (such as those
for wastewater, water, communication, natural gas, etc.) within a hydrologically
related critical area. The utility element for this project is the municipal water
treatment plant.
(1)
Utility transmission lines and facilities shall be permitted within the stream
corridor only where it is necessary to cross the corridor or where existing
development, topography, and other conditions preclude locations outside
the stream corridor.
(a) Utility transmission lines and facilities across stream corridors shall be by
the most direct route possible having the least impact to the stream
corridor.
(b) The construction of utility transmission lines and facilities within a stream
corridor shall be designed and located to ensure minimum disruption to
the functional properties specified under Se ction 1612.06.05 (Functional
Properties) of this title.
Staff Findings: This project doesn't necessitate the crossing of a stream corridor.
Existing areas of development related to the water treatment plant will be
Modified during construction activities, and will not disrupt any of the functional
properties.
(2) Utility lines under streams and wetlands shall be placed in a sleeve casing to
• allow easy replacement or repair with minimal disturbance to the stream
corridor;
Staff Findings: No utility lines are required that cross under streams or wetlands.
(3) Buried utility transmission lines crossing a stream corridor shall be buried :a
minimum of four feet below the maximum scour or '13 of the bankfull depth
of the waterway, whichever is greater, and for a similar depth below any
associated floodway and floodplain to the maximum extent of potential
channel migration as determined by hydrologic analysis;
Staff Findings: No buried utility lines crossing a stream corridor are proposed.
(4) Wherever possible, new aboveground installations shall use available,
existing bridge and utility locations and stream corridor crossings as
opposed to creating new locations and stream corridor crossings;
Staff Findings: No crossings are proposed with this development.
(5) Aboveground electrical support towers and other similar transmission
structures shall be located as far upland as is practical;
Staff Findings: No transmission structures are proposed.
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 10 of 12
(6) Transmission support structures shall be located clear of high flood
velocities, located in areas of minimum flood depth which require the least
floodproofing, and shall be adequately floodproofed;
Staff Findings: No transmission structures are proposed.
(7) Underground utility transmission lines shall be constructed so they do not
alter, intercept or dewater groundwater patterns that support streams,
wetlands and hyporheic flow;
Staff Findings: No underground transmission lines are proposed.
(8) All new and replacement water supply systems and wastewater systems
within a special flood hazard area must meet the requirements of
16D.05.28.010(b) (re: infiltration or discharge into or out of the system);
Staff Findings: This decision requires that the applicant obtain all necessary
permits from Yakima County Building and Fire Safety Division, including necessary
reviews for construction within a FEMA 100 -year Floodplain.
(9) Utility transmission lines within the Floodway Fringe shall meet the standards
of 16C.05.32.010 (2);
Staff Findings: No transmission lines are proposed.
(10) Utility transmission lines within the Floodway shall meet the standards of
16D.05.36.010(2).
Staff Findings: No transmission lines are proposed.
16. Notice of Aaalication and Comments.
A notice of the application was mailed May 24, 2012 to interested agencies and
to adjoining property owners within 300 feet of the boundaries of the subject
property. One comment was received from the Yakima Regional Clean Air
Agency requiring a Dust Control Plan prior to the start of any construction work.
Staff Findings: The Conditional Use Permit associated with this proposal requires
the applicant to obtain any necessary permits from the Yakima Regional Clean
Air Agency as a condition of approval.
17. Environmental Review
The City of Yakima has indicated that they will act as Lead Agency for this
project and perform their own Washington State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA)
review.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 11of12
DECISION AND CONDITIONS
Based upon the above findings, the Yakima County Shoreline Administrative Official
hereby APPROVES the requested Shoreline Conditional Use Permit, subject to the
following conditions:
1. Site development shall substantially conform to the site plan submitted in File
Number WET2012-00010, and as conditioned in this decision.
2. The applicant shall obtain all necessary permits from the Yakima County Building
and Fire Safety Division, prior to the start of construction activities.
3. The applicant shall obtain a Dust Control Permit from the Yakima Regional Clean
Air Agency prior to the start of construction activities.
4. Prior to the start of construction activities, the applicant shall obtain a-'
Construction Stormwater General Permit from the Washington State Department
of Ecology, unless that agency determines one is not necessary.
5 The applicant „shall stake the extent of the 100 -foot structuralsetback an
vegetative buffer prior" to the start of any construction' activities.:
6. Construction shall be confined to the minimum area necessary to `accomplish.`;;
the work and shall be scheduled at times having the least impact to; sod erosions
fish, spawning, and nesting patterns, and other identified natural process -
7. If' archaeological resources are discovered, the applicant shalr contact the,
Washington State Department of Archaeology and Historical Preservation and.:
the Yakama Nation Cultural Resources Program.
8 All conditions of CUP2012-00068 shall be met.
9. TIME LIMIT: The project's construction, use or activity shall corrlrnence.within
years of the date of the final Shoreline Permit, as issued from the Washington
State Department of Ecology, and shall be completed within 5 years of the date ,,
of such decision, unless an extension is granted, as provided for by'the Shoreline
Management Act. A request for an extension must be in writing and submitted'"
to Yakima County prior to the deadline date.
1169,
Date
JEFF SPENCER
ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF PLANN
i
WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Shoreline Conditional Use Permit — Municipal Water Treatment Plant
Page 12 of 12
NOTICE OF APPEAL
In accordance with Section 16B.09 of the Yakima County Code, any person may
appeal the Administrative Official's decision to the Yakima County Hearing Examiner. A
notice of such appeal must be filed in writing and delivered to the Planning Division,
Fourth Floor, County Courthouse, Yakima, Washington before 4:00 p.m. 14 days after the
date of this decision. The appeal must be in writing, must be accompanied by the filing
fee, and must include:
A. The appellant's name, address, and telephone number;
B. The decision being appealed;
C. Appellant's statement as to why the decision is believed to be wrong;
D. The desired outcome or relief sought by the appellant.
Upon conclusion of this appeal period, or any local appeal of this decision, the permit
will be forwarded to the Washington Department of Ecology (DOE) for final action
pursuant to WAC 173-27. The DOE will make the final decision approving, approving
with conditions, or disapproving the permit within thirty days of the date of submittal by
local government, and transmit the decision to the local government and the
applicant. Any person aggrieved by the granting, denying or rescinding of a shoreline
permit may appeal the decision to the Shorelines Hearings Board within a twenty-one
day appeal period. Refer to state laws and rules for additional details.
The fling fee is $610.
G:\Development Services\Projects\CAO \a Flies-Ntc-Docs\2012\WET12-010 City of Yakima Water Plant\WET2012-0001Q
City of Yakima Water Treatment Plant Shoreline CUP_BJG_ams.doc
Yakima County ensures full compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 by prohibiting discrimination against
any person on the basis of race, .color, nation origin, or sex in the provision of benefits and services resulting from its
federally assisted programs and activities. For questions regarding Yakima County's Title VI Program, you may contact
the Title VI Coordinator at 509-574-2300.
If this letter pertains to a meeting and you need special accommodations, please call us at 509-574-2300 by 10:00 a.m.
three days prior to the meeting. For TDD users, please use the State's toll free relay service 1-800.833.6388 and ask the
operator to dial 509-574-2300.
Compliance, Extension,
Expiration and Reinstatement
(YCC 16B.07.050)
(1)
Compliance with Conditions and Safeguards of Project Permit. It is the
affirmative duty of a project permit holder and the land owner (as applicant) to
comply with any conditions made a part of the terms under which the approval
of a project permit was granted as authorized by Yakima County Code. The
applicant shall complete all required conditions, submit documentation that all
conditions were met and request County inspection or review to determine that
the requirements have been fulfilled within the timeframe specified in the
decision and any authorized extensions. When the conditions of the project
permit have been met within the timeframe specified by the decision and any
subsequent extension authorized by the applicable code, the applicant shall
provide a letter certifying that the conditions were met to the Administrative
Official to document compliance.
(2) Extension of Any Approved Project Permit. A valid project permit, other than a
preliminary plat, may be extended one time only for up to one additional year
by action of the Administrative Official.
(a) Requests for extensions shall be made in writing, shall be submitted to the
Planning' Division prior to the expiration date and shall be accompanied
by the final approved site plan showingthe location and size of any
development or work already completed on the project. Such extension
request shall present a timeline that identifies when each of the conditions
of the decision has or will be completed and shall detail unique and
special circumstances that prohibited the commencement or
completion, or both, of the use authorized.
(b) The Administrative Official shall review the request without public notice or
hearing and issue the decision within fourteen days from the receipt of the
completed request. The Administrative Official may:
(1) Approve the extension based on a work schedule provided by the
applicant to assure the work will be completed according to a
modified schedule, or
(ii) Disapprove the extension.
(c) The Administrative Official shall mail the decision to the applicant and
shall specify the decision as final unless appealed to the Hearing Examiner
under the provisions of Chapter 16B.09 of this Title. Conditions of approval
listed previously in. the Notice of Decision issued pursuant to 166.07.010
through 168.07.030 of this Chapter may be appealed only according to
the procedures and time periods specified in YCC 16B.09.010 and are not
subject to appeal again following any decision or determination of the
Administrative Official made under this Section 168.07.050.
Revised Time Extension Policy effective October 26, 2007
(3)
Failure to Complete Approved Permit Conditions within Specified Timeframe and
Failure to Comply with Permit Decisions or Conditions.
(a) Expiration. If compliance with the terms of the project permit approval
has not occurred within the timeframe specified by the decision and any
subsequent extension authorized by the applicable code, the project
shall be considered expired by time limitation and the land use approval
shall be null and void. Expiration of a project permit granted pursuant to
Yakima County Code shall not be subject to appeal.
(b) Violations. A project permit issued or processed pursuant to any
applicable Title listed in YCC 168.01.020 will be deemed in violation of this
Code if it is ascertained that the application included any false
information material to the project permit approval, or if it develops that
the conditions and safeguards made a part of the terms under which the
approval was granted are not being maintained. Such violations of
project permit approval shall be subject to Chapter 168.11 and other
remedies available to Yakima County under any applicable law to
enforce conditions of permit approvals, remedy land use and code
violations or abate those violations including without limitation YCC Title
13.
(c) Compliance agreement. The applicant and the County may enter into a
compliance agreement to complete the required conditions subject to
appropriate fees to compensate the County in preparing, recording and
implementing the compliance agreement. On terms acceptable to the
Administrative Official, in his or her sole discretion, the County may offer
an extension of time to complete the required conditions of approval
subject to appropriate fees to compensate the County in preparing,
recording and implementing any such compliance agreement; provided,
however, that no compliance agreement may be used in lieu of the
permit process to remove or negotiate conditions of approval.
(4) Reinstatement. Where a project permit has expired, the applicant may apply to
have the permit reinstated and the work authorized by the original permit can
be recommenced, provided the following are met:
(a) The applicant submits a written request not more than sixty days after the
original permit or authorized extension expired.
(b) The applicant provides a timeline for successful achievement of all
conditions upon which the Administrative Official can agree.
(c) The codes under which the original permit was issued and other laws
which are enforced by Yakima County have not been amended in any
manner which affects the work authorized by the original permit.
(d) No changes have been made or will be made in the original plans and
specifications for such work.
(e) The applicant submits a reinstatement fee. The fee for a reinstated permit
shall be seventy percent of the amount required for a new project permit
pursuant to YCC Title 20.
(f)' Where the request for reinstatement does not comply with all of the
preceding criteria in this Subsection, a new project permit application
must be submitted and processed as a new project, at full permit fees.
Revised Time Extension Policy effective October 26, 2007
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FILE NO: WET 12-010
SHORELINE CONDITONAL USE PERMIT
FINAL DECISION
AFFIDAVIT OF MAILING
STATE OF WASHINGTON )
) ss.
COUNTY OF YAKIMA )
I, Cecelia J. Catt, being first duly sworn, and as an employee of the Yakima County Public
Services, Planning Division, I dispatched through the United States Mails, SHORELINE
CONDITONAL USE PERMIT FINAL DECISION, a true and correct copy of which is enclosed
here -with; that said notice, was addressed to parties of record, property owner and a encies, that
said parties are individually listed on the Mailing List retained by the Planning Division and that
said notices were mailed by me on the 16`h day of August, 2012.
That I mailed said notices in the manner herein set forth and that all of the statements are made
herein are just and true. Dated this 16th day of August, 2012, 2012.
OW -
Cecelia J. Ca
Office Specialist
17142432001
DONALD L TONEY
90 LOW RD
YAKIMA WA 98908
17142431001
KERSHAW FRUIT & COLD STOR
151 LOW RD
YAKIMA WA 98908
17142433001
PUBLIC SERVICESPARKS
128 N 2ND ST 4TH FL
YAKIMA WA 98901
17142432004
DONALD TONEY
90 LOW RD
YAKIMA WA 98908
17142423003
KERSHAW FRUIT & COLD STORAGE
CO
151 LOW RD
YAKIMA WA 98908
17142433001
PUBLIC SERVICESPARKS
128N2NDST4THFL
YAKIMA WA 98901
17142341002
KAILAN C & SUE E DUNN
441 KELLOWRY RD
NACHES WA 98937
17142423002
KERSHAW SUNNYSIDE RANCHES
151 LOW RD
YAKIMA WA 98908
17142432002
YAKIMA CITY
129 N 2ND ST
YAKIMA WA 98901-2613
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
Lennard Jordan
Joe Stump
Kent McHenry
Dianna Woods
John Hood
Donald Gatchalian
Randall Crouch
Terry Keenhan
Mike Waits
Jeff Legg
Tom Justus
WA State Department of Health
16201 E. Indiana Ave. Ste 1500
Spokane Valley, WA 99216
WA. State Dept. of Ecology
ATTN: Gwen Clear
15 W. Yakima Ave., Suite 200
Yakima, WA 98902
Naches School District # 3
Attn: Duane Lyons
P.O. Box 99
Naches, WA 98937
Town of Naches
Planning / Engineering
P.O. Box 95
Naches, WA 98937
WA State Dept. of Health
Office of Drinking Water
16201 E. Indiana Avenue — Ste 1500
Spokane Valley, WA 99216
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
Attn: Karen Urelius
P.O. Box 3755
Seattle, WA 98124-3755
Clean Air Agency
329 N. First Street
Yakima, WA 98901
Kristina Proszec
YN — Environmental Coordinator
P.O. Box 151
Toppenish, WA 98948
Naches Union Irrigation District
P.O. Box 22650
Yakima, WA 98907
City of Yakima
Planning
Conference of Governments
WSDOT
P.O. Box 12560
Yakima, WA 98907
Health District
Superintendent
Bureau of Indian Affairs
P.O. Box 632
Toppenish, WA 98948
Fire Chief
Fire District #6
81 N. Gleed Road
Yakima, WA 98908
City of Yakima
Engineering
Yakima County Sheriff's Department
WSDFW
Eric Bartrand
1701 S. 24th Avenue
Yakima, WA 98902-5720
C. Catt
From: C. Catt
Sent: Wednesday, August 15, 2012 4:20 PM
To: Bill Trout; Dianna Woods; Donald Gatchalian; Jeff Legg; Joe Stump; John Hood; Kent
McHenry; Lennard Jordan; Mike Waits; Terry Keenhan
Subject: WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Water Treatment Plant Shoreline CUP_SH PERMIT & FINAL
DECISION
Attachments: WET2012-00010 City of Yakima Water Treatment Plant Shoreline CUP_BJG_ams.doc
C.J. Catt <><
Qf ice Specialist
Yakima C'oimtil Public Services
128 .V 2i d Street
Yakima. WA 08901
(5091 574-2300 E.: 2234
Washington: 1-800-572 7354 EX 2234
1
1
APPENDIX D
STORMWATER POLLUTION
PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)
G:\PROJECTS\2011\11108\11108 Specs.docx
1
1
1
1
1
t
r
1
1
1
1
1
l
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
For
Naches River Water Treatment Plant Filter Backwash Lagoon Improvements
Prepared For
Central Regional Office
15 West Yakima Avenue, Suite 200
Yakima, WA 98902-3452
509-575-2490
Owner Developer Operator/Contractor
City of Yakima City of Yakima TBD
2301 Fruitvale Boulevard 2301 Fruitvale Boulevard TBD
Yakima, WA 98902 Yakima, WA 98902 TBD
Project Site Location
Highway 12 and Low Road, Yakima County, WA
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead
TBD
TBD
SWPPP Prepared By
Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc.
801 North 39th Street
Yakima, WA 98902
(509) 966-7000
Dustin Posten, PE, Project Engineer
SWPPP Preparation Date
June 12, 2013
Approximate Project Construction Dates
October 2013 to
April 2014
Contents
1.0 Introduction 1
2.0 Site Description 3
2.1 Existing Conditions 3
2.2 Proposed Construction Activities 3
3.0 Construction Stormwater BMPs 5
3.1 The 12 BMP Elements
3.1.1 Element #1 —
3.1.2 Element #2 —
3.1.3 Element #3 —
3.1.4 Element #4 —
3.1.5 Element #5 —
3.1.6 Element #6 —
3.1.7 Element #7 —
3.1.8 Element #8 —
3.1.9 Element #9 —
3.1.10 Element #10
3.1.11 Element #11
3.1.12 Element #12
3.2 Site Specific BMPs
Mark Clearing Limits
5
5
Establish Construction Access 5
Control Flow Rates 6
Install Sediment Controls 6
Stabilize Soils 8
Protect Slopes 8
Protect Drain Inlets 9
Stabilize Channels and Outlets 9
Control Pollutants 10
— Control Dewatering 11
— Maintain BMPs 11
— Manage the Project 12
14
4.0 Construction Phasing and BMP Implementation 15
5.0 Pollution Prevention Team 17
5.1 Roles and Responsibilities 17
5.2 Team Members 18
6.0 Site Inspections and Monitoring 19
6.1 Site Inspection 19
6.1.1 Site Inspection Frequency 19
6.1.2 Site Inspection Documentation 20
6.2 Stormwater Quality Monitoring 20
6.2.1 Turbidity Sampling 20
6.2.2 pH Sampling and Monitoring 21
7.0 Reporting and Recordkeeping 22
7.1 Recordkeeping
7.1.1 Site Log Book
7.1.2 Records Retention
7.1.3 Access to Plans and Records
7.1.4 Updating the SWPPP
22
22
22
22
23
ii
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
7.1.5 Transfer of Coverage 23
7.1.6 Notice of Termination 23
7.2 Reporting 23
7.2.1 Discharge Monitoring Reports 23
7.2.2 Notification of Noncompliance 23
Appendix A — Vicinity Map 25
Appendix B — Construction BMPs 26
Appendix C — Alternative BMPs 27
Appendix D — General Permit 29
Appendix E — Site Inspection Forms (and Site Log) 30
Appendix F — Engineering Calculations 38
Appendix G — Department of Ecology Forms 39
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
1.0 Introduction
This Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) has been prepared as part of the NPDES
stormwater permit requirements for the Naches River Water Treatment Plant Filter Backwash
Lagoon Improvements construction project in Yakima, Washington. The site is located on the
west side of Highway 12, south of the Town of Naches and north of the City of Yakima. The
existing site is a 10.13 acre Water Treatment Plant with multiple buildings, an existing backwash
lagoon, asphalt/gravel surfacing, and vegetation. The proposed development consists of the
construction of new concrete backwash settling basins, backwash and recycle piping, and a new
1,000 square foot pump building.
Construction activities will include clearing, excavation, grading, utility connections and
modifications, backwash and recycle pipe installation, building construction, concrete sidewalks,
concrete backwash settling basins, asphalt and gravel surfacing, fencing and hydroseeding. The
purpose of this SWPPP is to describe the proposed construction activities and all temporary and
permanent erosion and sediment control (TESC) measures, pollution prevention measures,
inspection/monitoring activities, and recordkeeping that will be implemented during the
proposed construction project. The objectives of the SWPPP are to:
1. Implement Best Management Practices (BMPs) to prevent erosion and
sedimentation, and to identify, reduce, eliminate or prevent stormwater
contamination and water pollution from construction activity.
2. Prevent violations of surface water quality, ground water quality, or
sediment management standards.
3. Prevent, during the construction phase, adverse water quality impacts
including impacts on beneficial uses of the receiving water by controlling
peak flow rates and volumes of stormwater runoff at the Permittee's
outfalls and downstream of the outfalls.
This SWPPP was prepared using the Ecology SWPPP Template downloaded from the Ecology
website on April 12, 2013. This SWPPP was prepared based on the requirements set forth in the
Construction Stormwater General Permit, in the Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern
Washington (SWMMEW 2004). The report is divided into seven main sections with several
appendices that include stormwater related reference materials. The topics presented in each of
the main sections are:
• Section 1 — INTRODUCTION. This section provides a summary
description of the project, and the organization of the SWPPP document.
■ Section 2 — SITE DESCRIPTION. This section provides a detailed
description of the existing site conditions, proposed construction activities,
1
1
1
1
1
e
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
and calculated stormwater flow rates for existing conditions and post—
construction conditions.
■ Section 3 — CONSTRUCTION BMPs. This section provides a detailed
description of the BMPs to be implemented based on the 12 required
elements of the SWPPP (SWMMEW 2004).
■ Section 4 — CONSTRUCTION PHASING AND BMP
IMPLEMENTATION. This section provides a description of the timing
of the BMP implementation in relation to the project schedule.
■ Section 5 — POLLUTION PREVENTION TEAM. This section identifies
the appropriate contact names (emergency and non -emergency),
monitoring personnel, and the onsite temporary erosion and sedimentation
control inspector
■ Section 6 — INSPECTION AND MONITORING. This section provides a
description of the inspection and monitoring requirements such as the
parameters of concern to be monitored, sample locations, sample
frequencies, and sampling methods for all stormwater discharge locations
from the site.
■ Section 7 — RECORDKEEPING. This section describes the requirements
for documentation of the BMP implementation, site inspections,
monitoring results, and changes to the implementation of certain BMPs
due to site factors experienced during construction.
Supporting documentation and standard forms are provided in the following Appendices:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E —
Appendix F —
— Vicinity Map
— Construction BMPs
— Alternative Construction BMP list
— General Permit
Site Log and Inspection Forms
Engineering Calculations
2
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
2.0 Site Description
2.1 Existing Conditions
The proposed site is located on the west side of Highway 12 near Low Road and milepost 194,
south of the Town of Naches and north of the City of Yakima. A site vicinity map and
coordinates are provided in Appendix A. The site is 10.13 acres in size and includes a Water
Treatment Plant with multiple buildings, an existing backwash lagoon, asphalt/gravel surfacing,
and vegetation. The topography of the site is generally a bowl bounded on the west by the
Naches River Levee and the east by Highway 12. The site and existing backwash lagoon gently
slope to the south.
Surficial soils consist of approximately 10.0 feet of cobbles and boulders with silty gravel and
sand infill. The site soils are well drained and the groundwater levels in this area were measured
at 7 to 8 feet below the existing ground surface on May 2, 2012 as provided in the Report of
Geotechnical Site Investigation prepared by GN Northern, Inc. Due to the proximity of the river,
and the well drained soils, it is expected that the groundwater levels fluctuate throughout the year
with the river flow, including elevated levels during the spring snow melt. At the backwash
lagoon, the groundwater level is expected to be at or slightly above the bottom of the existing
lagoon.
There is one existing discharge location. The existing backwash lagoon was constructed with a
20 foot wide overflow channel at the south end of the lagoon. Separating the lagoon from the
overflow channel is a 4' high, 20' deep, riprap berm. During large storm events or high Water
Treatment Plant operation the lagoon would overflow this berm and be conveyed through the
overflow channel to the Naches River. The ultimate existing discharge location is the nearby
Naches River. At the point of discharge, the Naches River is listed as a Category 5 polluted
water of the state under the State's Clean Water Act Section 303(d) list, due to temperature in the
immediate downstream reach.
There are no critical areas on the site such as high erosion risk areas, wetlands, streams or steep
slopes (potential landslide area). However the nearby Naches River is a surface water body of
the state and shall be protected in accordance with the General Permit Requirements.
2.2 Proposed Construction Activities
The proposed development includes the construction of an approximately 43,000 square foot,
four chamber concrete backwash settling basin, an approximately 1,000 square foot pump
building, and associated piping, sitework and asphalt, gravel and hydroseed surfacing. The
limited post -construction stormwater will be managed with onsite, surface infiltration. It is
3
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
important to note that much of the new impervious surface will be the new concrete backwash
settling basins. These basins are not covered, and will be constructed with sufficient freeboard to
detain the design storm event without overflow or runoff. For this reason, subsequent runoff
calculations ignore the new impervious area created by the concrete backwash settling basins.
Construction activities will include clearing, excavation, grading, utility connections and
modifications, backwash and recycle pipe installation, pump building construction, concrete
sidewalks, concrete backwash settling basins, asphalt and gravel surfacing, fencing and
hydroseeding
Stormwater runoff volumes were calculated using the Stormwater Management Manual for
Eastern Washington (SWMMEW), more specifically based on the Santa Barbara Urban
Hydrograph (SBUH) SCS Type IA, 24-hour design storms. All applicable design standards
found in the SWMMEW have been used in the design of these facilities.
After the new backwash settling basins, pump building, and site piping are constructed and
installed, the site will be graded and stabilized with a combination of asphalt, gravel and
hydroseed. All construction and new improvements will be outside the delineated 100 -foot
buffer.
The following summarizes details regarding the total site:
• Total site area: 10.13 acres
• Percent impervious area before construction: 10%
• Percent impervious area after construction: 25 %
■ Project drainage basin area: 5.5 acres
• Disturbed area during construction: 4.5 acres
■ Disturbed area that is characterized as impervious (i.e.,
access roads, staging, parking): 0.5 acres
• 2 -year stormwater runoff peak flow prior to construction
(existing — project drainage basin area): 0.10 cfs
• 10 -year stormwater runoff peak flow prior to construction
(existing — project drainage basin area): 0.17 cfs
• 2 -year stormwater runoff peak flow during construction: 0.30 cfs
• 10 -year stormwater runoff peak flow during construction: 0.49 cfs
• 2 -year stormwater runoff peak flow after construction: 0.20 cfs
• 10 -year stormwater runoff peak flow after construction: 0.32 cfs
All stormwater flow calculations are provided in Appendix F.
4
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
3.0 Construction Stormwater BMPs
3.1 The 12 BMP Elements
3.1.1 Element #1 — Mark Clearing Limits
To protect adjacent properties and to reduce the area of soil exposed to construction, the limits of
construction will be clearly marked before land -disturbing activities begin. Trees that are to be
preserved, as well as all sensitive areas and their buffers, shall be clearly delineated, both in the
field and on the plans. In general, natural vegetation and native topsoil shall be retained in an
undisturbed state to the maximum extent possible. The BMPs relevant to marking the clearing
limits that will be applied for this project include:
Preserving Natural Vegetation (BMP C101)
Buffer Zones (BMP C 102)
High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence (BMP C103)
Selected BMPs shall be implemented prior to the start of construction and continue until
construction is complete.
Alternate BMPs for marking clearing limits are included in Appendix C as a quick reference tool
for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or
inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES
Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a
violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or
more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are
ineffective or failing.
3.1.2 Element #2 — Establish Construction Access
Construction access or activities occurring on unpaved areas shall be minimized, yet where
necessary, access points shall be stabilized to minimize the tracking of sediment onto public
roads, street sweeping, and street cleaning shall be employed to prevent sediment from entering
state waters. All wash wastewater shall be controlled on site. The specific BMPs related to
establishing construction access that will be used on this project include:
Stabilized Construction Entrance (BMP C105)
Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization (BMP C 107)
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Selected BMPs shall be implemented prior to the start of substantial earthwork and shall be
maintained until the project is stabilized.
Alternate construction access BMPs are included in Appendix C as a quick reference tool for the
onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate
during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix
D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the
NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and
Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the
alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or
failing.
3.1.3 Element #3 — Control Flow Rates
In order to protect the properties and waterways downstream of the project site, stormwater
discharges from the site will be controlled. The specific BMPs for flow control that shall be used
on this project include:
Interceptor Dike and Swale (BMP C200)
Sediment Trap (BMP C240)
Selected BMPs shall be implemented prior to the start of substantial earthwork and shall be
maintained until the project is stabilized.
Alternate flow control BMPs are included in Appendix C as a quick reference tool for the onsite
inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during
construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D).
To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the
NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and
Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the
alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or
failing.
In general, discharge rates of stormwater from the site will be controlled where increases in
impervious area or soil compaction during construction could lead to downstream erosion, or
where necessary to meet local agency stormwater discharge requirements.
3.1.4 Element #4 — Install Sediment Controls
All stormwater runoff from disturbed areas shall pass through an appropriate sediment removal
BMP before leaving the construction site or prior to being discharged to an infiltration facility.
The specific BMPs to be used for controlling sediment on this project include:
6
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220)
Sediment Trap (BMP C240)
Alternate sediment control BMPs are included in Appendix C as a quick reference tool for the
onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate
during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix
D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the
NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and
Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the
alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or
failing.
In addition, sediment will be removed from paved areas in and adjacent to construction work
areas manually or using mechanical sweepers, as needed, to minimize tracking of sediments on
vehicle tires away from the site and to minimize washoff of sediments from adjacent streets in
runoff.
Whenever possible, sediment laden water shall be discharged into onsite, relatively level,
vegetated areas (BMP C240 paragraph 5, page 4-102).
In some cases, sediment discharge in concentrated runoff can be controlled using permanent
stormwater BMPs (e.g., infiltration swales, trenches). Sediment loads can limit the effectiveness
of some permanent stormwater BMPs, such as those used for infiltration or biofiltration;
however, those BMPs designed to remove solids by settling (wet ponds or detention ponds) can
be used during the construction phase. When permanent stormwater BMPs will be used to
control sediment discharge during construction, the structure will be protected from excessive
sedimentation with adequate erosion and sediment control BMPs. Any accumulated sediment
shall be removed after construction is complete and the permanent stormwater BMP will be
restabilized with vegetation per applicable design requirements once the remainder of the site has
been stabilized.
The following BMPs will be implemented as end -of -pipe sediment controls as required to meet
permitted turbidity limits in the site discharge(s). Prior to the implementation of these
technologies, sediment sources and erosion control and soil stabilization BMP efforts will be
maximized to reduce the need for end -of -pipe sedimentation controls.
■ Temporary Sediment Pond (BMP C241)
■ Construction Stormwater Filtration (BMP C251)
■ Construction Stormwater Chemical Treatment (BMP C 250)
(implemented only with prior written approval from Ecology).
7
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
3.1.5 Element #5 — Stabilize Soils
Exposed and unworked soils shall be stabilized with the application of effective BMPs to prevent
erosion throughout the life of the project. The specific BMPs for soil stabilization that shall be
used on this project include:
Temporary and Permanent Seeding (BMP C120)
Dust Control (BMP C140)
Alternate soil stabilization BMPs are included in Appendix C as a quick reference tool for the
onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate
during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix
D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the
NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and
Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the
alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or
failing.
The project site is located east of the Cascade Mountain Crest. As such, no soils shall remain
exposed and unworked for more than 30 days during the dry season (July 1 to September 30) and
15 days during the wet season (October 1 to June 30). Regardless of the time of year, all soils
shall be stabilized at the end of the shift before a holiday or weekend if needed based on weather
forecasts.
In general, cut and fill slopes will be stabilized as soon as possible and soil stockpiles will be
temporarily covered with plastic sheeting. All stockpiled soils shall be stabilized from erosion,
protected with sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm
drain inlets, waterways, and drainage channels.
3.1.6 Element #6 — Protect Slopes
All cut and fill slopes will be designed, constructed, and protected in a manner that minimizes
erosion. The following specific BMPs will be used to protect slopes for this project:
Temporary and Permanent Seeding (BMP C120)
Plastic Covering (BMP C123)
Surface Roughening (BMP C130)
Alternate slope protection BMPs are included in Appendix C as a quick reference tool for the
onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate
during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix
D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a violation(s) of the
8
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the Certified Erosion and
Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or more of the
alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are ineffective or
failing.
3.1.7 Element #7 — Protect Drain Inlets
All storm drain inlets made operable during construction shall be protected to prevent unfiltered
or untreated water from entering the drainage conveyance system. However, the first priority is
to keep all access roads clean of sediment and keep street wash water separate from entering
storm drains until treatment can be provided. Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220) will be
implemented for all drainage inlets and culverts that could potentially be impacted by sediment -
laden runoff on and near the project site. The following inlet protection measures will be applied
on this project:
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220)
If the BMP options listed above are deemed ineffective or inappropriate during construction to
satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES Permit (Appendix D), or if no BMPs are
listed above but deemed necessary during construction, the Certified Erosion and Sediment
Control Lead shall implement one or more of the alternative BMP inlet protection options listed
in Appendix C.
3.1.8 Element #8 — Stabilize Channels and Outlets
Where site runoff is to be conveyed in channels, or discharged to a stream or some other natural
drainage point, efforts will be taken to prevent downstream erosion. The specific BMPs for
channel and outlet stabilization that shall be used on this project include:
Outlet Protection (BMP C209)
Selected BMPs shall be implemented prior to the start of substantial earthwork and shall be
maintained until the project is stabilized.
Alternate channel and outlet stabilization BMPs are included in Appendix C as a quick reference
tool for the onsite inspector in the event the BMP(s) listed above are deemed ineffective or
inappropriate during construction to satisfy the requirements set forth in the General NPDES
Permit (Appendix D). To avoid potential erosion and sediment control issues that may cause a
violation(s) of the NPDES Construction Stormwater permit (as provided in Appendix D), the
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead will promptly initiate the implementation of one or
more of the alternative BMPs listed in Appendix C after the first sign that existing BMPs are
ineffective or failing.
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
The project site is located east of the Cascade Mountain Crest. As such, all temporary on-site
conveyance channels shall be designed, constructed, and stabilized to prevent erosion from the
expected peak flow velocity of a 2 -year, 24-hour recurrence interval storm for the developed
condition. Stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion of outlets,
adjacent streambanks, slopes, and downstream reaches shall be provided at the outlets of all
conveyance systems.
3.1.9 Element #9 — Control Pollutants
All pollutants, including waste materials and demolition debris, that occur onsite shall be
handled and disposed of in a manner that does not cause contamination of stormwater. Good
housekeeping and preventative measures will be taken to ensure that the site will be kept clean,
well organized, and free of debris. If required, BMPs to be implemented to control specific
sources of pollutants are discussed below.
Vehicles, construction equipment, and/or petroleum product storage/dispensing:
■ All vehicles, equipment, and petroleum product storage/dispensing areas
will be inspected regularly to detect any leaks or spills, and to identify
maintenance needs to prevent leaks or spills.
■ On-site fueling tanks and petroleum product storage containers shall
include secondary containment.
■ Spill prevention measures, such as drip pans, will be used when
conducting maintenance and repair of vehicles or equipment.
■ In order to perform emergency repairs on site, temporary plastic will be
placed beneath and, if raining, over the vehicle.
■ Contaminated surfaces shall be cleaned immediately following any
discharge or spill incident.
Concrete and grout:
▪ Process water and slurry resulting from concrete work will be prevented
from entering the waters of the State by implementing Concrete Handling
measures (BMP C151).
The facility is not transportation -related and therefore not subject to the Federal requirements of
the Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan under the Clean Water Act
(CWA). If applicable, the Contractor shall prepare an SPCC Plan according to the Washington
State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) Requirements (see the WSDOT Standard
Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction Current Edition).
10
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
The facility does not require a Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plan under
the Federal regulations of the Clean Water Act (CWA).
3.1.10 Element #10 — Control Dewatering
It is expected that dewatering will be required for this project. At deeper excavations, substantial
groundwater should be expected, requiring constant, high capacity dewatering pumps.
Dewatering discharge shall be managed separately from construction stormwater runoff
whenever possible and shall meet all General Permit requirements, specifically Special
Condition S9.D.10.
The Contractor is responsible for providing all temporary dewatering systems needed to manage
groundwater including pumps, trenches, piping and temporary BMPs as needed to manage
turbidity and pH due to concrete work. Treatment and disposal options may include
transportation offsite, ecology -approved on-site chemical treatment or other suitable treatment
technologies, and/or the use of a sedimentation bag with discharge to the channel for small
volumes of dewatering when applicable. The BMPs proposed for the project on the site map are
intended to manage construction stormwater discharges. It shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to manage dewatering discharges by providing a temporary holding pond if the
dewatering water is turbid or does not meet pH requirements, or one of the other treatment and
disposal options.
Clean, non -turbid dewatering water may be discharged directly to the overflow channel provided
the dewatering flow does not cause erosion or flooding of receiving waters. Outlet protection
(BMP C209) shall be provided at the location of dewatering to prevent erosion of the channel.
3.1.11 Element #11 — Maintain BMPs
All temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be maintained and
repaired as needed to assure continued performance of their intended function. Maintenance and
repair shall be conducted in accordance with each particular BMPs specifications (attached).
Visual monitoring of the BMPs will be conducted at least once every calendar week and within
24 hours of any stormwater or non-stormwater discharge from the site. If the site becomes
inactive, and is temporarily stabilized, the inspection frequency will be reduced to once every
month.
All temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs shall be removed within 30 days after the
final site stabilization is achieved or after the temporary BMPs are no longer needed. Trapped
sediment shall be removed or stabilized on site. Disturbed soil resulting from removal of BMPs
or vegetation shall be permanently stabilized.
11
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
3.1.12 Element #12 — Manage the Project
Erosion and sediment control BMPs for this project have been designed based on the following
principles:
■ Design the project to fit the existing topography, soils, and drainage
patterns.
• Emphasize erosion control rather than sediment control.
• Minimize the extent and duration of the area exposed.
• Keep runoff velocities low.
■ Retain sediment on site.
• Thoroughly monitor site and maintain all ESC measures.
• Schedule major earthwork during the dry season.
In addition, project management will incorporate the key components listed below:
As this project site is located east of the Cascade Mountain Crest, the project will be managed
according to the following key project components:
Phasing of Construction
■ The construction project is being phased to the extent practicable in order
to prevent, to the maximum extent practicable, the transport of sediment
from the development site during construction. Revegetation of exposed
areas and maintenance of that vegetation shall be an integral part of the
clearing activities during each phase.
■ Clearing and grading activities will be conducted only as pursuant to a site
development plan approved by the local jurisdiction that establishes
permitted areas of clearing, grading, cutting, and filling. These permitted
clearing and grading areas and any other areas required to preserve critical
or sensitive areas, buffers, native growth protection easements, or tree
retention areas as required by the local jurisdiction, are delineated on the
site plans and shall be delineated at the construction site.
Seasonal Work Limitations
■ The local permitting authority may impose a seasonal limitation on site
disturbance. This decision may be based upon local weather conditions
12
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
and/or other information provided including site conditions, the extent and
nature of the construction activity, and the proposed erosion and sediment
control measures.
■ The following activities are exempt from the seasonal clearing and grading
limitations:
❑ Routine maintenance and necessary repair of erosion and sediment
control BMPs;
❑ Routine maintenance of public facilities or existing utility
structures that do not expose the soil or result in the removal of the
vegetative cover to soil; and
❑ Activities where there is 100 percent infiltration of surface water
runoff within the site in approved and installed erosion and
sediment control facilities.
Coordination with Utilities and Other Contractors
■ Care has been taken to coordinate with utilities, other construction
projects, and the local jurisdiction in preparing this SWPPP and
scheduling the construction work.
Inspection and Monitoring
■ All BMPs shall be inspected, maintained, and repaired as needed to assure
continued performance of their intended function.
■ A Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead shall be on-site or on-call
at all times.
■ Sampling and analysis of the stormwater discharges from the construction
site may be necessary to ensure compliance with standards. It is
recognized that the local permitting authority may establish monitoring
and reporting requirements when necessary.
■ Whenever inspection and/or monitoring reveals that the BMPs identified
in the this SWPPP are inadequate, due to the actual discharge of or
potential to discharge a significant amount of any pollutant, the SWPPP
shall be modified, as appropriate, in a timely manner.
13
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Maintenance of the Construction SWPPP
■ This SWPPP shall be retained on-site or within reasonable access to the
site. The SWPPP shall be modified whenever there is a significant change
in the design, construction, operation, or maintenance of any BMP.
3.2 Site Specific BMPs
The following is list of site specific BMPs identified in this section. The contractor shall
familiarize themselves with the BMPs including installation, maintenance, inspection, and
removal requirements:
• Preserving Natural Vegetation (BMP C101)
• Buffer Zones (BMP C102)
• High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence (BMP C103)
• Stabilized Construction Entrance (BMP C105)
• Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization (BMP C 107)
• Interceptor Dike and Swale (BMP C200)
• Sediment Trap (BMP C240)
• Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220)
• Sediment Trap (BMP C240)
• Temporary Sediment Pond (BMP C241)
• Construction Stormwater Filtration (BMP C251)
• Construction Stormwater Chemical Treatment (BMP C 250)
(implemented only with prior written approval from Ecology).
■ Temporary and Permanent Seeding (BMP C120)
• Dust Control (BMP C140)
• Plastic Covering (BMP C123)
• Surface Roughening (BMP C130)
• Outlet Protection (BMP C209)
14
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
4.0 Construction Phasing and BMP Implementation
The BMP implementation schedule will be driven by the construction schedule. The following
provides a sequential list of the anticipated construction schedule milestones and the
corresponding BMP implementation schedule. The list contains key milestones such as wet
season construction. The schedule is for initial coordination only, and should be modified by
the Contractor to reflect the actual construction completion schedule necessary to meet the
contract requirements.
The BMP implementation schedule listed below is keyed to proposed phases of the construction
project, and reflects differences in BMP installations and inspections that relate to wet season
construction. The project site is located east of the Cascade Mountain Crest. As such, the dry
season is considered to be from July 1 to September 30 and the wet season is considered to be
from October 1 to June 30.
■ Wet Season starts: 10 / 01 / 2013
• Mobilize equipment on site: 10 / 14 / 2013
• Mobilize and store all ESC and soil stabilization products
(store materials on hand BMP C150): 10 / 15 / 2013
■ Install initial BMPs (Construction Entrance, High
Visibility Fence, Buffer delineation, etc.) 10 / 16 / 2013
• Site inspections and monitoring conducted weekly and
for applicable rain events as detailed in Section 5 of this
SWPPP: 10 /17 /2013
■ Begin implementing soil stabilization and sediment
control BMPs throughout the site in preparation for wet
season: 10 /17 /2013
• Implement Element #12 BMPs and manage site to
minimize soil disturbance during the wet season 10 / 17 / 2013
• Begin clearing and grubbing: 10 / 17 / 2013
• Excavation for pump building foundations: 10 / 21 / 2013
• Dewater and muck out existing backwash lagoon: 10 / 21 / 2013
• Site grading begins: 10 / 21 / 2013
• Install remaining BMPs (Sediment Trap, Outlet Protection) 10 / 23 / 2013
• Excavate and dewater for concrete backwash basins: 10 / 28 / 2013
• Soil stabilization on excavated sideslopes (in idle, no
work areas) 11 / 11 / 2013
• Begin concrete pour and implement BMP C151: 12 / 09 / 2013
• Excavate and install new utilities: 12 / 16 / 2013
■ Final landscaping and planting begins: 04 / 07 / 2014
• Complete utility construction: 04 / 18 / 2014
15
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
• Complete pump building construction: 04 / 18 / 2014
■ Site grading ends: 04 / 18 / 2014
• Final landscaping and planting begins: 04 / 21 / 2014
■ Permanent erosion control measures (hydroseeding): 05 / 02 / 2014
16
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
5.0 Pollution Prevention Team
5.1 Roles and Responsibilities
The pollution prevention team consists of personnel responsible for implementation of the
SWPPP, including the following:
■ Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) — primary
contractor contact, responsible for site inspections (BMPs, visual
monitoring, sampling, etc.); to be called upon in case of failure of any
ESC measures.
■ Resident Engineer — For projects with engineered structures only
(sediment ponds/traps, sand filters, etc.): site representative for the owner
that is the project's supervising engineer responsible for inspections and
issuing instructions and drawings to the contractor's site supervisor or
representative
■ Emergency Ecology Contact — individual to be contacted at Ecology in
case of emergency.
■ Emergency Owner Contact — individual that is the site owner or
representative of the site owner to be contacted in the case of an
emergency.
■ Non -Emergency Ecology Contact — individual that is the site owner or
representative of the site owner than can be contacted if required.
■ Monitoring Personnel — personnel responsible for conducting water
quality monitoring; for most sites this person is also the Certified Erosion
and Sediment Control Lead.
17
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
5.2 Team Members
Names and contact information for those identified as members of the pollution prevention team
are provided in the following table.
Title
Name(s)
Phone Number
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL)
TBD
TBD
Resident Engineer
TBD - HLA
(509) 966-7000
Emergency Ecology Contact
Central Regional Office
(509) 575-2490
Emergency Owner Contact
TBD
TBD
Non -Emergency Ecology Contact
Central Regional Office
(509) 575-2490
Monitoring Personnel
TBD
TBD
18
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
6.0 Site Inspections and Monitoring
Monitoring includes visual inspection, monitoring for water quality parameters of concern, and
documentation of the inspection and monitoring findings in a site log book. A site log book will
be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include:
• A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit
requirements;
■ Site inspections; and,
■ Stormwater quality monitoring.
For convenience, the inspection form and water quality monitoring forms included in this
SWPPP include the required information for the site log book. This SWPPP may function as the
site log book if desired, or the forms may be separated and included in a separate site log book.
However, if separated, the site log book but must be maintained on-site or within reasonable
access to the site and be made available upon request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction.
6.1 Site Inspection
All BMPs will be inspected, maintained, and repaired as needed to assure continued performance
of their intended function. The inspector will be a Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead
(CESCL) per BMP C160. The name and contact information for the CESCL is provided in
Section 5 of this SWPPP. Prior to project disturbance, the Contractor shall complete Section 5 of
this SWPPP with project specific contacts.
Site inspection will occur in all areas disturbed by construction activities and at all stormwater
discharge points. Stormwater will be examined for the presence of suspended sediment,
turbidity, discoloration, and oily sheen. The site inspector will evaluate and document the
effectiveness of the installed BMPs and determine if it is necessary to repair or replace any of the
BMPs to improve the quality of stormwater discharges. All maintenance and repairs will be
documented in the site log book or forms provided in this document. All new BMPs or design
changes will be documented in the SWPPP as soon as possible.
6.1.1 Site Inspection Frequency
Site inspections will be conducted at least once a week and within 24 hours following any
discharge from the site. For sites with temporary stabilization measures, the site inspection
frequency can be reduced to once every month.
19
1
1
1
1
1
t
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
6.1.2 Site Inspection Documentation
The site inspector will record each site inspection using the site log inspection forms provided in
Appendix E. The site inspection log forms may be separated from this SWPPP document, but
will be maintained on-site or within reasonable access to the site and be made available upon
request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction.
6.2 Stormwater Quality Monitoring
6.2.1 Turbidity Sampling
Turbidity sampling and monitoring will be conducted during the entire construction phase of the
project. Samples will be collected daily at the overflow channel at the east end of the existing
backwash lagoon. If there is no flow through the channel, the attempt to sample will be recorded
in the site log book and reported to Ecology in the monthly Discharge Monitoring Report (DMR)
as "No Discharge". Samples will be analyzed for turbidity using either a turbidity meter (per
EPA 180.1 analytical method), or a transparency tube meeting manufacturer instructions.
The receiving water at the discharge location is not listed as a TSS impaired water body on the
Section 303(d) list.
Turbidity or transparency monitoring will follow the analytical methodologies described in
Section S4 of the 2011 Construction Stormwater General Permit (Appendix D). The key
benchmark values that require action are 25 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) for turbidity
(equivalent to 33 cm transparency) and 250 NTU for turbidity (equivalent to 6 cm transparency).
If the 25 NTU benchmark for turbidity (equivalent to 33 cm transparency) is exceeded, the
following steps will be conducted:
1. Ensure all BMPs specified in this SWPPP are installed and functioning as
intended.
2. Assess whether additional BMPs should be implemented, and document
revisions to the SWPPP as necessary.
3. Sample discharge location daily until the analysis results are less than 25
NTU (turbidity) or greater than 32 cm (transparency).
If the turbidity is greater than 25 NTU (or transparency is less than 32 cm) but less than 250
NTU (transparency greater than 6 cm) for more than 3 days, additional treatment BMPs will be
implemented within 24 hours of the third consecutive sample that exceeded the benchmark
value. Additional treatment BMPs to be considered will include, but are not limited to, off-site
treatment, infiltration, filtration and chemical treatment.
20
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
If the 250 NTU benchmark for turbidity (or less than 6 cm transparency) is exceeded at any time,
the following steps will be conducted:
1. Notify Ecology by phone within 24 hours of analysis (see Section 5.0 of
this SWPPP for contact information).
2. Continue daily sampling until the turbidity is less than 25 NTU (or
transparency is greater than 32 cm).
3. Initiate additional treatment BMPs such as off-site treatment, infiltration,
filtration and chemical treatment within 24 hours of the first 250 NTU
exceedance.
4. Implement additional treatment BMPs as soon as possible, but within 7
days of the first 250 NTU exceedance.
5. Describe inspection results and remedial actions taken in the site log book
and in monthly discharge monitoring reports as described in Section 7.0 of
this SWPPP.
6.2.2 pH Sampling and Monitoring
Sampling and monitoring for pH will occur during the phase of construction when concrete
pouring will be conducted until fully cured (3 weeks from last pour) and discharges are
documented to be below pH 8.5. Samples will be collected weekly at the sediment trap/pond(s)
prior to discharge to surface water. Samples will be analyzed for pH using a calibrated pH meter
and recorded in the site log book.
The key benchmark pH value for stormwater is a maximum of 8.5. If a pH greater than 8.5 is
measured in the sedimentation trap/pond(s) that has the potential to discharge to surface water,
the following steps will be conducted:
1. Prevent (detain) all discharges from leaving the site and entering surface
waters or storm drains if the pH is greater than 8.5
2. Implement CO2 sparging or dry ice treatment in accordance with Ecology
BMP C252.
3. Describe inspection results and remedial actions that are taken in the site
log book and in monthly discharge monitoring reports as described in
Section 7.0 of this SWPPP.
21
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
7.0 Reporting and Recordkeeping
7.1 Recordkeeping
7.1.1 Site Log Book
A site log book will be maintained for all on-site construction activities and will include:
• A record of the implementation of the SWPPP and other permit
requirements;
• Site inspections; and,
• Stormwater quality monitoring.
For convenience, the inspection form and water quality monitoring forms included in this
SWPPP include the required information for the site log book. For convenience, the inspection
form and water quality monitoring forms included in this SWPPP include the required
information for the site log book and is attached.
7.1.2 Records Retention
Records of all monitoring information (site log book, inspection reports/checklists, etc.), this
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, and any other documentation of compliance with permit
requirements will be retained during the life of the construction project and for a minimum of
three years following the termination of permit coverage in accordance with permit condition
S5.C.
7.1.3 Access to Plans and Records
The SWPPP, General Permit, Notice of Authorization letter, and Site Log Book will be retained
on site or within reasonable access to the site and will be made immediately available upon
request to Ecology or the local jurisdiction. A copy of this SWPPP will be provided to Ecology
within 14 days of receipt of a written request for the SWPPP from Ecology. Any other
information requested by Ecology will be submitted within a reasonable time. A copy of the
SWPPP or access to the SWPPP will be provided to the public when requested in writing in
accordance with permit condition S5.G.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
7.1.4 Updating the SWPPP
In accordance with Conditions S3, S4.B, and S9.B.3 of the General Permit, this SWPPP will be
modified if the SWPPP is ineffective in eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in
stormwater discharges from the site or there has been a change in design, construction, operation,
or maintenance at the site that has a significant effect on the discharge, or potential for discharge,
of pollutants to the waters of the State. The SWPPP will be modified within seven days of
determination based on inspection(s) that additional or modified BMPs are necessary to correct
problems identified, and an updated timeline for BMP implementation will be prepared.
7.1.5 Transfer of Coverage
The Contractor shall complete (with assistance from the Owner and Engineer), sign, and submit
a Transfer of Coverage form to the Department of Ecology accepting control and responsibility
for the management of the project site in accordance with this SWPPP and the General Permit.
A copy of a blank Transfer of Coverage form is provided in Appendix E.
7.1.6 Notice of Termination
The Contractor shall complete, sign, and submit a Transfer of Coverage form to the Department
of Ecology when all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity are eliminated
and final stabilization of all exposed soils is completed. Final stabilization means the
establishment of a permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures,
that prevents erosion. A copy of a blank Notice of Termination form is provided in Appendix E.
7.2 Reporting
7.2.1 Discharge Monitoring Reports
Electronic Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) will be submitted to Ecology monthly.
Permittees must submit monitoring data using Ecology's WebDMR program. To find out more
information and to sign up for WebDMR go to:
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/permits/paris/webdmr.html.
If there was no discharge during a given monitoring period, the Permittee must submit a DMR as
required, with "No discharge" entered in the place of monitoring results. The DMR due date is
15 days following the end of each month.
7.2.2 Notification of Noncompliance
If any of the terms and conditions of the permit are not met, and it causes a threat to human
health or the environment, the following steps will be taken in accordance with permit section
S5.F:
23
1
1
1
1
1
1
a
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
1. Ecology will be immediately notified of the failure to comply.
2. Immediate action will be taken to control the noncompliance issue and to
correct the problem. If applicable, sampling and analysis of any
noncompliance will be repeated immediately and the results submitted to
Ecology within five (5) days of becoming aware of the violation.
3. A detailed written report describing the noncompliance will be submitted
to Ecology within five (5) days, unless requested earlier by Ecology.
In accordance with permit condition S2.A, a complete application form will be submitted to
Ecology and the appropriate local jurisdiction (if applicable) to be covered by the General
Permit.
24
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix A — Vicinity Map
25
� �.IhflhIji!____ � `
■I ..�■ . III ■
�E �..ii�.Imo Iim . . io mamorimprit glingefill&
-� 4 � ■ _�n ter.
llim In- -MIII II.' 4-- 1 nykil.
. 'w- ■ - i. 1 ,�i I�I►
...�■, �u'��� ■ ■� „''\ :�C�\■moi
� I Iri � 1.�.�111 Pini r1Tat _1% -it ............... ............,..—.b., a_ _,Airt,-1--"PT-4•-. • ro.±.,_
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE
_. nhar.
-paw
1
'Nuili
ir:' a IN
�;gn:911i1111�II;er�71elI'.
1V III�� .nt:_�f � �
_k MI AllInifdpEREW
Huibregtse, Louman Associates, Inc.
Civil Engineering . Land Surveying.Planning
801 North 39th Avenue
Yakima, WA 98902
509.966.7000
Fax 509.965.3800
www.hlacivil.com
JOB NO: 11108
DATE: 06-12-2013
DRAWING.
SWPPP VIC MAP dwg
DRAWN BY- DLP
CHECKED BY• DLP
CITY OF YAKIMA
NACHES RIVER W.T.P. FILTER
BACKWASH LAGOON IMP.
SWPPP VICINITY MAP
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix B — Construction BMPs
Refer to SWMMEW September 2004 for additional information on the selected BMPs for the
project.
Preserving Natural Vegetation (BMP C101)
Buffer Zones (BMP C 102)
High Visibility Plastic or Metal Fence (BMP C103)
Stabilized Construction Entrance (BMP C105)
Construction Road/Parking Area Stabilization (BMP C107)
Interceptor Dike and Swale (BMP C200)
Sediment Trap (BMP C240)
Storm Drain Inlet Protection (BMP C220)
Sediment Trap (BMP C240)
Temporary Sediment Pond (BMP C241)
Construction Stormwater Filtration (BMP C251)
Construction Stormwater Chemical Treatment (BMP C 250) (implemented only with
prior written approval from Ecology).
Temporary and Permanent Seeding (BMP C120)
Dust Control (BMP C140)
Plastic Covering (BMP C123)
Surface Roughening (BMP C130)
Outlet Protection (BMP C209)
26
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix C — Alternative BMPs
Refer to SWMMEW September 2004 for additional BMPs that can be used for the project.
BMPs shall be added as necessary to control sediment laden water from leaving the construction
site.
27
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix D — General Permit
29
11
it
11
It
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Issuance Date:
Effective Date:
Expiration Date:
December 1, 2010
January 1, 2011
December 31, 2015
CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER
GENERAL PERMIT
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and State Waste Discharge General
Permit for StoiLuwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity
State of Washington
Department of Ecology
Olympia, Washington 98504
In compliance with the provisions of
Chapter 90.48 Revised Code of Washington
(State of Washington Water Pollution Control Act)
and
Title 33 United States Code, Section 1251 et seq.
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (The Clean Water Act)
Until this permit expires, is modified or revoked, Permittees that have properly obtained
coverage under this general permit are authorized to discharge in accordance with the special and
general conditions that follow.
Susewind, P.E., P.G.
ater Quality Program Manager
Washington State Department of Ecology
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF TABLES 3
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 5
S1. PERMIT COVERAGE 5
S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS 8
S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS 11
S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS 12
S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS 19
S6. PERMIT FEES 22
S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL 22
S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(D) OR TMDL WATER BODIES 22
S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 26
S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION 34
GENERAL CONDITIONS 36
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS 36
G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS 36
G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY 37
G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION 37
G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT 37 I G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION 38
G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES 38 I G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY 38
G9. TRANSFER OF GENERAL PERMIT COVERAGE 39 I G10. REMOVED SUBSTANCES 39
G11. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION 39
G12. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR 39
G13. ADDITIONAL MONITORING 39
G14. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS 40 1
G15. UPSET 40
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 2
1
1
G16. PROPERTY RIGHTS 40
G17. DUTY TO COMPLY 40
G18. TOXIC POLLUTANTS 41
G19. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING 41
G20. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES 41
G21. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION 42
G22. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE 42
G23. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT 42
G24. APPEALS 42
G25. SEVERABILITY 43
G26. BYPASS PROHIBITED 43
APPENDIX A — DEFINITIONS 46
APPENDIX B — ACRONYMS 54
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Summary of Permit Report Submittals 4
Table 2. Summary of Required On-site Documentation 4
Table 3. Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements 12
Table 4. Monitoring and Reporting Requirements 16
Table 5. Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d) -Listed 24
Table 6. pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d) -Listed Waters 24
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 3
SUMMARY OF PERMIT REPORT SUBMITTALS
Refer to the Special and General Conditions within this permit for additional submittal
requirements. Appendix A provides a list of definitions. Appendix B provides a list of
acronyms.
Table 1 Summary of Permit Report Submittals
,Section t;
kSub i al .M1� i,`. n
- .. , ;
Frequ n y �
e
�, First Submittal`'Date i
}
S5.A and
S8
High Turbidity/Transparency Phone
Reporting
As Necessary
Within 24 hours
S5 B
Discharge Monitoring Report
Monthly*
Within 15 days of
applicable monitoring
period
S5.F and
S8
Noncompliance Notification
As necessary
Immediately
S5 F
Noncompliance Notification —
Written Report
As necessary
Within 5 Days of non -
compliance
G2.
Notice of Change in Authorization
As necessary
G6
Permit Application for Substantive
Changes to the Discharge
As necessary
G8
Application for Permit Renewal
1/permit cycle
No later than 180 days
before expiration
G9
Notice of Permit Transfer
As necessary
G20
Notice of Planned Changes
As necessary
G22
Reporting Anticipated Non-
compliance
As necessary
SPECIAL NOTE: *Permittees must submit Discharge Monitoring Reports (DMRs) to the Washington
State Department of Ecology monthly, regardless of site discharge, for the full duration of permit
coverage. Refer to Section S5.B of this General Permit for more specific information regarding DMRs.
Table 2. Summary of Required On-site Documentation
s7a sw.cwc- �
t �y ' Document Title''
�iva�.'dku
#�Y «�s^^- es, +}r- .ca,. M i
� Permit.Conditions " ,
Permit Coverage Letter
See Conditions S2, S5
Construction Stormwater General Permit
See Conditions S2, S5
Site Log Book
See Conditions S4, S5
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
See Conditions S9, S5
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 4
1
1
1
s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Si. PERMIT COVERAGE
A. Permit Area
This Construction Stormwater General Permit (CSWGP) covers all areas of
Washington State, except for federal and Tribal lands as specified in Special Condition
S 1.E.3.
B. Operators Required to Seek Coverage Under this General Permit:
1. Operators of the following construction activities are required to seek coverage
under this CSWGP:
a. Clearing, grading and/or excavation that results in the disturbance of one or
more acres and discharges stormwater to surface waters of the State; and
clearing, grading and/or excavation on sites smaller than one acre that are part
of a larger common plan of development or sale, if the common plan of
development or sale will ultimately disturb one acre or more and discharge
stormwater to surface waters of the State.
This includes forest practices (including, but not limited to, class IV
conversions) that are part of a construction activity that will result in the
disturbance of one or more acres, and discharge to surface waters of the
State (that is, forest practices that prepare a site for construction
activities); and
b. Any size construction activity discharging stormwater to waters of the State
that the Department of Ecology ( "Ecology"):
i. Determines to be a significant contributor of pollutants to waters of the
State of Washington.
ii. Reasonably expects to cause a violation of any water quality standard.
2. Operators of the following activities are not required to seek coverage under this
CSWGP (unless specifically required under Special Condition S1.B.1.b. above):
a. Construction activities that discharge all stormwater and non-stormwater to
ground water, sanitary sewer, or combined sewer, and have no point source
discharge to either surface water or a storm sewer system that drains to
surface waters of the State.
b. Construction activities covered under an Erosivity Waiver (Special Condition
S2.C).
c. Routine maintenance that is performed to maintain the original line and grade,
hydraulic capacity, or original purpose of a facility.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 5
C. Authorized Discharges:
1. Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity. Subject to compliance with
the terms and conditions of this permit, Permittees are authorized to discharge
stormwater associated with construction activity to surface waters of the State or to
a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. (Note that "surface
waters of the State" may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for
example, a creek running through a site.)
2. Stormwater Associated with Construction Support Activity. This permit also
authorizes stormwater discharge from support activities related to the permitted
construction site (for example, an on-site portable rock crusher, off-site equipment
staging yards, material storage areas, borrow areas, etc.) provided:
a. The support activity relates directly to the permitted construction site that is
required to have a NPDES permit; and
b. The support activity is not a commercial operation serving multiple unrelated
construction projects, and does not operate beyond the completion of the
construction activity; and
c. Appropriate controls and measures are identified in the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the discharges from the support activity areas.
3. Non-Stormwater Discharges. The categories and sources of non-stormwater
discharges identified below are authorized conditionally, provided the discharge is
consistent with the terms and conditions of this permit:
a. Discharges from fire -fighting activities.
b. Fire hydrant system flushing.
c. Potable water, including uncontaminated water line flushing.
d. Pipeline hydrostatic test water.
e. Uncontaminated air conditioning or compressor condensate.
f. Uncontaminated ground water or spring water.
g. Uncontaminated excavation dewatering water (in accordance with S9.D.10).
h. Uncontaminated discharges from foundation or footing drains.
i. Water used to control dust. Permittees must minimize the amount of dust
control water used.
j. Routine external building wash down that does not use detergents.
k. Landscape irrigation water.
The SWPPP must adequately address all authorized non-stormwater discharges,
except for discharges from fire -fighting activities, and must comply with Special
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 6
Condition S3. At a minimum, discharges from potable water (including water line
flushing), fire hydrant system flushing, and pipeline hydrostatic test water must
undergo the following: dechlorination to a concentration of 0.1 parts per million
(ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 — 8.5 standard units (su), if
necessary.
D. Prohibited Discharges:
The following discharges to waters of the State, including ground water, are prohibited.
1. Concrete wastewater.
2. Wastewater from washout and clean-up of stucco, paint, form release oils, curing
compounds and other construction materials.
3. Process wastewater as defined by 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 122.1
(see Appendix A of this permit).
4. Slurry materials and waste from shaft drilling.
5. Fuels, oils, or other pollutants used in vehicle and equipment operation and
maintenance.
6. Soaps or solvents used in vehicle and equipment washing.
7. Wheel wash wastewater, unless discharged according to Special Condition
S9.D.9.d.
8. Discharges from dewatering activities, including discharges from dewatering of
trenches and excavations, unless managed according to Special Condition S9.D.10.
E. Limits on Coverage
Ecology may require any discharger to apply for and obtain coverage under an
individual permit or another more specific general permit. Such alternative coverage
will be required when Ecology determines that this CSWGP does not provide adequate
assurance that water quality will be protected, or there is a reasonable potential for the
project to cause or contribute to a violation of water quality standards.
The following stormwater discharges are not covered by this permit:
1. Post -construction stormwater discharges that originate from the site after
completion of construction activities and the site has undergone final stabilization.
2. Non -point source silvicultural activities such as nursery operations, site
preparation, reforestation and subsequent cultural treatment, thinning, prescribed
burning, pest and fire control, harvesting operations, surface drainage, or road
construction and maintenance, from which there is natural runoff as excluded in 40
CFR Subpart 122.
3. Stormwater from any federal project or project on federal land or land within an
Indian Reservation except for the Puyallup Reservation. Within the Puyallup
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 7
Reservation, any project that discharges to surface water on land held in trust by
the federal government may be covered by this permit.
4. Stormwater from any site covered under an existing NPDES individual permit in
which stormwater management and/or treatment requirements are included for all
stormwater discharges associated with construction activity.
5. Stormwater from a site where an applicable Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)
requirement specifically precludes or prohibits discharges from construction
activity.
S2. APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Permit Application Forms
1. Notice of Intent Form/Timeline
a. Operators of new or previously unpermitted construction activities must
submit a complete and accurate permit application (Notice of Intent, or NOI)
to Ecology.
b. The operator must submit the NOI at least 60 days before discharging
stormwater from construction activities and must submit it on or before the
date of the first public notice (see Special Condition S2.B below for details).
The 30 -day public comment period required by WAC 173-226-130(5) begins
on the publication date of the second public notice. Unless Ecology responds
to the complete application in writing, based on public comments, or any other
relevant factors, coverage under the general permit will automatically
commence on the thirty-first day following receipt by Ecology of a completed
NOI, or the issuance date of this permit, whichever is later, unless Ecology
specifies a later date in writing.
c. Applicants who propose to discharge to a storm or sewer system operated by
Seattle, King County, Snohomish County, Tacoma, Pierce County, or Clark
County must also submit a copy of the NOI to the appropriate jurisdiction.
d. If an applicant intends to use a Best Management Practice (BMP) selected on
the basis of Special Condition S9.C.4 ("demonstrably equivalent" BMPs), the
applicant must notify Ecology of its selection as part of the NOI. In the event
the applicant selects BMPs after submission of the NOI, it must provide notice
of the selection of an equivalent BMP to Ecology at least 60 days before
intended use of the equivalent BMP.
e. Permittees must notify Ecology regarding any changes to the information
provided on the NOI by submitting an updated NOI. Examples of such
changes include, but are not limited to,
i. changes to the Permittee's mailing address,
ii. changes to the on-site contact person information, and
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 8
iii. changes to the area/acreage affected by construction activity.
2. Transfer of Coverage Form
The Permittee can transfer current coverage under this permit to one or more new
operators, including operators of sites within a Common Plan of Development,
provided the Permittee submits a Transfer of Coverage Form in accordance with
General Condition G9. Transfers do not require public notice.
B. Public Notice
For new or previously unpermitted construction activities, the applicant must publish a
public notice at least one time each week for two consecutive weeks, at least 7 days
apart, in a newspaper with general circulation in the county where the construction is to
take place. The notice must contain:
1. A statement that "The applicant is seeking coverage under the Washington State
Department of Ecology's Construction Stormwater NPDES and State Waste
Discharge General Permit."
2. The name, address and location of the construction site.
3. The name and address of the applicant.
4. The type of construction activity that will result in a discharge (for example,
residential construction, commercial construction, etc.), and the number of acres to
be disturbed.
5. The name of the receiving water(s) (that is, the surface water(s) to which the site will
discharge), or, if the discharge is through a storm sewer system, the name of the
operator of the system.
6. The statement: "Any persons desiring to present their views to the Washington State
Department of Ecology regarding this application, or interested in Ecology's action
on this application, may notify Ecology in writing no later than 30 days of the last
date of publication of this notice. Ecology reviews public comments and considers
whether discharges from this project would cause a measurable change in receiving
water quality, and, if so, whether the project is necessary and in the overriding public
interest according to Tier II antidegradation requirements under WAC 173-201A-320.
Comments can be submitted to: Department of Ecology, P.O. Box 47696, Olympia,
WA 98504-7696 Attn: Water Quality Program, Construction Stormwater."
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 9
C. Erosivity Waiver
Construction site operators may qualify for an erosivity waiver from the CSWGP if the
following conditions are met:
1. The site will result in the disturbance of fewer than 5 acres and the site is not a
portion of a common plan of development or sale that will disturb 5 acres or
greater.
2. Calculation of Erosivity "R" Factor and Regional Timeframe:
a. The project's rainfall erosivity factor ("R" Factor) must be less than 5 during
the period of construction activity, as calculated using either the Texas A&M
University online rainfall erosivity calculator at: http://ei.tamu.edu/ or EPA's
calculator at http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/lew/lewcalculator.cfm.
The period of construction activity starts when the land is first disturbed and
ends with final stabilization. In addition:
b. The entire period of construction activity must fall within the following
timeframes:
i. For sites west of the Cascades Crest: June 15 — September 15.
ii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, excluding the Central Basin: June 15
— October 15.
iii. For sites east of the Cascades Crest, within the Central Basin: no
additional timeframe restrictions apply. The Central Basin is defined as
the portions of Eastern Washington with mean annual precipitation of
less than 12 inches. For a map of the Central Basin (Region 2), refer to
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/pubs/ecy070202.pdf.
3. Construction site operators must submit a complete Erosivity Waiver certification
form at least one week before disturbing the land. Certification must include
statements that the operator will:
a. Comply with applicable local stormwater requirements; and
b. Implement appropriate erosion and sediment control BMPs to prevent
violations of water quality standards.
4. This waiver is not available for facilities declared significant contributors of
pollutants as defined in Special Condition S 1.B.1.b.
5. This waiver does not apply to construction activities which include non-
stormwater discharges listed in Special Condition S 1.C.3.
6. If construction activity extends beyond the certified waiver period for any reason,
the operator must either:
a. Recalculate the rainfall erosivity "R" factor using the original start date and a
new projected ending date and, if the "R" factor is still under 5 and the entire
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 10
project falls within the applicable regional timeframe in Special Condition
S2.C.2.b, complete and submit an amended waiver certification form before
the original waiver expires; or
b. Submit a complete permit application to Ecology in accordance with Special
Condition S2.A and B before the end of the certified waiver period.
S3. COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS
A. Discharges must not cause or contribute to a violation of surface water quality
standards (Chapter 173-201A WAC), ground water quality standards (Chapter 173-200
WAC), sediment management standards (Chapter 173-204 WAC), and human health -
based criteria in the National Toxics Rule (40 CFR Part 131.36). Discharges not in
compliance with these standards are not authorized.
B. Prior to the discharge of stormwater and non-stormwater to waters of the State, the
Permittee must apply all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention,
control, and treatment (AKART). This includes the preparation and implementation of
an adequate Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), with all appropriate
BMPs installed and maintained in accordance with the SWPPP and the terms and
conditions of this permit.
C. Ecology presumes that a Permittee complies with water quality standards unless
discharge monitoring data or other site-specific information demonstrates that a
discharge causes or contributes to a violation of water quality standards, when the
Permittee complies with the following conditions. The Permittee must fully:
1. Comply with all permit conditions, including planning, sampling, monitoring,
reporting, and recordkeeping conditions.
2. Implement stormwater BMPs contained in stormwater management manuals
published or approved by Ecology, or BMPs that are demonstrably equivalent to
BMPs contained in stormwater technical manuals published or approved by
Ecology, including the proper selection, implementation, and maintenance of all
applicable and appropriate BMPs for on-site pollution control. (For purposes of
this section, the stormwater manuals listed in Appendix 10 of the Phase I
Municipal Stormwater Permit are approved by Ecology.)
D. Where construction sites also discharge to ground water, the ground water discharges
must also meet the terms and conditions of this CSWGP. Permittees who discharge to
ground water through an injection well must also comply with any applicable
requirements of the Underground Injection Control (UIC) regulations, Chapter 173-218
WAC.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 11
S4. MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, BENCHMARKS AND REPORTING
TRIGGERS
Table 3 Summary of Primary Monitoring Requirements
,p��
, =„ .is' d
e,4, Si e.,,, ,,Am .�
i"-":' +G�ro
.�r`y "d .'3„3^te�.',9A''
Disturbance
� p
`Weekly Site
t" t�i:YY„„��.sY#'�YY .�'�.'
j'�'„`'�':�rf+"'ji sA,:::.. �.'iu'P�.�`�
Ins ections 6,
-
-k?+ `fit s
,1 Weekly ,.;
�q� T�y3�,'�y�''o-'� �..
�ir�i:�z �. u"K�k:Y�X�•,
$Sam lin w/
Air bid1
ifs;`'�''a�
Metet$
,� � sc.�e
S4'�'d"` "Yya'
. °Weekly •
S!i
w� 'd' i�`,='4
'Sampl ng w/
T ans itiWarenc i
+�
mbe
.> . � r .
Ri 'S'` r, .��'
x1►tl!eekly'pFl.:;
#ry��rF�i"'+��,,,,i � �§rlyaw.iY�.e�
G3j,".i
Sampl ngk »
, k ° ,
����.... Cdr
: ' �d� �.. •`w
Requires
_.°NS.�tAz:�s�.;$'
� ` -
CESCLw
,Certification?
Sites that disturb
less than 1 acre, but
are part of a larger
Common Plan of
Development
Required
Not Required
Not Required
Not Required
No
Sites that disturb 1
acre or more, but
fewer than 5 acres
Required
Sampling Req3uired —
either method
Required
Yes
Sites that disturb 5
acres or more
Required
Required
Not Required4
Required
Yes
A. Site Log Book
The Permittee must maintain a site log book that contains a record of the
implementation of the SWPPP and other permit requirements, including the installation
and maintenance of BMPs, site inspections, and stormwater monitoring.
B. Site Inspections
The Permittee's (operator's) site inspections must include all areas disturbed by
construction activities, all BMPs, and all stormwater discharge points. (See Special
Conditions S4.B.3 and B.4 below for detailed requirements of the Permittee's Certified
Erosion and Sediment Control Lead [CESCL]).
Soil disturbance is calculated by adding together all areas affected by construction activity. Construction activity
means clearing, grading, excavation, and any other activity that disturbs the surface of the land, including
ingress/egress from the site.
2 If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves significant concrete work (1,000
cubic yards of poured or recycled concrete over the life of a project) or the use of engineered soils (soil amendments
including but not limited to Portland cement -treated base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and
stormwater from the affected area drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer stormwater collection
system that drains to other surface waters of the State, the Permittee must conduct pH monitoring sampling in
accordance with Special Condition S4.D.
3 Sites with one or more acres, but fewer than 5 acres of soil disturbance, must conduct turbidity or transparency
sampling in accordance with Special Condition S4.C.
4 Sites equal to or greater than 5 acres of soil disturbance must conduct turbidity sampling using a turbidity meter in
accordance with Special Condition S4.C.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 12
1
�1
1
1
1
1
1
Construction sites one acre or larger that discharge stormwater to surface waters of the
State must have site inspections conducted by a certified CESCL. Sites less than one
acre may have a person without CESCL certification conduct inspections; sampling is
not required on sites that disturb less than an acre.
1. The Permittee must examine stormwater visually for the presence of suspended
sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil sheen. The Permittee must evaluate the
effectiveness of BMPs and determine if it is necessary to install, maintain, or repair
BMPs to improve the quality of stormwater discharges.
Based on the results of the inspection, the Permittee must correct the problems
identified by:
a. Reviewing the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and making
appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection.
b. Immediately beginning the process of fully implementing and maintaining
appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible,
addressing the problems no later than within 10 days of the inspection. If
installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days,
Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a
Permittee within the initial 10 -day response period.
c. Documenting BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book.
2. The Permittee must inspect all areas disturbed by construction activities, all BMPs,
and all stormwater discharge points at least once every calendar week and within
24 hours of any discharge from the site. (For purposes of this condition, individual
discharge events that last more than one day do not require daily inspections. For
example, if a stormwater pond discharges continuously over the course of a week,
only one inspection is required that week.) The Permittee may reduce the
inspection frequency for temporarily stabilized, inactive sites to once every
calendar month.
3. The Permittee must have staff knowledgeable in the principles and practices of
erosion and sediment control. The CESCL (sites one acre or more) or inspector
(sites less than one acre) must have the skills to assess the:
a. Site conditions and construction activities that could impact the quality of
stormwater, and
b. Effectiveness of erosion and sediment control measures used to control the
quality of stormwater discharges.
4. The SWPPP must identify the CESCL or inspector, who must be present on site or
on-call at all times. The CESCL must obtain this certification through an approved
erosion and sediment control training program that meets the minimum training
standards established by Ecology (see BMP C 160 in the manual referred to in
Special Condition S9.C.1 and 2).
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 13
5. The Permittee must summarize the results of each inspection in an inspection
report or checklist and enter the report/checklist into, or attach it to, the site log
book. At a minimum, each inspection report or checklist must include:
a. Inspection date and time.
b. Weather information, the general conditions during inspection and the
approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection, and
precipitation within the last 24 hours.
c. A summary or list of all implemented BMPs, including observations of all
erosion/sediment control structures or practices.
d. A description of the locations:
i. Of BMPs inspected.
ii. Of BMPs that need maintenance and why.
iii. Of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or intended, and
iv. Where additional or different BMPs are needed, and why.
e. A description of stormwater discharged from the site. The Permittee must
note the presence of suspended sediment, turbidity, discoloration, and oil
sheen, as applicable.
f. Any water quality monitoring performed during inspection.
g.
General comments and notes, including a brief description of any BMP
repairs, maintenance or installations made following the inspection.
h. A summary report and a schedule of implementation of the remedial actions
that the Permittee plans to take if the site inspection indicates that the site is
out of compliance. The remedial actions taken must meet the requirements of
the SWPPP and the permit.
The name, title, and signature of the person conducting the site inspection, a
phone number or other reliable method to reach this person, and the following
statement: "I certify that this report is true, accurate, and complete to the best
of my knowledge and belief."
C. Turbidity/Transparency Sampling Requirements
1. Sampling Methods
a. If construction activity involves the disturbance of 5 acres or more, the
Permittee must conduct turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C.
b. If construction activity involves 1 acre or more but fewer than 5 acres of soil
disturbance, the Permittee must conduct either transparency sampling or
turbidity sampling per Special Condition S4.C.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 14
I
J
2. Sampling Frequency
a. The Permittee must sample all discharge locations at least once every calendar
week when stormwater (or authorized non-stormwater) discharges from the
site or enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example, a creek
running through a site).
b. Samples must be representative of the flow and characteristics of the
discharge.
c. Sampling is not required when there is no discharge during a calendar week.
d. Sampling is not required outside of normal working hours or during unsafe
conditions.
e. If the Permittee is unable to sample during a monitoring period, the Permittee
must include a brief explanation in the monthly Discharge Monitoring Report
(DMR).
f. Sampling is not required before construction activity begins.
3. Sampling Locations
a. Sampling is required at all points where stormwater associated with
construction activity (or authorized non-stormwater) is discharged off site,
including where it enters any on-site surface waters of the state (for example,
a creek running through a site).
b. The Permittee may discontinue sampling at discharge points that drain areas of
the project that are fully stabilized to prevent erosion.
c. The Permittee must identify all sampling point(s) on the SWPPP site map and
clearly mark these points in the field with a flag, tape, stake or other visible
marker.
d. Sampling is not required for discharge that is sent directly to sanitary or
combined sewer systems.
4. Sampling and Analysis Methods
a. The Permittee performs turbidity analysis with a calibrated turbidity meter
(turbidimeter) either on site or at an accredited lab. The Permittee must record
the results in the site log book in nephelometric turbidity units (NTU).
b. The Permittee performs transparency analysis on site with a 13/4 -inch -
diameter, 60 -centimeter (cm) -long transparency tube. The Permittee will
record the results in the site log book in centimeters (cm). Transparency tubes
are available from: http://watermonitoringequip.com/pages/stream.html.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 15
Table 4 Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
Pa' raiJ.m� ete�k.r.. CP
i
nd: Taytic,� aM} e3 odS�am.r�
c
'3^plr.n-,�r"Y.
eF
glue
.e-. nch�a � ar.wP
-
ue.Fequen
Re orcin
47<g.g,990%���. l' u
h�`+�(n,�^i'0
�,.
Turbidity
NTU
SM2130 or EPA
180 1
Weekly, if
discharging
25 NTU
250 NTU
Transparency
cm
Manufacturer
instructions, or
Ecology guidance
Weekly, if
discharging
33 cm
6 cm
5. Turbidity/Transparency Benchmark Values and Reporting Triggers
The benchmark value for turbidity is 25 NTU or less. The benchmark value for
transparency is 33 centimeters (cm). Note: Benchmark values do not apply to
discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State's 303(d) list
(Category 5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus; these discharges are
subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity. Refer to Special Condition S8 for
more information.
a. Turbidity 26 — 249 NTU, or Transparency 32 — 7 cm:
If the discharge turbidity is 26 to 249 NTU; or if discharge transparency is less
than 33 cm, but equal to or greater than 6 cm, the Permittee must:
i. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make
appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the
benchmark.
ii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain
appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible,
addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge
exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is
not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when
the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10 -day response
period.
iii. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book.
b. Turbidity 250 NTU or greater, or Transparency 6 cm or less:
If a discharge point's turbidity is 250 NTU or greater, or if discharge
transparency is less than or equal to 6 cm, the Permittee must complete the
reporting and adaptive management process described below.
i. Telephone the applicable Ecology Region's Environmental Report
Tracking System (ERTS) number within 24 hours, in accordance with
Special Condition S5.F.
• Central Region (Okanogan, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Yakima,
Klickitat, Benton): (509) 575-2490
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 16
• Eastern Region (Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield,
Grant, Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Spokane, Stevens, Walla Walla,
Whitman): (509) 329-3400
• Northwest Region (Kitsap, Snohomish, Island, King, San Juan,
Skagit, Whatcom): (425) 649-7000
• Southwest Region (Grays Harbor, Lewis, Mason, Thurston, Pierce,
Clark, Cowlitz, Skamania, Wahkiakum, Clallam, Jefferson, Pacific):
(360) 407-6300
These numbers are also listed at the following web site:
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/permit.html
ii. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make
appropriate revisions within 7 days of the date the discharge exceeded the
benchmark.
iii. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain
appropriate source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible,
addressing the problems within 10 days of the date the discharge
exceeded the benchmark. If installation of necessary treatment BMPs is
not feasible within 10 days, Ecology may approve additional time when
the Permittee requests an extension within the initial 10 -day response
period.
iv. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book.
v. Continue to sample discharges daily until:
a) Turbidity is 25 NTU (or lower); or
b) Transparency is 33 cm (or greater); or
c) The Permittee has demonstrated compliance with the water quality
limit for turbidity:
1) No more than 5 NTU over background turbidity, if background
is less than 50 NTU, or
2) No more than 10% over background turbidity, if background is
50 NTU or greater; or
d) The discharge stops or is eliminated.
D. pH Sampling Requirements -- Significant Concrete Work or Engineered Soils
If construction activity results in the disturbance of 1 acre or more, and involves
significant concrete work (significant concrete work means greater than 1000 cubic
yards poured concrete or recycled concrete used over the life of a project) or the use of
engineered soils (soil amendments including but not limited to Portland cement -treated
base [CTB], cement kiln dust [CKD], or fly ash), and stormwater from the affected area
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 17
drains to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface
waters of the state, the Permittee must conduct pH monitoring as set forth below. Note:
In addition, discharges to segments of water bodies on Washington State's 303(d) list
(Category 5) for high pH are subject to a numeric effluent limit for pH; refer to Special
Condition S8.
1. For sites with significant concrete work, the Permittee must begin the pH
monitoring period when the concrete is first poured and exposed to precipitation,
and continue weekly throughout and after the concrete pour and curing period,
until stormwater pH is in the range of 6.5 to 8.5 (su).
2. For sites with engineered soils, the Permittee must begin the pH monitoring period
when the soil amendments are first exposed to precipitation and must continue
until the area of engineered soils is fully stabilized.
3. During the applicable pH monitoring period defined above, the Permittee must
obtain a representative sample of stormwater and conduct pH analysis at least once
per week.
4. The Permittee must monitor pH in the sediment trap/pond(s) or other locations that
receive stormwater runoff from the area of significant concrete work or engineered
soils before the stormwater discharges to surface waters.
5. The benchmark value for pH is 8.5 standard units. Anytime sampling indicates that
pH is 8.5 or greater, the Permittee must either:
a. Prevent the high pH water (8.5 or above) from entering storm sewer systems
or surface waters; or
If necessary, adjust or neutralize the high pH water until it is in the range of
pH 6.5 to 8.5 (su) using an appropriate treatment BMP such as carbon dioxide
(CO2) sparging or dry ice. The Permittee must obtain written approval from
Ecology before using any form of chemical treatment other than CO2 sparging
or dry ice.
6. The Permittee must perform pH analysis on site with a calibrated pH meter, pH
test kit, or wide range pH indicator paper. The Permittee must record pH
monitoring results in the site log book.
b.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 18
1
1
1
1
t
1
r
i
1
1
1
S5. REPORTING AND RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
A. High Turbidity Phone Reporting
Anytime sampling performed in accordance with Special Condition S4.0 indicates
turbidity has reached the 250 NTU phone reporting level, the Permittee must call
Ecology's Regional office by phone within 24 hours of analysis. The web site is
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction/permit.html. Also see
phone numbers in Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i.
B. Discharge Monitoring Reports
Permittees required to conduct water quality sampling in accordance with Special
Conditions S4.0 (Turbidity/Transparency), S4.D (pH), S8 (303[d]/TMDL sampling),
and/or G13 (Additional Sampling) must submit the results to Ecology.
Permittees must submit monitoring data using Ecology's WebDMR program. To find
out more information and to sign up for WebDMR go to:
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/permits/paris/webdmr.html.
Permittees unable to submit electronically (for example, those who do not have an
internet connection) must contact Ecology to request a waiver and obtain instructions
on how to obtain a paper copy DMR at:
Mailing Address:
Department of Ecology
Water Quality Program
Attn: Stormwater Compliance Specialist
PO Box 47696
Olympia, WA 98504-7696
Permittees who obtain a waiver not to use WebDMR must use the forms provided to
them by Ecology; submittals must be mailed to the address above. Permittees shall
submit DMR forms to be received by Ecology within 15 days following the end of each
month.
If there was no discharge during a given monitoring period, all Permittees must submit
a DMR as required with "no discharge" entered in place of the monitoring results. For
more information, contact Ecology staff using information provided at the following
web site: http://www.ecy.wa. gov/programs/spills/response/assistancesoil%20map.pdf
C. Records Retention
The Permittee must retain records of all monitoring information (site log book,
sampling results, inspection reports/checklists, etc.), Stormwater Pollution Prevention
Plan, and any other documentation of compliance with permit requirements for the
entire life of the construction project and for a minimum of three years following the
termination of permit coverage. Such information must include all calibration and
maintenance records, and records of all data used to complete the application for this
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 19
permit. This period of retention must be extended during the course of any unresolved
litigation regarding the discharge of pollutants by the Permittee or when requested by
Ecology.
D. Recording Results
For each measurement or sample taken, the Permittee must record the following
information:
1. Date, place, method, and time of sampling or measurement.
2. The first and last name of the individual who performed the sampling or
measurement.
3. The date(s) the analyses were performed.
4. The first and last name of the individual who performed the analyses.
5. The analytical techniques or methods used.
6. The results of all analyses.
E. Additional Monitoring by the Permittee
If the Permittee monitors any pollutant more frequently than required by this permit
using test procedures specified by Special Condition S4 of this permit, the results of
this monitoring must be included in the calculation and reporting of the data submitted
in the Permittee's DMR.
F. Noncompliance Notification
In the event the Permittee is unable to comply with any part of the terms and conditions
of this permit, and the resulting noncompliance may cause a threat to human health or
the environment, the Permittee must:
1. Immediately notify Ecology of the failure to comply by calling the applicable
Regional office ERTS phone number (find at
http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/spills/response/assistancesoil%20rnap.pdf) or
refer to Special Condition S4.C.5.b.i.
2. Immediately take action to prevent the discharge/pollution, or otherwise stop or
correct the noncompliance, and, if applicable, repeat sampling and analysis of any
noncompliance immediately and submit the results to Ecology within five (5) days
of becoming aware of the violation.
3. Submit a detailed written report to Ecology within five (5) days, unless requested
earlier by Ecology. The report must contain a description of the noncompliance,
including exact dates and times, and if the noncompliance has not been corrected,
the anticipated time it is expected to continue; and the steps taken or planned to
reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the noncompliance.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
l
i
1
The Permittee must report any unanticipated bypass and/or upset that exceeds any
effluent limit in the permit in accordance with the 24-hour reporting requirement
contained in 40 C.F.R. 122.41(1)(6)).
Compliance with these requirements does not relieve the Permittee from
responsibility to maintain continuous compliance with the terms and conditions of
this permit or the resulting liability'for failure to comply. Refer to Section G14 of
this permit for specific information regarding non-compliance.
G. Access to Plans and Records
1. The Permittee must retain the following permit documentation (plans and records)
on site, or within reasonable access to the site, for use by the operator or for on-site
review by Ecology or the local jurisdiction:
a. General Permit.
b. Permit Coverage Letter.
c. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).
d. Site Log Book.
2. The Permittee must address written requests for plans and records listed above
(Special Condition S5.G.1) as follows:
a. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to Ecology within 14
days of receipt of a written request from Ecology.
b. The Permittee must provide a copy of plans and records to the public when
requested in writing. Upon receiving a written request from the public for the
Permittee's plans and records, the Permittee must either:
Provide a copy of the plans and records to the requester within 14 days of
a receipt of the written request; or
ii. Notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the written request of the
location and times within normal business hours when the plans and
records may be viewed; and provide access to the plans and records
within 14 days of receipt of the written request; or
Within 14 days of receipt of the written request, the Permittee may
submit a copy of the plans and records to Ecology for viewing and/or
copying by the requester at an Ecology office, or a mutually agreed
location. If plans and records are viewed and/or copied at a location
other than at an Ecology office, the Permittee will provide reasonable
access to copying services for which a reasonable fee may be charged.
The Permittee must notify the requester within 10 days of receipt of the
request where the plans and records may be viewed and/or copied.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 21
S6. PERMIT FEES
The Permittee must pay permit fees assessed by Ecology. Fees for stormwater discharges
covered under this permit are established by Chapter 173-224 WAC. Ecology continues to
assess permit fees until the permit is terminated in accordance with Special Condition S10
or revoked in accordance with General Condition G5.
S7. SOLID AND LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL
The Permittee must handle and dispose of solid and liquid wastes generated by construction
activity, such as demolition debris, construction materials, contaminated materials, and
waste materials from maintenance activities, including liquids and solids from cleaning
catch basins and other stormwater facilities, in accordance with:
A. Special Condition S3, Compliance with Standards.
B. WAC 173-216-110.
C. Other applicable regulations.
S8. DISCHARGES TO 303(D) OR TMDL WATER BODIES
A. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits For Certain Discharges to 303(d) -listed Water
Bodies
1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies listed as impaired by the
State of Washington under Section 303(d) of the Clean Water Act for turbidity,
fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, must conduct water quality sampling
according to the requirements of this section, and Special Conditions S4.C.2.b-f
and S4.C.3.b-d, and must comply with the applicable numeric effluent limitations
in S8.0 and S8.D.
2. All references and requirements associated with Section 303(d) of the Clean Water
Act mean the most current listing by Ecology of impaired waters (Category 5) that
exists on January 1, 2011, or the date when the operator's complete permit
application is received by Ecology, whichever is later.
B. Limits on Coverage for New Discharges to TMDL or 303(d) -listed Waters
Operators of construction sites that discharge to a 303(d) -listed water body are not
eligible for coverage under this permit unless the operator:
1. Prevents exposing stormwater to pollutants for which the water body is impaired,
and retains documentation in the SWPPP that details procedures taken to prevent
exposure on site; or
2. Documents that the pollutants for which the water body is impaired are not present
at the site, and retains documentation of this finding within the SWPPP; or
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 22
3. Provides Ecology with data indicating the discharge is not expected to cause or
contribute to an exceedance of a water quality standard, and retains such data on
site with the SWPPP. The operator must provide data and other technical
information to Ecology that sufficiently demonstrate:
a. For discharges to waters without an EPA -approved or -established TMDL,
that the discharge of the pollutant for which the water is impaired will meet
in -stream water quality criteria at the point of discharge to the water body; or
b. For discharges to waters with an EPA -approved or -established TMDL, that
there is sufficient remaining wasteload allocation in the TMDL to allow
construction stormwater discharge and that existing dischargers to the water
body are subject to compliance schedules designed to bring the water body
into attainment with water quality standards.
Operators of construction sites are eligible for coverage under this permit if
Ecology issues permit coverage based upon an affirmative determination that the
discharge will not cause or contribute to the existing impairment.
C. Sampling and Numeric Effluent Limits for Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d)
List for Turbidity, Fine Sediment, or Phosphorus
1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category
5) for turbidity, fine sediment, or phosphorus must conduct turbidity sampling in
accordance with Special Condition S4.C.2 and comply with either of the numeric
effluent limits noted in Table 5 below.
2. As an alternative to the 25 NTU effluent limit noted in Table 5 below (applied at
the point where stormwater [or authorized non-stormwater] is discharged off-site),
permittees may choose to comply with the surface water quality standard for
turbidity. The standard is: no more than 5 NTU over background turbidity when
the background turbidity is 50 NTU or less, or no more than a 10% increase in
turbidity when the background turbidity is more than 50 NTU. In order to use the
water quality standard requirement, the sampling must take place at the following
locations:
a. Background turbidity in the 303(d) -listed receiving water immediately
upstream (upgradient) or outside the area of influence of the discharge.
b. Turbidity at the point of discharge into the 303(d) -listed receiving water,
inside the area of influence of the discharge.
3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for turbidity constitute a
violation of this permit.
4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit shall sample
discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non-
compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 23
Table 5 Turbidity, Fine Sediment & Phosphorus Sampling and Limits for 303(d) -Listed Waters
Parametendentified
ck n
4.:. ion 30;3 d) nsungrA
,�� M1;
M it
.:s ....,ss�'���,,.."<i
afehieteffkUnit,
Cq,,
.,,Sampled
.. z .t; :,xa�.r
a".:a+': ;.
i.'a",.'t'z_-
.; n
,<;«�
�"' z
Analy;�t caqk :
6��{'s�t
tx': Method
'' 2r'" '
�.f:.-��.��:^�b
� . -Sampling
;ret'. iS.,. .,�".;�.,.:.�
FFr'equency
�' ""
Numeric, fluent°
�-. >.:-
Limit
• Turbidity
Turbidity
NTU
SM2130 or
Weekly, if
25 NTU, at the point
• Fine Sediment
• Phosphorus
EPA180 1
discharging
where stormwater is
discharged from the
site, OR
In compliance with the
surface water quality
standard for turbidity
(S8.C.1.a)
Permittees subject to a numeric effluent limit for turbidity may, at the'r discretion, choose either numeric effluent
limitation based on site-specific considerations including, but not limited to, safety, access and convenience.
D. Discharges to Water Bodies on the 303(d) List for High pH
1. Permittees who discharge to segments of water bodies on the 303(d) list (Category
5) for high pH must conduct pH sampling in accordance with the table below, and
comply with the numeric effluent limit of pH 6.5 to 8.5 su (Table 6).
Table 6. pH Sampling and Limits for 303(d) -Listed Waters
Parameter,, identified in
, : m
k ��C 03 d -listen r f��
�,„ pppp;; ;} ;'.a.: ; .:.
�"S`i j��Ya�,°r.a' ��'�s.',.
'M.. :..A' -�: <. �:°x�.''r,�
Parameter
F , .a V„ �;, .'e�
=Sam led/Units,
.. * - Li ;_"-`
s":: ; � "�' , . �:.i.
u� Y� vi k't��-
E A'na1. tical=„..r
-'
.5'{:==Method=. �
rs.a� a^k.¢, 4'
k:: L;:i3f&`,,•;,s,...�.:�:ui i3
�#�'� �� 3: �"�'
}Sam lin "Y °.
3?:=; '. :.,:,
Fre uerrc
.y-'4i:�g qs -'', �
�> "T° £- .t 'f.
;`d'6- $:..4i�,�'2'�. �t Vii'
3Nuri er a Effl�uent�
:; ate.. 4:,-
��{;'`��,�Limit
�
High pH
pH /Standard
Units
pH meter
Weekly, if
discharging
In the range of 6.5 —
8 5
2. At the Permittee's discretion, compliance with the limit shall be assessed at one of
the following locations:
a. Directly in the 303(d) -listed water body segment, inside the immediate area of
influence of the discharge; or
b. Alternatively, the permittee may measure pH at the point where the discharge
leaves the construction site, rather than in the receiving water.
3. Discharges that exceed the numeric effluent limit for pH (outside the range of 6.5 —
8.5 su) constitute a violation of this permit.
4. Permittees whose discharges exceed the numeric effluent limit shall sample
discharges daily until the violation is corrected and comply with the non-
compliance notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 24
1
11
11
11
1
1
w
E. Sampling and Limits for Sites Discharging to Waters Covered by a TMDL or Another
Pollution Control Plan
1. Discharges to a water body that is subject to a Total Maximum Daily Load
(TMDL) for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus must be consistent
with the TMDL. Refer to http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/tmdl/index.html for
more information on TMDLs.
a. Where an applicable TMDL sets specific waste load allocations or
requirements for discharges covered by this permit, discharges must be
consistent with any specific waste load allocations or requirements established
by the applicable TMDL.
i. The Permittee must sample discharges weekly or as otherwise specified by
the TMDL to evaluate compliance with the specific waste load allocations
or requirements.
ii. Analytical methods used to meet the monitoring requirements must
conform to the latest revision of the Guidelines Establishing Test
Procedures for the Analysis of Pollutants contained in 40 CFR Part 136.
Turbidity and pH methods need not be accredited or registered unless
conducted at a laboratory which must otherwise be accredited or
registered.
b. Where an applicable TMDL has established a general waste load allocation
for construction stormwater discharges, but has not identified specific
requirements, compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9
(SWPPPs) will constitute compliance with the approved TMDL.
c. Where an applicable TMDL has not specified a waste load allocation for
construction stormwater discharges, but has not excluded these discharges,
compliance with Special Conditions S4 (Monitoring) and S9 (SWPPPs) will
constitute compliance with the approved TMDL.
d. Where an applicable TMDL specifically precludes or prohibits discharges
from construction activity, the operator is not eligible for coverage under this
permit.
2. Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or
phosphorus that is completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2011, or before
the date the operator's complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever
is later. TMDLs completed after the operator's complete permit application is
received by Ecology become applicable to the Permittee only if they are imposed
through an administrative order by Ecology, or through a modification of permit
coverage.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 25
S9. STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
The Permittee must prepare and properly implement an adequate Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for construction activity in accordance with the requirements of
this permit beginning with initial soil disturbance and until final stabilization.
A. The Permittee's SWPPP must meet the following objectives:
1. To implement best management practices (BMPs) to prevent erosion and
sedimentation, and to identify, reduce, eliminate or prevent stormwater
contamination and water pollution from construction activity.
2. To prevent violations of surface water quality, ground water quality, or sediment
management standards.
3. To control peak volumetric flow rates and velocities of stormwater discharges.
B. General Requirements
1. The SWPPP must include a narrative and drawings. All BMPs must be clearly
referenced in the narrative and marked on the drawings. The SWPPP narrative
must include documentation to explain and justify the pollution prevention
decisions made for the project. Documentation must include:
a. Information about existing site conditions (topography, drainage, soils,
vegetation, etc.).
b. Potential erosion problem areas.
c. The 12 elements of a SWPPP in Special Condition S9.D.1-12, including
BMPs used to address each element.
d. Construction phasing/sequence and general BMP implementation schedule.
e. The actions to be taken if BMP performance goals are not achieved—for
example, a contingency plan for additional treatment and/or storage of
stormwater that would violate the water quality standards if discharged.
f. Engineering calculations for ponds and any other designed structures.
2. The Permittee must modify the SWPPP if, during inspections or investigations
conducted by the owner/operator, or the applicable local or state regulatory
authority, it is determined that the SWPPP is, or would be, ineffective in
eliminating or significantly minimizing pollutants in stormwater discharges from
the site. The Permittee must then:
a. Review the SWPPP for compliance with Special Condition S9 and make
appropriate revisions within 7 days of the inspection or investigation.
b. Immediately begin the process to fully implement and maintain appropriate
source control and/or treatment BMPs as soon as possible, addressing the
problems no later than 10 days from the inspection or investigation. If
Construction Stormwater General Permit – December 1, 2010
Page 26
1
a
!I
111
11
11
installation of necessary treatment BMPs is not feasible within 10 days,
Ecology may approve additional time when an extension is requested by a
Permittee within the initial 10 -day response period,
c. Document BMP implementation and maintenance in the site log book.
The Permittee must modify the SWPPP whenever there is a change in design,
construction, operation, or maintenance at the construction site that has, or could
have, a significant effect on the discharge of pollutants to waters of the State.
C. Stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs)
BMPs must be consistent with:
1. Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (most recent edition),
for sites west of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or
2. Stormwater Management Manual for Eastern Washington (most recent edition),
for sites east of the crest of the Cascade Mountains; or
3. Revisions to the manuals listed in Special Condition S9.C.1. & 2., or other
stormwater management guidance documents or manuals which provide an
equivalent level of pollution prevention, that are approved by Ecology and
incorporated into this permit in accordance with the permit modification
requirements of WAC 173-226-230; or
4. Documentation in the SWPPP that the BMPs selected provide an equivalent level
of pollution prevention, compared to the applicable Stormwater Management
Manuals, including:
a. The technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs (scientific,
technical studies, and/or modeling) that support the performance claims for
the BMPs being selected.
b. An assessment of how the selected BMP will satisfy AKART requirements
and the applicable federal technology-based treatment requirements under 40
CFR part 125.3.
D. SWPPP — Narrative Contents and Requirements
The Permittee must include each of the 12 elements below in Special Condition S9.D.1-
12 in the narrative of the SWPPP and implement them unless site conditions render the
element unnecessary and the exemption from that element is clearly justified in the
SWPPP.
1. Preserve Vegetation/Mark Clearing Limits
a. Before beginning land -disturbing activities, including clearing and grading,
clearly mark all clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, and trees that
are to be preserved within the construction area.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 27
b. Retain the duff layer, native top soil, and natural vegetation in an undisturbed
state to the maximum degree practicable.
2. Establish Construction Access
a. Limit construction vehicle access and exit to one route, if possible.
b. Stabilize access points with a pad of quarry spalls, crushed rock, or other
equivalent BMPs, to minimize tracking sediment onto roads.
c. Locate wheel wash or tire baths on site, if the stabilized construction entrance is
not effective in preventing tracking sediment onto roads.
d. If sediment is tracked off site, clean the affected roadway thoroughly at the end
of each day, or more frequently as necessary (for example, during wet weather).
Remove sediment from roads by shoveling, sweeping, or pickup and transport
of the sediment to a controlled sediment disposal area.
e. Conduct street washing only after sediment removal in accordance with Special
Condition S9.D.2.d. Control street wash wastewater by pumping back on site or
otherwise preventing it from discharging into systems tributary to waters of the
State.
3. Control Flow Rates
a. Protect properties and waterways downstream of development sites from
erosion and the associated discharge of turbid waters due to increases in the
velocity and peak volumetric flow rate of stormwater runoff from the project
site, as required by local plan approval authority.
b. Where necessary to comply with Special Condition S9.D.3.a, construct
stormwater retention or detention facilities as one of the first steps in grading.
Assure that detention facilities function properly before constructing site
improvements (for example, impervious surfaces).
c. If permanent infiltration ponds are used for flow control during construction,
protect these facilities from siltation during the construction phase.
4. Install Sediment Controls
The Permittee must design, install and maintain effective erosion controls and
sediment controls to minimize the discharge of pollutants. At a minimum, the
Permittee must design, install and maintain such controls to:
a. Construct sediment control BMPs (sediment ponds, traps, filters, etc.) as one of
the first steps in grading. These BMPs must be functional before other land
disturbing activities take place.
b. Minimize sediment discharges from the site. The design, installation and
maintenance of erosion and sediment controls must address factors such as the
amount, frequency, intensity and duration of precipitation, the nature of
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 28
1
1
a
1
1
11
t
resulting stormwater runoff, and soil characteristics, including the range of soil
particle sizes expected to be present on the site.
c. Direct stormwater runoff from disturbed areas through a sediment pond or other
appropriate sediment removal BMP, before the runoff leaves a construction site
or before discharge to an infiltration facility. Runoff from fully stabilized areas
may be discharged without a sediment removal BMP, but must meet the flow
control performance standard of Special Condition S9.D.3.a.
d. Locate BMPs intended to trap sediment on site in a manner to avoid
interference with the movement of juvenile salmonids attempting to enter off -
channel areas or drainages.
e. Provide and maintain natural buffers around surface waters, direct stormwater
to vegetated areas to increase sediment removal and maximize stormwater
infiltration, unless infeasible.
f. Where feasible, design outlet structures that withdraw impounded stormwater
from the surface to avoid discharging sediment that is still suspended lower in
the water column.
5. Stabilize Soils
a. The Permittee must stabilize exposed and unworked soils by application of
effective BMPs that prevent erosion. Applicable BMPs include, but are not
limited to: temporary and permanent seeding, sodding, mulching, plastic
covering, erosion control fabrics and matting, soil application of
polyacrylamide (PAM), the early application of gravel base on areas to be
paved, and dust control.
b. The Permittee must control stormwater volume and velocity within the site to
minimize soil erosion.
c. The Permittee must control stormwater discharges, including both peak flow
rates and total stormwater volume, to minimize erosion at outlets and to
minimize downstream channel and stream bank erosion.
d. Depending on the geographic location of the project, the Permittee must not
allow soils to remain exposed and unworked for more than the time periods set
forth below to prevent erosion:
West of the Cascade Mountains Crest
During the dry season (May 1 - Sept. 30): 7 days
During the wet season (October 1 - April 30): 2 days
East of the Cascade Mountains Crest, except for Central Basin*
During the dry season (July 1 - September 30): 10 days
During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 5 days
The Central Basin*, East of the Cascade Mountains Crest
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 29
During the dry Season (July 1 - September 30): 30 days
During the wet season (October 1 - June 30): 15 days
*Note: The Central Basin is defined as the portions of Eastern
Washington with mean annual precipitation of less than 12 inches.
e. The Permittee must stabilize soils at the end of the shift before a holiday or
weekend if needed based on the weather forecast.
f. The Permittee must stabilize soil stockpiles from erosion, protected with
sediment trapping measures, and where possible, be located away from storm
drain inlets, waterways, and drainage channels.
g. The Permittee must minimize the amount of soil exposed during construction
activity.
h. The Permittee must minimize the disturbance of steep slopes.
i. The Permittee must minimize soil compaction and, unless infeasible, preserve
topsoil.
6. Protect Slopes
a. The Permittee must design and construct cut -and -fill slopes in a manner to
minimize erosion. Applicable practices include, but are not limited to, reducing
continuous length of slope with terracing and diversions, reducing slope
steepness, and roughening slope surfaces (for example, track walking).
b. The Permittee must divert off-site stormwater (run-on) or ground water away
from slopes and disturbed areas with interceptor dikes, pipes, and/or swales.
Off-site stormwater should be managed separately from stormwater generated
on the site.
c. At the top of slopes, collect drainage in pipe slope drains or protected channels
to prevent erosion.
West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must
handle the peak 10 -minute velocity of flow from a Type 1 A, 10 -year, 24-
hour frequency storm for the developed condition. Alternatively, the 10 -
year, 1 -hour flow rate predicted by an approved continuous runoff model,
increased by a factor of 1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must
use the existing land cover condition for predicting flow rates from
tributary areas outside the project limits. For tributary areas on the project
site, the analysis must use the temporary or permanent project land cover
condition, whichever will produce the highest flow rates. If using the
Western Washington Hydrology Model (WWHM) to predict flows, bare
soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area."
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 30
ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Temporary pipe slope drains must
handle the expected peak flow velocity from a 6 -month, 3 -hour storm for
the developed condition, referred to as the short duration storm.
d. Place excavated material on the uphill side of trenches, consistent with safety
and space considerations.
e. Place check dams at regular intervals within constructed channels that are cut
down a slope.
7. Protect Drain Inlets
a. Protect all storm drain inlets made operable during construction so that
stormwater runoff does not enter the conveyance system without first being
filtered or treated to remove sediment.
b. Clean or remove and replace inlet protection devices when sediment has filled
one-third of the available storage (unless a different standard is specified by the
product manufacturer).
8. Stabilize Channels and Outlets
a. Design, construct and stabilize all on-site conveyance channels to prevent
erosion from the following expected peak flows:
i. West of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the peak 10 -
minute velocity of flow from a Type 1 A, 10 -year, 24-hour frequency storm
forthe developed condition. Alternatively, the 10 -year, 1 -hour flow rate
indicated by an approved continuous runoff model, increased by a factor of
1.6, may be used. The hydrologic analysis must use the existing land cover
condition for predicting flow rates from tributary areas outside the project
limits. For tributary areas on the project site, the analysis must use the
temporary or permanent project land cover condition, whichever will
produce the highest flow rates. If using the WWHM to predict flows, bare
soil areas should be modeled as "landscaped area."
ii. East of the Cascade Mountains Crest: Channels must handle the expected
peak flow velocity from a 6 -month, 3 -hour storm for the developed
condition, referred to as the short duration storm.
b. Provide stabilization, including armoring material, adequate to prevent erosion
of outlets, adjacent stream banks, slopes, and downstream reaches at the outlets
of all conveyance systems.
9. Control Pollutants
Design, install, implement and maintain effective pollution prevention measures to
minimize the discharge of pollutants. The Permittee must:
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 31
a. Handle and dispose of all pollutants, including waste materials and demolition
debris that occur on site in a manner that does not cause contamination of
stormwater.
b. Provide cover, containment, and protection from vandalism for all chemicals,
liquid products, petroleum products, and other materials that have the potential
to pose a threat to human health or the environment. On-site fueling tanks must
include secondary containment. Secondary containment means placing tanks
or containers within an impervious structure capable of containing 110% of the
volume contained in the largest tank within the containment structure. Double -
walled tanks do not require additional secondary containment.
c. Conduct maintenance, fueling, and repair of heavy equipment and vehicles
using spill prevention and control measures. Clean contaminated surfaces
immediately following any spill incident.
d. Discharge wheel wash or tire bath wastewater to a separate on-site treatment
system that prevents discharge to surface water, such as closed-loop
recirculation or upland land application, or to the sanitary sewer with local
sewer district approval.
e. Apply fertilizers and pesticides in a manner and at application rates that will not
result in loss of chemical to stormwater runoff. Follow manufacturers' label
requirements for application rates and procedures.
f. Use BMPs to prevent contamination of stormwater runoff by pH -modifying
sources. The sources for this contamination include, but are not limited to: bulk
cement, cement kiln dust, fly ash, new concrete washing and curing waters,
waste streams generated from concrete grinding and sawing, exposed aggregate
processes, dewatering concrete vaults, concrete pumping and mixer washout
waters. (Also refer to the definition for "concrete wastewater" in Appendix A --
Definitions.)
Adjust the pH of stormwater if necessary to prevent violations of water quality
standards.
g.
h. Assure that washout of concrete trucks is performed offsite or in designated
concrete washout areas only. Do not wash out concrete trucks onto the ground,
or into storm drains, open ditches, streets, or streams. Do not dump excess
concrete on site, except in designated concrete washout areas. Concrete
spillage or concrete discharge to surface waters of the State is prohibited.
i. Obtain written approval from Ecology before using chemical treatment other
than CO2 or dry ice to adjust pH.
10. Control Dewatering
a. Permittees must discharge foundation, vault, and trench dewatering water,
which have characteristics similar to stormwater runoff at the site, into a
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 32
controlled conveyance system before discharge to a sediment trap or sediment
pond.
b. Permittees may discharge clean, non -turbid dewatering water, such as well -
point ground water, to systems tributary to, or directly into surface waters of the
State, as specified in Special Condition S9.D.8, provided the dewatering flow
does not cause erosion or flooding of receiving waters. Do not route clean
dewatering water through stormwater sediment ponds. Note that "surface
waters of the State" may exist on a construction site as well as off site; for
example, a creek running through a site.
c. Other treatment or disposal options may include:
i. Infiltration.
ii. Transport off site in a vehicle, such as a vacuum flush truck, for legal
disposal in a manner that does not pollute state waters.
iii. Ecology -approved on-site chemical treatment or other suitable treatment
technologies.
iv. Sanitary or combined sewer discharge with local sewer district approval,
if there is no other option.
v. Use of a sedimentation bag with discharge to a ditch or swale for small
volumes of localized dewatering.
d. Permittees must handle highly turbid or contaminated dewatering water
separately from stormwater.
11. Maintain BMPs
a. Permittees must maintain and repair all temporary and permanent erosion and
sediment control BMPs as needed to assure continued performance of their
intended function in accordance with BMP specifications.
b. Permittees must remove all temporary erosion and sediment control BMPs
within 30 days after achieving final site stabilization or after the temporary
BMPs are no longer needed.
12. Manage the Project
a. Phase development projects to the maximum degree practicable and take into
account seasonal work limitations.
b. Inspection and monitoring -- Inspect, maintain and repair all BMPs as needed to
assure continued performance of their intended function. Conduct site
inspections and monitoring in accordance with Special Condition S4.
c. Maintaining an updated construction SWPPP -- Maintain, update, and
implement the SWPPP in accordance with Special Conditions S3, S4 and S9.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 33
E. SWPPP — Map Contents and Requirements
The Permittee's SWPPP must also include a vicinity map or general location map (for
example, a USGS quadrangle map, a portion of a county or city map, or other
appropriate map) with enough detail to identify the location of the construction site and
receiving waters within one mile of the site.
The SWPPP must also include a legible site map (or maps) showing the entire
construction site. The following features must be identified, unless not applicable due
to site conditions:
1. The direction of north, property lines, and existing structures and roads.
2. Cut and fill slopes indicating the top and bottom of slope catch lines.
3. Approximate slopes, contours, and direction of stormwater flow before and after
major grading activities.
4. Areas of soil disturbance and areas that will not be disturbed.
5. Locations of structural and nonstructural controls (BMPs) identified in the
SWPPP.
6. Locations of off-site material, stockpiles, waste storage, borrow areas, and
vehicle/equipment storage areas.
7. Locations of all surface water bodies, including wetlands.
8. Locations where stormwater or non-stormwater discharges off-site and/or to a
surface water body, including wetlands.
9. Location of water quality sampling station(s), if sampling is required by state or
local permitting authority.
10. Areas where final stabilization has been accomplished and no further construction -
phase permit requirements apply.
S10. NOTICE OF TERMINATION
A. The site is eligible for termination of coverage when it has met any of the following
conditions:
1. The site has undergone final stabilization, the Permittee has removed all temporary
BMPs (except biodegradable BMPs clearly manufactured with the intention for the
material to be left in place and not interfere with maintenance or land use), and all
stormwater discharges associated with construction activity have been eliminated;
or
2. All portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization per Special
Condition S l 0.A.1 have been sold and/or transferred (per General Condition G9),
and the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity; or
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 34
3. For residential construction only, the Permittee has completed temporary
stabilization and the homeowners have taken possession of the residences.
B. When the site is eligible for termination, the Permittee must submit a complete and
accurate Notice of Termination (NOT) form, signed in accordance with General
Condition G2, to:
Department of Ecology
Water Quality Program - Construction Stormwater
PO Box 47696
Olympia, Washington 98504-7696
The termination is effective on the date Ecology receives the NOT form, unless
Ecology notifies the Permittee within 30 days that termination request is denied
because the Permittee has not met the eligibility requirements in Special Condition
SlO.A.
Permittees transferring the property to a new property owner or operator/permittee are
required to complete and submit the Notice of Transfer form to Ecology, but are not
required to submit a Notice of Termination form for this type of transaction.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 35
GENERAL CONDITIONS
G1. DISCHARGE VIOLATIONS
All discharges and activities authorized by this general permit must be consistent with the
terms and conditions of this general permit. Any discharge of any pollutant more frequent
than or at a level in excess of that identified and authorized by the general permit must
constitute a violation of the terms and conditions of this permit.
G2. SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. All permit applications must bear a certification of correctness to be signed:
1. In the case of corporations, by a responsible corporate officer of at least the level
of vice president of a corporation;
2. In the case of a partnership, by a general partner of a partnership;
3. In the case of sole proprietorship, by the proprietor; or
4. In the case of a municipal, state, or other public facility, by either a principal
executive officer or ranking elected official.
B. All reports required by this permit and other information requested by Ecology must be
signed by a person described above or by a duly authorized representative of that
person. A person is a duly authorized representative only if:
1. The authorization is made in writing by a person described above and submitted to
the Ecology.
2. The authorization specifies either an individual or a position having responsibility
for the overall operation of the regulated facility, such as the position of plant
manager, superintendent, position of equivalent responsibility, or an individual or
position having overall responsibility for environmental matters.
C. Changes to authorization. If an authorization under paragraph G2.B.2 above is no
longer accurate because a different individual or position has responsibility for the
overall operation of the facility, a new authorization satisfying the requirements of
paragraph G2.B.2 above must be submitted to Ecology prior to or together with any
reports, information, or applications to be signed by an authorized representative.
D. Certification. Any person signing a document under this section must make the
following certification:
"I certify under penalty of law, that this document and all attachments were
prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the
information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who
manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 36
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and
belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are significant
penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and
imprisonment for knowing violations."
G3. RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND ENTRY
The Permittee must allow an authorized representative of Ecology, upon the presentation of
credentials and such other documents as may be required by law:
A. To enter upon the premises where a discharge is located or where any records are kept
under the terms and conditions of this permit.
B. To have access to and copy — at reasonable times and at reasonable cost -- any records
required to be kept under the terms and conditions of this permit.
C. To inspect -- at reasonable times — any facilities, equipment (including monitoring and
control equipment), practices, methods, or operations regulated or required under this
permit.
D. To sample or monitor — at reasonable times — any substances or parameters at any
location for purposes of assuring permit compliance or as otherwise authorized by the
Clean Water Act.
G4. GENERAL PERMIT MODIFICATION AND REVOCATION
This permit may be modified, revoked and reissued, or terminated in accordance with the
provisions of Chapter 173-226 WAC. Grounds for modification, revocation and reissuance,
or termination include, but are not limited to, the following:
A. When a change occurs in the technology or practices for control or abatement of
pollutants applicable to the category of dischargers covered under this permit.
B. When effluent limitation guidelines or standards are promulgated pursuant to the CWA
or Chapter 90.48 RCW, for the category of dischargers covered under this permit.
C. When a water quality management plan containing requirements applicable to the
category of dischargers covered under this permit is approved, or
D. When information is obtained that indicates cumulative effects on the environment
from dischargers covered under this permit are unacceptable.
G5. REVOCATION OF COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT
Pursuant to Chapter 43.21B RCW and Chapter 173-226 WAC, the Director may terminate
coverage for any discharger under this permit for cause. Cases where coverage may be
terminated include, but are not limited to, the following:
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 37
A. Violation of any term or condition of this permit.
B. Obtaining coverage under this permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose fully
all relevant facts.
C. A change in any condition that requires either a temporary or permanent reduction or
elimination of the permitted discharge.
D. Failure or refusal of the Permittee to allow entry as required in RCW 90.48.090.
E. A determination that the permitted activity endangers human health or the environment,
or contributes to water quality standards violations.
F. Nonpayment of permit fees or penalties assessed pursuant to RCW 90.48.465 and
Chapter 173-224 WAC.
G. Failure of the Permittee to satisfy the public notice requirements of WAC 173-226-
130(5), when applicable.
The Director may require any discharger under this permit to apply for and obtain
coverage under an individual permit or another more specific general permit.
Permittees who have their coverage revoked for cause according to WAC 173-226-240
may request temporary coverage under this permit during the time an individual permit
is being developed, provided the request is made within ninety (90) days from the time
of revocation and is submitted along with a complete individual permit application
form.
G6. REPORTING A CAUSE FOR MODIFICATION
The Permittee must submit a new application, or a supplement to the previous application,
whenever a material change to the construction activity or in the quantity or type of
discharge is anticipated which is not specifically authorized by this permit. This application
must be submitted at least sixty (60) days prior to any proposed changes. Filing a request
for a permit modification, revocation and reissuance, or termination, or a notification of
planned changes or anticipated noncompliance does not relieve the Permittee of the duty to
comply with the existing permit until it is modified or reissued.
G7. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER LAWS AND STATUTES
Nothing in this permit will be construed as excusing the Permittee from compliance with
any applicable federal, state, or local statutes, ordinances, or regulations.
G8. DUTY TO REAPPLY
The Permittee must apply for permit renewal at least 180 days prior to the specified
expiration date of this permit.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
G9. TRANSFER OF GENERAL PERMIT COVERAGE
Coverage under this general permit is automatically transferred to a new discharger,
including operators of lots/parcels within a common plan of development or sale, if:
A. A written agreement (Transfer of Coverage Form) between the current discharger
(Permittee) and new discharger, signed by both parties and containing a specific date
for transfer of permit responsibility, coverage, and liability is submitted to the Director;
and
B. The Director does not notify the current discharger and new discharger of the Director's
intent to revoke coverage under the general permit. If this notice is not given, the
transfer is effective on the date specified in the written agreement.
When a current discharger (Permittee) transfers a portion of a permitted site, the current
discharger must also submit an updated application form (NOI) to the Director
indicating the remaining permitted acreage after the transfer.
G10. REMOVED SUBSTANCES
The Permittee must not re -suspend or reintroduce collected screenings, grit, solids, sludges,
filter backwash, or other pollutants removed in the course of treatment or control of
stormwater to the final effluent stream for discharge to state waters.
G11. DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION
The Permittee must submit to Ecology, within a reasonable time, all information that
Ecology may request to determine whether cause exists for modifying, revoking and
reissuing, or terminating this permit or to determine compliance with this permit. The
Permittee must also submit to Ecology, upon request, copies of records required to be kept
by this permit [40 CFR 122.41(h)].
G12. OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF 40 CFR
All other requirements of 40 CFR 122.41 and 122.42 are incorporated in this permit by
reference.
G13. ADDITIONAL MONITORING
Ecology may establish specific monitoring requirements in addition to those contained in
this permit by administrative order or permit modification.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 39
G14. PENALTIES FOR VIOLATING PERMIT CONDITIONS
Any person who is found guilty of willfully violating the terms and conditions of this permit
shall be deemed guilty of a crime, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of
up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and costs of prosecution, or by imprisonment in the
discretion of the court. Each day upon which a willful violation occurs may be deemed a
separate and additional violation.
Any person who violates the terms and conditions of a waste discharge permit shall incur, in
addition to any other penalty as provided by law, a civil penalty in the amount of up to ten
thousand dollars ($10,000) for every such violation. Each and every such violation shall be
a separate and distinct offense, and in case of a continuing violation, every day's
continuance shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct violation.
G15. UPSET
Definition — "Upset" means an exceptional incident in which there is unintentional and
temporary noncompliance with technology-based permit effluent limitations because of
factors beyond the reasonable control of the Permittee. An upset does not include
noncompliance to the extent caused by operational error, improperly designed treatment
facilities, inadequate treatment facilities, lack of preventive maintenance, or careless or
improper operation.
An upset constitutes an affirmative defense to an action brought for noncompliance with
such technology-based permit effluent limitations if the requirements of the following
paragraph are met.
A Permittee who wishes to establish the affirmative defense of upset must demonstrate,
through properly signed, contemporaneous operating logs or other relevant evidence that: 1)
an upset occurred and that the Permittee can identify the cause(s) of the upset; 2) the
permitted facility was being properly operated at the time of the upset; 3) the Permittee
submitted notice of the upset as required in Special Condition S5.F, and; 4) the Permittee
complied with any remedial measures required under this permit.
In any enforcement proceeding, the Permittee seeking to establish the occurrence of an upset
has the burden of proof.
G16. PROPERTY RIGHTS
This permit does not convey any property rights of any sort, or any exclusive privilege.
G17. DUTY TO COMPLY
The Permittee must comply with all conditions of this permit. Any permit noncompliance
constitutes a violation of the Clean Water Act and is grounds for enforcement action; for
permit termination, revocation and reissuance, or modification; or denial of a permit renewal
application.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 40
G18. TOXIC POLLUTANTS
The Permittee must comply with effluent standards or prohibitions established under Section
307(a) of the Clean Water Act for toxic pollutants within the time provided in the
regulations that establish those standards or prohibitions, even if this permit has not yet been
modified to incorporate the requirement.
G19. PENALTIES FOR TAMPERING
The Clean Water Act"provides that any person who falsifies, tampers with, or knowingly
renders inaccurate any monitoring device or method required to be maintained under this
permit shall, upon conviction, be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000 per violation,
or by imprisonment for not more than two years per violation, or by both. If a conviction of
a person is for a violation committed after a first conviction of such person under this
condition, punishment shall be a fine of not more than $20,000 per day of violation, or
imprisonment of not more than four (4) years, or both.
G20. REPORTING PLANNED CHANGES
The Permittee must, as soon as possible, give notice to Ecology of planned physical
alterations, modifications or additions to the permitted construction activity. The Permittee
should be aware that, depending on the nature and size of the changes to the original permit,
a new public notice and other permit process requirements may be required. Changes in
activities that require reporting to Ecology include those that will result in:
A. The permitted facility being determined to be a new source pursuant to 40 CFR
122.29(b).
B. A significant change in the nature or an increase in quantity of pollutants discharged,
including but not limited to: for sites 5 acres or larger, a 20% or greater increase in
acreage disturbed by construction activity.
C. A change in or addition of surface water(s) receiving stormwater or non-stormwater
from the construction activity.
D. A change in the construction plans and/or activity that affects the Permittee's
monitoring requirements in Special Condition S4.
Following such notice, permit coverage may be modified, or revoked and reissued pursuant
to 40 CFR 122.62(a) to specify and limit any pollutants not previously limited. Until such
modification is effective, any new or increased discharge in excess of permit limits or not
specifically authorized by this permit constitutes a violation.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 41
G21. REPORTING OTHER INFORMATION
Where the Permittee becomes aware that it failed to submit any relevant facts in a permit
application, or submitted incorrect information in a permit application or in any report to 1
Ecology, it must promptly submit such facts or information.
G22. REPORTING ANTICIPATED NON-COMPLIANCE 11
The Permittee must give advance notice to Ecology by submission of a new application or
supplement thereto at least forty-five (45) days prior to commencement of such discharges,
of any facility expansions, production increases, or other planned changes, such as process
modifications, in the permitted facility or activity which may result in noncompliance with
permit limits or conditions. Any maintenance of facilities, which might necessitate
unavoidable interruption of operation and degradation of effluent quality, must be scheduled
during non-critical water quality periods and carried out in a manner approved by Ecology.
G23. REQUESTS TO BE EXCLUDED FROM COVERAGE UNDER THE PERMIT
Any discharger authorized by this permit may request to be excluded from coverage under
the general permit by applying for an individual permit. The discharger must submit to the
Director an application as described in WAC 173-220-040 or WAC 173-216-070,
whichever is applicable, with reasons supporting the request. These reasons will fully
document how an individual permit will apply to the applicant in a way that the general
permit cannot. Ecology may make specific requests for information to support the request.
The Director will either issue an individual permit or deny the request with a statement
explaining the reason for the denial. When an individual permit is issued to a discharger
otherwise subject to the construction stormwater general permit, the applicability of the
construction stormwater general permit to that Permittee is automatically terminated on the
effective date of the individual permit.
G24. APPEALS
A. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to the appropriate class
of dischargers, are subject to appeal by any person within 30 days of issuance of this
general permit, in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW, and Chapter 173-226 WAC.
B. The terms and conditions of this general permit, as they apply to an individual
discharger, are appealable in accordance with Chapter 43.21B RCW within 30 days of
the effective date of coverage of that discharger. Consideration of an appeal of general
permit coverage of an individual discharger is limited to the general permit's
applicability or nonapplicability to that individual discharger.
C. The appeal of general permit coverage of an individual discharger does not affect any
other dischargers covered under this general permit. If the terms and conditions of this
general permit are found to be inapplicable to any individual discharger(s), the matter
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 42
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
shall be remanded to Ecology for consideration of issuance of an individual permit or
permits.
G25. SEVERABILITY
The provisions of this permit are severable, and if any provision of this permit, or
application of any provision of this permit to any circumstance, is held invalid, the
application of such provision to other circumstances, and the remainder of this permit shall
not be affected thereby.
G26. BYPASS PROHIBITED
A. Bypass Procedures
Bypass, which is the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a
treatment facility, is prohibited for stormwater events below the design criteria for
stormwater management. Ecology may take enforcement action against a Permittee for
bypass unless one of the following circumstances (1, 2, 3 or 4) is applicable.
1. Bypass of stormwater is consistent with the design criteria and part of an approved
management practice in the applicable stormwater management manual.
2. Bypass for essential maintenance without the potential to cause violation of permit
limits or conditions.
Bypass is authorized if it is for essential maintenance and does not have the
potential to cause violations of limitations or other conditions of this permit, or
adversely impact public health.
3. Bypass of stormwater is unavoidable, unanticipated, and results in noncompliance
of this permit.
This bypass is permitted only if:
a. Bypass is unavoidable to prevent loss of life, personal injury, or severe
property damage. "Severe property damage" means substantial physical
damage to property, damage to the treatment facilities which would cause
them to become inoperable, or substantial and permanent loss of natural
resources which can reasonably be expected to occur in the absence of a
bypass.
b. There are no feasible alternatives to the bypass, such as the use of auxiliary
treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, maintenance during normal
periods of equipment downtime (but not if adequate backup equipment should
have been installed in the exercise of reasonable engineering judgment to
prevent a bypass which occurred during normal periods of equipment
downtime or preventative maintenance), or transport of untreated wastes to
another treatment facility.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 43
c. Ecology is properly notified of the bypass as required in Special Condition
S5.F of this permit.
4. A planned action that would cause bypass of stormwater and has the potential to
result in noncompliance of this permit during a storm event.
The Permittee must notify Ecology at least thirty (30) days before the planned date
of bypass. The notice must contain:
a. a description of the bypass and its cause
b. an analysis of all known alternatives which would eliminate, reduce, or
mitigate the need for bypassing.
c. a cost-effectiveness analysis of alternatives including comparative resource
damage assessment.
d. the minimum and maximum duration of bypass under each alternative.
e. a recommendation as to the preferred alternative for conducting the bypass. ,
f. the projected date of bypass initiation.
1
1
1
g.
a statement of compliance with SEPA.
h. a request for modification of water quality standards as provided for in WAC
173-201A-110, if an exceedance of any water quality standard is anticipated.
i. steps taken or planned to reduce, eliminate, and prevent reoccurrence of the
bypass.
5. For probable construction bypasses, the need to bypass is to be identified as early
in the planning process as possible. The analysis required above must be
considered during preparation of the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP) and must be included to the extent practical. In cases where the probable
need to bypass is determined early, continued analysis is necessary up to and
including the construction period in an effort to minimize or eliminate the bypass.
Ecology will consider the following before issuing an administrative order for this
type bypass:
a. If the bypass is necessary to perform construction or maintenance -related
activities essential to meet the requirements of this permit.
b. If there are feasible alternatives to bypass, such as the use of auxiliary
treatment facilities, retention of untreated wastes, stopping production,
maintenance during normal periods of equipment down time, or transport of
untreated wastes to another treatment facility.
c. If the bypass is planned and scheduled to minimize adverse effects on the
public and the environment.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 44
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
After consideration of the above and the adverse effects of the proposed bypass
and any other relevant factors, Ecology will approve, conditionally approve, or
deny the request. The public must be notified and given an opportunity to
comment on bypass incidents of significant duration, to the extent feasible.
Approval of a request to bypass will be by administrative order issued by Ecology
under RCW 90.48.120.
B. Duty to Mitigate
The Permittee is required to take all reasonable steps to minimize or prevent any
discharge or sludge use or disposal in violation of this permit that has a reasonable
likelihood of adversely affecting human health or the environment.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 45
APPENDIX A — DEFINITIONS
AKART is an acronym for "all known, available, and reasonable methods of prevention, control,
and treatment." AKART represents the most current methodology that can be reasonably
required for preventing, controlling, or abating the pollutants and controlling pollution associated
with a discharge.
Applicable TMDL means a TMDL for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, which
was completed and approved by EPA before January 1, 2011, or before the date the operator's
complete permit application is received by Ecology, whichever is later.
Applicant means an operator seeking coverage under this permit.
Best Management Practices (BMPs) means schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices,
maintenance procedures, and other physical, structural and/or managerial practices to prevent or
reduce the pollution of waters of the State. BMPs include treatment systems, operating
procedures, and practices to control: stormwater associated with construction activity, spillage
or leaks, sludge or waste disposal, or drainage from raw material storage.
Buffer means an area designated by a local jurisdiction that is contiguous to and intended to
protect a sensitive area.
Bypass means the intentional diversion of waste streams from any portion of a treatment facility.
Calendar Day A period of 24 consecutive hours starting at 12:00 midnight and ending the
following 12:00 midnight.
Calendar Week (same as Week) means a period of seven consecutive days starting at 12:01 a.m.
(0:01 hours) on Sunday.
Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead (CESCL) means a person who has current
certification through an approved erosion and sediment control training program that meets the
minimum training standards established by Ecology (see BMP C160 in the SWMM).
Clean Water Act (CWA) means the Federal Water Pollution Control Act enacted by Public Law
92-500, as amended by Public Laws 95-217, 95-576, 96-483, and 97-117; USC 1251 et seq.
Combined Sewer means a sewer which has been designed to serve as a sanitary sewer and a
storm sewer, and into which inflow is allowed by local ordinance.
Common Plan of Development or Sale means a site where multiple separate and distinct
construction activities may be taking place at different times on different schedules and/or by
different contractors, but still under a single plan. Examplesinclude: 1) phased projects and
projects with multiple filings or lots, even if the separate phases or filings/lots will be constructed
under separate contract or by separate owners (e.g., a development where lots are sold to separate
builders); 2) a development plan that may be phased over multiple years, but is still under a
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 46
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
consistent plan for long-term development; 3) projects in a contiguous area that may be
unrelated but still under the same contract, such as construction of a building extension and a
new parking lot at the same facility; and 4) linear projects such as roads, pipelines, or utilities. If
the project is part of a common plan of development or sale, the disturbed area of the entire plan
must be used in determining permit requirements.
Composite Sample means a mixture of grab samples collected at the same sampling point at
different times, formed either by continuous sampling or by mixing discrete samples. May be
"time -composite" (collected at constant time intervals) or "flow -proportional" (collected either as
a constant sample volume at time intervals proportional to stream flow, or collected by
increasing the volume of each aliquot as the flow increases while maintaining a constant time
interval between the aliquots.
Concrete wastewater means any water used in the production, pouring and/or clean-up of
concrete or concrete products, and any water used to cut, grind, wash, or otherwise modify
concrete or concrete products. Examples include water used for or resulting from concrete
truck/mixer/pumper/tool/chute rinsing or washing, concrete saw cutting and surfacing (sawing,
coring, grinding, roughening, hydro -demolition, bridge and road surfacing). When stormwater
comingles with concrete wastewater, the resulting water is considered concrete wastewater and
must be managed to prevent discharge to waters of the state, including ground water.
Construction Activity means land disturbing operations including clearing, grading or excavation
which disturbs the surface of the land. Such activities may include road construction,
construction of residential houses, office buildings, or industrial buildings, and demolition
activity.
Contaminant means any hazardous substance that does not occur naturally or occurs at greater
than natural background levels. See definition of "hazardous substance" and WAC 173-340-200.
Demonstrably Equivalent means that the technical basis for the selection of all stormwater BMPs
is documented within a SWPPP, including:
1. The method and reasons for choosing the stormwater BMPs selected.
2. The pollutant removal performance expected from the BMPs selected.
3. The technical basis supporting the performance claims for the BMPs selected, including
any available data concerning field performance of the BMPs selected.
4. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will comply with state water quality standards.
5. An assessment of how the selected BMPs will satisfy both applicable federal technology-
based treatment requirements and state requirements to use all known, available, and
reasonable methods of prevention, control, and treatment (AKART).
Department means the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Detention means the temporary storage of stormwater to improve quality and/or to reduce the
mass flow rate of discharge.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 47
Dewatering means the act of pumping ground water or stormwater away from an active
construction site.
Director means the Director of the Washington Department of Ecology or his/her authorized
representative.
Discharger means an owner or operator of any facility or activity subject to regulation under
Chapter 90.48 RCW or the Federal Clean Water Act.
Domestic Wastewater means water carrying human wastes, including kitchen, bath, and laundry
wastes from residences, buildings, industrial establishments, or other places, together with such
ground water infiltration or surface waters as may be present.
Ecology means the Washington State Department of Ecology.
Engineered Soils means the use of soil amendments including, but not limited, to Portland
cement treated base (CTB), cement kiln dust (CKD), or fly ash to achieve certain desirable soil
characteristics.
Equivalent BMPs means operational, source control, treatment, or innovative BMPs which result
in equal or better quality of stormwater discharge to surface water or to ground water than BMPs
selected from the SWMM.
Erosion means the wearing away of the land surface by running water, wind, ice, or other
geological agents, including such processes as gravitational creep.
Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs means BMPs intended to prevent erosion and
sedimentation, such as preserving natural vegetation, seeding, mulching and matting, plastic
covering, filter fences, sediment traps, and ponds. Erosion and sediment control BMPs are
synonymous with stabilization and structural BMPs.
Final Stabilization (same as fully stabilized or full stabilization) means the establishment of a
permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent stabilization measures (such as riprap,
gabions or geotextiles) which prevents erosion.
Ground Water means water in a saturated zone or stratum beneath the land surface or a surface
water body.
Hazardous Substance means any dangerous or extremely hazardous waste as defined in RCW
70.105.010 (5) and (6), or any dangerous or extremely dangerous waste as designated by rule
under chapter 70.105 RCW; any hazardous sub -stance as defined in RCW 70.105.010(14) or any
hazardous substance as defined by rule under chapter 70.105 RCW; any substance that, on the
effective date of this section, is a hazardous substance under section 101(14) of the federal
cleanup law, 42 U.S.C., Sec. 9601(14); petroleum or petroleum products; and any substance or
category of substances, including solid waste decomposition products, determined by the director
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 48
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
by rule to present a threat to human health or the environment if released into the environment.
The term hazardous substance does not include any of the following when contained in an
underground storage tank from which there is not a release: crude oil or any fraction thereof or
petroleum, if the tank is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local law.
Injection Well means a well that is used for the subsurface emplacement of fluids. (See Well.)
Jurisdiction means a political unit such as a city, town or county; incorporated for local self-
government.
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) means the national program for
issuing, modifying, revoking and reissuing, terminating, monitoring, and enforcing permits, and
imposing and enforcing pretreatment requirements, under sections 307, 402, 318, and 405 of the
Federal Clean Water Act, for the discharge of pollutants to surface waters of the State from point
sources. These permits are referred to as NPDES permits and, in Washington State, are
administered by the Washington Department of Ecology.
Notice of Intent (NOI) means the application for, or a request for coverage under this general
permit pursuant to WAC 173-226-200.
Notice of Termination (NOT) means a request for termination of coverage under this general
permit as specified by Special Condition S10 of this permit.
Operator means any party associated with a construction project that meets either of the
following two criteria:
• The party has operational control over construction plans and specifications, including
the ability to make modifications to those plans and specifications; or
• The party has day-to-day operational control of those activities at a project that are
necessary to ensure compliance with a SWPPP for the site or other permit conditions
(e.g., they are authorized to direct workers at a site to carry out activities required by the
SWPPP or comply with other permit conditions).
Permittee means individual or entity that receives notice of coverage under this general permit.
pH means a liquid's measure of acidity or alkalinity. A pH of 7 is defined as neutral. Large
variations above or below this value are considered harmful to most aquatic life.
pH monitoring period means the time period in which the pH of stormwater runoff from a site
must be tested a minimum of once every seven days to determine if stormwater pH is between
6.5 and 8.5.
Point source means any discernible, confined, and discrete conveyance, including but not limited
to, any pipe, ditch, channel, tunnel, conduit, well, discrete fissure, and container from which
pollutants are or may be discharged to surface waters of the State. This term does not include
return flows from irrigated agriculture. (See Fact Sheet for further explanation.)
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 49
Pollutant means dredged spoil, solid waste, incinerator residue, filter backwash, sewage,
garbage, domestic sewage sludge (biosolids), munitions, chemical wastes, biological materials,
radioactive materials, heat, wrecked or discarded equipment, rock, sand, cellar dirt, and
industrial, municipal, and agricultural waste. This term does not include sewage from vessels
within the meaning of section 312 of the CWA, nor does it include dredged or fill material
discharged in accordance with a permit issued under section 404 of the CWA.
Pollution means contamination or other alteration of the physical, chemical, or biological
properties of waters of the State; including change in temperature, taste, color, turbidity, or odor
of the waters; or such discharge of any liquid, gaseous, solid, radioactive or other substance into
any waters of the State as will or is likely to create a nuisance or render such waters harmful,
detrimental or injurious to the public health, safety or welfare; or to domestic, commercial,
industrial, agricultural, recreational, or other legitimate beneficial uses; or to livestock, wild
animals, birds, fish or other aquatic life.
Process wastewater means any water which, during manufacturing or processing, comes into
direct contact with or results from the production or use of any raw material, intermediate
product, finished product, byproduct, or waste product (40 CFR 122.1).
Receiving water means the water body at the point of discharge. If the discharge is to a storm
sewer system, either surface or subsurface, the receiving water is the water body to which the
storm system discharges. Systems designed primarily for other purposes such as for ground
water drainage, redirecting stream natural flows, or for conveyance of irrigation water/return
flows that coincidentally convey stormwater are considered the receiving water.
Representative means a stormwater or wastewater sample which represents the flow and
characteristics of the discharge. Representative samples may be a grab sample, a time -
proportionate composite sample, or a flow proportionate sample. Ecology's Construction
Stormwater Monitoring Manual provides guidance on representative sampling.
Sanitary sewer means a sewer which is designed to convey domestic wastewater.
Sediment means the fragmented material that originates from the weathering and erosion of
rocks or unconsolidated deposits, and is transported by, suspended in, or deposited by water.
Sedimentation means the depositing or formation of sediment.
Sensitive area means a water body, wetland, stream, aquifer recharge area, or channel migration
zone.
SEPA (State Environmental Policy Act) means the Washington State Law, RCW 43.21C.020,
intended to prevent or eliminate damage to the environment.
Significant Amount means an amount of a pollutant in a discharge that is amenable to available
and reasonable methods of prevention or treatment; or an amount of a pollutant that has a
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 50
1
reasonable potential to cause a violation of surface or ground water quality or sediment
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
management standards.
Significant concrete work means greater than 1000 cubic yards poured concrete or recycled
concrete over the life of a project.
Significant Contributor of Pollutants means a facility determined by Ecology to be a contributor
of a significant amount(s) of a pollutant(s) to waters of the State of Washington.
Site means the land or water area where any "facility or activity" is physically located or
conducted.
Source control BMPs means physical, structural or mechanical devices or facilities that are
intended to prevent pollutants from entering stormwater. A few examples of source control
BMPs are erosion control practices, maintenance of stormwater facilities, constructing roofs over
storage and working areas, and directing wash water and similar discharges to the sanitary sewer
or a dead end sump.
Stabilization means the application of appropriate BMPs to prevent the erosion of soils, such as,
temporary and permanent seeding, vegetative covers, mulching and matting, plastic covering and
sodding. See also the definition of Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs.
Storm drain means any drain which drains directly into a storm sewer system, usually found
along roadways or in parking lots.
Storm sewer system means a means a conveyance, or system of conveyances (including roads
with drainage systems, municipal streets, catch basins, curbs, gutters, ditches, manmade
channels, or storm drains designed or used for collecting or conveying stormwater. This does
not include systems which are part of a combined sewer or Publicly Owned Treatment Works
(POTW) as defined at 40 CFR 122.2.
Stormwater means that portion of precipitation that does not naturally percolate into the ground
or evaporate, but flows via overland flow, interflow, pipes, and other features of a stormwater
drainage system into a defined surface water body, or a constructed infiltration facility.
Stormwater Management Manual (SWMM) or Manual means the technical Manual published by
Ecology for use by local governments that contain descriptions of and design criteria for BMPs
to prevent, control, or treat pollutants in stormwater.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) means a documented plan to implement
measures to identify, prevent, and control the contamination of point source discharges of
stormwater.
Surface Waters of the State includes lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters, salt waters, and
all other surface waters and water courses within the jurisdiction of the state of Washington.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 51
Temporary Stabilization means the exposed ground surface has been covered with appropriate
materials to provide temporary stabilization of the surface from water or wind erosion. Materials
include, but are not limited to, mulch, riprap, erosion control mats or blankets and temporary
cover crops. Seeding alone is not considered stabilization. Temporary stabilization is not a
substitute for the more permanent "final stabilization."
Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) means a calculation of the maximum amount of a pollutant
that a water body can receive and still meet state water quality standards. Percentages of the
total maximum daily load are allocated to the various pollutant sources. A TMDL is the sum of
the allowable loads of a single pollutant from all contributing point and nonpoint sources. The
TMDL calculations must include a "margin of safety" to ensure that the water body can be
protected in case there are unforeseen events or unknown sources of the pollutant. The
calculation must also account for seasonable variation in water quality.
Treatment BMPs means BMPs that are intended to remove pollutants from stormwater. A few
examples of treatment BMPs are detention ponds, oil/water separators, biofiltration, and
constructed wetlands.
Transparency means a measurement of water clarity in centimeters (cm), using a 60 cm
transparency tube. The transparency tube is used to estimate the relative clarity or transparency
of water by noting the depth at which a black and white Secchi disc becomes visible when water
is released from a value in the bottom of the tube. A transparency tube is sometimes referred to
as a "turbidity tube."
Turbidity means the clarity of water expressed as nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) and
measured with a calibrated turbidimeter.
Uncontaminated means free from any contaminant, as defined in MTCA cleanup regulations.
See definition of "contaminant" and WAC 173-340-200.
Waste Load Allocation (WLA) means the portion of a receiving water's loading capacity that is
allocated to one of its existing or future point sources of pollution. WLAs constitute a type of
water quality based effluent limitation (40 CFR 130.2[h]).
Water quality means the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of water, usually with
respect to its suitability for a particular purpose.
Waters of the State includes those waters as defined as "waters of the United States" in 40 CFR
Subpart 122.2 within the geographic boundaries of Washington State and "waters of the State" as
defined in Chapter 90.48 RCW, which include lakes, rivers, ponds, streams, inland waters,
underground waters, salt waters, and all other surface waters and water courses within the
jurisdiction of the state of Washington.
Well means a bored, drilled or driven shaft, or dug hole whose depth is greater than the largest
surface dimension. (See Injection well.)
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 52
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Wheel wash wastewater means any water used in, or resulting from the operation of, a tire bath
or wheel wash (BMP C106: Wheel Wash), or other structure or practice that uses water to
physically remove mud and debris from vehicles leaving a construction site and prevent track -
out onto roads. When stormwater comingles with wheel wash wastewater, the resulting water is
considered wheel wash wastewater and must be managed according to Special Condition S9.D.9.
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 53
APPENDIX B — ACRONYMS
AKART All Known, Available, and Reasonable Methods of Prevention, Control, and
Treatment
BMP Best Management Practice
CESCL Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CKD Cement Kiln Dust
cm Centimeters
CTB Cement -Treated Base
CWA Clean Water Act
DMR Discharge Monitoring Report
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
ESC Erosion and Sediment Control
FR Federal Register
NOI Notice of Intent
NOT Notice of Termination
NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
RCW Revised Code of Washington
SEPA State Environmental Policy Act
SWMM Stormwater Management Manual
SWPPP Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
TMDL Total Maximum Daily Load
UIC Underground Injection Control
USC United States Code
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
WAC Washington Administrative Code
WQ Water Quality
WWHM Western Washington Hydrology Model
Construction Stormwater General Permit — December 1, 2010
Page 54
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix E — Site Inspection Forms (and Site Log)
The results of each inspection shall be summarized in an inspection report or checklist
that is entered into or attached to the site log book. It is suggested that the inspection
report or checklist be included in this appendix to keep monitoring and inspection
information in one document, but this is optional. However, it is mandatory that this
SWPPP and the site inspection forms be kept onsite at all times during construction, and
that inspections be performed and documented as outlined below.
At a minimum, each inspection report or checklist shall include:
a. Inspection date/times
b. Weather information: general conditions during inspection,
approximate amount of precipitation since the last inspection,
and approximate amount of precipitation within the last 24 hours.
c. A summary or list of all BMPs that have been implemented,
including observations of all erosion/sediment control structures or
practices.
d. The following shall be noted:
i. locations of BMPs inspected,
ii. locations of BMPs that need maintenance,
iii. the reason maintenance is needed,
iv. locations of BMPs that failed to operate as designed or
intended, and
v. locations where additional or different BMPs are needed, and
the reason(s) why
e. A description of stormwater discharged from the site. The presence
of suspended sediment, turbid water, discoloration, and/or oil
sheen shall be noted, as applicable.
f. A description of any water quality monitoring performed during
inspection, and the results of that monitoring.
General comments and notes, including a brief description of any
BMP r repairs, maintenance or installations made as a result of the
inspection.
h. A statement that, in the judgment of the person conducting the site
inspection, the site is either in compliance or out of compliance
g.
30
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
s
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
with the terms and conditions of the SWPPP and the NPDES
permit. If the site inspection indicates that the site is out of
compliance, the inspection report shall include a summary of the
remedial actions required to bring the site back into compliance, as
well as a schedule of implementation.
Name, title, and signature of person conducting the site inspection;
and the following statement: "I certify under penalty of law that
this report is true, accurate, and complete, to the best of my
knowledge and belief".
When the site inspection indicates that the site is not in compliance with any terms and
conditions of the NPDES permit, the Permittee shall take immediate action(s) to: stop,
contain, and clean up the unauthorized discharges, or otherwise stop the noncompliance;
correct the problem(s); implement appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs),
and/or conduct maintenance of existing BMPs; and achieve compliance with all
applicable standards and permit conditions. In addition, if the noncompliance causes a
threat to human health or the environment, the Permittee shall comply with the
Noncompliance Notification requirements in Special Condition S5.F of the permit.
31
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Site Inspection Form
eneratInforination
Project Natne!,
Inspector Naine: .'';
etSeti4
Date: „
In'ectioiiType: o After a ram event
o Weekly
o Turbidity/transparency benchmark exceedance
o Other
Weather,
precipitation Since last inspection In last 24 hours
•
Description ofGeneralSiiiconditionS;
,
Inspection of BMPs
Element 1
.Mark Clearing Limzts
B -
Inspected Funetioning
Location ProblemlCorrective Action
y N y N NIP -
13M13.;
I
Location ,
• ; 4 p,vo,ctFo .04.4c140 ;
Problem/Corrective Action
' • •
Element 2 Nblish Construction Access
BMP:
Inspected Functionrng- •
Location N N ,'•• •
• - , Problem/Corrctive Action:-
- :
BMP: ;
Inspected Functioning• — ; ,
Location - Problein/Cortective;Attidn;J-,:-'':,
NIPi ;; , , •
„
32
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Element 3: Control Flow _gates
BMP::
Inspected. ,.• .Functioning
Location' - Problern/COrrective Action
' Y N, ' `-y :'N - NIP '''
BMP:
• hiSlieeted :FutittiOning
, . ,
--Problem/Coqective Actioti
Location
Y YrN NIP• .
Element 4: Install Sediment Controls
BMP:,
Inspected
• -
- • . Inspected Functioning
Location. Y N Y N Problem/Corrective Action
• NIP
BMP:
Location
BMP: _
Location
BMP:
- Location
•
Location
Inspected Tkinctioiiing—
• • - Y N Y 'NIP
Inspected, Functioning
•
Y1\1
PrObletn/C• Oirective Action
ProblerniCorrectiVeAction
Inspected Functioning
Problern/CorreCtiVe: Action_
y N y ,IN NIP
• ;
;-Inspected Functidning
PiolD1Cm/CorrectivcAction-'
N YNNIP
33
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
',..„ .
„
BMP;
inspected.„,Functionihg
„e,
"
m!Corrective Action
'NIP:
• '
InSpeeted," FunCtioning
Location 2 - , " NIP Problem/Corrective Action' 1
s
BMP:. „,
. Inspected:, 'Functioning
Location
Y N ¥ N NIP
'Elerngty -,Proteet Stivg,s-
pec e unc loping
' "- Location
;Y N -Y N NIP
BMP:'
Location
:
InSpetted, ,.„FunCtiOning
'-'il-Obleinibjite600 Action..
Prob1eln0- oireetle Ahon
„ s
T.
Inspected,s,„
Location 'prOblenVeoriVCOe ActionNIP,
34
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Element. 7: rratectDrain Inlets -
BMP:
1(„Ocationnetipg - Problerri/cOrrectiVe Action -
Inspected. FuOl,
N, y
BMP:
Location
BMP:_ '
Location
- -
Inspected Functionmg
Problein/COrreetivelAdtidit _
r•y, N „NIP'
Inspected Functioning —
Probldrii/Corrective Action
NIP
Element 8: Stabilize Channels and Outlets
BMP:
L . Inspected Functioning
ocation
- _ 1\1= Y N NIP
BMP:-
- Location
,
Problein/Corrective Action
Inspected, , Firnctioning
PrpWeColtectiye-Actioli
- , 1\1
BMP:
Inspected Functioning
Location. YY N NIP Problem/Corrective Action
"N 1
BMP:
Location
Inspected Functioning -
Problem/Corrective'Action
Y 1\T N NIP
35
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
•1
1
1.
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Element •ontrgl Pollytan4 . - - _ A
, . ,Inspected unctiomng -
Location , Y „Yrdbletri/COrrective Action
- : =
Inspected Functioning- , •
• LocatlOn
Y N N ,F':fofilein/CortectisieAction.
= '
Element 10: Control Pewatering
BMP:
. .;' Inspected 'Functioning Problem!C6rrective ActionLocation.
y
y- N.,: NIP
BMP
..„
. ,
InSpeCted functioning
Y N
. „
=
Location , - - PrObleliiOrrecti
/Cve'Action,`::,°--1
-
".;
:13M1?:
„ ' =
Inspected Functioning
•
Location - - J\TNIP-
-, ,(OrreCtiVeAction-
, „.
Stormwater Discharges Fromthe Site
"Ebeation
,
, •
Turbidity •
= DiSbOlOration
SheenEooatjorA.;-,
TurbiditY,
Discoloration
Sheen
N
r'Problerti/CorrectiVe Actibn '°°°; •
36
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Water Quality Monitoring
:Was any water quality monitoring;` conducted?, . ❑ Yes o No
If water quality monitoring was conducted; record results here:
If water quality, monitoring indicated turbidity 250 NTU or greater; or transparency 6
cm`or less, was: Ecology notified by phone within 24 `hrs?
„ ' o Yes o No
If Ecology was notified, indicate the date, time, contact naive and phone number
:below:
Date:.
Time:
Conta_ ctName:
Phone #:
f General Comments and Notes
Include -BMP repairs; maintenance, or installations made as.a resultof the. inspection.
Were Photos Taken? ”' ❑ Yes ❑ No
if photos taken, describe .photos; below: °_.,
37
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
1
R
r
t
1
1
1
1
i
1
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix F — Engineering Calculations
Sediment Trap Sizing Calculations
BMP C240
Sediment Trap
Design from EWSWMM 2004
To determine the sediment trap geometry, first calculate the design surface area
(SA) of the trap, measured at the invert of the weir. Use the.following equation.
SA = FS(Q2/Vs)
Where,
02 = .Design inflow based on the peak discharge from the developed 2 -
year runoff event from the contributing drainage area as computed in.
the hydrologic analysis. The 10 -year -peak flow shall be.used if the
project -size, expected timing and duration of construction, or
downstream conditions warrant a higher level of protection. If no
hydrologic analysis is required, the Rational Method may be used.
Vs = The settling velocity of the soil particle of -interest. The 0.02 mm
(medium silt) particle with an assumed density of 2:65 g/cm3 has
been selected as the particle of interest and has a settling. velocity
(Vs) of 0.00096 ft/sec.
FS = A safety factor of 2 to account for non -ideal settling.
Therefore, the equation for computing surface area becomes:
-SA = 2 x 02/0.00096 or 2080 square feet per cfs of inflow
Note: Even if permanent facilities are used, they must still have a surface area
that is at least as large as that derived from the above formula. If they do not, the
pond must be enlarged.
Calculations
Q2 =
Vs =
FS =
SA =
;6'49' cfs
0.00096 ft/sec
2
1020.833
Project No.. 11108
Date. 4/17/2013
By: DLP
Note: Trap may be formed by berm or by
partial or complete e.t;rvazian
geossise
Discharge to stabilized
conveyance, outlet or
level spreader
Figure 7.3.23 Cross -Section of Sediment Trap
in I 11 11 Im
Native soil or
compacted backfill
6' Min_
V Mia depth overflow spillway
Geotexti
T j m
--111-1 I1�"1 IIml I (i
Min. 1' depth
2"-4'" rock
Min. 1' depth 3t4'-1.5"
washed gravel
71 I Im.l I1, 1 f mll IrTf1,=T! IT,i 1 l,l 1( l'
Figure 7.3.24 Sediment Trap Outlet
(10 -year peak runoff during construction)
(See above)
(See above)
sf (Required Surface Area at Top of weir/overflow)
Trap Dimension Examples
Square
32
ft x
32
ft
10 ft wide
102
ft long x
10
ft
lilt NM 1111 PIM 11111 Mill ill MI MI NO INN Ali 11111 11111 MO
1
1
1
1
t
i
1
i
1
s
1
1
1
I
SANTA BARBARA URBAN HYDROGRAPH
Eastem Washington Storm Water Manual
SCS Type IA, 24 -Hour Storm
Drainage Basin Designation: NachesWTP Backwash Basin (2 -yr, prior to construction)
24 -Hour Rainfall (inches) = . 1.00
Time Interval, 01 (minutes) = 6
Time of Concentration, Tc (minutes) = 5
Routing Constant, w, Dl/(2Tc+Dt) = 0.3750
WTP B cf..1 .uNof
CALCucT ►ONS foe SwPPP
C' I F( 0� 72A1 V f4 12Il(0t3
VOLUM( )
Total Drainage Area (square feet) 239,580
Total Drainage Area (acres) 5.50
Pervious Area (square feet) = 217;800 Impervious Area (square feet) _ ` 21,780
Pervious Area (acres) = 5.00 Impervious Area (acres) = 0.50
Pervious Area CN = ' ` ',-76 Impervious Area CN = ,-,98
S = (1000/CN)-10 = 3.16 S = (1000/CN)-10 = 0.20
0.2S = 0.63 0.2S = 0.04
Percolation Area (square feet) -0-
Percolation Rate (min. per inch) ;0.00.
Percolation Rate (fps) #DIV/0!
Percolation Rate (cfs) #DIV/01
Pervious Area Impervious Area
Maximum Design Flow Rate (cfs) = „ ';0.10!
Total Cumulative Runoff Volume (cf) = 2,1341
Maximum Storage Volume (cf) _ 'JFDIV10r
Rainfall Incremental Cumulative Cumulative Incremental Cumulative Incremental Total Instant Design Runoff Cumulative Percolation Net Flow Cumulative
Time Distribution Rainfall Rainfall Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Flow Rate Flow Rate Volume Runoff Rate Rate Storage Vol.
(hours) (fraction) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet) (cubic feet) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet)
0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
0.1 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
0.2 0.002 0.002 0.004 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 6DIV/0!
0.3 0.002 0.002 0.006 0.000 0000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 000 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
0.4 0.002 0.002 0.008 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0 00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
0.5 0.002 0.002 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 9DIV/0!
0.6 0.002 0.002 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 601V/0! #DIV/01
0.7 0.002 0.002 0.014 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 801V/0! #01V/01 #DIV/01
0.8 0.002 0.002 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #01V/01
0.9 0.002 0.002 0.018 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
1.0 0.002 0.002 0.020 0000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! 6131V/01 #DIV/0!
1.1 0.003 0.003 0.023 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 601V/0!
1.2 0.003 0.003 0.026 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.3 0.003 0.003 0.029 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.4 0.003 0.003 0.032 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 601V/01
1.5 0.003 0.003 0.035 0.000 0.000 0.000 0000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #01V/01
1.6 0.003 0 003 0 038 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 601V/01
1.7 0.003 0.003 0.041 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.8 0.003 0.003 0.044 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.09 0.09 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
1.9 0.003 0.003 0047 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.24 033 #DIV/01 6001/0! #DIV/01
2.0 0.003 0.003 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.39 0.72 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.1 0.003 0.003 0.053 0.000 0.000 0.001 0 000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.53 1.25 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #D1V/01
2.2 0.003 0.003 0.056 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.66 1.91 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 901V/01
2.3 0.004 0.004 0.060 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.08 2.99 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
2.4 0.003 0.003 0.063 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.96 3.95 9131V/01 #D1V/01 #DIVl01
2.5 0.003 0.003 0.066 0,000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.07 5.02 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.6 0.003 0.003 0.069 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.19 6.21 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
2.7 0.003 0.003 0.072 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.29 7.50 #DIV/01 901V/01 901V/01
2.8 0.004 0.004 0.076 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.001 0.000 0.01 0 00 1.89 9.39 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 901V/01
2.9 0.003 0.003 0.079 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 153 10.92 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
3.0 0.003 0003 0.082 0.000 0.000 0.007 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.63 12.55 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
3.1 0.003 0.003 0.085 0.000 0 000 0 008 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.72 14.27 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
3.2 0.003 0.003 0.088 0.000 0.000 0.009 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.00 1.81 16.08 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIVI0!
3.3 0.003 0.003 0.091 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 1.90 17.98 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.4 0,004 0.004 0.095 0.000 0.000 0.011 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.66 20.63 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.5 0.003 0.003 0.098 0.000 0.000 0.013 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.08 22.72 #DIVl01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.6 0.003 0.003 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.014 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.16 24.88 #DIV/01 #DIVIO! #DIV/01
3.7 0.004 0.004 0.105 0.000 0.000 0.015 0 002 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.99 27.87 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.8 0.004 0.004 0.109 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.002 0.000 0.01 0,01 3.12 30.99 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
3.9 0.003 0003 0.112 0000 0.000 0.018 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.42 33.41 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #01V/01
4.0 0.004 0.004 0.116 0.000 0.000 0.020 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.33 36.74 #DIV/01 601V/01 #DIV/01
4.1 0.004 0.004 0.120 0.000 0.000 0.022 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.44 40.17 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 8DIV/01
4.2 0.003 0.003 0.123 0.000 0.000 0024 0.001 0.000 001 0.01 2.65 42.82 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
4.3 0.004 0.004 0.127 0.000 0.000 0.026 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.62 46.44 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.4 0.004 0.004 0.131 0.000 0.000 0.028 0002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.72 50.16 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
4.5 0.004 0.004 0.135 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.81 53.98 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.6 0.004 0.004 0.139 0.000 0.000 0.032 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.91 57.89 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.7 0.004 0.004 0.143 0.000 0.000 0.034 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.99 61.88 #DIV/01 #DIVI0! #DIV/0!
4.8 0.004 0.004 0.147 0.000 0.000 0.036 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.08 65.96 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.9 0.005 0.005 0.152 0.000 0.000 0.039 0.003 0.000 0.01 0.01 521 71.17 9001/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.0 0.004 0.004 0.156 0.000 0.000 0.042 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.26 75.42 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.1 0.005 0.005 0.161 0.000 0.000 0.045 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.01 5.42 80.85 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.2 0.004 0.004 0.165 0.000 0,000 0.047 0002 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.42 85.27 #DIV/01 901V/01 #DIV/01
5.3 0.005 0.005 0.170 0.000 0 000 0.050 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.01 5.62 90.89 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
5.4 0.005 0.005 0.175 0.000 0.000 0.053 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 5.72 96,61 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/D!
5.5 0.005 0.005 0.180 0.000 0.000 0.056 0.003 0.000 0.02 0 02 5.82 102.43 #01V10! #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
5.6 0.005 0.005 0.185 0.000 0.000 0.060 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 5.91 108.34 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
5.7 0.005 0.005 0.190 0.000 0.000 0.063 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.00 114.35 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 90IV/01
5.8 0.005 0 005 0.195 0.000 0.000 0.066 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.09 120.43 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.9 0.005 0.005 0.200 0.000 0.000 0.070 0.003 0.000 0 02 0.02 6.17 126 60 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
6.0 0.006 0.006 0.206 0.000 0.000 0.074 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.51 134.11 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
6.1 0.006 0.006 0.212 0.000 0.000 0.078 0.004 0.000 0.02 0 02 7.62 141.73 #DIV/0! 901V/01 601V/01
6.2 0,006 0.006 0.218 0.000 0.000 0082 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 772 149.45 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
6.3 0.006 0.006 0.224 0.000 0.000 0.087 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.82 157.27 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
6.4 0.007 0.007 0.231 0000 0.000 0.092 0.005 0.000 0.03 0.02 9.24 166.51 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
6.5 0.006 0.006 0.237 0.000 0.000 0.096 0,004 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.02 174.52 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
6.6 0.006 0.006 0.243 0 000 0.000 0.101 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.10 182.62 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
6.7 0.006 0.006 0.249 0.000 0.000 0.105 0.005 0.000 0 02 0.02 8.18 190.81 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
6.8 0.006 0.006 0.255 0.000 0.000 0.110 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.26 199.07 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #01V/0!
6.9 0.006 0.006 0.261 0.000 0.000 0.114 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.33 207 40 #D V/0! #DIVl0! #01V/01
7.0 0.007 0.007 0.268 0.000 0.000 0.120 0.005 0.000 0.03 0.02 9.81 217.21 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7 1 0.007 0.007 0.275 0.000 0.000 0.125 0.005 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.91 227 12 #0 V/0! 8DIV/01 6091/01
7.2 0.008 0.008 0.283 0.000 0.000 0.131 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.43 238.55 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.3 0.008 0.008 0.291 0.000 0.000 0.138 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.54 250.08 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7 4 0.009 0.009 0.300 0.000 0 000 0.145 0.007 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.10 263.19 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
7.5 0.010 0 010 0.310 0.000 0 000 0.153 0 008 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.70 277.89 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7.6 0.021 0.021 0.331 0.000 0.000 0.170 0.017 0.002 0.09 0.06 31.33 309.22 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.7 0.024 0.024 0.355 0.000 0.000 0.190 0 020 0.002 0.10 0.08 36.48 345.69 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.8 0.024 0.024 0.379 0.000 0.000 0.211 0.020 0.002 0.10 0 10 37 10 382.80 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
7.9 0.024 0.024 0.403 0.000 0.000 0.232 0.021 0.002 0.10 0 10 37.65 420.45 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.0 0.022 0.022 0.425 0.000 0.000 0.251 0.019 0.002 0.10 0.10 34.94 455.39 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.1 0.014 0.014 0.439 0 000 0.000 0.263 0.012 0.001 0.06 0.09 22.42 477 81 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
8.2 0.013 0.013 0.452 0.000 0.000 0.275 0.012 0 001 0.06 0.07 20.94 498.75 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
8.3 0.010 0.010 0.462 0.000 0.000 0.284 0.009 0.001 0.04 0.06 16.19 514.94 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.4 0.010 0.010 0.472 0.000 0 000 0.293 0.009 0.001 0.05 0.05 16.25 531.19 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.5 0.008 0.008 0.480 0.000 0.000 0.300 0.007 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.04 544.23 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.6 0.009 0.009 0.489 0.000 0.000 0.308 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.71 558.94 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.7 0.009 0.009 0 498 0.000 0.000 0.316 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.76 573.70 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.8 0.007 0.007 0.505 0.000 0.000 0.322 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.51 585 20 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.9 0.008 0.008 0.513 0.000 0.000 0.330 0.007 0.001 0.04 0,04 13.18 598.39 #D V/01 #0IV/01 #DIV/0!
9.0 0.007 0.007 0.520 0.000 0.000 0.336 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.56 609.95 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 9071/0!
9.1 0.007 0.007 0.527 0.000 0.000 0.342 0.006 0.001 0 03 0.03 11.58 621.53 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
9.2 0.006 0.006 0.533 0.000 0.000 0.348 0.005 0.000 0 03 0.03 9.95 631 48 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #01/101
9.3 0.006 0.006 0.539 0.000 0.000 0.353 0.005 0 000 0 03 0.03 9.96 641 44 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
9.4 0.006 0.006 0.545 0.000 0.000 0.359 0.005 0 000 0.03 0.03 9.98 651 42 #D V/0! 907//01 #DIV/0!
9.5 0.005 0.005 0 550 0.000 0.000 0.363 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.33 659.74 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
9.6 0.006 0.006 0.556 0.000 0.000 0.369. 0.006 0.001 0 03 0.03 10.01 669.75 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
9.7 0.005 0.005 0.561 0.000 0.000 0.374 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.35 678.10 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
9.8 0.006 0.006 0.567 0.000 0.000 0.379 0.006 0 001 0.03 0.03 10.03 688.13 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
9.9 0 005 0.005 0.572 0.000 0.000 0.384 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.03 8 37 696.50 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #0IV/01
10.0 0.005 0.005 0.577 0.000 0.000 0.388 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.38 704.88 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #01//01
10.1 0.005 0.005 0.582 0.000 0.000 0.393 0.005 0 000 0.02 0.02 8.39 713.27 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
10.2 0.005 0.005 0.587 0.000 0.000 0.398 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.40 721.67 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
10.3 0.005 0.005 0,592 0.000 0.000 0.402 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.41 730.08 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
10.4 0.004 0.004 0.596 0.000 0.000 0.406 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.73 736.81 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
10.5 0 005 0.005 0.601 0.000 0 000 0.411 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.42 745.24 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
10.6 0 005 0.005 0 606 0.000 0.000 0.415 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.43 753.67 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
10.7 0.004 0.004 0.610 0.000 0.000 0.419 0.004 0 000 0 02 0.02 6.75 760.42 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
10.8 0.005 0.005 0.615 0.000 0.000 0.424 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.45 768.87 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DM01
10.9 0.005 0.005 0.620 0.000 0.000 0.428 0.005 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.45 777.32 #0 V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
11.0 0.004 0.004 0.624 0.000 0.000 0.432 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.77 784.09 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11 1 0.004 0.004 0.628 0.000 0 000 0.436 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.77 790.87 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11.2 0.005 0.005 0.633 0.000 0.000 0.440 0.005 0.000 0 02 0.02 8.49 799.35 #D V/01 8DIV/01 #DIV/01
11.3 0.004 0.004 0.637 0.000 0.000 0.444 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.94 806.29 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
11 4 0.004 0.004 0.641 0.000 0.000 0.448 0.004 0 000 0.02 0.02 7 13 813.42 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
.11.5 0.004 0.004 0.645 0.000 0.000 0.452 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.32 820.74 #D V/01 #D1V/0! #D1V/01
11.6 0.004 0.004 0.649 0.000 0.000 0.455 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.50 828.24 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
11.7 0.004 0.004 0.653 0.000 0.000 0.459 0 004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.69 835.93 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
11.8 0.004 0.004 0.657 0.000 0.000 0.463 0.004 0.000 0 02 0.02 7.87 843.81 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #D1V/01
11.9 0.003 0.003 0.660 0.000 0.000 0.466 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.03 849.83 #D V/0! #DIV/0! 90111/01
12.0 0.004 0 004 0.664 0.000 0.000 0.469 0 004 0.000 0.02 0.02 8 19 858.03 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12.1 0.004 0.004 0.668 0.000 0.000 0.473 0 004 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.38 866.41 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12.2 0.003 0.003 0.671 0.000 0.000 0.476 0.003 0.000 0.02 0 02 6.40 872.81 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
12.3 0.004 0.004 0.675 0.001 0.000 0.480 0.004 0.000 0.02 0 02 8.70 881.50 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
12.4 0 004 0.004 0.679 0.001 0.000 0.484 0.004 0.000 0.02 0 02 8.88 890.38 #0 V/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
12.5 0.004 0.004 0.683 0.001 0.000 0.487 0.004 0.000 0.03 0.02 9.06 899.43 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
12.6 0 004 0.004 0.687 0.001 0.000 0.491 0.004 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.24 908.67 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12.7 0.003 0.003 0.690 0.001 0.000 0.494 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.04 915.71 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
12.8 0.004 0.004 0.694 0.001 0.000 0.498 0.004 0.000 0.03 0.02 9.55 925.26 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
12.9 0.003 0.003 0.697 0.001 0.000 0.501 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.28 932.54 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
13.0 0.004 0.004 0.701 0.001 0.000 0.504 0.004 0.000 0.03 0.02 9 86 942.39 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
13.1 0.004 0.004 0.705 0.002 0.000 0.508 0.004 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.03 952.43 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
13.2 0.003 0.003 0.708 0.002 0.000 0.511 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.03 7.64 960.07 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
13.3 0.004 0.004 0.712 0.002 0.000 0.515 0.004 0.001 0.03 0.02 10.34 970.41 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
13.4 0.004 0.004 0.716 0.002 0.000 0.518 0,004 0.001 0.03 0 03 10.51 980.92 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
13.5 0.003 0.003 0.719 0.002 0.000 0.521 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.00 988.92 #0 V/01 #D1V/0! #DIV/01
13.6 0.003 0.003 0.722 0.003 0.000 0 524 0 003 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.10 997.01 #0 V/01 #01VI0! 8091/01
13.7 0.004 0.004 0.726 0.003 0.000 0.528 0.004 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.95 1,007.96 #0 V/0! #DIVI01 90171/0!
13.8 0 003 0.003 0.729 0 003 0.000 0.531 0.003 0.000 0.02 0 03 8.32 1,016.28 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
13.9 0.004 0.004 0.733 0.003 0.000 0.535 0.004 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.25 1,027.53 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
14.0 0.003 0.003 0.736 0.003 0.000 0.537 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.55 1,036.08 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
14.1 0.003 0.003 0 739 0.004 0.000 0.540 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.64 1,044.72 #0 V/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
14.2 0.004 0.004 0.743 0.004 0.000 0.544 0.004. 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.67 1,056.39 #0 11/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
14.3 0.003 0.003 0 746 0.004 0.000 0.547 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.86 1,065.25 #0 11/0! #01V/01 #DIV/01
14.4 0.003 0.003 0,749 0.004 0.000 0.550 0.003 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.96 1,074.21 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
14.5 0.004 0.004 0.753 0.004 0.000 0.554 0.004 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.09 1,086.31 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
14.6 0.003 0.003 0.756 0.005 0.000 0.556 0.003 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.18 1,095.48 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
14.7 0.003 0.003 0.759 0.005 0.000 0.559 0.003 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.27 1,104.76 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #D1V/0!
14.8 0.004 0.004 0.763 0.005 0.000 0.563 0 004 0.001 0.03 0 03 12.51 1,117.27 #D V/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
14.9 0.003 0.003 0.766 0.005 0.000 0.566 0.003 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.49 1,126.76 #0 V/01 901V/01 9071/0!
15.0 0.003 0.003 0.769 0.006 0.000 0.569 0.003 0.000 0.03 0 03 9.58 1,136.34 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! 90IV/01
15.1 0.003 0.003 0.772 0.006 0.000 0.572 0.003 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.68 1,146.02 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #01V/01
15.2 0.004 0.004 0.776 0.006 0.000 0 575 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.05 1,159.07 #D V/01 #01/10! #D1V/01
15.3 0.003 0.003 0.779 0.007 0.000 0 578 0.003 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.89 1,168.96 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
15.4 0.003 0.003 0.782 0.007 0.000 0.581 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 9.98 1,178.94 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
15.5 0.003 0.003 0.785 0.007 0.000 0.584 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.08 1,189.02 80 V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
15.6 0.003 0 003 0.788 0.007 0.000 0.587 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.17 1,199.19 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! #D1V/0!
15.7 0.004 0.004 0.792 0.008 0.000 0.591 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.03 13 70 1,212 88 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #01V/0!
15.8 0.003 0.003 0.795 0.008 0.000 0.594 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.38 1,223.26 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIVI01
15.9 0 003 0.003 0.798 0.008 0.000 0.596 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.47 1,233.73 #D V/01 #DIV/01 907//01
16.0 0.003 0.003 0.801 0.009 0.000 0.599 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.56 1,244.29 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIVI01
16.1 0.003 0.003 0.804 0.009 0.000 0.602 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.65 1,254.94 #D V/01 #DIV/0! 90111/01
16 2 0.003 0.003 0.807 0.009 0.000 0.605 0.003 0.001 0.03 0 03 10.74 1,265.68 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
r
w
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
N
1
16.3 0.003 0.003 0.810 0.010 0.000 0.608 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.83 1,276.51 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
16.4 0.003 0.003 0.813 0.010 0.000 0.611 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.92 1,28743 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #D V/01
16.5 0 003 0.003 0.816 0.010 0.000 0.614 0.003 0 001 0.03 0.03 11.01 1,298.44 #DIV/0' #0 V/0! #0 V/01
16.6 0.003 0.003 0.819 0.011 0.000 0.617 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.10 1,309.53 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
16.7 0.003 0.003 0.822 0.011 0.000 0.619 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.18 1,320.72 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #D V/0!
16.8 0.003 0.003 0.825 0.011 0.000 0.622 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.27 1,331.99 #D1V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
16 9 0.003 0.003 0.828 0.012 0.000 0.625 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.36 1,343.35 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
17.0 0.003 0.003 0.831 0.012 0.000 0.628 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.45 1,354.80 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
17 1 0.003 0 003 0.834 0.012 0.000 0.631 0.003 0.001 0.03 0 03 11.54 1,366.33 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
17.2 0.003 0.003 0.837 0.013 0.000 0.634 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.62 1,377.96 #DIV/0! #0 V/0! #D V/0!
17.3 0.003 0.003 0.840 0.013 0.000 0.637 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.71 1,389.67 805/10! #0 V/01 #D V/01
17 4 0.003 0.003 0.843 0.013 0.000 0.639 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.80 1,401.46 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
17.5 0 003 0.003 0.846 0.014 0.000 0.642 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.88 1,413.35 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
17.6 0 003 0.003 0.849 0.014 0 000 0.645 0.003 0.001 0 03 0.03 11.97 1,425.32 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
17.7 0.002 0.002 0.851 0.014 0.000 0.647 0.002 0.000 0.02 0 03 8.03 1,433.34 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
17.8 0.003 0.003 0.854 0.015 0.000 0.650 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.11 1,445.46 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
17.9 0.003 0.003 0.857 0.015 0.000 0.653 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.20 1,457.66 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
18.0 0.003 0.003 0.860 0.015 0.000 0.656 0.003 0.001 0 03 0.03 12.28 1,469.94 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
18.1 0.003 0.003 0.863 0.016 0.000 0.659 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.37 1,482.31 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
18.2 0.002 0.002 0.865 0.016 0.000 0.661 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.29 1,490.60 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
18.3 0.003 0.003 0.868 0.016 0.000 0.663 0 003 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.51 1,503.11 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
18.4 0.003 0.003 0.871 0.017 0.000 0.666 0 003 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.59 1,515.71 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #0 V/01
18.5 0.003 0.003 0.874 0.017 0.000 0.669 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 12.68 1,528.39 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
18.6 0.002 0.002 0.876 0.018 0.000 0.671 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.50 1,536.89 805//01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
18.7 0.003 0.003 0.879 0.018 0.000 0.674 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 12.82 1,549.70 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #D V/01
18.8 0.003 0.003 0.882 0.018 0.000 0.677 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 12.90 1,562.61 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
18.9 0.002 0.002 0.884 0.019 0.000 0.679 0.002 0.000 0 02 0.03 8.65 1,571.26 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
19.0 0.003 0.003 0.887 0.019 0 000 0.682 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.04 1,584.30 6061/0! #D V/0! #0 V/01
19.1 0.003 0.003 0.890 0.020 0.000 0.685 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.13 1,597 42 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
19.2 0.002 0.002 0.892 0.020 0.000 0.687 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.80 1,606.22 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
19.3 0.003 0.003 0 895 0.020 0.000 0.689 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.26 1,619.48 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
19.4 0.002 0.002 0.897 0.021 0.000 0.691 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.89 1,628.37 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
19.5 0.003 0.003 0.900 0 021 0.000 0.694 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.40 1,641.77 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/05
19.6 0.003 0.003 0.903 0.021 0.000 0.697 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.48 1,655.25 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
19.7 0.002 0.002 0.905 0.022 0.000 0.699 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.03 1,664.29 #01V/0! #D V/05 #D V/01
19.8 0.003 0.003 0.908 0.022 0.000 0.702 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.62 1,677.91 #DIV/01 #0 V/0! 60 V/0!
19.9 0.002 0.002 0.910 0.023 0.000 0.704 0.002 0.000 0.03 0 03 9.12 1,687.03 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
20.0 0.003 0.003 0.913 0.023 0.000 0.707 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.75 1,700.79 #DIV/0! 110 V/01 #D V/0!
20.1 0.002 0.002 0.915 0.023 0.000 0.709 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.21 1,710.00 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
20.2 0.003 0.003 0.918 0.024 0.000 0.712 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.89 1,723.89 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
20.3 0.002 0.002 0.920 0.024 0.000 0.714 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.30 1,733.20 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
20.4 0.002 0.002 0,922 0.024 0.000 0.715 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.34 1,742.54 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
20.5 0.003 0.003 0.925 0.025 0.000 0.718 0.003 0.001 0.04 0 03 14.08 1,756.61 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
20.6 0 002 0.002 0.927 0.025 0.000 0.720 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.43 1,766.04 #01V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
20.7 0.003 0.003 0.930 0.026 0.000 0.723 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 14.21 1,780.26 #DIV/01 90 V/0I #0 V/01
20.8 0.002 0.002 0.932 0.026 0.000 0.725 0,002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.52 1,789.78 #DIV/01 60 V/01 #0 V/01
20.9 0.002 0.002 0.934 0.026 0.000 0 727 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.55 1,799 33 #DIV/01 60 V/01 #D V/01
21.0 0.003 0.003 0 937 0.027 0.001 0.730 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 14.40 1,813.73 #DIV/01 #0 V/0! #0 V/0!
21.1 0.002 0.002 0.939 0.027 0.000 0.732 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.64 1,823.37 #0IV/01 #0 V/0! #0 V/01
21.2 0.002 0.002 0.941 0.028 0.000 0.734 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.68 1,833.05 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
21.3 0.003 0.003 0.944 0.028 0.001 0.737 0.003 0 001 0.04 0.03 14.58 1,847.63 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
21 4 0.002 0.002 0.946 0.028 0.000 0.739 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.77 1,857 40 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #D V/01
21.5 0.002 0.002 0.948 0.029 0.000 0.741 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.80 1,867.20 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
21.6 0.003 0.003 0.951 0 029 0.001 0.743 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 14 77 1,881.97 6061/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/0!
21.7 0.002 0.002 0.953 0.030 0.000 0.745 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.89 1,891.85 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
21.8 0.002 0.002 0.955 0.030 0000 0.747 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.92 1,901.78 801V/01 #D V/0! #0 V/01
21.9 0.002 0.002 0.957 0.030 0.000 0.749 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.96 1,911.74 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
22.0 0.002 0.002 0.959 0.031 0.000 0.751 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 9.99 1,921.73 #01V/0! #0 V/0! #0 V/01
22.1 0.003 0.003 0.962 0.031 0.001 0.754 0 003 0.001 0.04 0.03 15.05 1,936.78 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
22.2 0.002 0.002 0.964 0.032 0.000 0.756 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.08 1,946.86 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
22.3 0.002 0.002 0.966 0.032 0.000 0.758 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.11 1,956.97 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
22.4 0.002 0.002 0.968 0.032 0.000 0.760 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.15 1,967 12 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
22.5 0.002 0.002 0.970 0.033 0.000 0.762 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.18 1,977.30 #DIV/0! 80 V/01 #0 V/05
22.6 0.002 0.002 0.972 0.033 0.000 0.764 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.22 1,987.52 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #0 V/01
22.7 0.002 0 002 0.974 0.033 0.000 0.766 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.25 1,997.77 #DIV/01 60 V/01 #0 V/05
22.8 0.002 0.002 0.976 0.034 0.000 0.768 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10 28 2,008.06 001V/01 60 V/01 80 V/01
22.9 0.002 0.002 0.978 0,034 0.000 0.770 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.32 2,018.38 #DIV/01 #0 V/0! #0 V/01
23.0 0.002 0.002 0.980 0.035 0.000 0.772 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.35 2,028.73 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
23.1 0.002 0.002 0.982 0.035 0.000 0.773 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.39 2,039.12 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
23 2 0.002 0.002 0.984 0.035 0.000 0.775 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.42 2,049.54 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/0!
23.3 0.002 0 002 0.986 0.036 0.000 0.777 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.45 2,059.99 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #0 V/01
23.4 0.002 0.002 0.988 0.036 0.000 0.779 0 002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.49 2,070.48 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/0!
23.5 0.002 0.002 0.990 0.037 0.000 0.781 0.002 0 001 0.03 0.03 10.52 2,081.00 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #0 V/01
23.6 0.002 0.002 0.992 0 037 0.000 0.783 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.56 2,091.56 #05//01 #0 V/01 #D V/0!
23.7 0.002 0.002 0.994 0.037 0.000 0.785 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.59 2,102.15 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #0 V/0!
23.8 0.002 0.002 0.996 0.038 0.000 0.787 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.62 2,112.77 #D1V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
23.9 0.002 0.002 0.998 0.038 0.000 0.789 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.66 2,123.43 801V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
24 0 0.002 0.002 1.000 0.038 0.000 0.791 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10 69 2,134.12 #D1V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
SANTA BARBARA URBAN HYDROGRAPH
Eastem Washington Storm Water Manual
SCS Type IA, 24 -Hour Storm
12 -Apr -13
01Vt
Drainage Basin Designation: Naches WTP.Backwash Basin (10 -yr, priocto construction)
24 -Hour Rainfall (inches) = 1.50
Time Interval, Dt (minutes) = 6
Time of Concentration, Tc (minutes) _5 -
Routing Constant, w, Dt/(2Tc+Dl) = 0.3750 Maximum Design Flow Rate (cfs) = 0:17.
Total Drainage Area (square feet) 239,580 Total Cumulative Runoff Volume (cf) = _ „5,723
Total Drainage Area (acres) 5.50
Maximum Storage Volume (cf) = -#DIV/0!"
Pervious Area (square feet) = 217,800- Impervious Area (square feet) = 121,780,
Pervious Area (acres) = 5.00 Impervious Area (acres) = 0.50
Pervious Area CN = - i'76' Impervious Area CN = 98:
S = (1000/CN)-10 = 3.16 S = (1000/CN)-10 = 0.20
0.2S= 0.63 0.2S = 0.04
Percolation Area (square feet) 0
Percolation Rate (min. per inch) 0:00"
Percolation Rate (fps) #DIV/0!
Percolation Rate (cfs) #DIV/0!
Pervious Area Impervious Area
Rainfall Incremental Cumulative Cumulative Incremental Cumulative Incremental Total Instant Design Runoff Cumulative Percolation Net Flow Cumulative
Time Distribution Rainfall Rainfall Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Flow Rate Flow Rate Volume Runoff Rate Rate Storage Vol.
(hours) (fraction) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet) (cubic feet) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet)
0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
0.1 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
0.2 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.000 0000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DV/0!
0.3 0.002 0.003 0.009 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIVI0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
0.4 0.002 0.003 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #01Vl01 #DIV/0! #D V/01
0.5 0.002 0.003 0.015 0.000 0 000 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
0.6 0.002 0.003 0.018 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0 00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/01
0 7 0.002 0.003 0.021 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #D V/01
0.8 0.002 0.003 0.024 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
0.9 0.002 0.003 0.027 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
1.0 0,002 0.003 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
1 1 0.003 0.005 0.035 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
1.2 0.003 0 005 0.039 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #D V/01
1.3 0.003 0.005 0.044 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.06 0.06 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
1 4 0.003 0.005 0.048 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.38 0.44 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
1.5 0.003 0.005 0.053 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.70 1.15 #DIV/01 #D1VI01 #D V/0!
1.6 0.003 0.005 0.057 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.01 2.16 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
1.7 0.003 0.005 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.30 3.45 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
1.8 0 003 0.005 0.066 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.57 5 02 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/0!
1.9 0.003 0 005 0.071 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.00 1 82 6.84 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/01
2.0 0.003 0 005 0.075 0 000 0.000 0 005 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.06 8.90 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #D V/01
2.1 0.003 0.005 0.080 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.001 0.000 0.01 0 01 2.29 11.19 #DIV/0t #DIV/0! #D V/01
2.2 0.003 0.005 0.084 0.000 0.000 0.008 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.50 13.69 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
2.3 0 004 0.006 0.090 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.65 17.34 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
2.4 0.003 0.005 0.095 0.000 0.000 0 011 0 002 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.96 20.29 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/0!
2.5 0.003 0.005 0.099 0.000 0.000 0 013 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.14 23.43 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/0!
2.6 0.003 0.005 0.104 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.31 26.73 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
2.7 0.003 0.005 0.108 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.002 0.000 001 0.01 3.47 30.20 #DIVIO! #DIV/01 #DV/01
2.8 0.004 0.006 0.114 0 000 0.000 0.019 0.003 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.86 35 06 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
2.9 0.003 0.005 0.119 0.000 0.000 0.021 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.81 38 87 #DIV/DI #DIV/0! #D V/0!
3.0 0.003 0.005 0.123 0.000 0.000 0.024 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.95 42.82 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
3.1 0 003 0.005 0.128 0.000 0.000 0.026 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.08 46.90 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/01
3.2 0.003 0.005 0.132 0.000 0 000 0.028 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.21 51.11 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/0!
3.3 0.003 0.005 0.137 0.000 0.000 0.031 0.002 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.32 55.43 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
3.4 0.004 0.006 0.143 0.000 0.000 0.034 0 003 0000 0.02 0.01 5.94 61.37 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
3.5 0.003 0.005 0.147 0.000 0.000 0.036 0.003 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.58 65.96 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
3 6 0.003 0 005 0.152 0.000 0.000 0 039 0 003 0 000 0.01 0.01 4.68 70.64 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #0 V/01
3.7 0.004 0.006 0.158 0.000 0.000 0.042 0.004 0 000 0.02 0.01 6.40 77.04 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
3.8 0.004 0.006 0.164 0.000 0.000 0.046 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.56 83.60 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/0!
3.9 0.003 0.005 0.168 0.000 0.000 0.049 0.003 0.000 0.01 0.02 5.02 88.63 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
4.0 0.004 0.006 0.174 0.000 0000 0.053 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.83 95.46 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
4.1 0.004 0.006 0.180 0.000 0.000 0.056 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.97 102.43 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
4.2 0.003 0.005 0.185 0.000 0.000 0.059 0 003 0.000 0.01 0.02 5.32 107.75 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/01
4.3 0,004 0.006 0.191 0.000 0 000 0.063 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.20 114.95 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
4.4 0.004 0.006 0.197 0.000 0.000 0.067 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.33 122.28 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #D V/01
4.5 0.004 0.006 0.203 0.000 0.000 0.071 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 744 129.72 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DV/01
4.6 0.004 0.006 0.209 0.000 0.000 0.076 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.55 137.27 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
4.7 0.004 0.006 0.215 0.000 0.000 0.080 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.66 144.93 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
4.8 0.004 0.006 0.221 0.000 0.000 0.084 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.76 152.70 401V/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
4.9 0.005 0.008 0.228 0.000 0.000 0.090 0.005 0.000 0 03 0.02 9 84 162.53 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
5.0 0004 0.006 0.234 0.000 0.000 0.094 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.97 170.50 #0IV/01 #DIV/01 #DV/01
5.1 0.005 0.008 0.242 0.000 0.000 0.099 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.02 10.09 180.59 00151101 #DIV/0! #O V/01
5.2 0.004 0.006 0.248 0.000 0.000 0.104 0.004 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.16 188.75 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/01
5.3 0.005 0.008 0.255 0.000 0 000 0.110 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.31 199 07 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #D V/01
5.4 0.005 0.008 0.263 0.000 0.000 0.115 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.43 209.50 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
5.5 0 005 0.008 0.270 0.000 0.000 0.121 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.54 220.03 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/0!
5.6 0.005 0.008 0.278 0.000 0.000 0.127 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.64 230.68 61311/0! #DIV/0! #D V/01
5.7 0.005 0,008 0.285 0.000 0.000 0.133 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.74 241.42 #DIV/01 #01V/0! #D V/01
5.8 0.005 0.008 0.293 0.000 0.000 0.139 0.006 0.001 0,03 0.03 10.84 252.26 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D V/01
5.9 0.005 0.008 0.300 0.000 0.000 0.145 0.006 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.93 263.19 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/0!
6.0 0.006 0.009 0.309 0.000 0.000 0.152 0.007 0,001 0.04 0.03 13.23 276.41 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D V/0!
6.1 0.006 0.009 0.318 0.000 0.000 0.160 0.007 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.34 289.75 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #D V/0!
6.2 0.006 0.009 0.327 0.000 0.000 0.167 0.007 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.45 303.20 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
6.3 0.006 0.009 0.336 0.000 0.000 0.175 0.007 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.56 316.76 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/01
6.4 0.007 0.011 0.347 0.000 0.000 0 183 0 009 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.94 332.70 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D V/0!
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
a
t
1
1
1
6.5 0.006 0.009 0.356 0.000 0.000 0.191 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.76 346.46 #D V/0 #D V/01 #0 V/01
6.6 0.006 0.009 0.365 0.000 0.000 0.199 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.85 360.31 #D V/0 #D VI01 #D VI01
6.7 0.006 0.009 0.374 0.000 0.000 0.206 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.93 374.24 #D V/O. #D V/0! #D V/0!
6,8 0.006 0.009 0.383 0.000 0.000 0.214 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.01 388.26 #0 V/0 #D V/0! #D V/01
6.9 0.006 0.009 0.392 0.000 0.000 0.222 0.008 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.09 402.34 #D V/0 #0 V/0! #0 V/01
7 0 0.007 0.011 0.402 0.000 0.000 0.231 0.009 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.53 418.87 #0 V/0 #0 V/0! #0 V/0!
7 1 0.007 0.011 0.413 0.000 0.000 0.240 0.009 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.62 435.49 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/01
7.2 0.008 0.012 0.425 0.000 0.000 0.250 0.011 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.10 454.59 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/01
7.3 0.008 0.012 0,437 0.000 0.000 0.261 0.011 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.21 473.80 #0 V/0. OD V/01 #D V/01
7 4 0.009 0.014 0.450 0.000 0.000 0.273 0.012 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.73 495.52 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/01
7.5 0.010 0.015 0.465 0.000 0.000 0.286 0.013 0.001 0 07 0.06 24.28 519.81 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #D V/0!
7.6 0.021 0.032 0.497 0,000 0.000 0.315 0.028 0.003 0.14 0.09 51.43 571.23 #0 V/0. #D V/01 #D V/O
7.7 0.024 0.036 0.533 0.000 0.000 0.347 0.033 0.003 0.17 0.14 59.41 630.65 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
7.8 0.024 0.036 0.569 0.000 0.000 0.381 0.033 0.003 0.17 0.16 59.99 690.64 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
7.9 0.024 0.036 0.605 0.000 0.000 0.414 0.033 0.003 0.17 0.17 60.50 751.14 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
8.0 0.022 0.033 0.638 0.000 0.000 0.445 0.031 0.003 0.16 0.16 56.04 807 18 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
8.1 0.014 0.021 0.659 0.000 0.000 0.464 0.020 0.002 0.11 0.14 39.63 846.81 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
8.2 0.013 0.020 0.678 0.001 0.000 0.483 0.018 0.002 0.11 0.12 41.34 888.14 #0 VlO #D V/01 #0 VlO
8.3 0.010 0.015 0.693 0.001 0.000 0.497 0.014 0.002 0.10 0.11 34.71 922.86 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0.
8.4 0.010 0.015 0.708 0.002 0.001 0.511 0.014 0.002 0.10 0.10 37.21 960.07 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
8.5 0.008 0.012 0.720 0.002 0.001 0.522 0.011 0.002 0.09 0.10 31.54 991.61 #D V/O #D V/01 #D V/0
8.6 0.009 0.014 0.734 0.003 0.001 0.535 0.013 0.002 0.10 0.10 37.34 1,028.95 #D V/0 #D V/01 #0 V/0
8.7 0.009 0.014 0.747 0.004 0.001 0.548 0.013 0.002 0.11 0,10 39.28 1,068.23 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
8.8 0.007 0,011 0.758 0.005 0.001 0.558 0.010 0.002 0.09 0.10 31 88 1,100.11 #D V/0 #D VI01 #D V/0.
8.9 0.008 0.012 0.770 0.006 0.001 0.569 0.011 0.002 0.11 0.10 37.84 1,137.95 #D V/O #D V/01 #D V/0
9.0 0.007 0.011 0.780 0.007 0.001 0.579 0,010 0.002 0.10 0.10 34.33 1,172.28 #D V/0 #D V/O! #D V/O
9.1 0.007 0.011 0.791 0.008 0.001 0.589 0.010 0.002 0.10 0.10 35.45 1,207.73 #D V/0. #D Vl0! #D V/0
9.2 0.006 0.009 0.800 0.008 0.001 0.598 0.009 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.27 1,239.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/O
9.3 0.006 0.009 0.809 0.009 0.001 0.606 0.009 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.08 1,271.09 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
9.4 0.006 0.009 0.818 0.010 0.001 0.615 0.009 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.89 1,303.97 #D V/0 #0 V/0! 90 V/0
9.5 0.005 0.008 0,825 0.011 0.001 0.622 0.007 0.001 0.08 0.09 28.02 1,331.99 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
9.6 0.006 0.009 0.834 0.012 0.001 0.631 0.009 0.002 0.10 0,09 34.34 1,366.33 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #D V/0
9.7 0.005 0.008 0.842 0.013 0.001 0.638 0.007 0.001 0.08 0.09 29.22 1,395,55 #D V/0. 60 V/01 #D V/0
9.8 0.006 0.009 0.851 0.014 0.001 0.647 0.009 0.002 0.10 0.09 35.78 1,431.33 #D V/0 #D V/0! #D V/0
9.9 0.005 0.008 0.858 0.015 0.001 0.654 0.007 0.002 0.08 0.09 30.41 1,461.74 #D V/O #D V/01 #D V/0
10 0 0.005 0.008 0.866 0.016 0.001 0.661 0.007 0,002 0.09 0.09 30.94 1,492.68 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
10.1 0,005 0.008 0.873 0.017 0.001 0.668 0.007 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.47 1,524.15 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
10.2 0.005 0.008 0.881 0.018 0.001 0.676 0.007 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.00 1,556.15 #D V/0. #0 V/01 #D V/0
10.3 0.005 0.008 0.888 0.019 0.001 0.683 0.007 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.52 1,588.66 #0 V/0. #D V/0 #0 Vl0
10.4 0.004 0.006 0.894 0.020 0.001 0.688 0.006 0.001 0.07 0.08 26.39 1,615.05 #D VIO. #D V/0 #D V/O
10.5 0.005 0.008 0.902 0.021 0.001 0.696 0.007 0.002 0.09 0.08 33.45 1,648.50 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/O
10.6 0.005 0.008 0.909 0.022 0.001 0.703 0.007 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.96 1,682.46 #D V/0. #0IV/0 #0 V/0
10.7 0.004 0.006 0.915 0,023 0.001 0.709 0.006 0.001 0.08 0.09 27 54 1,710.00 #D V/0 #D V/0 #0 VIO
10.8 0.005 0.008 0.923 0.025 0,001 0.716 0.007 0,002 0.10 0.09 34.88 1,744.88 #D V/0 #D V/0 #0 V/O.
10.9 0.005 0.008 0.930 0.026 0,001 0.723 0.007 0 002 0.10 0.09 35.38 1,780.26 #D VlO #D V/0 #D V/0
11.0 0.004 0.006 0.936 0.027 0.001 0.729 0.006 0.001 0.08 0.09 28.66 1,808.92 #0 V/0 #D VIO #D V/0
11.1 0.004 0.006 0.942 0.028 0.001 0.735 0.006 0.001 0.08 0.08 28.98 1,837.90 #D V/O. #D VlO #D V/0.
11.2 0.005 0 008 0.950 0.029 0.001 0.742 0.007 0.002 0.10 0.09 36.67 1,874.57 #0 V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0
11.3 0.004 0.006 0.956 0.030 0.001 0.748 0.006 0.001 0.08 0.09 29.69 1,904.26 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0.
11.4 0.004 0.006 0.962 0.031 0.001 0.754 0.006 0.002 0.08 0.09 30.00 1,934.27 #0 V/O. 90 V/0! #D V/0
11.5 0.004 0.006 0.968 0.032 0.001 0.759 0.006 0.002 0.08 0.08 30.31 1,964.58 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
11.6 0.004 0.006 0.974 0,033 0.001 0.765 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.08 30.62 1,995.21 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
11.7 0.004 0.006 0.980 0.035 0.001 0.771 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 30.93 2,026.14 #D Vl0 #D V/01 #D V/0
11.8 0.004 0.006 0.986 0.036 0.001 0.777 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.24 2,057.37 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #D V/0
11.9 0.003 0.005 0.990 0.037 0 001 0.781 0.004 0 001 0.07 0.08 23.63 2,081.00 #D V/0. #0 V/01 #D V/0.
12.0 0.004 0.006 0.996 0.038 0.001 0.787 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.08 31.77 2,112.77 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0.
12.1 0.004 0.006 1.002 0.039 0.001 0.793 0.006 0.002 0.09 0,09 32.07 2,144.84 #D V/0. #0 V/01 #D V/0
12.2 0.003 0.005 1.007 0.040 0.001 0,797 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.25 2,169 09 #D V/O #0 V/0! #D V/0.
12.3 0.004 0.006 1.013 0.041 0.001 0.803 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.08 32.60 2,201.69 #D V/O #0 VI01 #D V/0
12.4 0.004 0.006 1.019 0.042 0.001 0.809 0.006 0 002 0.09 0.09 32.89 2,234.58 #D V/O #D V/01 #D V/0
12.5 0.004 0.006 1.025 0.043 0.001 0.815 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.19 2,267.77 #D V/0. #D V/01 #0 V/O
12,6 0.004 0.006 1.031 0.045 0.001 0.820 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.48 2,301.25 #0 V/0. #D VI01 #D V/0.
12.7 0.003 0.005 1.035 0.046 0.001 0.825 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.08 25.30 2,326.56 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
12.8 0.004 0.006 1.041 0.047 0.001 0.831 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.08 33.99 2,360.55 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D VIO
12,9 0 003 0.005 1.046 0.048 0.001 0.835 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.08 25 69 2,386 24 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #0 VIO
13.0 0.004 0.006 1.052 0.049 0.001 0.841 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.08 34.50 2,420.74 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
13.1 0.004 0.006 1.058 0.051 0.001 0.847 0.006 0.002 0,10 0.09 34.79 2,455.53 #0 V/0. #D V/01 #D V/O
13.2 0.003 0.005 1.062 0.052 0.001 0.851 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.09 26.28 2,481.81 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
13.3 0 004 0.006 1.068 0.053 0.001 0.857 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.09 35.29 2,517 10 #0 V/0 #D V/0! #0 V/0
13.4 0.004 0.006 1.074 0.054 0.001 0.863 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.10 35.57 2,552.67 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D VIO
13.5 0.003 0.005 1.079 0.055 0.001 0.867 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.09 26.86 2,579.53 #0 V/0 #D V/0! #D V/O
13.6 0.003 0.005 1.083 0.056 0.001 0.872 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.08 27.02 2,606.56 #D V/0. #D VI01 #D V/0
13.7 0.004 0.006 1.089 0.058 0.001 0.877 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.09 36.27 2,642.63 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/O
13.8 0.003 0.005 1.094 0.059 0.001 0 882 0.004 0,001 0.08 0.09 27.39 2,670.22 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
13.9 0.004 0.006 1 100 0.060 0.001 0.888 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.09 36.76 2,706.98 #D VIO #D V/01 #D V/0
14.0 0.003 0.005 1 104 0.061 0.001 0.892 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.09 27 75 2,734.73 #0 VIO #D V/01 #0 V/0
14.1 0.003 0.005 1 109 0.063 0.001 0.896 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.08 27.91 2,762.64 SD V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
14.2 0.004 0.006 1.115 0.064 0.001 0.902 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.09 37 45 2,800.09 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
14.3 0.003 0.005 1.119 0.065 0.001 0.907 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.09 28.27 2,828.35 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
14.4 0.003 0.005 1.124 0.066 0.001 0.911 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.08 28.42 2,856.77 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
14.5 0.004 0.006 1.130 0.068 0.002 0.917 0.006 0.002 0.11 0.09 38.13 2,894.90 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #D V/0
14.6 0.003 0.005 1.134 0.069 0.001 0.921 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.09 28.77 2,923.67 #D V/0 #D V/0! #D V/0
14.7 0.003 0.005 1.139 0.070 0.001 0.926 0.004 0.001 0,08 0.08 28.92 2,952.60 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
14.8 0.004 0.006 1.145 0.072 0.002 0.931 0.006 0.002 0.11 0.09 38.80 2,991.39 #0 V/0 #0 V/0! #D V/0
14.9 0.003 0.005 1.149 0.073 0.001 0.936 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.09 29.27 3,020.67 #D VIO #D V/01 #D V/0
15.0 0.003 0.005 1.154 0.074 0.001 0.940 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.08 29.42 3,050.09 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
15.1 0.003 0.005 1.158 0.075 0.001 0.945 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.08 29.57 3,079.66 #D V/0. #D Vl01 #D V/0
15.2 0.004 0.006 1 164 0.077 0.002 0.950 0.006 0.002 0.11 0.09 39.66 3,119.32 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/O
15.3 0.003 0.005 1.169 0.078 0.001 0.955 0.004 0.001 0.08 0.10 29.92 3,149.23 #D Vl0 60 Vl0! #D V/0
15.4 0.003 0.005 1.173 0.079 0.001 0.959 0.004 0.002 0.08 0.09 30,06 3,179.30 #D VIS #D V/0! #D V/0
15.5 0.003 0.005 1 178 0.080 0.001 0.964 0.004 0.002 0.08 0.08 30.21 3,209.50 #0 V/0 #0 V/0! #D V/0
15.6 0.003 0.005 1.182 0.082 0.001 0.968 0.004 0.002 0.08 0.08 30.35 3,239.86 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/O
15.7 0.004 0.006 1.188 0.083 0.002 0.974 0.006 0 002 0.11 0.10 40.70 3,280.55 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
15.8 0.003 0.005 1.193 0.085 0.001 0.978 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.10 30.69 3,311.25 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D VIO
15.9 0.003 0.005 1.197 0.086 0.001 0.983 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 30.83 3,342.08 #D V/0. #D V/0! #D V/0
16.0 0.003 0.005 1.202 0.087 0.001 0.987 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 30.98 3,373.06 #D V/O #D V/01 #D V/0
16.1 0.003 0.005 1.206 0.088 0.001 0.992 0.004 0,002 0.09 0.09 31 12 3,404.18 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
16.2 0.003 0.005 1.211 0.090 0.001 0.996 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.26 3,435.44 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #D V/0
16.3 0.003 0 005 1 215 0.091 0 001 1.000 0.004 0.002 0.09 0 09 31.40 3,466.85 60 V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
16.4 0.003 0.005 1.220 0.092 0.001 1.005 0004 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.55 3,498.39 #DV/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
16.5 0.003 0.005 1.224 0.094 0.001 1.009 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.69 3,530.08 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
16.6 0.003 0.005 1.229 0.095 0.001 1.014 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.83 3,561.90 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
16.7 0.003 0.005 1.233 0 096 0.001 1.018 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.97 3,593.87 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
16.8 0.003 0.005 1.238 0 098 0.001 1 022 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.11 3,625.98 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
16.9 0.003 0.005 1.242 0.099 0.001 1.027 0.004 0.002 0 09 0.09 32.24 3,658.22 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
17 0 0.003 0.005 1.247 0.100 0 001 1.031 0.004 0 002 0.09 0.09 32.38 3,690.60 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17 1 0.003 0,005 1 251 0.102 0.001 1.036 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.52 3,723.12 #D V/0. 6001/01 #DIV/01
17.2 0.003 0.005 1.256 0.103 0.001 1.040 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.66 3,755.78 #D V/0. 9001/01 #DIV/01
17.3 0.003 0.005 1.260 0.104 0.001 1.044 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.79 3,788.57 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17 4 0.003 0.005 1.265 0.106 0.001 1.049 0.004 0,002 0.09 0.09 32.93 3,821.50 #D V/0. 6001/0! #DIV/01
17.5 0.003 0.005 1.269 0.107 0.001 1.053 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.06 3,854.56 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
17.6 0 003 0.005 1.274 0.108 0.001 1 058 0 004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.20 3,887 76 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
17.7 0.002 0.003 1.277 0.109 0.001 1.061 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 22.21 3,909.97 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17.8 0.003 0.005 1.281 0.111 0.001 1.065 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.08 33.42 3,943.40 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
17.9 0.003 0.005 1.286 0.112 0.001 1.069 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.56 3,976.95 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #01V/0!
18.0 0.003 0.005 1.290 0.114 0.001 1.074 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33,69 4,010.64 #0 V/0. #DIV/0! 6001/01
18.1 0.003 0.005 1 295 0.115 0.001 1.078 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.82 4,044.47 #D V/0 #DIV/01 6011/01
18.2 0.002 0.003 1,298 0.116 0.001 1.081 0.003 0 001 0.06 0 08 22.62 4,067.09 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
18.3 0.003 0.005 1.302 0.117 0,001 1.086 0.004 0 002 0.09 0.08 34.04 4,101.14 #D VIO. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
18.4 0.003 0.005 1.307 0.119 0.001 1.090 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 34.18 4,135.31 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #D1V/01
18.5 0.003 0 005 1.311 0.120 0,001 1.094 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 34.31 4,169.62 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
18.6 0.002 0.003 1.314 0.121 0 001 1.097 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 22.94 4,192.56 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
18 7 0.003 0.005 1.319 0.123 0.001 1.102 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 34.52 4,227 09 #D V/0. #DIV/0! 9001/01
18.8 0.003 0.005 1.323 0.124 0.001 1.106 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 34.65 4,261 74 #D V/0. #DIV/0! 913101/0!
18.9 0.002 0.003 1.326 0.125 0.001 1.109 0.003 0.001 0.06 008 23.18 4,284.92 #D V/ #0IV/0! #DIV/0!
19,0 0.003 0.005 1.331 0.127 0.001 1.113 0,004 0,002 0.10 0 08 34.87 4,319.79 #0 V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
19,1 0.003 0.005 1.335 0.128 0.001 1.118 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 35.00 4,354.79 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.2 0.002 0.003 1.338 0 129 0 001 1.121 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.40 4,378.19 #D V10. #DIV/01 #D1V/01
19.3 0.003 0.005 1.343 0.131 0 001 1.125 0 004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.21 4,413.40 #D V/0. #01V/01 #DIV/01
19.4 0.002 0.003 1.346 0.132 0.001 1.128 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.55 4,436.95 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
19.5 0.003 0 005 1.350 0.133 0.002 1.133 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.42 4,472.37 #D V/0. #DIV/0' #DIV/0!
19.6 0.003 0.005 1.355 0.135 0.002 1.137 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 35.55 4,507.93 60 V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
19.7 0002 0.003 1.358 0.136 0.001 1140 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.09 23.77 4,531.70 #D V/ 60111/01 90111/0!
19.8 0.003 0.005 1 362 0.137 0.002 1.144 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.76 4,567 46 #0 V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
19.9 0.002 0.003 1.365 0.138 0.001 1147 0.003 0.001 007 0.08 23.91 4,591.37 #0V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
20.0 0.003 0.005 1.370 0.140 0.002 1 152 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.97 4,627.34 #D V/O #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
20.1 0.002 0.003 1.373 0.141 0 001 1.155 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.05 4,651.39 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
20.2 0 003 0.005 1.377 0.142 0 002 1.159 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 36.18 4,687.57 #0 V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
20.3 0.002 0.003 1.380 0.143 0.001 1.162 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.19 4,711.76 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
20.4 0.002 0 003 1.383 0.144 0.001 1.165 0.003 0 001 0.07 0.07 24.24 4,736.00 #D VIO 80111/01 00111/01
20.5 0.003 0.005 1.388 0.146 0.002 1.169 0.004 0,002 0.10 0.08 36.47 4,772.47 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
20.6 0.002 0.003 1.391 0.147 0.001 1.172 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.38 4,796.85 #DV/0. 80111/0! #DIV/01
20.7 0.003 0.005 1.395 0.149 0.002 1 177 0.004 0.002 0 10 0.08 36.67 4,833.52 #D V/0 9001/0! 9001/0!
20.8 0.002 0.003 1.398 0.150 0.001 1 180 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.52 4,858.03 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
20.9 0.002 0.003 1 401 0.151 0,001 1183 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.57 4,882.61 #D1V/0 6001/0! #01V/01
21.0 0.003 0.005 1 406 0.152 0.002 1.187 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 36.96 4,919.56 #0 11/0. #DIV/01 90111/0!
21.1 0002 0.003 1.409 0.153 0.001 1.190 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.71 4,944.27 #0V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
21.2 0.002 0.003 1 412 0 154 0.001 1.193 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.76 4,969.03 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
21.3 0.003 0.005 1.416 0.156 0.002 1.197 0.004 0 002 0.10 0 08 37.24 5,006.27 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
21 4 0.002 0 003 1.419 0.157 0.001 1.200 0.003 0.001 0,07 0.09 24.89 5,031.16 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
21.5 0.002 0 003 1.422 0.158 0.001 1 203 0.003 0.001 0 07 0 07 24.95 5,056.11 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
21.6 0.003 0.005 1 426 0.160 0.002 1 208 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 37.52 5,093.63 #0 V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
21.7 0.002 0.003 1 429 0.161 0.001 1.211 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.09 25.08 5,118.71 #D 11/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
21.8 0002 0.003 1.432 0.162 0.001 1.214 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.13 5,143.84 #DV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
21.9 0.002 0.003 1435 0.163 0.001 1.217 0.003 0.001 007 0.07 25.19 5,169.03 #DV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
22.0 0.002 0.003 1 438 0.164 0.001 1.220 0.003 0.001 0.07 0 07 25.24 5,194.26 #D V/0. #DIV/0! 90111/0!
22.1 0.003 0.005 1.443 0.166 0.002 1.224 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.08 37.96 5,232.22 #0 V/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
22.2 0.002 0.003 1.446 0.167 0.001 1 227 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.09 25.37 5,257.59 #0 V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
22.3 0.002 0.003 1 449 0.168 0.001 1.230 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.42 5,283.01 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
22.4 0.002 0 003 1.452 0.169 0.001 1.233 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.47 5,308 49 #0 V/0 601V/01 #DIV/0!
22.5 0.002 0.003 1 455 0.170 0.001 1 236 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.53 5,334.01 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
22.6 0.002 0.003 1.458 0.171 0.001 1.239 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.58 5,359.59 #D V/0. #DIV/0! #01V/01
22.7 0.002 0.003 1 461 0.173 0.001 1.242 0.003 0.001 0.07 0,07 25.63 5,385.22 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
22.8 0.002 0.003 1.464 0174 0.001 1.245 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 2568 5,410.90 #DV/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
22.9 0.002 0 003 1.467 0.175 0.001 1.248 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.73 5,436.63 #0 V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
23.0 0.002 0.003 1.470 0.176 0.001 1.251 0.003 0 001 0.07 0.07 25.78 5,462.42 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
23.1 0.002 0.003 1.473 0.177 0.001 1.254 0.003 0 001 0.07 0 07 25.84 5,488.26 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
23.2 0.002 0.003 1 476 0.178 0.001 1.257 0.003 0 001 0.07 0.07 25.89 5,514 14 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
23.3 0.002 0.003 1 479 0.179 0 001 1.259 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.94 5,540.08 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
234 0.002 0.003 1482 0.180 0.001 1.262 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.99 5,566.07 #DV/0 90111/01 #DIV/0!
23.5 0.002 0.003 1 485 0.182 0.001 1.265 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 26.04 5,592.11 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV101
23.6 0 002 0.003 1 488 0 183 0.001 1.268 0.003 0.001 0 07 0,07 26.09 5,618.20 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.7 0.002 0.003 1 491 0.184 0.001 1.271 0,003 0 001 0.07 0.07 26.14 5,644.34 #D V/0 #DIV/0! 00111/01
23.8 0.002 0.003 1.494 0.185 0.001 1.274 0.003 0 001 0.07 0.07 26.19 5,670.54 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
23.9 0 002 , 0.003 1 497 0.186 0.001 1.277 0.003 0 001 0.07 0.07 26.24 5,696.78 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
24.0 0.002 0.003 1.500 0.187 0.001 1.280 0,003 0.001 0.07 0.07 26.29 5,723.07 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
f
1
1
1
1
t
11
SANTA BARBARA URBAN HYDROGRAPH 12 -Apr -13
Eastern Washington Storm Water Manual 11108.
SCS Type IA, 24 -Hour Storm
Drainage Basin Designation: Naches.WrP BaCkWaslLBasin (2 -yr, during construction)
24 -Hour Rainfall (inches) = � 1.00
Time Interval, Dt (minutes) = 6
Time of Concentration, Tc (minutes) = !; '5
Routing Constant, w, DU(2Tc+Dl) = 0.3750
Maximum Design Flow Rate (cfs) _ ; 0.30;
Total Drainage Area (square feet) 239,580 Total Cumulative Runoff Volume (cf) _ ;;4,830*
Total Drainage Area (acres) 5.50
Pervious Area (square feet) = 474,800• Impervious Area (square feet) = 64,780
Pervious Area (acres) = 4.01 Impervious Area (acres) = 1 ;49
Pervious Area CN = , ,.I x,76 Impervious Area CN = 1 ,. 198'
S = (1000/CN)-10 = 3.16 S = (1000/CN)-10 = 0.20
0.2S = 0.63 0.2S = 0.04
Percolation Area (square feet) , '0
Percolation Rate (min. per inch) - ;pm
Percolation Rate (fps) #DIV/0!
Percolation Rate (cfs) #DIV/0!
Maximum Storage Volume (cf) _ ` `#DN/181: ='
Pervious Area Impervious Area
Rainfall Incremental Cumulative Cumulative Incremental Cumulative Incremental Total Instant Design Runoff Cumulative Percolation Net Flow Cumulative
Time Distribution Rainfall Rainfall Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Flow Rate Flow Rate Volume Runoff Rate Rate Storage Vol.
(hours) (fraction) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet) (cubic feet) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet)
0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 80 V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
0.1 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
0.2 0.002 0.002 0.004 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
0.3 0.002 0.002 0.006 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/0!
0.4 0.002 0.002 0.008 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/0!
0.5 0.002 0.002 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0! #D V/0! #D V/01
0.6 0.002 0.002 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
0.7 0.002 0.002 0.014 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0! #0 V/01 #D V/01
0.8 0.002 0.002 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
0.9 0.002 0.002 0.018 0.000 0 000 0.000. 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
1.0 0.002 0.002 0.020 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0 00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
1.1 0.003 0.003 0.023 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
1.2 0.003 0.003 0.026 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/0!
1.3 0.003 0.003 0.029 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/0! #0 V/01
1.4 0.003 0.003 0 032 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
1.5 0.003 0.003 0 035 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0! #0 V/0! #0 V/0!
1.6 0.003 0.003 0.038 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0! #D V/01 #0 V/0!
1.7 0.003 0.003 0.041 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/01 #0 V/0! #D V/01
1.8 0.003 0.003 0.044 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.00 0.00 0.26 0.26 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
1.9 0.003 0.003 0.047 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0 00 0.72 0.98 #0 V/01 #D V/0! #0 V/0!
2.0 0.003 0.003 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.15 2.13 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
2.1 0,003 0.003 0.053 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.00 0 00 1,57 3.71 #D V/01 #0 V/0! #D V/01
2.2 0 003 0.003 0.056 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.01 0.00 1.97 5.68 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/0!
2.3 0.004 0.004 0 060 0,000 0.000 0.002 0 001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.22 8.90 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
2.4 0.003 0.003 0.063 0.000 0 000 0.002 0.001 0 000 0.01 0.01 2.84 11.74 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #D VI01
2.5 0.003 0.003 0.066 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.19 14.93 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #0 VI01
2.6 0.003 0.003 0.069 0.000 0.000 0 003 0.001 0.000 0.01 0 01 3.53 18.46 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
2.7 0,003 0.003 0.072 0.000 0.000 0 004 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.85 22.31 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
2 8 0.004 0.004 0.076 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.01 5 62 27.93 90 V/0! #0 V/01 #0 V/01
2.9 0.003 0.003 0.079 0.000 0 000 0.006 0 001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.56 32.49 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
3.0 0.003 0.003 0.082 0.000 0.000 0.007 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.84 37.33 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
3.1 0.003 0.003 0.085 0.000 0.000 0.008 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 5.12 42.45 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
3.2 0.003 0.003 0.088 0.000 0.000 0.009 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 5.38 47.83 #D V/01 #D V/0! #0 V/01
3.3 0.003 0.003 0.091 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.02 5.64 53.47 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
3.4 0.004 0 004 0.095 0.000 0.000 0.011 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.90 61.37 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
3.5 0.003 0.003 0.098 0.000 0.000 0.013 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.20 67.57 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
3.6 0.003 0.003 0.101 0.000 0.000 0.014 0.001 0,000 0.02 0.02 6.43 73.99 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
3.7 0.004 0.004 0.105 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.91 82.90 #0 V/0! #0 V/0! #D V/0!
3.8 0.004 0.004 0.109 0.000 0 000 0.017 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.02 9.28 92.18 #0 V/01 #0 V/0! #D V/0!
3.9 0.003 0.003 0.112 0.000 0.000 0.018 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.02 7 19 99.37 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
4.0 0.004 0.004 0.116 0.000 0.000 0.020 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.02 9.89 109.27 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
4.1 0.004 0.004 0.120 0.000 0.000 0.022 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.22 119.49 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
4.2 0.003 0.003 0.123 0.000 0.000 0.024 0.001 0.000 0 02 0.03 7.88 127.37 #D V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
4.3 0.004 0.004 0.127 0.000 0.000 0.026 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.77 138.14 #D V/0! #D V/01 #0 V/01
4.4 0.004 0.004 0.131 0.000 0.000 0.028 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11 06 149.20 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
4.5 0.004 0.004 0.135 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.35 160.55 #D V/01 #D V/0! #0 V/01
4 6 0.004 0.004 0.139 0.000 0 000 0.032 0 002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.62 172.17 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
4.7 0.004 0.004 0.143 0.000 0.000 0.034 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.88 184.05 #D V/0! #D V/0! #0 V/0!
4 8 0 004 0 004 0.147 0.000 0.000 0.036 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.13 196.17 #0 V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
4.9 0.005 0 005 0.152 0.000 0.000 0.039 0.003 0.001 0 04 0.04 15.50 211.67 #D WO! #D V/01 #D V/01
5.0 0.004 0.004 0.156 0.000 0.000 0.042 0 002 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.66 224.33 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
5.1 0.005 0.005 0.161 0.000 0.000 0.045 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.13 240.46 #0 V/0! #D1V/01 #D V/0!
5.2 0.004 0.004 0.165 0.000 0.000 0.047 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.14 253.61 #0 V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
5.3 0.005 0.005 0.170 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.72 270.32 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
5.4 0.005 0.005 0.175 0.000 0.000 0.053 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 17.02 287.34 #0 V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/01
5.5 0.005 0.005 0.180 0.000 0.000 0.056 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 17.31 304.65 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/01
5.6 0.005 0.005 0.185 0.000 0.000 0.060 0.003 0,001 0.05 0.05 17.59 322.24 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
5.7 0.005 0.005 0.190 0.000 0.000 0.063 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 17.85 340.10 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
5.8 0.005 0.005 0.195 0.000 0.000 0.066 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 18.11 358.21 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
5.9 0.005 0.005 0.200 0.000 0.000 0.070 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 18.35 376.56 #D V/0! #121V/01 #0 V/01
6.0 0.006 0.006 0.206 0.000 0.000 0.074 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.33 398 89 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
6.1 0.006 0.006 0 212 0.000 0 000 0.078 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.65 421.55 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #0 V/01
6.2 0.006 0.006 0 218 0.000 0.000 0.082 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.96 444.51 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/01
6.3 0.006 0.006 0.224 0.000 0.000 0.087 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 23.25 467 76 #0 V/0! #D V/01 #D V/01
6 4 0.007 0 007 0 231 0.000 0.000 0.092 0.005 0.001 0.08 0.07 27 48 495.24 #0 V/01 #D V/01 #D V/01
6.5 0.006 0.006 0.237 0.000 0.000 0.096 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.07 23.84 519.08 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
6.6 0.006 0.006 0.243 0.000 0000 0.101 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.09 543.18 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
6.7 0.006 0.006 0.249 0.000 0.000 0.105 0.005 0.001 0.07 007 24.34 567.51 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
6.8 0.006 0.006 0.255 0.000 0.000 0.110 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.57 592.08 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV101
6.9 0.006 0.006 0.261 0.000 0.000 0.114 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.79 616.87 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
7.0 0.007 0.007 0 268 0.000 0.000 0.120 0 005 0.001 0.08 0.07 29.19 646.05 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7 1 0.007 0.007 0.275 0.000 0.000 0.125 0.005 0.001 0.08 0 08 29.46 675.52 #D1V/01 9051/01 #DIV/0!
7.2 0.008 0.008 0.283 0.000 0.000 0.131 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.99 709.51 #01V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7.3 0.008 0 008 0.291 0.000 0.000 0.138 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.09 34.31 743.82 #DIV/01 9051/0! #DIV/0!
74 0.009 0.009 0.300 0.000 0.000 0.145 0007 0.002 0.11 0.10 38.97 782.79 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
7.5 0.010 0.010 0.310 0.000 0000 0.153 0.008 0.002 0.12 0.11 43.73 826.52 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
7.6 0.021 0.021 0.331 0.000 0.000 0170 0.017 0.005 0.26 0.17 93.18 919.70 #0IV/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
'7.7 0 024 0.024 0.355 0.000 0.000 0 190 0.020 0.005 0.30' 0.25 108.49 1,028.19 9051/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7.8 0.024 0.024 0.379 0.000 0.000 0.211 0.020 0.006 0.31 0.29 110.36 1,138.55 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
7.9 0.024 0.024 0.403 0.000 0.000 0.232 0.021 0.006 0.31 0.30 111.99 1,250.54 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
8.0 0.022 0.022 0.425 0.000 0.000 0.251 0 019 0.005 0.29 0.30 103.91 1,354.45 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.1 0.014 0.014 0.439 0.000 0.000 0.263 0.012 0.003 0.19 0.25 66.69 1,421.15 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.2 0 013 0.013 0.452 0.000 0.000 0.275 0.012 0.003 0.17 0.20 62.29 1,483.44 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 8051/0!
8.3 0.010 0.010 0.462 0.000 0.000 0.284 0.009 0.002 0.13 0.16 48.14 1,531.58 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.4 0.010 0.010 0.472 0.000 0.000 0.293 0.009 0.002 0.13 0.14 48.32 1,579.90 #0IV/0! 6051/0! 9051/0!
8.5 0.008 0.008 0.480 0.000 0.000 0.300 0.007 0.002 0 11 0.13 38 79 1,618.68 #DIV/01 #D1V/0! #DIV/0!
8.6 0.009 0.009 0.489 0.000 0.000 0.308 0 008 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.76 1,662.45 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
8.7 0.009 0.009 0.498 0.000 0.000 0.316 0.008 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.89 1,706.34 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #01V/01
8.8 0.007 0.007 0.505 0.000 0.000 0.322 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.11 34.23 1,740.57 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #01V/01
8.9 0.008 0008 0.513 0.000 0.000 0.330 0.007 0.002 0.11 0.10 39.21 1,77977 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
9 0 0.007 0.007 0.520 0.000 0.000 0.336 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.10 34.38 1,814.15 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 6051/0!
9.1 0.007 0.007 0.527 0.000 0.000 0.342 0.006 0.002 0.10 0.10 34.45 1,848.61 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 9051/0!
9.2 0.006 0.006 0.533 0.000 0.000 0.348 0.005 0.001 0.08 0.09 29.58 1,878.19 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
9.3 0.006 0.006 0.539 0.000 0.000 0.353 0.005 0.001 0.08 0.08 29.63 1,907.82 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
9.4 0.006 0.006 0.545 0.000 0.000 0.359 0.005 0.001 0.08 0.08 29.68 1,937.50 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
9.5 0.005 0.005 0.550 0 000 0.000 0.363 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.77 1,962 26 #0IV/01 80IV/0! #D1V/01
9.6 0006 0.006 0.556 0.000 0.000 0.369 0.006 0001 0.08 0.08 29.76 1,992.02 90151/01 5051/0! #0IV/01
9 7 0.005 0.005 0.561 0.000 0.000 0.374 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.83 2,016.86 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
9.8 0.006 0.006 0.567 0.000 0.000 0 379 0.006 0.001 0.08 0.08 29.84 2,046.70 9051/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
9.9 0.005 0.005 0.572 0.000 0.000 0.384 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.90 2,071.60 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
10.0 0.005 0.005 0.577 0.000 0.000 0.388 0 005 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.93 2,096.52 #DIV/01 #051/01 #DIV/0!
10.1 0.005 0.005 0582 0000 0.000 0.393 0.005 0.001 007 0.07 24.95 2,121.48 #DIV/0! #051501 #DIV/0!
10.2 0.005 0.005 0.587 0.000 0.000 0.398 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.98 2,146.46 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DMO!
10.3 0.005 0.005 0.592 0.000 0.000 0.402 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.01 2,17147 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 5051/01
10.4 0004 0.004 0.596 0.000 0.000 0.406 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.03 2,191.49 5051/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
10.5 0.005 0.005 0.601 0.000 0.000 0.411 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.06 25.05 2,216.54 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
10.6 0.005 0.005 0.606 0.000 0.000 0.415 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.08 2,241.62 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
10.7 0.004 0.004 0.610 0.000 0.000 0 419 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.08 2,261.71 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
10.8 0.005 0.005 0.615 0.000 0.000 0.424 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.06 25.12 2,286.83 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! 5051/0!
10.9 0.005 0.005 0.620 0.000 0000 0.428 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.07 25.15 2,311.98 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV101
11.0 0.004 0.004 0.624 0.000 0.000 0.432 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.13 2,332.11 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11.1 0.004 0.004 0.628 0.000 0.000 0.436 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.15 2,352.26 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11.2 0.005 0.005 0.633 0.000 0.000 0.440 0.005 0.001 0.07 0.06 2522 2,37748 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11.3 0.004 0.004 0.637 0.000 0.000 0.444 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.31 2,397.79 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
11.4 0.004 0.004 0.641 0.000 0 000 0.448 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.47 2,418.25 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
11.5 0.004 0.004 0.645 0.000 0.000 0.452 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.63 2,438.88 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
11.6 0.004 0.004 0.649 0.000 0.000 0.455 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.79 2,459.67 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
11.7 0.004 0.004 0.653 0.000 0.000 0459 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.95 2,480.62 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11.8 0.004 0.004 0.657 0.000 0.000 0.463 0.004 0.001 0.06 0 06 21.10 2,501.72 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
11.9 0.003 0.003 0.660 0.000 0.000 0.466 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.93 2,517.66 8051/0! #DIV/01 90151/01
12.0 0.004 0.004 0.664 0.000 0.000 0.469 0.004 0.001 0 06 0.05 21.38 2,539.04 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12.1 0.004 0.004 0.668 0.000 0.000 0473 0004 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.54 2,560.57 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12.2 0.003 0.003 0.671 0.000 0.000 0.476 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 16.25 2,576.82 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
12.3 0.004 0.004 0.675 0.001 0.000 0.480 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.05 21.81 2,598.63 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
12.4 0.004 0.004 0.679 0.001 0 000 0.484 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.96 2,620.59 #D1V/01 9051/0! #DIV/0!
12.5 0.004 0.004 0.683 0.001 0.000 0.487 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.11 2,642.70 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
12.6 0.004 0.004 0.687 0.001 0.000 0.491 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.27 2,664.97 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
12.7 0.003 0.003 0.690 0.001 0.000 0.494 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 1680 2,681.77 6051/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12 8 0.004 0.004 0.694 0.001 0.000 0.498 0.004 0 001 0.06 0.05 22.53 2,704.30 8051/01 #DIV/0! #DIVI01
12.9 0.003 0.003 0697 0.001 0.000 0.501 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 1700 2,721.30 6DIV/01 #DIV/05 5051/01
13 0 0.004 0.004 0.701 0.001 0.000 0.504 0.004 0.001 0 06 0.06 22.79 2,744.09 9051/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
13.1 0.004 0.004 0.705 0.002 0.000 0.508 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.94 2,767.03 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
13.2 0.003 0.003 0.708 0.002 0.000 0.511 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 1731 2,784.34 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
13.3 0.004 0.004 0.712 0.002 0.000 0.515 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 23.20 2,807.54 8051/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
13.4 0.004 0.004 0.716 0.002 0.000 0.518 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 23.35 2,830.89 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
13.5 0 003 0.003 0.719 0.002 0.000 0.521 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 17.61 2,848.50 #0IV/01 #DIV/0! #0111/0!
13.6 0.003 0.003 0.722 0003 0.000 0.524 0.003 0 001 0.05 0.05 17.69 2,866.20 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
13.7 0.004 0.004 0.726 0003 0.000 0.528 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.06 23.72 2,889.91 #0IV/0! #DIV/01 8051/0!
13.8 0.003 0.003 0.729 0.003 0.000 0.531 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 17.88 2,907.80 8DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
13.9 0.004 0.004 0.733 0.003 0.000 0.535 0.004 0.001 007 006 23.97 2,931.77 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
14.0 0.003 0.003 0.736 0.003 0.000 0.537 0003 0.001 0.05 0.06 18.07 2,949.84 #DIV/01 6DIV/01 #0IV/0!
14.1 0.003 0.003 0.739 0.004 0.000 0.540 0 003 0.001 0.05 0.05 18.15 2,968.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
14.2 0 004 0.004 0.743 0.004 0.000 0.544 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.06 24.33 2,992.33 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
14.3 0.003 0.003 0.746 0.004 0.000 0.547 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 18.34 3,010.67 #DIV/01 0051/01 #DIV/0!
14.4 0.003 0.003 0.749 0.004 0.000 0.550 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 18.42 3,029.09 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
14.5 0.004 0.004 0.753 0.004 0 000 0.554 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.06 24.69 3,053.78 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
14.6 0.003 0.003 0.756 0.005 0.000 0.556 0.003 0 001 0.05 0.06 18.61 3,072.38 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
14.7 0.003 0.003 0.759 0.005 0.000 0.559 0.003 0 001 0.05 0.05 18.69 3,091.07 #DIV/0! 8051/01 #DIV/01
14.8 0.004 0.004 0.763 0.005 0000 0.563 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.06 25.04 3,116.11 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
14 9 0.003 0 003 0.766 0.005 0 000 0.566 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 18.87 3,134 98 #DIV/01 9DIV/01 #DIV/01
15.0 0.003 0.003 0.769 0.006 0.000 0.569 0.003 0.001 0,05 0.05 18.95 3,153.93 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
15.1 0.003 0.003 0.772 0.006 0.000 0.572 0.003 0.001 0 05 0.05 19.03 3,172.95 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
15.2 0.004 0.004 0.776 0.006 0.000 0 575 0.004 0 001 0.07 0.06 25.49 3,198.44 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIVIOI
15.3 0.003 0.003 0.779 0.007 0.000 0.578 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 19.21 3,217.65 8DIV/01 #DIV101 #DIV/01
15.4 0.003 0.003 0.782 0.007 0.000 0.581 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.06 19.29 3,236.94 #DIVI01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
15.5 0.003 0.003 0.785 0.007 0.000 0.584 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.36 3,256.30 #DIV/01 #DIVI01 #DIV/0!
15.6 0.003 0.003 0.788 0.007 0.000 0.587 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.44 3,275.74 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
15.7 0.004 0.004 0.792 0.008 0.000 0.591 0.004 0.001 0.07 0.06 26.04 3,301.78 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #DIV/01
15.8 0.003 0.003 0.795 0.008 0.000 0.594 0.003 0.001 0.05 0 06 19.62 3,321.39 #0IV/01 6051/01 901V/0!
15.9 0.003 0.003 0.798 0.008 0.000 0.596 0.003 0,001 0.05 0.06 19.69 3,341.09 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
160 0.003 0.003 0.801 0.009 0.000 0.599 0003 0.001 0.05 0.06 19.77 3,360.85 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
16.1 0.003 0.003 0.804 0.009 0.000 0.602 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 19.84 3,380.70 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 6051/01
16.2 0.003 0.003 0.807 0.009 0.000 0.605 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 19.92 3,400 62 #DIV/0! #01V/0! #DIV/0!
t
1
1
r
t
1
1
1
t
t
1
1
16.3 0.003 0.003 0 810 0.010 0.000 0.608 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 19.99 3,420.61 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
16.4 0.003 0 003 0.813 0.010 0.000 0.611 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.07 3,440.68 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
16.5 0.003 0.003 0.816 0.010 0.000 0 614 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.14 3,460.83 #D V/0! #01V/01 #DIV/01
16.6 0.003 0.003 0.819 0.011 0.000 0.617 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.22 3,481.04 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
16.7 0.003 0.003 0.822 0.011 0 000 0 619 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.29 3,501.34 #D V/0! #DIV/0! 8011//01
16.8 0.003 0.003 0.825 0.011 0.000 0.622 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.37 3,521.70 80 V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
16.9 0.003 0.003 0.828 0.012 0.000 0.625 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.44 3,542.14 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17.0 0.003 0.003 0.831 0.012 0.000 0.628 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.51 3,562.66 #D V/0! 9D1V/01 #DIV/0!
17 1 0.003 0.003 0.834 0.012 0.000 0.631 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.59 3,583.24 #0 1//01 #DIV/0 80I1//01
17.2 0.003 0.003 0.837 0.013 0.000 0.634 0.003 0.001 0.06 006 20.66 3,603.90 #0V/0! #DIV/0 #DIV/01
17.3 0.003 0.003 0.840 0.013 0.000 0.637 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.73 3,624.63 #D V/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/01
174 0.003 0.003 0.843 0.013 0.000 0.639 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.80 3,645.44 #DV/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/0!
17.5 0.003 0.003 0.846 0.014 0.000 0.642 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.88 3,666.32 #0 V/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/0!
17.6 0.003 0.003 0.849 0.014 0.000 0.645 0 003 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.95 3,687.27 #D V/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/01
177 0.002 0.002 0.851 0.014 0.000 0.647 0.002 0.001 0,04 0.05 14.01 3,701.27 #0V/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/01
17.8 0.003 0.003 0.854 0.015 0.000 0.650 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 21.07 3,722.34 #D V/01 6011//0! #DIV/01
17.9 0 003 0.003 0.857 0.015 0.000 0.653 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.14 3,743.48 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
18.0 0.003 0.003 0.860 0.015 0.000 0.656 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.21 3,764.69 #D V/01 #D1VI0! #DIV/01
18.1 0.003 0.003 0.863 0.016 0.000 0.659 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.28 3,785.98 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
18.2 0.002 0.002 0.865 0.016 0.000 0.661 0 002 0.001 0.04 0.05 14.23 3,800.20 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
18.3 0.003 0.003 0.868 0.016 0.000 0.663 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 21.40 3,821.61 #D V/01 #01V/0! #DIV/01
18.4 0.003 0.003 0.871 0.017 0.000 0.666 0.003 0 001 0,06 0.06 21.47 3,843.08 #D 1//0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
18.5 0.003 0.003 0 874 0.017 0.000 0.669 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.54 3,864.62 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
18.6 0.002 0.002 0.876 0.018 0.000 0.671 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 14.40 3,879.02 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
18.7 0.003 0.003 0.879 0.018 0.000 0.674 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 21.66 3,900.68 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! 6011/101
18.8 0.003 0.003 0.882 0.018 0.000 0.677 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.73 3,922.41 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #01V/01
18.9 0.002 0.002 0.884 0.019 0.000 0.679 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 14.52 3,936.93 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.0 0.003 0.003 0.887 0.019 0.000 0,682 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 21.84 3,958.77 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.1 0,003 0.003 0.890 0.020 0.000 0.685 0.003 0,001 0.06 0 06 21.91 3,980.69 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
19.2 0.002 0.002 0.892 0.020 0.000 0.687 0,002 0.001 0.04 0.05 14.65 3,995.34 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
19.3 0.003 0.003 0.895 0.020 0.000 0.689 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.03 4,017.36 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.4 0.002 0.002 0.897 0.021 0.000 0.691 0.002 0.001 0.04 0 05 14.72 4,032.09 #D V101 #DIV/01 8011//01
19.5 0.003 0.003 0.900 0.021 0.000 0.694 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.14 4,054.23 #D V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
19.6 0.003 0.003 0.903 0.021 0.000 0.697 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.21 4,076.44 #D 1//0! 8011//01 #DIV/01
19.7 0.002 0 002 0.905 0.022 0.000 0.699 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 14.85 4,091.29 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.8 0.003 0.003 0.908 0.022 0.000 0.702 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.32 4,113.61 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #O1V/01
19.9 0.002 0.002 0.910 0.023 0.000 0.704 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 14.92 4,128.53 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 8011//01
20.0 0.003 0.003 0.913 0.023 0.000 0.707 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.44 4,150.97 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV101
20.1 0.002 0.002 0.915 0.023 0.000 0.709 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.00 4,165.97 #0 V/01 8011//01 #DIV/01
20.2 0.003 0.003 0.918 0.024 0.000 0.712 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22 55 4,188.52 #D 1//0! #DIV/01 6011//01
20.3 0.002 0.002 0.920 0.024 0.000 0.714 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.07 4,203.59 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20.4 0.002 0.002 0.922 0.024 0.000 0.715 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.10 4,218.69 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20.5 0.003 0.003 0.925 0.025 0.000 0.718 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.71 4,241.40 #D VI01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20.6 0.002 0.002 0.927 0.025 0.000 0.720 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.17 4,256.57 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
20.7 0.003 0.003 0.930 0.026 0.000 0.723 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.82 4,279.39 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20 8 0.002 0.002 0.932 0.026 0.000 0.725 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.25 4,294.64 #D V/01 #DIV/01 8011//01
20.9 0.002 0.002 0.934 0.026 0.000 0 727 0.002 0 001 0.04 0.04 15.28 4,309.92 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
21.0 0.003 0 003 0.937 0.027 0.001 0.730 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 22.97 4,332.89 #0 V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
21.1 0.002 0.002 0.939 0.027 0.000 0.732 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.35 4,348.24 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
21.2 0.002 0.002 0.941 0.028 0.000 0.734 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.38 4,363.62 #0 1//01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
21.3 0.003 0.003 0.944 0.028 0.001 0.737 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 23.13 4,386.75 #0 V/01 8011//01 #DIV/0!
21.4 0.002 0.002 0.946 0.028 0.000 0.739 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.45 4,402.20 #D V/01 #D1V/01 #D1V/01
21.5 0.002 0.002 0.948 0.029 0.000 0.741 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.48 4,417.68 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
21.6 0 003 0.003 0.951 0.029 0.001 0.743 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.05 23.28 4,440.96 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
21.7 0.002 0.002 0.953 0.030 0.000 0.745 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.56 4,456.52 60 1//01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
21.8 0.002 0,002 0.955 0.030 0 000 0.747 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.58 4,472.10 60 1//01 #DIV/01 801V/0!
21.9 0.002 0.002 0.957 0.030 0.000 0.749 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.61 4,487.72 #0 V/01 #D1V/01 #D1V/01
22.0 0.002 0.002 0.959 0.031 0.000 0.751 0.002 0 001 0.04 0.04 15.64 4,503.36 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
22.1 0.003 0.003 0.962 0.031 0.001 0.754 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.05 23.52 4,526.87 #D V/01 #DIVIO! #DIV/01
22.2 0.002 0.002 0.964 0.032 0.000 0.756 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.71 4,542.59 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
22.3 0.002 0.002 0.966 0.032 0.000 0.758 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.74 4,558.33 #0 1//01 #DIVI01 #01V/01
22.4 0.002 0.002 0.968 0.032 0.000 0.760 0 002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.77 4,574.10 #0 1//01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
22.5 0.002 0.002 0.970 0.033 0.000 0.762 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.80 4,589 90 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 8011//0!
22.6 0.002 0.002 0.972 0.033 0 000 0.764 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.83 4,605.73 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #01V/01
22.7 0.002 0.002 0.974 0.033 0.000 0.766 0.002 0,001 0.04 0.04 15.86 4,621.58 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
22.8 0.002 0.002 0.976 0.034 0.000 0.768 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.88 4,637 47 #D V/01 9011//01 #DIV/01
22.9 0.002 0.002 0.978 0.034 0.000 0.770 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.91 4,653.38 #D V/01 #DIV/0! 8011//01
23.0 0.002 0.002 0.980 0.035 0.000 0.772 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.94 4,669.32 #0 1//01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.1 0 002 0 002 0.982 0.035 0.000 0.773 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.97 4,685 29 #D 1//01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.2 0.002 0.002 0.984 0.035 0 000 0.775 0 002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.00 4,701.29 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
23.3 0.002 0.002 0.986 0.036 0.000 0.777 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.03 4,717.31 #D V/01 6011//01 #DIV10!
23.4 0.002 0.002 0.988 0.036 0.000 0.779 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.05 4,733.37 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.5 0.002 0.002 0.990 0.037 0.000 0.781 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.08 4,749.45 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.6 0.002 0.002 0.992 0.037 0.000 0.783 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.11 4,765.56 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.7 0.002 0.002 0.994 0.037 0.000 0.785 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.14 4,781.69 #D V/0! #DIV/01 80IV/01
23.8 0.002 0.002 0.996 0.038 0.000 0.787 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.16 4,797.86 #0 V/0! #DIVI01 #DIV/01
23.9 0.002 0.002 0 998 0.038 0.000 0.789 0 002 ' 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.19 4,814.05 #0 V/01 #DIV/01 #0IV/01
24.0 0.002 0.002 1.000 0.038 0.000 0.791 0.002 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.22 4,830.27 #D V/01 #D1V/01 #0IV/01
1
SANTA BARBARA URBAN HYDROGRAPH
Eastem Washington Storm Water Manual
SCS Type IA, 24 -Hour Storm
Drainage Basin Designation: Naches WTP.Beckwash Basin (10 -yr, during construction)
24 -Hour Rainfall (inches) _
Time Interval, Dt (minutes) =
Time of Concentration, Tc (minutes) _
Routing Constant, w, DV(2Tc+Dt) _
Total Drainage Area (square feet)
Total Drainage Area (acres)
1.50
6
0.3750
239,580
5.50
Pervious Area (square feet) = 174,800 Impervious Area (square feet) = 64,780
Pervious Area (acres) = 4.01 Impervious Area (acres) = 1.49
Pervious Area CN = 1 76 Impervious Area CN = . 98
S = (1000/CN)-10 = 3.16 S = (1000/CN)-10 = 0.20
0.2S = 0.63 0.2S = 0.04
Percolation Area (square feet) '0
Percolation Rate (min. per inch) - • 0.00
Percolation Rate (fps) #DIV/0I
Percolation Rate (cfs) #DIV/01
12 -Apr -13
,11108
Maximum Design Flow Rate (cfs) = "0.49
Total Cumulative Runoff Volume (cf) _
Maximum Storage Volume (cf) _ ;#DIV/01.
Pervious Area Impervious Area
Rainfall Incremental Cumulative Cumulative Incremental Cumulative Incremental Total Instant Design Runoff Cumulative Percolation Net Flow Cumulative
Time Distribution Rainfall Rainfall Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Flow Rate Flow Rate Volume Runoff Rate Rate Storage Vol.
(hours) (fraction) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet) (cubic feet) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet)
0.0 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
0.1 0.002 0.003 0.003 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
0.2 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
0.3 0.002 0.003 0.009 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
0.4 0.002 0.003 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0i #DIV/01
0.5 0.002 0.003 0.015 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
0.6 0.002 0.003 0.018 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
0.7 0.002 0.003 0.021 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
0.8 0.002 0.003 0.024 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D1V/01
0.9 0.002 0.003 0.027 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.0 0.002 0.003 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.1 0.003 0.005 0.035 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
1.2 0.003 0.005 0.039 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
1.3 0.003 0.005 0.044 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.19 0.19 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1 4 0.003 0.005 0.048 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.00 0.00 1 13 1.32 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.5 0.003 0.005 0.053 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.01 0.00 2.10 3.42 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.6 0.003 0.005 0.057 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.00 6.42 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
1.7 0.003 0.005 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.86 10.28 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
1 8 0.003 0.005 0.066 0.000 0.000 0 003 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.66 14.93 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 601V/01
1.9 0.003 0.005 0.071 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.01 5.41 20.35 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.0 0.003 0.005 0.075 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.001 0 000 0.02 0.02 6.13 26.48 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.1 0.003 0.005 0.080 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.80 33.28 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.2 0.003 0.005 0.084 0.000 0.000 0.008 0.001 0.000 0.02 0.02 744 40.71 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.3 0.004 0.006 0.090 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.02 10.85 51.56 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.4 0.003 0.005 0.095 0.000 0.000 0.011 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.03 8.79 60.36 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
'2.5 0.003 0.005 0.099 0 000 0.000 0.013 0.002 0.000 0.03 0.03 9.33 69.68 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
2.6 0 003 0.005 0.104 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.002 0.000 0.03 0 03 9.83 79.51 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
2.7 0.003 0.005 0.108 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.31 89.82 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
2.8 0.004 0.006 0.114 0.000 0.000 0.019 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.03 14.45 104.28 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
2.9 0 003 0.005 0.119 0.000 0.000 0.021 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.34 115.62 #DIV/01 #DIVIO1 #DIV/01
3.0 0 003 0.005 0.123 0.000 0.000 0.024 0.002 0 001 0.03 0 03 11.75 127.37 #DIV/0! #DIVI01 #DIV/01
3.1 0.003 0.005 0.128 0.000 0.000 0.026 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.14 139.51 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.2 0.003 0.005 0.132 0.000 0.000 0.028 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 1251 152.01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.3 0.003 0.005 0 137 0.000 0.000 0.031 0.002 0.001 0.04 0.03 12.86 164.87 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
3.4 0.004 0.006 0.143 0.000 0.000 0.034 0.003 0 001 0.05 0.04 17.67 182.55 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #DIV/0!
3.5 0.003 0.005 0.147 0.000 0.000 0.036 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.63 196.17 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
3.6 0.003 0.005 0.152 0.000 0.000 0.039 0 003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.93 210.11 013161/0! #DIVl01 #DIV/0!
3.7 0.004 0.006 0.158 0.000 0.000 0.042 0.004 0.001 0.05 0.04 19.03 229.14 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
3.8 0.004 0.006 0.164 0 000 0.000 0.046 0.004 0 001 0,05 0.05 19.52 248.66 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
3.9 0.003 0.005 0.168 0,000 0.000 0.049 0.003 0.001 0.04 0 05 14.95 263.60 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIVIO!
4.0 0.004 0.006 0 174 0.000 0 000 0.053 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.05 20.32 283.92 #DIV/0! #DIVl01 #DIV/01
'4.1 0.004 0.006 0.180 0.000 0.000 0.056 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.05 20.74 304.65 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
4.2 0.003 0005 0.185 0.000 0.000 0.059 0.003 0001 0.04 0.05 1582 320.47 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
4.3 0.004 0.006 0.191 0.000 0.000 0.063 0.004 0 001 0.06 0.05 21.42 341.90 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.4 0.004 0.006 0.197 0.000 0.000 0.067 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.79 363.69 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.5 0.004 0.006 0.203 0.000 0.000 0.071 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.14 385.82 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.6 0.004 0.006 0.209 0.000 0.000 0.076 0.004 0 001 0 06 0.06 22.47 408.29 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
4.7 0.004 0.006 0215 0000 0.000 0.080 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.78 431.08 #DIV/0! #DIVIOI #DIV/01
48 0.004 0.006 0221 0.000 0.000 0.084 0.004 0.001 0.06 0.06 23.08 454.16 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
4.9 0.005 0.008 0.228 0.000 0.000 0.090 0.005 0.001 008 0.07 29.26 483.42 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
5.0 0.004 0.006 0.234 0.000 0.000 0.094 0.004 0001 007 0.07 23.71 50713 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
5.1 0.005 0.008 0.242 0.000 0.000 0.099 0.006 0.002 0.08 0.07 30.00 53713 #DIVl01 0061/0! #DIV/01
5.2 0.004 0.006 0.248 0.000 0.000 0.104 0.004 0.001 0.07 0 08 24.28 561.41 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
5.3 0.005 0.008 0.255 0.000 0.000 0.110 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.08 30.67 592.08 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIVIO!
5.4 0.005 0.008 0.263 0.000 0.000 0.115 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.08 31.02 623.10 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #01V/01
55 0.005 0.008 0.270 0.000 0.000 0121 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.35 654.44 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
5.6 0.005 0.008 0.278 0 000 0.000 0.127 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.66 686.10 #DIV/0! 0061/01 #DIV/01
5.7 0.005 0 008 0.285 0.000 0.000 0.133 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.95 718.06 #DIV/01 5061/0! #DIV/01
5.8 0.005 0.008 0.293 0.000 0.000 0.139 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.23 750.29 8061/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.9 0.005 0.008 0.300 0.000 0.000 0 145 0.006 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.50 782.79 #DM01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
6.0 0.006 0.009 0.309 0.000 0.000 0.152 0.007 0002 0.11 0.10 39.34 822.13 #01V/01 #DIVIO! #DIV/01
6.1 0.006 0.009 0.318 0.000 0.000 0.160 0.007 0.002 0.11 0.11 39.68 861.81 #01V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
6.2 0.006 0.009 0.327 0.000 0.000 0.167 0.007 0.002 0.11 0.11 40.01 901.82 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
6.3 0.006 0.009 0.336 0.000 0.000 0.175 0.007 0.002 0.11 0.11 40.32 942.13 #DIVIO! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
6.4 0.007 0.011 0.347 0 000 0.000 0.183 0.009 0 002 0.13 0.12 47 41 989 54 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 9DIV/01
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
it
It
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
f
1
t
1
6.5 0.006 0.009 0.356 0.000 0.000 0.191 0.008 0 002 0.11 0.12 40.93 1930.47 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
6.6 0.006 0.009 0 365 0.000 0.000 0.199 0.008 0.002 0.11 0.12 41 19 1971.67 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
6.7 0 006 0.009 0 374 0.000 0.000 0.206 0.008 0.002 0.12 0.12 41 44 1,113.11 #DIV/0! 8DIV/01 #DIV/0!
6.8 0.006 0.009 0.383 0.000 0.000 0.214 0.008 0.002 0.12 0.12 41.68 1,154.79 #DIV/01 #DIV/OI #DIV/0!
6.9 0.006 0.009 0.392 0.000 0.000 0 222 0.008 0.002 0.12 0.12 41.90 1,196.69 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.0 0.007 0.011 0.402 0.000 0.000 0.231 0.009 0.002 0.14 0.12 49.15 1,245.84 #DIV/01 9DIV/01 #DIV/01
7 1 0.007 0.011 0.413 0.000 0.000 0 240 0.009 0.002 0.14 0.13 49.43 1,295.27 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.2 0.008 0.012 0.425 0.000 0.000 0.250 0.011 0.003 0.16 0.14 56.81 1,352.08 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.3 0.008 0.012 0.437 0.000 0.000 0.261 0.011 0.003 0 16 0.15 57 13 1,409.21 #DIV/01 801V/01 #DIV/01
7 4 0.009 0.014 0.450 0.000 0.000 0.273 0.012 0.003 0.18 0.17 64.63 1,473.83 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7.5 0.010 0.015 0.465 0.000 0.000 0.286 0.013 0.004 0.20 0.18 72.22 1,546.05 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.6 0.021 0.032 0.497 0.000 0.000 0.315 0.028 0.008 0.42 0.28 152.96 1,699 01 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
7.7 0.024 0.036 0.533 0.000 0.000 0.347 0.033 0.009 0.49 0.41 176.71 1,875.72 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7.8 0.024 0.036 0.569 0.000 0.000 0.381 0.033 0 009 0.50 0.47 178.44 2,054.16 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.9 0.024 0.036 0.605 0.000 0.000 0.414 0.033 0.009 0.50 0.49 179.93 2,234.10 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.0 0.022 0.033 0.638 0.000 0.000 0.445 0.031 0.008 0.46 0.48 166.24 2,400.34 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.1 0.014 0.021 0.659 0.000 0.000 0.464 0,020 0 005 0.30 0.41 109.34 2,509.68 #DIV/0! #DIVIO! #DIV/01
8.2 0.013 0.020 0.678 0.001 0.000 0.483 0.018 0 005 0.29 0.33 105.41 2,615.09 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.3 0.010 0.015 0.693 0.001 0.000 0.497 0.014 0.004 0.23 0.28 83.57 2,698.65 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
8.4 0.010 0.015 0.708 0.002 0.001 0.511 0.014 0.004 0.24 0.25 85.69 2,784.34 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.5 0.008 0.012 0.720 0.002 0.001 0.522 0.011 0.004 0.19 0.22 70.05 2,854.39 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #DIV/01
8.6 0.009 0.014 0.734 0.003 0.001 0.535 0.013 0.004 0.22 021 80.38 2,934.78 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.7 0.009 0.014 0.747 0.004 0.001 0.548 0.013 0.004 0.23 0 22 82 02 3,016.80 #DIVID! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
8 8 0.007 0.011 0.758 0.005 0.001 0.558 0.010 0.003 0.18 0.21 64,92 3,081.72 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.9 0.008 0.012 0.770 0.006 0.001 0.569 0.011 0.004 0.21 0.20 75.38 3,157.09 #01V/01 #01V/01 #DIV/0!
9.0 0.007 0.011 0.780 0.007 0.001 0.579 0.010 0.003 0.19 0 20 66.98 3,224.07 #DM01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
9.1 0.007 0.011 0.791 0.008 0.001 0.589 0.010 0.003 0.19 0.19 67.92 3,292.00 #DIVID! #DIV/01 9DIV/01
9.2 0.006 0.009 0.800 0.008 0.001 0.598 0.009 0.003 0.16 0.18 58.96 3,350.96 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
9.3 0.006 0.009 0.809 0.009 0.001 0.606 0.009 0.003 0.17 0.17 59.65 3,410.61 #DIV/01 9051/01 #DIV/01
9.4 0.006 0.009 0.818 0.010 0.001 0.615 0.009 0.003 0.17 0.17 60.32 3,470.93 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 60IV/01
9.5 0.005 0.008 0.825 0.011 0.001 0.622 0.007 0.003 0.14 0.16 50.78 3,521.70 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
9.6 0.006 0.009 0.834 0.012 0.001 0.631 0.009 0.003 017 0.16 61.54 3,583.24 8051/01 #01V/01 #DIV/0
9.7 0.005 0.008 0.842 0.013 0.001 0.638 0.007 0.003 0.14 0.16 51.79 3,635.03 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
9.8 0.006 0.009 0.851 0.014 0.001 0.647 0.009 0.003 0.17 0.16 62.74 3,697.77 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 9051/0
9.9 0.005 0.008 0.858 0.015 0.001 0.654 0.007 0.003 0.15 0.16 52.78 3,750.54 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
10.0 0.005 0.008 0.866 0.016 0.001 0,661 0.007 0.003 0.15 0.15 53.22 3,803.77 #DIV/01 8DIV/01 #DIV/0
10.1 0.005 0.008 0.873 0.017 0.001 0.668 0.007 0.003 0.15 0.15 53.66 3,857 43 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
10.2 0.005 0.008 '0.881 0.018 0.001 0.676 0.007 0.003 0.15 0.15 54.10 3,911.53 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
10.3 0.005 0.008 0.888 0.019 0.001 0.683 0.007 0.003 0.15 0.15 54.54 3,966.07 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #01V/0.
10.4 0.004 0.006 0.894 0.020 0.001 0.688 0.006 0.002 0.12 0.14 43.94 4,010.01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 8051/0
10.5 0.005 0.008 0.902 0.021 0.001 0.696 0.007 0.003 0.15 0.14 55.31 4,065.33 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #01V/0
10.6 0.005 0.008 0.909 0.022 0.001 0.703 0.007 0.003 015 0.15 55.74 4,121.07 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #01V/0
10.7 0.004 0.006 0.915 0.023 0.001 0.709 0.006 0.002 0.12 0.14 44.90 4,165.97 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
10.8 0.005 0.008 0.923 0.025 0.001 0.716 0.007 0.003 0.16 0.14 56.50 4,222.47 8051/01 9DIV/01 #DIV/0
10.9 0.005 0.008 0.930 0.026 0.001 0.723 0.007 0.003 0.16 0.15 56.92 4,279.39 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
11.0 0.004 0.006 0.936 0.027 0.001 0.729 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.15 45.83 4,325.22 #DIV/01 #DIVID! #DIV/0.
111 0.004 0.006 0.942 0.028 0.001 0.735 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.13 46.10 4,371.32 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
11.2 0.005 0.008 0.950 0.029 0.001 0.742 0.007 0.003 0.16 0.14 57.99 4,429.32 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
11.3 0.004 0.006 0.956 0.030 0.001 0.748 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.14 46.69 4,476.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
11.4 0.004 0.006 0.962 0.031 0.001 0.754 0.006 0002 0.13 0.13 46.95 4,522.95 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
11.5 0 004 0.006 0.968 0.032 0.001 0.759 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.13 47.21 4,570.16 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
11.6 0004 0.006 0.974 0.033 0.001 0.765 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.13 4746 4,617.62 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
11.7 0.004 0.006 0.980 0.035 0.001 0.771 0.006 0 002 0.13 0.13 47.72 4,665.33 9DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
11.8 0.004 0.006 0.986 0.036 0.001 0.777 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.13 47.97 4,713.30 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
11.9 0.003 0.005 0.990 0.037 0.001 0.781 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.12 36.14 4,749.45 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
12.0 0.004 0.006 0.996 0.038 0.001 0.787 0.006 0.002 0.13 0.12 48.41 4,797.86 #01V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
12.1 0.004 0.006 1.002 0.039 0.001 0.793 0.006 0.002 0.14 0.13 48.66 4,846.52 #DIV/01 #01V/01 #DIV/0
12.2 0.003 0.005 1.007 0.040 0.001 0.797 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.12 36.66 4,883.18 #DIV/0! #0IV/01 #DIV/0.
12.3 0.004 0.006 1.013 0.041 0.001 0.803 0.006 0.002 0.14 0.12 49.09 4,932.27 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
12.4 0.004 0.006 1.019 0.042 0.001 0.809 0 006 0.002 0.14 0.13 49.34 4,981.61 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
12.5 0.004 0.006 1.025 0,043 0.001 0.815 0.006 0.002 0.14 0.14 49.58 5,031.19 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
12.6 0.004 0.006 1.031 0.045 0.001 0.820 0.006 0.002 0.14 0.14 49.83 5,081,02 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 8051/0
12.7 0.003 0.005 1.035 0.046 0.001 0.825 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.13 37.53 5,118.55 #01Vl01 901V/01 80111/0
12.8 0.004 0.006 1.041 0.047 0.001 0.831 0.006 0.003 0.14 0.12 50,25 5,168.80 90111/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
12.9 0.003 0.005 1.046 0.048 0.001 0.835 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.12 37.85 5,206.65 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
13.0 0.004 0.006 1.052 0.049 0.001 0.841 0.006 0.003 0.14 0.12 50.67 5,257.32 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 90111/0.
13.1 0.004 0.006 1.058 0.051 0.001 0.847 0.006 0.003 0.14 0.14 50.91 5,308.22 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
13.2 0.003 0.005 1.062 0.052 0.001 0.851 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 38.33 5,346.56 8DIV/01 9DIV/01 #DIV/0
13.3 0.004 0.006 1.068 0 053 0.001 0.857 0.006 0.003 0.14 0.13 51.32 5.397.88 9DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
13.4 0.004 0.006 1.074 0.054 0.001 0.863 0.006 0.003 014 0.14 51.55 5,449.43 9051/01 801V/01 #01V/0
13.5 0.003 0.005 1 079 0.055 0.001 0.867 0.004 9002 0.11 0.13 38.82 5,488.25 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
13.6 0.003 0.005 1.083 0.056 0.001 0.872 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.11 38.95 5,52719 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
13.7 0.004 0.006 1.089 0.058 0.001 0.877 0.006 0.003 0.14 0.12 52.13 5,579.32 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
13.8 0.003 0.005 1.094 0.059 0.001 0.882 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 39.25 5,618.57 #01V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
13.9 0.004 0.006 1 100 0.060 0.001 0.888 0.006 0.003 0.15 0.13 52.53 5,671.11 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 9051/0
14.0 0.003 0.005 1 104 0.061 0.001 0.892 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 39.55 5,710.66 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
14.1 0.003 0.005 1109 0.063 0.001 0.896 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.11 39.68 5,750.33 8051/01 80111/0! #DIV/0
14.2 0.004 0.006 1 115 0.064 0.001 0.902 0.006 0.003 0.15 0.13 53.10 5,803.43 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIVID.
14.3 0.003 0.005 1 119 0.065 0.001 0.907 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 39.97 5,843.40 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 9DIV/0
14.4 0.003 0.005 1 124 0.066 0.001 0.911 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.12 40.10 5,883.50 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
14.5 0.004 0.006 1 130 0.068 0.002 0.917 0.006 0.003 0,15 0.13 53.66 5,937 16 #DIVID! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
14.6 0,003 0.005 1.134 0.069 0.001 0.921 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 40.39 5,977.55 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
14.7 0.003 0.005 1.139 0.070 0.001 0.926 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.12 40.51 6,018.06 8DIV/0! 901V/0! #DIV/0
14 8 0.004 0.006 1.145 0.072 0.002 0.931 0.006 0.003 0.15 0.13 54 21 6,072 27 9DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIVID
14.9 0.003 0.005 1.149 0.073 0.001 0.936 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 40.80 6,113.07 #DIV/0! 80111/01 #DIV/0.
15.0 0.003 0.005 1.154 0.074 0.001 0.940 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.12 40.92 6,154.00 80111/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
15.1 0.003 0.005 1.158 0.075 0.001 0.945 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.11 41.05 6,195.04 90111/01 90111/01 #DIV/0.
15.2 0.004 0.006 1.164 0.077 0.002 0.950 0.006 0.003 0.15 0.13 54.92 6,249.96 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
15.3 0 003 0.005 1.169 0.078 0.001 0.955 0.004 0.002 0.11 0.13 41.33 6,291.29 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0,
15.4 0.003 0.005 1.173 0.079 0.001 0.959 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 41.45 6,332.74 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
15.5 0 003 0.005 1 178 0.080 0.001 0.964 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 41.57 6,374.31 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
15.6 0.003 0.005 1.182 0.082 0.001 0.968 0.004 0.002 0 12 0.12 41.69 6,415.99 90111/01 60111/01 #DIV/0
15.7 0.004 0.006 1188 0.083 0.002 0.974 0.006 0.003 0.15 0.13 55.77 6,471.76 90111/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
15.8 0.003 0.005 1 193 0.085 0.001 0.978 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.13 41.97 6,513.73 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
15.9 0.003 0.005 1197 0.086 0.001 0.983 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.08 6,555.81 90111/01 #DIV/0! 9051/0
16.0 0.003 0.005 1.202 0.087 0.001 0.987 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.20 6,598.02 #DIVIOI #DIV/0! #DIV/0
16.1 0.003 0.005 1.206 0.088 0 001 0.992 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.32 6,640.33 90111/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
16.2 0.003 0.005 1.211 0.090 0.001 0.996 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.44 6,682.77 #DIV/01 9DIV/01 901V/0
16.3 0.003 0.005 1.215 0.091 0.001 1.000 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.55 6,725.32 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
16.4 0.003 0.005 1.220 0 092 0.001 1.005 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.67 6,767.99 #131V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
16.5 0.003 0.005 1.224 0.094 0.001 1.009 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.78 6,810.77 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
16.6 0.003 0.005 1.229 0.095 0.001 1.014 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 42.90 6,853.67 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
16.7 0.003 0.005 1.233 0.096 0.001 1.018 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 43 01 6,896.68 8DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
16.8 0.003 0.005 1.238 0.098 0.001 1.022 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.13 6,939.81 #01V/01 80111/01 #DIV/0
16.9 0.003 0.005 1.242 0099 0.001 1.027 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.24 6,983.05 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #DIV/0
17 0 0.003 0.005 1.247 0.100 0.001 1.031 0.004 0.002 0.12 0 12 43.35 7,026.40 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
171 0.003 0.005 1.251 0.102 0.001 1.036 0.004 0.002 0.12 012 43.47 7,069.87 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
17.2 0.003 0.005 1.256 0.103 0.001 1.040 0.004 0.002 0.12 0,12 4358 7,113.45 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
17.3 0.003 0.005 1.260 0.104 0.001 1.044 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.69 7,15714 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
174 0.003 0.005 1.265 0.106 0.001 1.049 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.80 7,20094 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #0IV/0
17.5 0.003 0.005 1.269 0.107 0.001 1.053 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 43.91 7,244.85 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 80111/0
17.6 0.003 0.005 1.274 0.108 0.001 1.058 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 44.02 7,288.87 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
17.7 0.002 0.003 1.277 0.109 0.001 1.061 0.003 0.001 0.08 0.11 29.41 7,318.29 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 901V/0
17.8 0.003 0.005 1.281 0.111 0.001 1.065 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.10 44.21 7,362.49 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
17.9 0 003 0.005 1.286 0 112 0.001 1.069 0.004 0.002 0.12 0 12 44.32 7,406.81 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #D1V/0.
18 0 0.003 0.005 1.290 0.114 0 001 1.074 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 44.43 7,451.24 #O1V10! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
18.1 0.003 0.005 1.295 0.115 0.001 1.078 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 44.54 7,495.77 60111/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
18.2 0.002 0.003 1298 0.116 0.001 1.081 0.003 0.001 0.08 0.11 29.75 7,525.52 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0,
18.3 0.003 0.005 1.302 0.117 0.001 1.086 0.004 0 002 0.12 0.10 44.72 7,570.24 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
18.4 0003 0.005 1.307 0119 0.001 1.090 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 44.82 7,615.06 #0IV/01 #DIV/0! #01V/0.
18.5 0.003 0.005 1.311 0.120 0.001 1.094 0.004 0.002 0.12 0.12 44.93 7,659.99 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
18.6 0.002 0.003 1.314 0.121 0.001 1097 0.003 0.002 0.08 0.11 30.01 7,690.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
18.7 0 003 0.005 1,319 0.123 0.001 1.102 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 45.11 7,735.11 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
18.8 0.003 0.005 1.323 0.124 0.001 1.106 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.12 45.21 7,780.33 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
18.9 0.002 0.003 1.326 0.125 0.001 1.109 0.003 0 002 0.08 0.11 30.20 7,810.53 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
19.0 0.003 0.005 1.331 0.127 0.001 1.113 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 45.39 7,855.92 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
19.1 0.003 0.005 1 335 0.128 0.001 1.118 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.12 45.50 7,901 42 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
19.2 0002 0.003 1.338 0.129 0.001 1.121 0.003 0.002 0.08 0.11 30.39 7,931.81 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
19.3 0.003 0.005 1.343 0.131 0.001 1.125 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 45.67 7,97748 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! 801V/0.
19.4 0.002 0.003 1.346 0.132 0.001 1.128 0.003 0.002 0.08 0.11 30.51 8,007.98 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
19.5 0.003 0.005 1.350 0.133 0.002 1.133 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 45.84 8,053.83 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
19.6 0.003 0.005 1.355 0.135 0.002 1.137 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.12 45.95 8,099.78 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
197 0.002 0.003 1.358 0.136 0.001 1.140 0003 0.002 0.09 0.11 30.69 8,130.47 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
19.8 0.003 0 005 1.362 0.137 0.002 1 144 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 46.12 8,176.59 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
19.9 0.002 0.003 1.365 0.138 0.001 1.147 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 30.80 8,207.39 #0IV/01 9DIV/01 #O!V/0
200 0.003 0.005 1.370 0.140 0.002 1.152 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 46.29 8,253.68 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
20.1 0.002 0.003 1.373 0.141 0.001 1.155 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 30.92 8,284.60 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
20.2 0.003 0.005 1.377 0.142 0.002 1.159 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 46.46 8,331.06 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 90111/0.
20.3 0002 0.003 1.380 0.143 0.001 1162 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 31.03 8,362.09 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #O1V/0
20.4 0.002 0.003 1.383 0.144 0.001 1.165 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.08 8,393.17 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
20.5 0.003 0.005 1.388 0.146 0.002 1.169 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.10 46.70 8,439.86 #DIV/01 8DIV/01 #DIV/0
20.6 0.002 0.003 1.391 0.147 0.001 1.172 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 31 19 8,471.05 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
20.7 0.003 0.005 1.395 0.149 0.002 1.177 0.004 0.002 0,13 0.11 46.86 8,517.91 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0.
20.8 0.002 0.003 1.398 0.150 0.001 1.180 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 31.30 8,549.21 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/0
20.9 0.002 0.003 1 401 0151 0.001 1.183 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.34 8,580.56 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0
21.0 0.003 0.005 1.406 0.152 0.002 1.187 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.10 4710 8,627.65 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
21.1 0.002 0.003 1.409 0.153 0.001 1.190 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 3145 8,659.11 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 80111/0.
21.2 0.002 0.003 1412 0.154 0.001 1.193 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 3150 8,690.60 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 80111/0.
21.3 0.003 0.005 1.416 0.156 0.002 1.197 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 47.33 8,737.93 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0
21.4 0.002 0.003 1419 0.157 0.001 1.200 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 31.61 8,769.54 #DIV/01 9DIV/01 80I11/0
21.5 0.002 0.003 1.422 0.158 0.001 1.203 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.65 8,801.19 #DIV/01 901V/0! #O!V/0
21.6 0.003 0.005 1.426 0.160 0.002 1.208 0.004 0002 0.13 0.11 47.56 8,848.75 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
21.7 0.002 0.003 1.429 0.161 0.001 1.211 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.11 31.76 8,880.50 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0.
21.8 0.002 0.003 1.432 0.162 0.001 1.214 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.80 8,912.31 #0IV/01 #DIV/0f #DIV/0.
21.9 0.002 0003 1435 0.163 0.001 1.217 0003 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.85 8,944.15 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0
22.0 0.002 0.003 1.438 0.164 0.001 1.220 0,003 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.89 8,976.04 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0
22.1 0.003 0.005 1.443 0.166 0.002 1.224 0.004 0.002 0.13 0.11 47.91 9,023.95 60111/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0
22.2 0.002 0.003 1.446 0 167 0.001 1.227 0.003 0.002 0 09 0.11 32.00 9,055 95 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #01V/0
22.3 0 002 0.003 1 449 0.168 0.001 1.230 0.003 0.002 0.09 0 09 32,04 9,087.99 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 60111/0
22.4 0.002 0.003 1.452 0.169 0.001 1.233 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.08 9,120.07 90111/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/0.
22.5 0.002 0.003 1.455 0170 0,001 1.236 0003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.12 9,152.19 #DIV/0! #DIV/0 #DIV/0.
22.6 0.002 0.003 1.458 0.171 0.001 1.239 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.17 9,184.36 #DIV/01 #DIV/0 #DIV/0
22.7 0.002 0.003 1.461 0.173 0.001 1.242 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32,21 9,216.56 #DIV/0! 80111/0 #D1V/0
22.8 0.002 0.003 1 464 0.174 0.001 1.245 0.003 0.002 0 09 0.09 32.25 9,248.81 60111/01 #DIV/0. #DIV/0
22.9 0.002 0.003 1 467 0.175 0 001 1.248 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.29 9,281 11 #D1V/01 #DIV/0. #DIV/0
23.0 0,002 0.003 1.470 0.176 0.001 1.251 0.003 0002 0.09 0.09 32.33 9,313.44 #DIV/01 #D1V/0. #DIV/0
23.1 0.002 0.003 1.473 0.177 0.001 1.254 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.38 9,345.82 #DIV/0! #DIV/0 90111/0.
23.2 0002 0.003 1.476 0.178 0.001 1.257 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.42 9,378.23 #DIV/01 #O1V/0. #DIV/0
23.3 0.002 0.003 1.479 0.179 0.001 1.259 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.46 9,410.69 #DIV/0! #DIV/0. #DIV/0.
23.4 0.002 0.003 1.482 0.180 0.001 1.262 0.003 0 002 0.09 0.09 32.50 9,443.19 #DIV/0! #DIV/0. 80I11/0
23.5 0.002 0.003 1.485 0.182 0.001 1.265 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.54 9,475.74 #DIV/01 #O!V/0 #DIV/0.
23.6 0002 0.003 1.488 0.183 0001 1.268 0.003 0.002 0.09 0,09 32.58 9,508.32 #DIV/0! #DIV/0 #DIV/0
23.7 0.002 0.003 1.491 0.184 0.001 1.271 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.63 9,540.95 #DIV/0! #D1V/0. #DIV/0.
23.8 0.002 0.003 1.494 0.185 0.001 1.274 0.003 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.67 9,573.61 #DIV/0! #O!V/0. #DIV/0.
23.9 0.002 0.003 1.497 0.186 0.001 1 277 0.003 0 002 0 09 0.09 32.71 9,606.32 #D1V/01 #0IV/0, #DIV/0.
24.0 0.002 0.003 1.500 0.187 0.001 1.280 0.003 0 002 0.09 0.09 32.75 9,639.07 #DIV/0! #01V/0. #DIV/0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
r
1
1
SANTA BARBARA URBAN HYDROGRAPH 12 -Apr -13
Eastern Washington Storrn Water Manual ? 11108
SCS Type IA, 24 -Hour Storm
Drainage Basin Designation: Naches WTP Backwash Basin (2 -yr, post -construction)
24 -Hour Rainfall (inches) =
Time Interval, Dt (minutes) _
Time of Concentration, Tc (minutes) =
Routing Constant, w, DU(2Tc+Dl) =
6
0.3750
Total Drainage Area (square feet) 196,020
Total Drainage Area (acres) 4.50
Pervious Area (square feet) = 154,240 Impervious Area (square feet) = 41,780
Pervious Area (acres) = 3,54 Impervious Area (acres) = 0.96
Pervious Area CN = . ; 76 Impervious Area CN = .; .98
S = (1000/CN)-10 = 3.16 S = (1000/CN)-10 = 0.20
0.2S = 0.63 0.2S = 0.04
Percolation Area (square feet) 0
Percolation Rate (min, per inch) '0.00
Percolation Rate (fps) #DIV/01
Percolation Rate (cfs) #DIV/0!
Pervious Area Impervious Area
Maximum Design Flow Rate (cfs) _ ,_;ajj 0_204
Total Cumulative Runoff Volume (cf) ==,767217-15
Maximum Storage Volume (cf) = ,„a#DIV%0!;,-,a
Rainfall Incremental Cumulative Cumulative Incremental Cumulative Incremental Total Instant Design Runoff Cumulative Percolation Net Flow Cumulative
Time Distribution Rainfall Rainfall Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Flow Rate Flow Rate Volume Runoff Rate Rate Storage Vol.
(hours) (fraction) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet) (cubic feet) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic fee)
0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D VI01 #0 V/01 #0 V/0.
0.1 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/0.
0.2 0.002 0.002 0.004 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/01 #0 V/01 #D V/0
0.3 0.002 0.002 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0! #0 V/01 #D V/0
0.4 0.002 0.002 0.008 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0 #D V/01 #0 V/0.
0.5 0.002 0.002 0.010 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
0.6 0.002 0.002 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
0.7 0.002 0.002 0.014 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
0.8 0.002 0.002 0.016 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #0 VIO
0.9 0.002 0.002 0.018 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/0! #D V/0
1.0 0.002 0.002 0.020 0,000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
1.1 0.003 0.003 0.023 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
1.2 0.003 0.003 0.026 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
1.3 0.003 0.003 0.029 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #D V/0
1.4 0.003 0.003 0.032 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
1.5 0.003 0.003 0.035 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
1.6 0.003 0.003 0.038 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
1.7 0.003 0.003 0.041 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #0 V/0 #D VI01 #DIV/0
1.8 0.003 0.003 0.044 0.000 0,000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.17 0.17 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
1.9 0.003 0.003 0.047 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.46 0,63 #D V/0 #D V/0! #D V/0
2.0 0.003 0.003 0.050 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.74 1.38 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
2.1 0.003 0.003 0.053 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.01 2.39 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
2.2 0 003 0.003 0.056 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 1.27 3,66 #0 V/0 #D V/01 #0 V/0
2.3 0.004 0.004 0.060 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.00 2.08 5.74 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
2.4 0.003 0.003 0.063 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 1.83 7.57 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
2.5 0.003 0.003 0.066 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.06 9.63 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
2.6 0.003 0.003 0.069 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0,01 0.01 2.28 11.91 #D V/0 #D V/0! #D V/0
2.7 0.003 0.003 0.072 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.001 0.000 0,01 0.01 2.48 14.39 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
2.8 0.004 0.004 0.076 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.62 18.01 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
2.9 0.003 0.003 0.079 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 2.94 20.95 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #D V/0
3.0 0.003 0.003 0.082 0.000 0.000 0.007 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.12 24.08 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D WO
3.1 0.003 0.003 0.085 0.000 0.000 0.008 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.30 27.38 #0 V/0 #0 V/0 #0 V/0
3.2 0.003 0.003 0.088 0.000 0.000 0.009 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.47 30.85 #0 V/0 #0 V/0 #0 V/0
3.3 0.003 0.003 0.091 0.000 0.000 0.010 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.64 34.48 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0,
3.4 0.004 0.004 0.095 0.000 0.000 0.011 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 5.09 39.58 #0 V/0 #D V/0 #0 V/0
3.5 0.003 0.003 0.098 0.000 0.000 0.013 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.00 43.58 #D V/0 #D V/0 #0 V/0
3.6 0.003 0.003 0.101 0.000 0.000 0,014 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.14 47.72 #0 V/0 #0 V/0. #0 V/0
3.7 0.004 0.004 0.105 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.01 5.74 53.47 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0.
3.8 0.004 0.004 0.109 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 5.99 59.45 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0
3 9 0.003 0.003 0.112 0.000 0.000 0.018 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4 64 64.09 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0
4.0 0.004 0.004 0.116 0.000 0.000 0.020 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.38 70.47 #D V/0! #D V/0 #D V/0
4.1 0.004 0.004 0.120 0.000 0.000 0.022 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.59 77.07 #D V/0 #D V/0 #DIV/0
4.2 0.003 0.003 0.123 0.000 0.000 0.024 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.02 5.08 82.15 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0
4.3 0.004 0.004 0.127 0.000 0.000 0.026 0,002 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.95 89.09 #D V/0 #0 V/0 #0 V/0
4.4 0.004 0.004 0.131 0.000 0.000 0.028 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7 14 96.23 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0
4.5 0.004 0.004 0.135 0.000 0.000 0.030 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.32 103.55 #D V/0 #D V/0 #D V/0
4.6 0.004 0.004 0.139 0.000 0.000 0.032 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7 49 111.04 #D V/0 #D V/0. #D V/0
4.7 0.004 0.004 0.143 0.000 0.000 0.034 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.66 118.70 #D V/0 #D V/0! #D V/0
4.8 0.004 0.004 0.147 0.000 0.000 0.036 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.82 126.52 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
4.9 0.005 0.005 0.152 0.000 0.000 0.039 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.02 10.00 136.52 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
5.0 0.004 0.004 0.156 0.000 0.000 0.042 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.16 144.68 #D V/0 #D V/0I #D V/0
5.1 0.005 0.005 0.161 0.000 0.000 0.045 0.003 0.001 0.03 0,03 10,40 155.09 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
5.2 0.004 0.004 0.165 0.000 0.000 0.047 0.002 0.001 0.02 0.03 8.48 163.57 #D V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
5,3 0.005 0.005 0.170 0.000 0.000 0.050 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.78 174.35 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
5.4 0.005 0.005 0.175 0.000 0.000 0.053 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.98 185.32 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
5.5 0.005 0.005 0.180 0.000 0.000 0.056 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.16 196.49 #D V/0. #D V/01 #D V/0
5.6 0,005 0.005 0.185 0.000 0.000 0.060 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.34 207.83 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
5 7 0.005 0.005 0.190 0.000 0.000 0.063 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.52 219.35 #0 V/0 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
5.8 0.005 0.005 0.195 0.000 0.000 0.066 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.68 231.03 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
5.9 0.005 0.005 0.200 0.000 0.000 0.070 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.84 242.86 #D V/0 #D V/01 #D V/0
6.0 0.006 0.006 0.206 0.000 0.000 0.074 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.40 257 27 #D V/0 #D V/0! #0 V/0
6.1 0.006 0.006 0212 0.000 0.000 0.078 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.61 271.88 #D V/0! #D V/01 #D V/0
6.2 0.006 0.006 0.218 0.000 0.000 0.082 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.81 286.69 #D V/01 #D V/0! #D V/0
6.3 0.006 0.006 0.224 0.000 0.000 0.087 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.00 301.68 #D V/01 #D V/01 #D V/0
6.4 0.007 0.007 0.231 0.000 0.000 0.092 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.04 17.72 319.41 #0 V/01 #0 V/01 #0 V/0
6.5 0.006 0.006 0 237 0.000 0.000 0.096 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.38 334.78 #DIV/0! #DIVI01 #DIVI01
6.6 0.006 0.006 0.243 0.000 0.000 0.101 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.54 350.32 #01V/01 #DIV/0! 809//0!
6.7 0.006 0.006 0.249 0.000 0000 0.105 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.70 366.02 #DIV/01 8001/01 #DIV/0!
6.8 0.006 0.006 0.255 0.000 0.000 0.110 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.84 381.86 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
6.9 0.006 0.006 0.261 0.000 0.000 0.114 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.99 397.85 8001/01 808//01 #DIV/0!
7.0 0.007 0.007 0.268 0.000 0.000 0.120 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.05 18.82 416.67 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
7 1 0.007 0.007 0.275 0.000 0.000 0.125 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.00 435.68 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
7.2 0.008 0.008 0.283 0.000 0.000 0.131 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 21.92 457.60 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7.3 0.008 0.008 0.291 0.000 0.000 0.138 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.13 479.73 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
7 4 0.009 0.009 0.300 0.000 0.000 0.145 0.007 0.002 0.07 0.06 25.13 504.86 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
7.5 0.010 0.010 0.310 0.000 0.000 0.153 0.008 0 002 0.08 0.07 28.20 533.06 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
7.6 0.021 0.021 0.331 0.000 0.000 0.170 0.017 0.004 0.17 0.11 60.10 593.16 601V/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
7.7 0.024 0.024 0.355 0.000 0.000 0.190 0.020 0.004 0.19 0.16 69.97 663.14 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
7.8 0.024 0.024 0.379 0.000 0.000 0.211 0.020 0.004 0.20 0.19 71.18 734.31 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
7.9 0.024 0.024 0.403 0.000 0.000 0.232 0.021 0.004 0.20 0.20 72.23 806.54 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
8.0 0.022 0.022 0.425 0.000 0.000 0.251 0.019 0.004 0.19 0.19 67.02 873.56 90101/01 #DIV/01 #011/01
8.1 0.014 0.014 0.439 0.000 0.000 0.263 0.012 0.003 0.12 0.16 43.01 916.57 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.2 0.013 0.013 0.452 0.000 0.000 0.275 0.012 0.002 0.11 0.13 40.17 956.75 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.3 0.010 0.010 0.462 0.000 0.000 0.284 0.009 0.002 0.09 0.11 31.05 987.79 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
8.4 0.010 0.010 0.472 0.000 0.000 0.293 0.009 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.17 1,018.96 8001/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.5 0.008 0.008 0.480 0.000 0.000 0.300 0.007 0.002 0.07 0.08 25,01 1,043.97 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! 8DIV/01
8.6 0.009 0.009 0.489 0.000 0.000 0.308 0.008 0.002 0.08 0.08 28.22 1,072.20 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
8.7 0.009 0.009 0.498 0.000 0.000 0.316 0008 0.002 0.08 0.08 28.31 1,100.51 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
8.8 0.007 0.007 0.505 0.000 0.000 0,322 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.07 22.07 1,122.58 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
8.9 0.008 0.008 0.513 0.000 0.000 0.330 0.007 0.002 0.07 0.07 25.29 1,147.87 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! #01V/0!
9.0 0.007 0.007 0.520 0.000 0.000 0.336 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.07 22.17 1,170.04 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #D1V/01
9.1 0.007 0.007 0.527 0.000 0.000 0.342 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 22.22 1,192.26 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 6001/01
9.2 0.006 0.006 0.533 0.000 0.000 0.348 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.06 19.08 1,211.34 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
9.3 0.006 0.006 0.539 0.000 0.000 0.353 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.11 1,230.45 #0!V/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
9.4 0.006 0.006 0.545 0.000 0.000 0.359 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.14 1,249.59 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
9.5 0.005 0.005 0.550 0.000 0.000 0.363 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.97 1,265.57 #DIV/0! #0IV/01 #DIV/0!
9.6 0.006 0.006 0.556 0.000 0.000 0.369 0.006 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.19 1,284.76 #D1V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
9.7 0.005 0.005 0.561 0.000 0.000 0.374 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.05 16.02 1,300.78 #DIV/0! 901110! #DIV/01
9.8 0.006 0.006 0.567 0.000 0.000 0.379 0.006 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.24 1,320.02 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
9.9 0.005 0.005 0.572 0.000 0.000 0.384 0.005 0 001 0.04 0.05 16.06 1,336.08 #DIV/01 909//01 #D1V/01
10.0 0.005 0.005 0.577 0.000 0.000 0.388 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.05 16.08 1,352.16 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #D1V/01
10.1 0.005 0.005 0.582 0.000 0.000 0.393 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.09 1,368.25 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #0!V/0!
10.2 0.005 0.005 0.587 0.000 0.000 0.398 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.11 1,384.36 8001/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
10.3 0.005 0.005 0.592 0.000 0.000 0.402 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.13 1,400.49 #DIV/01 #01V/0! #DIV/01
10.4 0.004 0.004 0.596 0.000 0.000 0.406 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.92 1,413.41 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 6011/01
10.5 0.005 0.005 0.601 0.000 0.000 0.411 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.16 1,429.57 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
10.6 0.005 0.005 0.606 0.000 0.000 0.415 0.005 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.18 1,445.74 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #01V/01
10.7 0.004 0.004 0.610 0.000 0.000 0.419 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.95 1,458.69 #01V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
10.8 0.005 0.005 0.615 0.000 0.000 0.424 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.20 1,474.90 #DIV/0! #DIVI01 #DIV/01
10.9 0.005 0.005 0.620 0.000 0.000 0.428 0 005 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.22 1,491.11 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #DIV/01
11.0 0.004 0.004 0.624 0.000 0 000 0.432 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.99 1,504.10 #DIV/01 801V/0! #DIV/0!
11.1 0.004 0.004 0.628 0.000 0.000 0.436 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.00 1,51710 #DIV/0 #DIV/01 6001/01
11.2 0.005 0.005 0.633 0.000 0.000 0.440 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.27 1,533.36 #DIV/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
11.3 0.004 0.004 0.637 0.000 0.000 0.444 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.13 1,546.49 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
11.4 0.004 0.004 0.641 0.000 0.000 0.448 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.27 1,559.76 #DIV/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
11.5 0.004 0.004 0.645 0.000 0,000 0.452 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.40 1,573.16 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
11.6 0 004 0.004 0.649 0.000 0.000 0.455 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.54 1,586.70 #D1V/0 #DIV/01 8DIV/01
11.7 0.004 0.004 0.653 0.000 0.000 0.459 0.004 0.001 0 04 0.04 13.68 1,600.38 #DIV/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
11.8 0.004 0.004 0 657 0.000 0.000 0.463 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.81 1,614.19 #D1V/0 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
11.9 0.003 0.003 0.660 0.000 0.000 0.466 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.45 1,624.64 #001/0 #011/0! #DIV/0!
12.0 0.004 0.004 0.664 0.000 0.000 0.469 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.03 14.05 1,638.70 #DIV/0 #01V/01 #DIV/0!
12.1 0.004 0.004 0.668 0.000 0.000 0.473 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.19 1,652.88 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #0IV/01
12.2 0.003 0.003 0.671 0.000 0.000 0.476 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.73 1,663.61 #DIV/0 801V/01 #D1V/01
12.3 0.004 0.004 0.675 0.001 0.000 0.480 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.42 1,678.03 #DIV/0 8DIV/01 #011101
12.4 0.004 0.004 0679 0.001 0.000 0.484 0.004 0.001 0.04 004 14.55 1,692.58 #DIV/0 #D1V/01 #0IV/0!
12.5 0.004 0.004 0.683 0.001 0.000 0.487 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.69 1,707.27 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
12.6 0.004 0.004 0.687 0.001 0.000 0.491 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14,82 1,722.08 #DIV/0 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
12.7 0.003 0.003 0.690 0.001 0.000 0.494 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.20 1,733.28 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
12.8 0.004 0.004 0.694 0.001 0.000 0.498 0.004 0001 0.04 0.04 15.05 1,748.33 8011/0 9011/0! #DIV/01
12.9 0.003 0.003 0.697 0.001 0.000 0.501 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.37 1,759.70 #DIV/0 #OIVI01 #D1V/01
13.0 0.004 0.004 0.701 0.001 0.000 0.504 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.27 1,774.97 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
13.1 0.004 0.004 0.705 0.002 0.000 0.508 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.40 1,790.37 9011/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
13.2 0.003 0.003 0.708 0.002 0.000 0.511 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.64 1,80201 #DIV/0 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
13.3 0.004 0.004 0.712 0.002 0.000 0.515 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.63 1,817.64 #DIV/0 #DIV/01 #01V/01
13.4 0.004 0.004 0.716 0.002 0.000 0.518 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.76 1,833.39 #DIV/0 #D1V/01 #011/01
13.5 0.003 0.003 0.719 0.002 0.000 0.521 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.90 1,845.29 #D1V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
13.6 0.003 0.003 0.722 0.003 0.000 0.524 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.97 1,857.26 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
13.7 0.004 0 004 0.726 0.003 0.000 0.528 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.07 1,873.34 #DIV/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
13.8 0.003 0.003 0.729 0.003 0.000 0.531 0.003 0001 0.03 0.04 12.14 1,885.47 #DIV/0. 90111/01 #DIV/01
13.9 0.004 0.004 0.733 0.003 0.000 0.535 0.004 0.001 0.05 0 04 16.29 1,901.77 901V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
14.0 0.003 0.003 0.736 0.003 0.000 0.537 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 12.30 1,914.07 901V/0. #D1V/01 #DIV/01
14.1 0.003 0.003 0.739 0.004 0.000 0.540 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.04 12.37 1,926.44 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! 8011/01
14.2 0 004 0.004 0.743 0.004 0.000 0.544 0.004 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.60 1,943.04 #D1V/0 #01V/0! #D1V/01
14.3 0.003 0.003 0.746 0.004 0.000 0.547 0.003 0 001 0.03 0.04 12.53 1,955.57 #DIV/0 801V/0! #DIV/01
14.4 0.003 0 003 0.749 0.004 0.000 0.550 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.60 1,968.18 6011/10. 9011/0! 0011/01
14.5 0.004 0.004 0.753 0.004 0.000 0.554 0.004 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.91 1,985.09 00101/0 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
14.6 0.003 0.003 0.756 0.005 0.000 0.556 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.76 1,997.85 90101/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
14.7 0.003 0.003 0.759 0.005 0.000 0.559 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.83 2,01068 80101/0 #D1V/01 #01V/01
14.8 0.004 0.004 0.763 0.005 0.000 0.563 0.004 0.001 0.05 0.04 17.22 2,027.90 #DIV/0 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
14.9 0.003 0.003 0.766 0.005 0.000 0.566 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 12.99 2,040.89 #DIV/0 801V/01 #DIV/01
15.0 0.003 0.003 0.769 0.006 0.000 0.569 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.06 2,053.95 #DIV/0 80111/01 #D1V/01
15.1 0.003 0.003 0.772 0.006 0.000 0.572 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.13 2,067.08 #DIV/0 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
15.2 0.004 0.004 0.776 0.006 0.000 0.575 0.004 0.001 0.05 0.04 17.61 2,084.69 801V/0. #DIV/01 00101/01
15.3 0.003 0.003 0.779 0.007 0.000 0.578 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.28 2,097.97 #01V/0 #DIV/0! 60111/01
15.4 0.003 0.003 0.782 0.007 0.000 0.581 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.35 2,111.32 #DIVI0 #01V/0! #DIV/01
15.5 0.003 0.003 0.785 0.007 0.000 0.584 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.42 2,124.74 00101/0 90111/01 #DIV/01
15.6 0.003 0.003 0.788 0.007 0.000 0.587 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.48 2,138.23 80101/0. #DIV/0! #011/01
15.7 0.004 0.004 0.792 0.008 0.000 0.591 0.004 0.001 0.05 0.04 18.08 2,156.31 0011/0. #D1V/01 6011/0!
15.8 0.003 0.003 0.795 0.008 0.000 0.594 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.64 2,169.95 #DIV/0. #DIV/0! #DIV/01
15.9 0.003 0.003 0.798 0.008 0.000 0.596 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.71 2,183.65 #01V/0. #DIV/0! 801V/0!
16.0 0.003 0.003 0.801 0.009 0.000 0.599 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.77 2,19743 #DIV/0. #DIVIO! #DIV/01
16.1 0.003 0 003 0.804 0.009 0.000 0.602 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.84 2,211.26 #DIV/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
16.2 0.003 0.003 0.807 0.009 0.000 0.605 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.90 2,225.16 #DIV/0. 809./101 6011/01
Li
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
f
1
1
1
16.3 0.003 0.003 0.810 0.010 0.000 0 608 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.97 2,239.13 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
16.4 0.003 0.003 0.813 0.010 0.000 0.611 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.03 2,253.16 9091/0! #D V/01 601V/01
16 5 0.003 0.003 0.816 0.010 0.000 0.614 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.10 2,267 26 #0!V/0! #D V/01 9091/01
16.6 0.003 0.003 0.819 0.011 0.000 0.617 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.16 2,281 42 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #DIV/01
16.7 0.003 0.003 0.822 0.011 0.000 0.619 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.23 2,295.65 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/0!
16.8 0.003 0.003 0.825 0.011 0.000 0.622 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.29 2,309.94 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #DIV/0
16.9 0.003 0.003 0.828 0.012 0.000 0.625 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.35 2,324.29 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/0
17.0 0.003 0.003 0.831 0.012 0.000 0.628 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.42 2,338.71 #D1V/01 #D V/0! #DIV/0
17 1 0.003 0 003 0.834 0.012 0.000 0.631 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.48 2,353.19 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/0
17.2 0.003 0.003 0.837 0.013 0.000 0.634 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.54 2,367.74 9091/0! #D V/01 #DIV/0
17.3 0.003 0.003 0.840 0.013 0.000 0.637 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.61 2,382.34 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #01VI0
17 4 0.003 0.003 0.843 0.013 0.000 0.639 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.67 2,397 02 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/0
17.5 0.003 0.003 0.846 0.014 0.000 0.642 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.73 2,411.75 #DIV/01 #D V/0! 9001/0.
17.6 0.003 0.003 0.849 0.014 0.000 0.645 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.80 2,426,55 #DIV/01 #D V/0! 8001/0
17.7 0.002 0.002 0.851 0.014 0.000 0.647 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 9.90 2,436.45 #01V/01 #D V/0! #DIV/0
17.8 0.003 0.003 0.854 0.015 0.000 0.650 0.003 0001 0.04 0.03 14.90 2,451.35 #DIV/01 #DV/01 #DIV/0
17.9 0.003 0.003 0.857 0.015 0.000 0.653 0.003 0.001 0,04 0.04 14.96 2,466.31 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/0
18.0 0.003 0.003 0.860 0.015 0.000 0.656 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.03 2,481,34 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/0
18.1 0.003 0.003 0.863 0.016 0.000 0.659 0.003 0.001 0,04 0.04 15.09 2,496.42 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/0
18.2 0.002 0.002 0.865 0.016 0.000 0.661 0 002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.09 2,506.52 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/0
18.3 0.003 0.003 0.868 0.016 0.000 0.663 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.19 2,521.70 #D1V/01 #D V/0! #D1V/0!
18.4 0.003 0.003 0.871 0.017 0.000 0.666 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.25 2,536.96 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
18.5 0.003 0.003 0.874 0.017 0.000 0.669 0.003 0001 0.04 0.04 15.31 2,55227 #DIV/01 #DV/01 #DIV/01
18.6 0.002 0.002 0.876 0.018 0.000 0.671 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.24 2,562.51 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #DIV/01
18.7 0.003 0.003 0.879 0.018 0.000 0.674 0 003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.41 2,577.92 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
18.8 0.003 0.003 0.882 0.018 0.000 0.677 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.47 2,593.40 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #DIV/01
18.9 0.002 0.002 0.884 0.019 0.000 0.679 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.35 2,603.75 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
19.0 0 003 0.003 0.887 0.019 0.000 0.682 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.58 2,619.32 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #DIVIO!
19.1 0.003 0.003 0.890 0.020 0.000 0.685 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.64 2,634.96 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D1V/01
19.2 0.002 0.002 0.892 0.020 0.000 0.687 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.46 2,645.42 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #DIV/0!
19.3 0.003 0.003 0.895 0.020 0.000 0.689 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.74 2,661 15 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #DIV/0!
19.4 0.002 0.002 0.897 0.021 0.000 0.691 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.52 2,671.68 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #DIV/01
19,5 0.003 0.003 0.900 0.021 0.000 0.694 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.84 2,687.51 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D1V/01
19 6 0.003 0.003 0.903 0.021 0.000 0.697 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.89 2,703.41 6001/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
19.7 0.002 0.002 0.905 0.022 0.000 0.699 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.63 2,714.04 9091/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
19.8 0.003 0.003 0.908 0.022 0.000 0.702 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 15.99 2,730.03 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #DIV/01
19.9 0.002 0.002 0.910 0.023 0.000 0.704 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.70 2,740.73 901V101 #D VIO #01V/01
20.0 0.003 0.003 0.913 0.023 0.000 0.707 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.09 2,756 82 #DIV/01 #D V/0 #DIV/01
20.1 0.002 0.002 0.915 0 023 0.000 0.709 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10 76 2,767.58 #DIV/01 #D V/0 #DIV/01
20,2 0.003 0.003 0.918 0.024 0.000 0,712 0.003 0.001 0.04 0.04 16.19 2,783.77 #DIV/01 #D V/0 #DIV/01
20.3 0.002 0.002 0.920 0.024 0.000 0,714 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.83 2,794.60 #DIV/0! #D V/0 9001/0!
20.4 0.002 0.002 0.922 0.024 0.000 0.715 0.002 0 001 0.03 0.03 10.85 2,805.45 #DIV/01 #0 V/0 #DIV/01
20 5 0.003 0.003 0.925 0.025 0.000 0.718 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.33 2,821.77 #DIV/01 #D V/0 #DIV/0!
20 6 0.002 0.002 0.927 0.025 0.000 0.720 0.002 0,001 0.03 0.04 10.92 2,832.69 #D1V/01 #D V/0! #DIV/01
20.7 0.003 0.003 0.930 0.026 0.000 0.723 0.003 0 001 0.05 0 04 16.42 2,849.11 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/0!
20.8 0.002 0.002 0.932 0.026 0.000 0.725 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 10.98 2,860.09 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #DIV/01
20.9 0.002 0.002 0.934 0.026 0.000 0.727 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.01 2,871 10 #DIV/01 #D V/01 90IV/01
21.0 0.003 0.003 0.937 0.027 0.001 0.730 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.04 16.56 2,887.66 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #DIV/01
21.1 0.002 0.002 0.939 0.027 0.000 0.732 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.07 2,898.73 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 #D1V/01
21.2 0.002 0.002 0.941 0.028 0.000 0.734 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.10 2,909.83 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #DIV/01
21.3 0.003 0.003 0.944 0.028 0.001 0.737 0.003 0.001 0 05 0.04 16.69 2,926.52 #01V/01 #0 V/01 #DIV/0!
21.4 0.002 0.002 0.946 0.028 0.000 0.739 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.16 2,937.68 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/01
21.5 0,002 0.002 0.948 0.029 0.000 0.741 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.19 2,948.86 601V/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
21.6 0 003 0.003 0.951 0.029 0.001 0.743 0.003 0 001 0.05 0.04 16.82 2,965.69 #DIV/0! #0 V/0! 9011/01
21.7 0.002 0.002 0.953 0.030 0.000 0.745 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.04 11.25 2,976.94 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 #DIV/01
21.8 0.002 0.002 0.955 0.030 0.000 0.747 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.27 2,988.21 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
21.9 0.002 0.002 0.957 0.030 0.000 0.749 0.002 0.001 0.03 0 03 11.30 2,999.51 #D1V/0! #D V/01 #DIV/01
22.0 0.002 0.002 0.959 0.031 0.000 0.751 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.32 3,010.83 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #D1V/01
22.1 0.003 0.003 0.962 0,031 0.001 0.754 0.003 0.001 0.05 0.04 17.03 3,027.86 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 9091/0!
22.2 0.002 0.002 0.964 0.032 0.000 0.756 0.002 0,001 0.03 0.04 11.39 3,039.25 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/01
22.3 0.002 0.002 0.966 0.032 0.000 0.758 0.002 0.001 003 0.03 11.41 3,050.66 #DIV/0! #DV/01 #DIV/0!
22.4 0.002 0.002 0.968 0.032 0.000 0.760 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.44 3,062.10 #DIV/01 #0 V/01 6091/01
22.5 0.002 0.002 0.970 0 033 0.000 0.762 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.46 3,073.56 80IVl01 #D VI01 #DIV/01
22.6 0.002 0.002 0.972 0.033 0.000 0.764 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.49 3,085.04 #DIV/01 #D V/01 90IV/01
22.7 0.002 0.002 0.974 0.033 0:000 0.766 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.51 3,096.55 #D1V/01 #D V/01 90IV/01
22.8 0.002 0.002 0.976 0.034 0.000 0.768 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.53 3,108.09 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #0IV/0!
22.9 0.002 0.002 0.978 0.034 0.000 0.770 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.56 3,119.65 #DIV/0! #0 V/01 60IVl01
23.0 0.002 0.002 0.980 0.035 0.000 0.772 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.58 3,131.23 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
23.1 0.002 0,002 0.982 0.035 0.000 0.773 0.002 0.001 0.03 003 11.61 3,142.84 #DIV/01 #D V/01 #DIV/01
23.2 0.002 0.002 0.984 0.035 0.000 0.775 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.63 3,154.47 #D1V/01 #DV/01 60IV/01
23.3 0.002 0002 0.986 0.036 0.000 0.777 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.66 3,166.13 #DIV/0! #D V/01 #DIV/01
23 4 0.002 0.002 0.988 0.036 0.000 0.779 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.68 3,177.81 #01V/01 #0 V/0! #0IV/01
23.5 0.002 0.002 0.990 0.037 0.000 0.781 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.71 3,189.52 #DIV/01 #D V/01 80IV/0!
23.6 0.002 0.002 0.992 0.037 0.000 0.783 0.002 0.001 0.03 0 03 11.73 3,201.25 #DIV/01 #D V/01 901V/01
23.7 0.002 0.002 0.994 0.037 0.000 0.785 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.76 3,213.01 #DIV/0! #0 V/0! #01V/0!
23.8 0.002 0.002 0.996 0.038 0.000 0.787 0.002 0,001 0.03 0.03 11.78 3,224.79 #DIV/01 #D V/0! #DIV/01
23.9 0.002 0.002 0.998 0.038 0.000 0.789 0 002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.80 3,236.59 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #DIV/01
24.0 0.002 0.002 1.000 0.038 0.000 0.791 0.002 0.001 0.03 0.03 11.83 3,248.42 #DIV/0! #D V/0! #DIV/01
SANTA BARBARA URBAN HYDROGRAPH 12 -Apr -13
Eastern Washington Storm Water Manual 11108!
SCS Type IA, 24 -Hour Storm
Drainage Basin Designation: Naches WTP'Backwash Basin (10=yr, post -construction)
24 -Hour Rainfall (inches) = 1.50
Time Interval, Dt (minutes). 6
Time of Concentration, Tc (minutes) = '5 '
Routing Constant, w, Dt/(2Tc+Dt) = 0.3750 Maximum Design Flow Rate (cfs) _ _, ,,;0.32;
Total Drainage Area (square feet) 196,020 Total Cumulative Runoff Volume (cf) = 6,865.
Total Drainage Area (acres) 4.50
Maximum Storage Volume (cf) _ .#DIV/OI
Pervious Area (square feet) = ,154;240 Impervious Area (square feet) = 41;780
Pervious Area (acres) = 3.54 Impervious Area (acres) = 0.96
Pervious Area CN = - 76 Impervious Area CN = 98,
S = (1000/CN)-10 = 3.16 S = (1000/CN)-10 = 0.20
0.2S = 0.63 0.2S = 0.04
Percolation Area (square feet) '0
Percolation Rate (min. per inch) 0.00'
Percolation Rate (fps) #DIV/01
Percolation Rate (cfs) #DIV/01
Pervious Area Impervious Area
Rainfall Incremental Cumulative Cumulative Incremental Cumulative Incremental Total Instant Design Runoff Cumulative Percolation Net Flow Cumulative
Time Distribution Rainfall Rainfall Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Runoff Flow Rate Flow Rate Volume Runoff Rate Rate Storage Vol.
(hours) (fraction) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (inches) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet) (cubic feet) (cfs) (cfs) (cubic feet)
0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
0.1 0002 0.003 0.003 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0f #DIV/0! #DIV/01
0.2 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #01V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0I
0.3 0.002 0.003 0.009 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
0.4 0002 0.003 0.012 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 8DIV/01 #DIV/01
0.5 0.002 0.003 0,015 0.000 0.000 0.000 0000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
0.6 0.002 0.003 0.018 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 00 #DIV/0! 1�DIV/0! 901V/01
0.7 0.002 0.003 0.021 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
0.8 0.002 0.003 0.024 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 00 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
0.9 0.002 0.003 0.027 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0 000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
1.0 0.002 0.003 0.030 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
1.1 0.003 0.005 0.035 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 801V/01 #DIV/01 #DIVl01
1.2 0.003 0.005 0.039 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 601V/0I #DIV/01 #01V/01
1.3 0.003 0.005 0.044 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0 12 0.12 #D1V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.4 0.003 0.005 0.048 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.73 0.85 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
1.5 0.003 0.005 0.053 0.000 0.000 0.001 0 000 0 000 0.00 0.00 1.35 2.20 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 9DIV/01
1.6 0.003 0.005 0.057 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.00 1 94 4.14 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
1.7 0.003 0.005 0.062 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.01 001 2.49 6.63 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #01V/01
1.8 0.003 0.005 0.066 0.000 0.000 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.00 9.63 #DIV/01 601Vl01 90111/01
1.9 0.003 0.005 0.071 0.000 0.000 0.004 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.49 13.12 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
2.0 0.003 0.005 0.075 0.000 0.000 0.005 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 3.95 17.08 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
2,1 0.003 0.005 0.080 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.39 21.46 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
22 0.003 0.005 0.084 0.000 0.000 0.008 0.001 0.000 0.01 0.01 4.80 26.26 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
2,3 0.004 0.006 0.090 0.000 0.000 0 010 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 700 33 25 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! 90111/01
2,4 0.003 0.005 0.095 0.000 0.000 0.011 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 5.67 38.93 #DIV/0! #01V/01 #DIV/0!
2.5 0.003 0,005 0.099 0.000 0.000 0.013 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.01 44.94 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
2.6 0.003 0,005 0.104 0.000 0.000 0.015 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.34 51.28 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
2.7 0.003 0005 0108 0.000 0.000 0.017 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 6.65 57.93 #DIV/0! 80IV/01 #DIV/0t
2.8 0.004 0.006 0.114 0.000 0.000 0.019 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.02 9 32 67.25 #01V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
2.9 0.003 0.005 0.119 0.000 0.000 0.021 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.31 74.57 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
3.0 0.003 0.005 0.123 0 000 0.000 0024 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.58 82.15 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
31 0.003 0005 0.128 0.000 0.000 0.026 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 7.83 89.97 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! 60IV/01
32 0.003 0 005 0.132 0000 0.000 0.028 0.002 0.000 0.02 0.02 8.07 98.04 #01V/0! #DIV/01 #0IV/01
3.3 0.003 0.005 0.137 0.000 0.000 0 031 0 002 0.001 0.02 0 02 8.30 106.34 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
3.4 0 004 0.006 0.143 0 000 0.000 0.034 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 11 40 117.73 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
3.5 0.003 0.005 0.147 0.000 0.000 0.036 0 003 0.001 0.02 0.03 8.79 126.52 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
3.6 0.003 0.005 0.152 0.000 0.000 0.039 0.003 0.001 0.02 0.03 8.99 135.51 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
3.7 0 004 0.006 0.158 0.000 0.000 0.042 0.004 0.001 0 03 0.03 12.27 147.78 #D1V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
3.8 0.004 0.006 0.164 0.000 0 000 0.046 0.004 0.001 0.03 0.03 12.59 160.37 80111/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
3.9 0 003 0.005 0.168 0.000 0.000 0.049 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 9.64 170 01 #D1V/01 401V/01 6011110!
4.0 0.004 0.006 0.174 0.000 0.000 0.053 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.10 183.11 80111/01 #DIV/0! #D1V/01
4.1 0.004 0.006 0.180 0.000 0 000 0.056 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 13.37 196.49 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 #DIV/01
4.2 0.003 0.005 0.185 0.000 0.000 0.059 0.003 0.001 0.03 0.03 10.20 206.69 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
4.3 0.004 0.006 0.191 0.000 0.000 0.063 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.03 13.82 220.51 #DIVI0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
4.4 0.004 0.006 0.197 0.000 0 000 0.067 0.004 0,001 0.04 0.04 '14.05 234.56 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
45 0.004 0.006 0.203 0.000 0.000 0.071 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.28 248.84 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
4.6 0.004 0.006 0.209 0.000 0.000 0.076 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.49 263.33 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
4 7 0.004 0.006 0.215 0.000 0.000 0.080 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.04 14.69 278 02 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
4.8 0.004 0.006 0.221 0.000 0.000 0.084 0.004 0 001 0.04 0.04 14.89 292.91 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
4.9 0.005 0,008 0.228 0.000 0.000 0.090 0.005 0.001 0.05 0.05 18.87 311.78 #DIV/01 #D1V/01 8061/01
5.0 0.004 0.006 0.234 0.000 0.000 0.094 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.05 15.29 327.08 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.1 0.005 0.008 0.242 0.000 0.000 0.099 0.006 0.001 0.05 0.05 19,35 346.42 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
5.2 0.004 0.006 0.248 0.000 0.000 0.104 0.004 0.001 0.04 0.05 15,66 36208 #DIV/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
5.3 0005 0.008 0.255 0.000 0.000 0.110 0.006 0.001 0.05 0.05 19.78 381.86 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
54 0.005 0.008 0.263 0.000 0000 0.115 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.05 20.01 401.87 #DIV/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
5.5 0.005 0.008 0.270 0.000 0.000 0.121 0.006 0 001 0.06 0.06 20.22 422 09 #DIV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
5 6 0.005 0.008 0.278 0.000 0.000 0.127 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 20 42 442.50 60111/01 #DIV/0! 60111/01
5.7 0.005 0.008 0.285 0.000 0.000 0.133 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.61 463.11 801V/0! #D1V/01. #D1V/01
5.8 0.005 0.008 0.293 0.000 0.000 0.139 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.79 483.90 80111/01 #DIV/0! #01V/0!
5 9 0.005 0.008 0.300 0.000 0.000 0.145 0.006 0.001 0.06 0.06 20.96 504.86 #DIV/0! #D1V/01 60111/01
6.0 0.006 0.009 0.309 0.000 0.000 0.152 0.007 0.002 0.07 0,06 25,37 530.23 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
6 1 0.006 0 009 0.318 0.000 0.000 0.160 0.007 0.002 0.07 0 07 25.59 555.82 6DIV/01 601V/01 #DIV/01
6.2 0.006 0.009 0.327 0.000 0.000 0.167 0.007 0.002 0.07 0.07 25.80 581.63 #DIV/0! #DIV/0! #0IV/0!
6 3 0.006 0.009 0.336 0.000 0.000 0 175 0.007 0.002 0.07 0.07 26.00 607.63 #DIV/0! #01V/0! #DIV/0!
6.4 0.007 0.011 0.347 0.000 0.000 0.183 0.009 0.002 0.08 0.08 30.58 638.21 #DIV/0! #01V/0! #DIV/0!
11
s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
f
1
1
1
1
1
1
6.5 0.006 0.009 0.356 0.000 0.000 0.191 0.008 0.002
6.6 0.006 0 009 0.365 0.000 0.000 0.199 0.008 0.002
6.7 0.006 0.009 0.374 0.000 0.000 0.206 0.008 0.002
6.8 0.006 0.009 0.383 0.000 0.000 0.214 0.008 0.002
6.9 0.006 0.009 0.392 0.000 0.000 0.222 0.008 0.002
7.0 0.007 0.011 0.402 0.000 0.000 0.231 0.009 0.002
71 0,007 0.011 0.413 0.000 0.000 0.240 0.009 0.002
7.2 0.008 0.012 0.425 0.000 0.000 0 250 0.011 0.002
7.3 0.008 0.012 0.437 0.000 0.000 0.261 0.011 0.002
7 4 0.009 0.014 0.450 0.000 0.000 0.273 0.012 0.003
7.5 0.010 0.015 0.465 0.000 0.000 0.286 0.013 0.003
7.6 0.021 0.032 0.497 0.000 0.000 0.315 0.028 0.006
7.7 0.024 0.036 0.533 0.000 0.000 0.347 0.033 0.007
7.8 0.024 0.036 0.569 0.000 0.000 0.381 0.033 0.007
7.9 0.024 0.036 0.605 0.000 0.000 0.414 0.033 0.007
8.0 0.022 0.033 0.638 0.000 0.000 0.445 0.031 0.007
8.1 0.014 0.021 0 659 0.000 0.000 0.464 0 020 0.004
8.2 0.013 0.020 0.678 0.001 0.000 0.483 0.018 0.004
8.3 0.010 0.015 0.693 0.001 0.000 0.497 0 014 0.003
8.4 0.010 0.015 0.708 0.002 0.001 0.511 0.014 0.004
8.5 0.008 0.012 0.720 0.002 0.001 0.522 0.011 0.003
8.6 0.009 0.014 0.734 0.003 0.001 0.535 0.013 0.003
8.7 0.009 0.014 0.747 0.004 0 001 0.548 0.013 0.003
8.8 0.007 0.011 0.758 0.005 0 001 0.558 0 010 0.003
8.9 0.008 0.012 0.770 0.006 0.001 0.569 0.011 0 003
9.0 0.007 0.011 0.780 0.007 0.001 0.579 0.010 0.003
9.1 0.007 0.011 0.791 0.008 0.001 0.589 0.010 0.003
9.2 0.006 0.009 0.800 0.008 0.001 0.598 0.009 0.003
9.3 0.006 0.009 0.809 0.009 0.001 0.606 0.009 0.003
9.4 0.006 0.009 0.818 0.010 0.001 0.615 0.009 0.003
9.5 0.005 0.008 0.825 0.011 0.001 0.622 0.007 0.002
9.6 0.006 0.009 0.834 0.012 0.001 0.631 0.009 0.003
9.7 0.005 0.008 0.842 0.013 0.001 0.638 0 007 0.002
9.8 0.006 0.009 0.851 0.014 0.001 0.647 0.009 0.003
9.9 0.005 0.008 0.858 0.015 0.001 0.654 0.007 0.002
10.0 0.005 0.008 0.866 0.0,16 0.001 0.661 0.007 0.002
10.1 0.005 0.008 0.873 0.017 0.001 0 668 0.007 0.002
10.2 0.005 0.008 0.881 0.018 0.001 0.676 0.007 0.002
10.3 0.005 0.008 0.888 0.019 0.001 0.683 0 007 0.002
10.4 0.004 0.006 0.894 0.020 0.001 0.688 0.006 0.002
10.5 0.005 0 008 0.902 0.021 0.001 0.696 0.007 0.002
10.6 0.005 0.008 0.909 0.022 0.001 0.703 0.007 0.002
10.7 0.004 0.006 0.915 0.023 0.001 0.709 0.006 0.002
10.8 0.005 0.008 0.923 0.025 0.001 0.716 0 007 0.002
10.9 0.005 0.008 0.930 0.026 0.001 0.723 0,007 0.003
11.0 0.004 0.006 0.936 0.027 0.001 0.729 0.006 0.002
11.1 0.004 0.006 0.942 0.028 0.001 0.735 0.006 0.002
11.2 0.005 0.008 0.950 0.029 0.001 0.742 0.007 0.003
11.3 0.004 0.006 0.956 0.030 0.001 0.748 0.006 0.002
11.4 0.004 0.006 0.962 0.031 0.001 0 754 0.006 0.002
11.5 0.004 0.006 0.968 0.032 0.001 0.759 0.006 0.002
11.6 0.004 0.006 0.974 0.033 0.001 0.765 0.006 0.002
11.7 0.004 0.006 0.980 0.035 0.001 0.771 0.006 0.002
11.8 0.004 0.006 0.986 0.036 0.001 0.777 0.006 0.002
11.9 0.003 0.005 0.990 0.037 0.001 0.781 0.004 0.002
12.0 0.004 0.006 0.996 0.038 0.001 0.787 0.006 0.002
12.1 0.004 0.006 1.002 0.039 0.001 0.793 0.006 0.002
12.2 0.003 0.005 1.007 0.040 0.001 0.797 0.004 0.002
12.3 0.004 0.006 1.013 0.041 0.001 0.803 0.006 0.002
12.4 0.004 0.006 1019 0.042 0.001 0.809 0.006 0.002
12.5 0.004 0.006 1.025 0.043 0.001 0.815 0.006 0.002
12.6 0.004 0.006 1.031 0.045 0.001 0.820 0.006 0.002
12.7 0.003 0.005 1.035 0.046 0.001 0.825 0.004 0.002
12.8 0.004 0.006 1.041 0.047 0.001 0.831 0.006 0.002
12.9 0.003 0.005 1.046 0.048 0.001 0.835 0.004 0.002
13.0 0.004 0.006 1.052 0 049 0.001 0.841 0.006 0.002
13.1 0.004 0.006 1.058 0.051 0.001 0.847 0.006 0.002
13.2 0.003 0.005 1 062 0.052 0.001 0.851 0.004 0.002
13.3 0.004 0.006 1.068 0.053 0.001 0.857 0.006 0,002
13.4 0.004 0.006 1.074 0.054 0.001 0.863 0.006 0.002
13.5 0.003 0.005 1.079 0,055 0 001 0.867 0.004 0.002
13.6 0.003 0.005 1 083 0.056 0.001 0.872 0.004 0 002
13.7 0 004 0.006 1.089 0.058 0.001 0.877 0.006 0.002
13.8 0.003 0.005 1.094 0.059 0.001 0.882 0.004 0.002
13.9 0.004 0.006 1.100 0.060 0.001 0.888 0.006 0.002
14.0 0.003 0.005 1.104 0.061 0.001 0.892 0.004 0.002
14.1 0.003 0.005 1.109 0.063 0,001 0.896 0.004 0.002
14.2 0.004 0.006 1.115 0.064 0.001 0.902 0.006 0.002
14.3 0.003 0.005 1.119 0.065 0.001 0 907 0.004 0.002
14.4 0.003 0.005 1.124 0.066 0.001 0.911 0.004 0.002
14.5 0.004 0.006 1.130 0.068 0.002 0.917 0.006 0.002
14.6 0.003 0.005 1.134 0.069 0.001 0.921 0.004 0.002
14.7 0.003 0.005 1.139 0.070 0.001 0.926 0.004 0.002
14.8 0.004 0.006 1.145 0.072 0 002 0.931 0.006 0.002
14.9 0.003 0.005 1.149 0.073 0 001 0.936 0.004 0.002
15.0 0.003 0.005 1.154 0.074 0.001 0.940 0 004 0.002
15.1 0.003 0.005 1.158 0.075 0.001 0.945 0.004 0.002
15 2 0.004 0.006 1.164 0.077 0.002 0.950 0.006 0 003
15.3 0.003 0,005 1.169 0.078 0.001 0.955 0.004 0.002
15.4 0.003 0.005 1.173 0.079 0.001 0.959 0.004 0.002
15.5 0.003 0.005 1.178 0.080 0.001 0.964 0.004 0.002
15.6 0.003 0 005 1.182 0.082 0.001 0.968 0.004 0.002
15.7 0.004 0 006 1.188 0.083 0.002 0.974 0.006 0.003
15.8 0.003 0.005 1.193 0 085 0.001 0.978 0.004 0.002
15.9 0.003 0.005 1.197 0.086 0.001 0.983 0.004 0.002
16.0 0.003 0.005 1.202 0.087 0.001 0.987 0.004 0,002
16.1 0.003 0.005 1.206 0.088 0.001 0.992 0.004 0.002
16,2 0.003 0.005 1.211 0.090 0,001 0.996 0.004 0.002
0.07 0.08 26.40 664.61 809//0
0.07 0.07 26.57 691.17 909//0
0.07 0.07 26.73 717.90 #DIV/0
0.07 0.07 26.88 744.78 #DIV/0
0.08 0.07 27.02 771.81 #DIV/0
0.09 0.08 31.70 803.51 #DIV/0
0.09 0.09 31.88 835.39 909//0
0.10 0.09 36.64 872.03 #DIV/0
0.10 0.10 36.84 908.87 #DIV/0
0.12 0.11 41,68 950.55 #DIV/0
0.13 0.12 46.58 99713 #DIV/0
0,27 0.18 98,65 1,095.78 9019//0
0.32 0.27 113.97 1,209.75 809/10
0.32 0.31 115.09 1,324.84 8019//0
0.32 0.32 116.05 1,440.89 #DIV/0
0.30 0 31 107.25 1,548.14 #DIV/0
0.20 0.26 71.27 1,619.41 #DIV/0
0.19 0.21 69.52 1,688.93 #DIV/0
015 0.18 55.62 1,744.55 #DIV/0
0.16 0.16 57 46 1,802.01 #DIV/0
0.13 0.15 47.27 1,849.28 #DIV/0
0.15 0.14 54.53 1,903.81 800/10
0.16 0.15 55.96 1,959.77 #DIV/0
0.12 0.14 44.49 2,004.26 #DIV/0.
0.14 0.14 51.88 2,056.14 #DIV/0,
0.13 0.14 46.28 2,102.42 8DIV/0
0.13 0.13 47 10 2,149.51 #DIV/0
0.11 0.12 41.02 2,19053 #D1V/0,
0.12 0.12 41.61 2,232.14 #D1V/0.
0.12 0.12 42.19 2,274.33 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.11 35.60 2,309.94 9DIV/0.
0.12 0.11 43.25 2,353.19 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.11 36.48 2,389.67 #DIV/0.
0.12 0,11 44.30 2,433.97 9131V/0.
0.10 0.11 37.34 2,471.31 #DIV/0
0.10 0.11 37.73 2,509.04 #DIV/0.
0.11 0.11 38.11 2,547 16 #DIV/0
0.11 0.11 38.50 2,585.65 #DIV/0
0.11 0.11 38.88 2,624.53 #DIV/0
0.09 0.10 31.37 2,655.90 #DIV/0.
0.11 0.10 39.55 2,695.45 #DIV/0
0.11 0.11 39.92 2,735.38 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.10 32.20 2,767.58 #DIV/0.
0.11 0.10 40.58 2,808.16 8DIV/0.
0.11 0.11 40.95 2,849.11 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.10 33.02 2,882 13 #DIV/0
0.09 0.10 33.25 2,915.38 #DIV/0
0.12 0.10 41.88 2,957.27 #DIV/0
0.09 0.10 33.76 2,991.03 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.10 33.99 3,025.02 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.10 34.21 3,059.23 #DIV/0
0.10 0.10 34.44 3,093.67 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.10 34.66 3,128.33 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.10 34.88 3,163.21 #DIV/0
0.07 0.09 26.31 3,189.52 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.09 35.27 3,224.79 809.1/0
0.10 0.10 35.48 3,260.27 #DIV/0
0.07 0.09 26.75 3,287.02 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.09 35.86 3,322.89 #DIV/0
0.10 0.10 36.08 3,358.96 #DIV/0
0.10 0.10 36.29 3,395.25 #DIV/0
0.10 0.10 36.50 3,431.76 #D1V/0.
0.08 0.09 27.52 3,459.27 #DIV/0
0.10 0.09 36.87 3,496.14 #D1V/0.
008 0.09 27.79 3,523.93 #DIV/0.
0.10 0.09 37.24 3,561.17 #DIV/0
0.10 0.10 3744 3,598.62 #DIV/0
0.08 0.09 28.22 3,626.83 #DIV/0.
0.11 0.09 37.80 3,664.64 #DIV/0
0.11 0.10 38.01 3,702.65 8DIV/0
0.08 0.09 28.64 3,731.29 #DIV/0
0.08 008 28.75 3,760.04 #DIV/0
0.11 0.09 38.52 3,798.56 #DIV/0
0.08 0.09 29.02 3,827.58 #DIV/0.
0.11 0.09 38.87 3,866.44 #DIV/0
0.08 0.09 29.28 3,895.72 #DIV/0.
0.08 0.08 29.39 3,925.11 #DIV/0
0.11 0.09 39 36 3,964.47 #DIV/0
0.08 0.10 29.65 3,994.12 #DIV/0.
0.08 0.09 29.76 4,023.88 909//0.
0.11 0.09 39.85 4,063.73 #DIV/0.
0.08 0.10 30.01 4,093.74 #DIV/0.
0.08 0.09 30.12 4,123.87 #DIV/0
0.11 0.10 40 33 4,164.20 #DIV/0
0.08 0.10 3037 4,194.57 #DIV/0
0.08 0.09 30.48 4,225.05 #DIV/0.
0.08 0.09 30.59 4,255.64 #DIV/0.
0.11 0.10 40.95 4,296.59 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.10 30.84 4,327 43 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.09 30.94 4,358.37 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.09 31.05 4,389.41 #DIV/0.
0.09 0 09 31 15 4,420.57 #DIV/0
0.12 0.10 41.70 4,462.26 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.10 3139 4,493.65 901V/0
0.09 0.09 31.50 4,525.15 #DIV/0.
0.09 0.09 31.60 4,556.75 #DIV/0
0.09 0.09 31.70 4,588.45 #DIV/0
0.09 0.09 31.80 4,620.26 #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/0I
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIVl0! #DIV/01
#DIVl0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIVI01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV10! #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIVIO! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0I #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIVI01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/01 #DIV/0!
#DIV/0! #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/01 #DIV/01
#DIV/0! #DIV/0!
#DIV/0 #DIV/0
#DIV/0 #DIV/0
#DIV/0 #DIV/0
#DIV/0 #DIV/0
#DIV/0 #DIV/0
#DIV/0 #DIV/0.
#DIV/0. #DIV/0.
#DIV/0! #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIV/0! #DIV/0.
#DIV/0! #DIV/0.
#DIV/01 #DIV/0.
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIV/0! #DIV/0.
#DIV/0! #DIV/0.
#DIV/01 #DIV/0.
#DIV/0! #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIV/0! #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIV/0! #DIV/0
#DIV/01 #00/10
#DIV/01 #DIV/0
#DIVI0! #DIV/0
#D/V/0! #01V/0
#DIV/0! #DIV/0.
#DIV/0! #DIV/0.
16.3 0.003 0.005 1.215 0.091 0.001 1.000 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 31.91 4,652.16 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
16.4 0.003 0.005 1.220 0.092 0.001 1.005 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.01 4,684.17 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
16.5 0.003 0.005 1.224 0.094 0.001 1.009 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.11 4,716.28 #D V/01 4DIV/0! #DIV/0!
16.6 0.003 0.005 1.229 0.095 0.001 1.014 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.21 4,748.49 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
16.7 0.003 0.005 1.233 0.096 0.001 1.018 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.31 4,780.80 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
16.6 0.003 0.005 1.238 0.098 0.001 1.022 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.41 4,813.21 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
16.9 0.003 0.005 1.242 0.099 0.001 1.027 0.004 0.002 0 09 0.09 32.51 4,845.71 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
17.0 0.003 0.005 1.247 0.100 0.001 1.031 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.61 4,878.32 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
17 1 0.003 0.005 1.251 0.102 0.001 1.036 0.004 0 002 0.09 0.09 32.71 4,911.03 90 V/01 #0IV/01 #DIV/0!
17.2 0.003 0.005 1.256 0.103 0.001 1.040 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.80 4,943.83 #D V/0! #DIV/0! 800//01
17.3 0 003 0.005 1.260 0.104 0.001 1.044 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 32.90 4,976.74 #D V/01 #DIV/01 900//0!
17 4 0.003 0.005 1.265 0.106 0.001 1.049 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.00 5,009.74 #D V/01 #DIV/01 800//01
17.5 0.003 0.005 1 269 0 107 0.001 1.053 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.10 5,042.83 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17.6 0.003 0.005 1.274 0.108 0.001 1.058 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.19 5,076.03 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17.7 0.002 0.003 1.277 0.109 0.001 1.061 0.003 0.001 0 06 0.08 22.18 5,098.21 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
17.8 0.003 0.005 1.281 0.111 0.001 1.065 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.08 33.36 5,131.57 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
17.9 0.003 0.005 1.286 0.112 0.001 1.069 0.004 0.002 0 09 0.09 33.45 5,165.02 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #01V/01
18.0 0.003 0.005 1.290 0.114 0.001 1.074 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.55 5,198.57 #D V/01 500//01 #DIV/01
18.1 0.003 0 005 1.295 0 115 0.001 1.078 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33 64 5,232.21 #D V/01 #01V/01 #DIV/0!
18.2 0.002 0.003 1.298 0.116 0.001 1.081 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 22.48 5,254.69 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/O!
18.3 0.003 0.005 1.302 0.117 0.001 1.086 0.004 0 002 0.09 0.08 33.80 5,288.49 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
18.4 0.003 0.005 1.307 0.119 0.001 1.090 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33 89 5,322.39 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
18.5 0.003 0 005 1.311 0.120 0.001 1.094 0.004 0.002 0.09 0.09 33.99 5,356.37 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
18.6 0.002 0.003 1.314 0.121 0.001 1.097 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 22.71 5,379.09 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #01V/01
18.7 0.003 0.005 1.319 0.123 0.001 1 102 0.004 0.002 0 09 0.08 34.14 5,413.23 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/01
18.8 0.003 0.005 1.323 0.124 0.001 1.106 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 34.24 5,447 47 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
18.9 0.002 0 003 1.326 0 125 0.001 1.109 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 22.88 5,470.35 #D V/01 800//01 #DIV/0!
19.0 0.003 0.005 1.331 0.127 0.001 1.113 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 34.39 5,504.74 #D V/01 800//01 #DIV/01
19.1 0.003 0.005 1.335 0.128 0.001 1.118 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 34.48 5,539.22 #D V/01 800//01 #DIV/0!
19.2 0.002 0.003 1.338 0.129 0.001 1 121 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 23.04 5,562.26 #D V/01 #01V/01 #DIV/01
19.3 0.003 0.005 1.343 0.131 0.001 1.125 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 34.64 5,596.90 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
19.4 0.002 0.003 1.346 0.132 0.001 1.128 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 23.14 5,620.04 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
19.5 0.003 0.005 1.350 0.133 0002 1.133 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 34.79 5,654.83 #DV/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.6 0.003 0.005 1.355 0.135 0.002 1 137 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.09 34.88 5,689.72 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
19.7 0.002 0.003 1.358 0.136 0.001 1.140 0.003 0.001 0.06 0.08 23.30 5,713.02 #D V/0! #DIV/01 #DIV/01
19.8 0.003 0.005 1.362 0.137 0 002 1.144 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.03 5,748.05 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
19.9 0.002 0 003 1.365 0.138 0.001 1 147 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.40 5,771.46 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20.0 0.003 0.005 1.370 0.140 0.002 1 152 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.18 5,806.64 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20.1 0.002 0.003 1.373 0.141 0.001 1.155 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.50 5,830.14 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/01
20.2 0.003 0.005 1.377 0.142 0.002 1.159 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.33 5,865.47 #D V/01 #DIV/01 600//01
20.3 0.002 0.003 1.380 0.143 0.001 1.162 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.60 5,889.07 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
20 4 0.002 0.003 1.383 0.144 0.001 1.165 0 003 0.001 0.07 0.07 23.64 5,912.72 #0 V/0! #DIV/01 #DIVI0!
20.5 0.003 0.005 1.388 0.146 0.002 1.169 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.54 5,948.25 #D V/01 900//0! 800//01
20.6 0.002 0.003 1.391 0.147 0.001 1.172 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.74 5,971.99 #D V/01 600//01 #DIV/0!
20.7 0.003 0.005 1.395 0.149 0.002 1.177 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.68 6,007.68 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
20.8 0.002 0.003 1.398 0.150 0.001 1.180 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.84 6,031.51 #D V/01 800/101 #DIV/01
20.9 0.002 0.003 1 401 0 151 0.001 1.183 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 23.88 6,055.39 #0 V/01 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
21.0 0.003 0.005 1 406 0 152 0.002 1.187 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 35.89 6,091.28 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIVI01
21.1 0.002 0.003 1 409 0.153 0.001 1.190 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 23.97 6,115.25 #D V/0! #0IV/01 #DIV/01
21.2 0.002 0.003 1 412 0.154 0.001 1.193 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.01 6,139.26 #D V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
21.3 0.003 0.005 1 416 0.156 0.002 1.197 0 004 0.002 0.10 0.08 36.09 6,175.35 #0 V/0! #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
21 4 0.002 0.003 1 419 0 157 0.001 1.200 0 003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24 11 6,199.46 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
21.5 0.002 0.003 1 422 0.158 0.001 1.203 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.15 6,223.61 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
21.6 0.003 0.005 1.426 0160 0.002 1.208 0.004 0.002 0.10 0.08 36.29 6,259.90 80 V/01 #DIV/0! 8011.1/01
21.7 0.002 0.003 1.429 0.161 0.001 1.211 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.24 6,284.14 #0 V/01 #D1V/0! #DIV/0!
21 8 0.002 0.003 1.432 0.162 0.001 1.214 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.28 6,308.42 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
21.9 0 002 0.003 1 435 0.163 0.001 1.217 0 003 0.001 0 07 0.07 24.32 6,332.74 #D V/0! #DIV/01 900//01
22.0 0.002 0.003 1.438 0.164 0 001 1.220 0 003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.35 6,357.09 #0 V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/0!
22.1 0.003 0.005 1 443 0.166 0.002 1.224 0.004 0.002 0.10 0 08 36 60 6,393.70 #D V/01 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
22.2 0.002 0.003 1 446 0.167 0.001 1.227 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.08 24.45 6,418.14 #D V/01 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
22.3 0.002 0 003 1 449 0.168 0.001 1.230 0.003 0.001 0.07 0.07 24.49 6,442.63 #D V/01 #DIV/0! 600//0!
22.4 0.002 0.003 1 452 0.169 0.001 1.233 0 003 0,002 0.07 0.07 24.52 6,467 15 #0 V/0 #DIV/01 #01V/0!
22.5 0.002 0.003 1 455 0 170 0 001 1.236 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.56 6,491.72 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #01V/01
22.6 0.002 0.003 1.458 0.171 0.001 1.239 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.60 6,516.31 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
22.7 0.002 0.003 1461 0,173 0.001 1.242 0.003 0.002 007 0.07 24.64 6,540.95 #DV/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
22.8 0.002 0.003 1 464 0.174 0.001 1.245 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.67 6,565.62 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
22.9 0.002 0.003 1.467 0.175 0.001 1.248 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.71 6,590.33 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.0 0.002 0.003 1 470 0.176 0.001 1.251 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.75 6,615.08 #D V/0 #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
23.1 0.002 0.003 1 473 0.177 0.001 1.254 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.78 6,639.86 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.2 0.002 0.003 1.476 0.178 0.001 1.257 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.82 6,664.68 #D V/0 #D1V/01 #DIV/0!
23.3 0.002 0.003 1.479 0.179 0.001 1.259 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.86 6,689.53 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/0!
23.4 0.002 0.003 1 482 0.180 0.001 1 262 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.89 6,714.43 #D V/0. #DIV/01 #DIV/01
23.5 0.002 0.003 1.485 0.182 0.001 1.265 0.003 0 002 0.07 0.07 24 93 6,739.36 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
23.6 0.002 0.003 1 488 0.183 0.001 1.268 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 24.97 6,764.32 #D V/0 #D1V/01 #DIV/01
23.7 0.002 0.003 1 491 0.184 0.001 1 271 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 25.00 6,789.32 #D V/0. #01V/01 #DIV/0!
23.8 0.002 0.003 1.494 0.185 0.001 1.274 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 25.04 6,814.36 #D V/0 #DIV/0! #DIV/01
23.9 0.002 0.003 1 497 0.186 0.001 1.277 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 25.07 6,839.43 #D V/0. #0IV/0! #D1V/01
24.0 0.002 0.003 1.500 0.187 0.001 1.280 0.003 0.002 0.07 0.07 25.11 6,864.54 #0 V/0. #0IV/01 #DIV/01
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Yakima County Regional Stormwater Manual
Table 4-4 Runoff CN for Antecedent Runoff Condition (ARC 11)
Group Group Group Group
Corer type and hydrologic condition A Soe1s B Soils C Sorts 13 Soil
Open Space (lawns, parks, golf toursss, cemeteries, Landscaping, etc_):1
Poor condition (grass cotter =503' of the area) 68
79
86
89
Fair condition (grass cotrer on 50° to 75% of the area) 49
69
79
84
Goad condition (grass cover on :.75% a of the area) 39
61
74
80
im.penzous areas:
Open water bodies: lab. -u, v3et]sads, ponds etc. 100
100'
100
100
Paved parking lots; roofs, driveways, etc. (excluding right of way) 98
98
98
98
.Porous pavers and permeable intertoc3ing concrete (assumed as 85% impervious and 15% lawn):
Fair lawn condition (weighted average Cels) 91
94
96
97
Gravel 76
85
89
91
Din 72
82
87
89
Failure, Grasslaudy or Range-Conhnvous Forage for Grazing:
Poor condition (ground corer <50:'t; or heavily grand with no andr14. 68
79
86
89
Fair condition (grow d cover 50% to 75% madam heavily grazed) 49
69
79
84
Good condition ( ouud cover -.*:•75% andlight1y or on13r occasiataall ' gra d) 39
81
74
80
Cultivated xIcuttarai Lands:
Rosy Craps (good)e.g. arra, sugsrbeets, soybeans 54
75
82
85
Small Grain (good) e.g. allele, barley; flax 60
72
80
84
Meadow (continnceas pass, protecs+ed from grazing and generally mowed for hay) 30
58
71
78
Brush (brush-vreed-grass mixture With brush: the major element):
Poor (<S0°.o ground cosier) ,,. 48
87
77
83
Fair (50% to 75% ground cover) 35
588
70
77
Good (?7S?. ggotnrd cotter)-' 30
48
65
73
Woods - gratis combination (orchard or tree form?:
Poor 57
73
82
86
Fair 43
65
76
87
Good 32
58
72
79
vaads•
Poor (Faresr limen, small trees, and brash am destroyed by heavy gzazing or regular burning) 45
68
77
83
Fair (Woods are grazed lint .not btiined, and some forest Biter covers the soil) 38
60
73
79
Good (Woods are prorecred from grazing. and atter and brush adequately cover the. soil) 30
55
70
77
Herbaceous (mixture of grass, weeds and [are -growing brush, with brash the minor element)1:
Poor (r30% grortn6 cover)
80
87
93
'Fair (30% to 703a ground corer)
71
81
89
Gad (r.,70% ground cover)
62
74
85
Sagebrush with Grass; iJnderstory`t:
Poor ('30% ground cover)
67
8O
35
Fair (313°ia to 703si ground covet)
51
63
70
{'rood (>70.% ground cover)
35
47
55
Composite CNs may be computed for other combinations of open space cover type.
2 Actual curve number is less than 30; use CN = 30 for runoff computations.
3 CNs shown were computed for areas with 50% woods and 50% grass (pasture) cover. Other combinations of
conditions may be computed from the CN for woods and pasture.
Curve numbers have not been developed for group A soils.
For a more detailed and complete description of land use curve numbers refer to Chapter 2 of the Soil Conservation
Service's Technical Release No. 55 (Publication 210 -VI -TR -55, Second Ed., June 1986).
January 2010
Chapter 4 - Hydrologic Analysis Methods and Applicability
4-14
MD NMI NM MI NB r 1111 IND N N- NM - I 11111 MI 11111- MI
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan
Appendix G — Department of Ecology Forms
39
DEPARTMENT OF
ECOLOGY
State of Washington
Instructions for Transfer of Coverage
Construction Stormwater General Permit
Instructions
This form is used to process two types of permit transfers: 1) Complete Transfer, or 2) Partial
Transfer. Determine which type of transfer applies to your situation before filling out this form
1. Complete Transfer: The original permittee has sold, or otherwise released control of, the entire
site to another party.
Required Paperwork for Complete Transfer:
• Either the current permittee, or the new permittee(s), must submit a complete and accurate
Transfer of Coverage form for each new party to Ecology. The form must be signed by the
current permittee and the new permittee.
2. Partial Transfer: The original permittee retains control over some portion of the site after selling or
releasing control over a portion of the site.
Required Paperwork for Partial Transfer
• Either the current permittee or the new permittee(s) must submit a complete and accurate
Transfer of Coverage Form for each new operator to Ecology. The form must be signed by
the current permittee and the new permittee.
• For partial transfers, once all transfers are submitted, the original permittee should submit
the Notice of Termination only if the portion(s) they still own or control have undergone
final stabilization and meet the criteria for termination.
For Your Information
• When this form is 1) completed, 2) signed by the current and new permittee, and 3)
submitted to Ecology, permit transfers are effective on the date specified at the top page 1
(unless Ecology notifies the current permittee and new permittee of its intention to revoke
coverage under the General Permit or if Ecology sends notice that the application is
incomplete).
• The new permittee should keep a copy of the signed Transfer of Coverage form (which
serves as proof of permit coverage) until Ecology sends documentation in the mail.
• Following the transfer, the new permittee must either: (1) use the Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan (SWPPP) developed by the original operator, and modified as necessary,
or (2) develop and use a new SWPPP which meets the requirements of the Construction
Stormwater General Permit.
• For projects for which the original permittee has completed a Proposed New Discharge to
an Impaired Water Body Form (ECY070-399) or for projects that are operating on sites
with soil or groundwater contamination: By completing the Transfer of Coverage form, the
new permittee will adopt any special provisions made to protect water quality for sites that
have existing contamination or that discharge to an impaired water body.
To ask about the availability of this document in a version for the visually impaired, call the Water Quality Program at
360-407-6600. Persons with hearing loss, call 711 for Washington Relay Service. Persons with a speech disability, call
877-833-6341
ECY 020-87a (Rev 08/2012) Instructions Page 1
1
This page is purposely left blank
DEPARTMENT OF
ECOLOGY
State of Washington
Transfer of Coverage
Construction Stormwater General Permit
This form transfers permit coverage for all, or a portion Permit # WAR—
of a site to one or more new operators.
Type of permit transfer (check one): ❑ Partial transfer ❑ Complete transfer
Specific date that permit responsibility, coverage, and liability, is transferred to new operator:
Please see instructions for details on type of transfer.
Current Operator/Permittee Information
For partial transfers:
•List total size of proiect/site remaining
under your operational
remaining under your operational
control following transfer:
control following
NOI (General Permit
acres.
Ext:
• List total area of soil disturbance
transfer: acres.
•Submitting this form meets the requirement to submit an updated
Condition G9)
Current Operator/Permittee Name:
Company.
Business Phone:
Ext:
Mailing Address:
Cell Phone.
Fax (optional).
Email:
City.
State
Zip+4:
Signature: Title.
Date.
New Operator/Permittee Information
L New Operator/Permittee (Party with operational control over plans and specifications or day-to-day operational control of activities
which ensure compliance with Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and permit conditions. Ecology will send correspondence
and permit fee invoices to the permittee on record.)
Name:
Company
Business Phone:
Ext:
Unified Business Identifier (UBI):
(UBI is a nine -digit number used to identify a business entity. Write
"none" if you do not have a UBI number.)
Cell Phone (Optional):
Fax (Optional):
E -mail -
Mailing Address:
City:
State:
Zip + 4:
II. Property Owner (The party listed on the County Assessor's records as owner and taxpayer of the parcel[s] for which permit coverage
is requested. Ecology will not send correspondence and permit fee invoices to the Property Owner. The Property Owner information will
be used for emergency contact purposes.)
Name:
Company:
Business Phone:
Ext:
Unified Business Identifier (UBI):
(UBI is a nine -digit number used to identify a business entity. Write
"none" if you do not have a UBI number.)
Cell Phone (Optional):
Fax (Optional):
E-mail:
ECY 020-87a (Rev 08/2012)
Form Page 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
it
ii
11
1
1
1
Mailing Address:
City:
State:
Zip + 4:
III. On -Site Contact Person(s) (Typically the Certified Erosion and Sediment Control Lead or Operator/Permittee)
Name:
Company:
Business Phone:
Ext:
Mailing Address:
Cell Phone:
Fax(Optional):
City:
State:
Zip+4:
Email:
IV. Site/Project Information
Site or Project Name
Site Acreage
Total size of your site/project
(Note: 1 acre = 43,560 ft2.)
Total area of soil disturbance
site/project over the life of
Concrete / Engineered Soils
(that you own/control): acres.
Street Address or Location Description (If the site lacks a
street address, list its specific location. For example,
Intersection of Highway 61 and 34.)
(grading and/or excavating)
the project: acres.
for your
yd3 (estimate)
Parcel ID#: (Optional)
How many yards of concrete
How many yards of recycled
(estimate)
Will any engineered soils be
cement kiln dust, etc.)
❑ Yes ❑ No
will be poured?
Type of Construction Activity (check all that apply):
❑ Residential
❑ Commercial
❑ Industrial
❑ Highway or Road (city ,county, state)
❑ Utilities (specify): .
concrete will be used?
used? (For example:
yd3
cement treated base,
❑ Other (specify): .
City (or nearest city):
Zip Code:
Estimated project start-up date (mm/dd/yy):
Estimated project completion date (mm/dd/yy):
County:
Record the latitude and longitude of the main entrance to the site
Latitude: °N
or
the approximate center of site.
Longitude: °W
For assistance with latitude and longitude, refer to any of the following
http://www.worldatlas.com/aatlas/imageg.htm. Please convert all
latitude
websites: www.getlatlon.com or
format. For
and longitude coordinates into decimal degrees
help with this process, go to: http://www.fcc.gov/mb/audio/bickel/DDDMMSS-decimal.html.
V. Existing Site Conditions
ECY 020-87a (Rev 08/2012) Form Page 2
1. Are you aware of contaminated
2. Are you aware of groundwater
3. If you answered yes to questions
discharged due to the proposed
["Contaminated" and "contamination"
occur naturally or occurs at greater
If you answered yes to Question
concentrations, and pollution prevention
Ecology may request a copy of your
soils present on the site? ❑ Yes ❑ No
contamination located within the site boundary? ❑ Yes ❑ No
1 or 2, will any contaminated soils be disturbed or will any contaminated
construction activity? ❑ Yes ❑ No
here mean containing any hazardous substance (as defined in WAC 173-340-200)
than natural background levels.]
3, please explain below or on a separate paper in detail the locations, contaminants,
groundwater be
that does not I
and
contaminants.
I
and/or treatment BMPs proposed to control the discharge of soil/groundwater
SWPPP.
VI. WQWebDMR (Electronic Discharge Monitoring Reporting)
You must submit monthly discharge monitoring reports using Ecology's
register a new site, go to www.ecy.wa.gov/stormwater, and click on the "Construction
WQWebDMR system. To sign up for WQWebDMR,'or to
Stormwater" link. You will find information on
If you are unable to submit your DMRs electronically, you
requests to those permittees without internet access. '
to or a waiver from WQWebDMR. To have the ability to
with your transfer of coverage form. If you
or 360-407-7097.
WQWebDMR under the "WQWebDMR and PARIS" link on the right-hand side.
may contact Ecology to request a waiver. Ecology will generally only grant waiver
Only a permittee or representative, designated in writing, may request access
use the system immediately, you must submit the Electronic Signature Agreement
have questions on this process, contact Ecology's WQWebDMR staff at WebDMR-Stormwaterftecy.wa.gov
VII. Discharge/Receiving Water Information
Indicate whether your site's stormwater and/or dewatering water could enter surface waters, directly and/or indirectly:
❑ Water will discharge directly or indirectly (through a storm drain system or roadside ditch) into one or more surface water bodies
(wetlands, creeks, lakes, and all other surface waters and water courses).
If your discharge is to a storm sewer system, provide the name of the operator of the storm sewer system:
(e.g., City of Tacoma):
(NOTE: If your stormwater discharges to a storm sewer system operated by the City of Seattle, King County, Snohomish ,
County, City of Tacoma, Pierce County, or Clark County, you must also submit a copy of this NOI to the appropriate
jurisdiction.)
❑ Water will discharge to ground with 100% infiltration, with no potential to reach surface waters under any conditions.
If your project includes dewatering, you must include dewatering plans and discharge locations in your site Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan.
Location of Discharge into Surface Water Body
Enter the outfall identifier code, water body name, and latitude/longitude of the point(s) where the site has the potential to dischargeinto I
a water body (enter all locations). !
• Include the names and locations of both direct and indirect discharges to surface water bodies, even if the risk of discharge is
low or limited to periods of extreme weather.
• Give each point a unique 3-digit alpha numeric code. This code will be used for identifying these points in WQWebDMR
• Some large construction projects (for example, subdivisions, roads, or pipelines) may discharge into several water bodies.
• If the creek or tributary is unnamed, use a format such as "unnamed tributary to Deschutes River."
Attach a separate list if necessary.
Outfall Identifier Code
Surface Water Body Name
Latitude
Decimal Degrees
Longitude
Decimal Degrees
ECY 020-87a (Rev 08/2012)
Form Page 3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
11
It
1
11
1
11
ECY 020-87a (Rev. 08/2012) Form Page 4
°N
°W
°N
°W
If your site discharges to a water body that is on the impaired water bodies list (i.e., 303[d] list) for turbidity, fine sediment, high pH, or phosphorus, your
sites will be subject to additional sampling and numeric effluent limits (per Permit Condition S8) Information on impaired water bodies is available
online at: http.//www.ecv.wa.gov/programs/wq/303d/index.html
ECY 020-87a (Rev. 08/2012) Form Page 4
Before signing, please use the following checklist to ensure this form is complete:
❑ All spaces on this form have been completed (attach additional sheets if necessary).
❑ The transfer form is signed by both the current permittee and the new permittee(s).
❑ New Operator/Permittee: Before you submit this form to Ecology, please retain a copy for your records — this will serve as
proof of permit coverage until documentation arrives from Ecology.
❑ For partial transfers: If the original permittee no longer owns or controls any portions of the site that meet the criteria for
termination, the original permittee must submit a Notice of Termination to terminate permit coverage.
(http://www.ecy.wa.gov/biblio/ecy02087.html)
❑ For sites with contaminated soils/groundwater or a new discharger to an impaired water body: Any special provisions to
protect water quality put in place at the time of initial coverage have been reviewed and adopted by the new permittee.
VIII. Certification of Permittee
"1 certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in
accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted.
Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those directly responsible for gathering the information,
the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that there are
significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment for knowing violations."
Printed/Typed Name
Company (operator/permittee only) Title
Signature of Operator/Permittee
Date
* Federal regulations require this application is signed by one of the following:
A. For a corporation: By a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice president.
B. For a partnership or sole proprietorship: By a general partner or the proprietor, respectively.
C. For a municipality, state, federal, or other public facility: By either a principal executive officer or ranking elected official.
Please sign and return this document to the following address:
Washington Department of Ecology - Stormwater
P.0 Box 47696
Olympia, WA 98504-7696
If you have questions about this form, contact the following Ecology staff:
Location
Contact Name
Phone
E-mail
City of Seattle, and Kitsap, Pierce, and Thurston counties
Josh Klimek
360-407-7451
josh.klimek(aecy.wa.gov
Island, King, and San Juan counties
Clay Keown
360-407-6048
clay.keown(a ecy.wa.gov
Adams, Asotin, Columbia, Ferry, Franklin, Garfield, Grant,
Lincoln, Pend Oreille, Skagit, Snohomish, Spokane,
Stevens, Walla, Whatcom, and Whitman counties.
Shawn Hopkins
360-407-6442
shawn.hopkinsecv.wa.gov
Benton, Chelan, Clallam, Clark, Cowlitz, Douglas, Grays
Harbor, Jefferson, Kittitas, Klickitat, Lewis, Mason,
Okanogan, Pacific, Skamania, Wahkiakum, and Yakima
counties.
Joyce Smith
360-407-6858
joyce.smithna.ecy.wa.gov
To ask about the availability of this document in a version for the visually impaired, call the Water Quality Program at 360-407-
6600. Persons with hearing loss, call 711 for Washington Relay Service. Persons with a speech disability, call 877-833-6341
ECY 020-87a (Rev. 08/2012)
Form Page 5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
DEPARTMENT OF
ECOLOGY
State of Washington
Notice of Termination Form
Construction Stormwater General
Permit
Use this form to request termination of permit
coverage
Permit # WAR
I. Operator/Permittee (Party with operational control over plans and specifications, or day-to-day operational
control of activities which ensure compliance with SWPPP and permit conditions. Ecology will send
correspondence and permit fee invoices to the permit holder on record.)
Name:
Company:
Business Phone: Ext. Cell Phone (Optional): Fax (Optional):
E-mail:
Mailing Address:
City:
State:
Zip + 4:
11. Site Location/Address
Site name:
Total area of soil disturbance for your site/project:
acres
Street address (or location description):
City (or nearest city):
Zip:
County:
111. Construction Activity- The site is eligible for termination by one of the following methods:
❑ The site has undergone final stabilization. The operator has permanently stabilized all exposed soils,
removed all temporary BMPs, and eliminated all stormwater discharges associated with construction
activity.
❑ Permit coverage on all portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization (Permit Condition
S10.A.1) are being, or have been, transferred (Permit Condition G9), and the Permittee no longer has
operational control of the construction activity.
We provided the new owner Transfer of Coverage paperwork on:
❑ All portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization (Permit Condition S10.A.1) have been
sold and the Permittee no longer has operational control of the construction activity. We will not be
submitting Transfer of Permit coverage paperwork. (Optional).
Please provide new owner contact info:
IV. Certification of Permittees. Please read the certification statement carefully before signing.
"1 certify under penalty of law that all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity from the identified site that are authorized by
the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and State Waste Discharge general permit have been eliminated, or that 1 no
longer own or operate on this site. I understand that by submitting this Notice of Termination that I am no longer authorized to discharge
stormwater associated with construction activity by the general permit, and that discharging pollutants in stormwater to waters of the State of
Washington is unlawful under the Clean Water Act where the discharge is not authorized by a NPDES permit. 1 also understand that the
submittal of this Notice of Termination does not release the permittee from liability for any violations of this permit or the Clean Water Act."
Operator printed name
Operator signature
ECY 020-87 (Rev. 04/10)
Title
Date
Instructions for Notice of Termination Form
Submit a Notice of Termination Form to the Department of Ecology when
1.) All stormwater discharges from a construction site are eliminated, and the site has undergone final stabilization.
2.) The site has been sold or transferred to a different operator(s). The permit fees will continue until the permit is terminated.
I. Operator
I1. Site Location
III. Construction Activity
IV. Certification of Permittee(s)
Give the name, address, and telephone number of the person who is responsible for
the permit. This person will also be sent the final fee invoice.
Enter the street address or location description, including the city or nearest city and
county for the construction site. Construction sites that do not have a street address
must also provide a legal description in the space provided, or as an attachment.
Indicate:
1. That all stormwater discharges associated with construction activity are eliminated
and final stabilization of all exposed soils is completed. Final stabilization means
the establishment of a permanent vegetative cover, or equivalent permanent
stabilization measures, that prevents erosion.
2. That the permit has been transferred to another responsible party(ies) for
management. (Provide the information required on the Transfer of Coverage
form.)
3. That all portions of the site that have not undergone final stabilization have been
sold.
Read this statement carefully. The operator, or authorized representative of the
operator, must print his or her name for clarity, then sign and date the document on
the lines provided. (Refer to General Condition G2 in the permit for signatory
requirements.)
Please sign and return this original document to the following address and retain a copy for your records:
Department of Ecology
Stormwater Unit — Construction
PO Box 47696
Olympia, WA 98504-7696
Note: Your site remains under permit and subject to all permit conditions until your termination is effective. Continue to
comply with permit conditions until the earlier of the following two dates:
1) The date you receive written notification from Ecology that termination is effective.
2) The 31st day following Ecology's receipt of this form.
Questions?
CaII:
• 360-407-7451 Josh Klimek for city of Seattle or counties: Kitsap, Pierce, and Thurston.
• 360-407-6048 Clay Keownfor counties: King, Island, San Juan.
• 360-407-6442 Shawn Hopkins for counties: Whatcom, Skagit, Snohomish, Ferry, Stevens, Pend Oreille, Lincoln,
Spokane, Grant, Adams, Whitman, Franklin, Walla Walla, Columbia, Garfield, and Asotin.
• 360-407-6858 Joyce Smith for counties: Okanogan, Chelan, Douglas, Kittitas, Yakima, Benton, Klickitat,
Skamania, Clark, Cowlitz, Wahkiakum, Lewis, Pacific, Grays Harbor, Mason, Jefferson, and Clallam.
To ask about the availability of this document in a version for the visually impaired, call the Water Quality Program at 360-407-6401
Persons with hearing loss may call 711 for Washington Relay Service. Persons with a speech disability may call 877-833-6341.
ECY 020-87 (Rev. 04/10)